Tuning & temperament bibliography

- A -

Aaron, Pietro. Thoscanello de la musica. Impressa per Bernardino et Mattheo de Uitali, Venezia, 1523. Reprint Broude Brothers Ltd., New York, 1969. English translation Toscanello in musica by Peter Bergquist, Colorado College Music Press, Colorado Springs, 1970.
Aaron, Pietro. Trattato della natura et cognitione di tutti gli tuoni di canto figurato. Bernardino Vitali, Venezia, 1525, 1531.
Aaron, Pietro. Lucidario in musica. Venice, 1545. Reprint, 1969.
Abbatini, Antonio Maria. Codici contenenti diverse lezioni teorice. Bologna, 1667-1668.
Abel, Carl Friedrich. The pure method for tuning the Harpsichord, according to Abel. London, 18th cent.
Abel, Volker; Peter Reiss and Rudolf Wille. "Mutabor II - Ein computergesteuertes Musikinstrument zum Experimentieren mit Stimmungslogiken und Mikrotцnen", Mikrotцne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, Mьnchen, 1993.
Abraham, Gerald u.a. (ed.) Bericht ьber den siebenten internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen KongreЯ, Kцln 1958. Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1959.
Abraham, Otto. "Zur Psychologie der Tondistanz", Zeitschrift fьr Psychologie vol. 98, 1899.
Abraham, Otto. "Absolutes TonbewuЯtsein", Sammelbдnde der internationalen Musikgesellschaft vol. 3 & 8, 1901, pp. 1-86.
Abraham, Otto and Erich Moritz von Hornbostel. Studien ьber das Tonsystem und die Musik der Japaner. Leipzig, 1903. Sonderdruck aus den Sammelbдnden der Internationale Musik-Gesellschaft vol. 4 no. 2.
Abraham, Otto and Erich Moritz von Hornbostel. "Vorschlдge fьr die Transkription exotischer Melodien", reprint in Musical transcription, Garland, New York, 1990, pp. 1-25.
Achtйlik, Joseph. Der Naturklang als Wurzel aller Harmonien. C.F. Kahnt, Leipzig, 1922.
Adkins, Cecil. The Theory and Practice of the Monochord. Unpublished PhD diss., Music, Univ. of Iowa, 1963. Reprint UMI Dissertation Services (64-3344), Ann Arbor.
Adlung, M. Jakob. Anleitung zur musikalischen Gelahrtheit. Erfurt, 1758. 2nd edition Dresden/Leipzig, 1783.
Adlung, M. Jakob. Musica mechanica organoedi. Berlin, 1768. Facsimile reprint Christhard Mahrenholz, Bдrenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1930.
Agazzari, Agostino. Sacrarum Cantionum quae Binis, Ternis, Quaternisque vocibus concinuntur. Liber II. Cum basso ad organum. Ricciardus Amadinus, Venice, 1609.
Ager, Klaus. "Der Ultrachromatismus Ivan Wyschnegradskys in melodischer und rhythmischer Hinsicht", Mikrotцne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 123-126.
Agmon, Eytan. Diatonicism, Chromaticism and Enharmonicism: A Study in Cognition and Perception. Unpublished PhD dissertation, City University of New York, 1986.
Agmon, Eytan. "A Mathematical Model of the Diatonic System", Journal of Music Theory vol. 33 no. 1, spring 1989, pp. 1-25.
Agmon, Eytan. "Coherent Tone-Systems: A Study in the Theory of Diatonicism", Journal of Music Theory vol. 40, 1996.
Agricola, Martin. Musica instrumentalis deudsch. Georg Rau, Wittemberg, 1528, 1545. Facsimile edition, Leipzig, 1896. Facsimile edition, Georg Olms Verlag, Hildesheim, 1969. English translation William E. Hettrick, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1994.
Agricola, Martin. Rudimenta musices, quibus canendi artificium compendiosissime complexum, pueris una cum monochordi dimensione traditur. Wittemberg, 1529. Reprint Broude Bros., New York, 1966.
Agricola, Martin. Musica figuralis deudsch. Wittemberg, 1532.
Ahrens, Christian. "Anmerkungen zu Birsaks Frequenzmessungen an 2 Chalumeaux", Die Musikforschung vol. 28 no. 4, 1975, pp. 442-443.
Aiken, Jim. "Discover 19-Tone Equal Temperament", Keyboard, March 1988, pp. 74-80.
Aiken, Jim. "Just intonation with synth tuning tables", Keyboard, Nov. 1994.
Airoldi, Roberto. La teoria del temperamento nell'etб di Gioseffo Zarlino. Presentazione a cura di Elena Ferrari Barassi, Turris, Cremona, 1989, 166 pages.
d'Albiz, Joseph Lubet. Crйation Harmonique. Йtoile musicale composйe pour piano ou orgue а quarts de ton. BN Vm (8) 532, Paris, 1858. (Recueil factice)
Albrecht, Jan. "Essays ьber Kunst. Ein Teufelsgesprдch ьber die Zukunft der Musik (zu Thomas Manns Roman Doktor Faustus)", Zbornik filosoficke fakulty university Komenskeho vol. 22, Bratislava, 1971, pp. 99-137.
Albritton, Jerry Samuel. A historical survey of important tuning systems in Western music. MM diss. Florida State U., Tallahassee, 1969.
d'Alembert, Jean Henri. Йlйments de musique thйorique et pratique, suivant les principes de M. Rameau, йclaircis dйveloppйs et simplifiйs. David, Paris, 1752, 171 pages. Nouvelle йdition, revue, corrigйe, Bruyset, Lyon, 1762, 236 pages.
d'Alembert, Jean Henri. Rйponse de M. d'Alembert а une lettre imprimйe de M. Rameau. Paris, 1762.
Alessi, Rosario. Sonometro. Misura matematica del suono musicale. Metodo tйorico per la giusta divisione della scala cromatica...per accordare i pianoforti. A. Morano, Naples, 1881.
Alexjander, Susan. "DNA tunings", Experimental musical instruments vol. 8 no. 2, Sept. 1992, pp. 30-31.
Al-Farabi. Kitabu l-Musiqi l-Kabir. Manuscript. French translation by F.R. d'Erlanger.
Algaraz, Josй Antonio. "A Propуsito de Juliбn Carrillo", Heterofonнa vol. 8 no. 31, 1975, pp. 20-23.
Allan, G.E. "The Musical Scale of the Highland Bagpipe", Philosophical Magazine vol. 29, 1940, pp. 154-161.
Alldahl, Per-Gunnar. Korintonation: Du skеl icke sjunga falskt mot din nдsta. SKS musikbцcker no. 5. Gehrman, Stockholm, 1990, 142 pages.
Allen, John S. Mathematical representations of musical tunings, WWW, 1997.
Allen, John S. Equal temperaments as mathematical series, WWW, 1997.
Allen, John S. On Rabbits, Mathematics and Musical Scales, WWW, 1998.
Allende-Blin, Juan. "Ein gesprдch mit Ivan Wyschnegradsky", Alexander Skrjabin und die Skrjabinisten, Musik Konzept vols. 32-33, Mьnchen, 1983, p. 103.
Allende-Blin, Juan. "Prйlude fьr Vierteltonklavier; von Arthur Vincent Louriй", Musik Texte vol. 4, 1984.
Altwein, Erich F. "Bemerkungen zu Paul Hindemiths Unterweisung im Tonsatz", Die Musikforschung vol. 23, 1970, pp. 54-55.
Altwein, Erich F. "Versuch ьber das arabische Komma", Die Musikforschung vol. 24, 1971, pp. 432-437.
Alves, Bill. "The Just Intonation System of Nicola Vicentino", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1989, pp. 8-13.
Alves, Bill. "Key Characteristics and Pitch Sets in Composing with Just Intonation", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 3, summer 1990, p. 1 ff.
Alves, Bill. "Pleng: Composing for a Justly Tuned Gender Barung", Intercultural Music vol. 5, proceedings of the Fourth Biannual Symposium and Festival of Intercultural Music. Reprint in 1/1 vol. 9 no. 4, spring 1997, pp. 1,4-11.
Alves, Bill. "Graphic Representation of Some Gamelan Tunings", WWW, 1996.
Amiot, Emmanuel. "Mathйmatiques et analyse musicale: Une fйcondation rйciproque", Analyse musicale vol. 28, June 1992, pp. 37-41.
Amiot, Jean Joseph Marie. Mйmoire sur la Musique des Chinois tant anciens que modernes. Vol. VI of Mйmoires concernant L'Histoire, les Sciences, les Arts, les Moeurs et les Usages, des Chinois, par les Missionaires de Pйkin, Paris, 1780.
Ammerbach, Elias Nikolaus. Orgel- und Instrument-Tabulatur. Leipzig, 1571, Nьrnberg, 1583.
Amos, Tom. "Isometrics and the origin of modal systems: A brief experimental inquiry", Ex tempore vol. 1 no. 2, pp. 30-38.
Anda, Antoine. Les gammes musicales: essai historique sur les Modes et sur les Tons de la Musique, depuis l'Antiquitй jusqu'а l'Йpoque Moderne. Edition Nationale Belge, Bruxelles, 1939, 424 pages.
Anderson, Carola B. "Glenn Branca and the Harmonic Series", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 1, winter 1985, pp. 4-6.
Anderson, Carola B. "The Trouble with Didymus", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 3, 1985, pp. 1, 11-13.
Anderson, Julian. "La Note Juste", The Musical Times vol. 136 no. 1823, Jan. 1995, pp. 22-27.
Anderton, Craig. "Alternate Scales for Even-Tempered Samplers", Electronic Musician, December 1986, pp. 48-49.
Ando, Yoshinori and Taeko Sagara. "Pitch intonation of koto music", Nomura Festschrift, 1970, pp. 25-39.
Andreae, Hans-Volkmar. Elementar-Harmonik. Zur Phдnomenologie der Tцne und Intervalle abendlдndischer Musik. Amadeus Verlag, Zьrich, 1973, 93 pages.
Anfilov, Gleb. Physics of Music. Moscow, 1961.
Anger, J. Humphrey. The Modern Enharmonic Scale. Boston, 1907.
Anglas, Jules Philippe Louis. Prйcis d'acoustique physique, musical, physiologique. Paris, 1910.
Aning, B. "Tuning the kora: A case study of the norms of a Gambian musician", Journal of African studies vol. 9 no. 3, fall 1982, pp. 164-175.
Anmarkrud, Bjшrn. De ulike felestille i hardingfeletradisjonene. Master of Arts dissertation, Musicology: U. of Oslo, 1975, 168 pages.
Annoni, Maria Therese. Tuning, temperament and pedagogy for the vihuela in Juan Bermudo's Declaraciуn de instrumentos musicales (1555). PhD diss., Music Theory, Ohio State U., 1989, 245 pages.
Antegnati, Costanza. L'arte organica. Brescia, 1608.
Anyumba, Henry Owuor. "Contemporary lyres in eastern Africa", African Musicology vol. 1 no. 1, Kenya, 1983, pp. 18-33.
Aoyaghi, Hiro. Perceptual Interrelationships among Nine Septatonic Western Modes: Convergence across distinct methods, WWW.
Appunn, Georg. Ьber die Helmholtzsche Lehre von den Tonempfindungen als Grundlage fьr die Theorie der Musik, nebst Beschreibung einiger zum Theil ganz neuer Apparate, welche zur Erlдuterung und zum Beweis deiser Theorie geeignet sind.
Arel, Hьseyin Sadettin. Tьrk Musikisi Nazariyati Dersleri (Lessons on the theories of Turkish music). Istanbul, 1968.
Arel, Hьseyin Sadettin. Tьrk Musikisi Kimindir? Kultur ve Turizm Bakanligi Yayinlari (Who does Turkish music belong to?). Ankara, 1988.
Ariel (pseudonym). Das Relativitдtsprinzip der musikalischen Harmonie, Band I: Die Gesetze der inneren Tonbewegungen, das evolutionдre Temperierungsverfahren und das 19-stufiges Tonsystem. Neunzehn Stufen Verlag, Leipzig, 1925.
Aristoxenos. Harmonika stoicheia. Elsevier, Leiden, 1616. Latin translation by A. Gogavinus, Venice, 1562 and also Marcus Meibom (ed.) in Antiquae Musicae Auctores Septem, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1652. Italian translation Aristoxeni Elementa harmonica by Rosetta da Rios, 2 vols., Rome, 1954. English translation The Harmonics of Aristoxenus by Henry S. Macran (ed.), Oxford, 1902, reprint Hildesheim, 1974.
Armellino, Giorgio. Kunst des Klavierstimmens: nebst einer vollstдndigen Anleitung zur Erhaltung und Wiederherstellung gebrauchter, sowie zur Prьfung neuer Instrumente. Neuer Schauplatz der Kьnste und Handwerke Bd. 21, Bernhard Friedrich Voigt, Weimar, 1881, 107 pages.
Armellino, Giorgio. Der Klavierstimmer: enthaltend eine kurzgefaЯte Beschreibung des Klaviers, die Lehre von der Stimmung und der Technik des Stimmens. Bernhard Friedrich Voigt, Leipzig, 1920, 70 pages.
Arnold, Stephen and Graham Hair (eds.) Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference. Glasgow, 1990, 425 pages.
Arnold, Wasiuddin James. "L'intonation juste dans la thйorie ancienne de l'Inde: Ses applications aux musiques modales et harmoniques", Revue de musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 11-38.
Arnold, Wasiuddin James and Bernard Bel. "L'intonation des musiques monodiques: Mйthodologies expйrimentales", Revue de musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 159-163.
Arntzen, Kees. "Uit de diepste lagen van de historie. De kwarttoonsmuziek van Alois Hбba", Mens en Melodie vol. 51, jul/aug. 1996, pp. 322-325.
Arntzen, Kees. "Softness in the air. About Ton Bruynиl", Keynotes vol. 30 no. 2, June 1996, pp. 12-15.
Arrachart, Jean-Marc. "La musique, la poйsie, les mathйmatiques", Premier Cahier Ivan Wyschnegradsky, Paris, March 1985, pp. 83-86.
Artaud, Pierre-Yves. La flыte. Jean-Claude Lattиs/Salabert, Paris, 1986.
Artaud, Pierre-Yves and Gйrard Geay. Flыtes au prйsent: Traitй des techniques contemporaines. Salabert, Paris, 1980.
Artusi, Giovanni Maria. L'Artusi, overo Delle imperfettioni della moderna musica ragionamenti dui. Venice, 1600. Reprint 1969.
Artusi, Giovanni Maria. Considerationi musicali. Venice, 1603.
Arvidsen, Jorn K. "Eivind Grovens renstemte orgel med automatisk toneoppvalg", Norsk kirkemusikk vol. 8, October 1982, pp. 295-303.
Ashley, Richard D. "Modelling ensemble performance: Dynamic just intonation", Proceedings: International Computer Music Conference, San Jose CA, October 14-18, 1992. International Computer Music Association, San Francisco, 1992, pp. 38-41.
Asioli, Bonifazio. Osservazioni sul temperamento proprio degl'istromenti stabili. Emilio Giusti, Milano, 1816.
Asioli, Bonifazio. Disinganno sulle osservazioni fatte sul temperamento...in aggiunta al suo opusculo. Opera postuma. Ricordi, Milano.
Asmussen, Robert. Tuning by Ratios, WWW, 1997.
Assayag, Gйrard and Jean-Pierre Cholleton. "Musique, Nombre et Ordinateurs", La Recherche vol. 278 (Numйro spйcial sur les nombres), July/August 1995.
Asselin, Pierre-Yves. "Le tempйrament en France au XVIIIиme siиcle", L'orgue а notre йpoque, Universitй Mac Gill, Montrйal, 1982, pp. 45-69.
Asselin, Pierre-Yves. Comprйhension et rйalisation des systиmes d'accord а l'ancienne. Universitй Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris, 1983.
Asselin, Pierre-Yves. Musique et tempйrament. Editions Costallat, Paris, 1985.
Asuar, Josй Vincente. "De los Microtonos y su Aplicación como Sistemas temperados", Revista Musical Chilena vol. 11, October-November 1957, p. 59 ff.
Athanasopoulos, Georgios D. Theoria tes byzantines mousikes. Patras, 1950.
Atkins, E.P.L. "Ear-training and the Standardization of Equal Temperament", PMA vol. 41, 1914-1915, p. 91.
Augustine, Daniel Schuyler. Four theories of music in the United States, 1900 - 1950: Cowell, Yasser, Partch, Schillinger. Diss. University of Texas at Austin, 1979, 616 pages.
Auhagen, Wolfgang. "Experimente zum melodisch-tonalen Hцren im zwцlfstufig-chromatischen Tonsystem: SchluЯfolgerungen fьr Ekmelische Musik", Mikrotцne III, Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
Auhagen, Wolfgang. Experimentelle Untersuchung zur auditiven Tonalitдtsbestimmung in Melodien. Gustav Bosse-Verlag, Kassel, 1994.
Auhagen, Wolfgang, Bram Gдtjen und Klaus Wolfgang Niemцller (eds.) Systemische Musikwissenschaft - Festschrift Jobst Peter Fricke zum 65. Geburtstag. Kцln 1995.
Avicenna (Ibn-Sina). Kitabu a-Sifa. French translation by F.R. d'Erlanger.
Avoni, V. L'accordature di piano-forte. F.M. Geidel, Leipzig, 1894.
Avraamoff, A.N. "Jenseits von Temperierung und Tonalitдt", Melos vol. 1, 1920, p. 131.
Ayers, Lydia. Exploring Microtonal Tunings: A Kaleidoscope of Extended Just Tunings and Their Compositional Applications. Doctoral dissertation, Performance, Univ. of Illinois, Champaign-Urbana, 1994, 931 pages. Univ. Microfilms Inc., Ann Arbor MI, 1995.
Ayers, Lydia. "The Chinese Connection: Harry Partch and the Li Po Settings", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 2, 1995, p. 1.
Ayers, Lydia. CD Review, "Ellen Fullman: Body Music", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 2, 1995, p. 2.
Ayers, Lydia. CD Review, "Just West Coast: Microtonal Music for Guitar and Harp, performed by Just Strings", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 1, March 1995, pp. 14-16.
Ayers, Lydia. "A Composition for Gamelan and Computer-Generated Tape: Merapi", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 6, 1996, pp. 7-14.
Ayers, Lydia. CD Review, "Harry Partch: 17 Lyrics of Li Po, performed by Stephen Kalm and Ted Mook", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 4, Spring 1997, p. 15.
Ayers, Lydia. CD Review, "Enclosure Two: Historic Speech-Music Recordings from the Harry Partch Archives, Four CD set, Produced by Philip Blackburn", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 4, Spring 1997, pp. 14-19.
Ayers, Lydia. "Improvising with Tunings: Themes and Improvisations for Woodstock Gamelan", Balungan Magazine.
Ayers, Lydia. "Indonesian Music as a Source of Microtonal Inspiration in Music of American Composers", Balungan Magazine.
Ayers, Lydia. "Indonesian Music as a Source of Microtonal Inspiration in Lou Harrison's Music", Balungan Magazine.
Ayers, Lydia. "Improvising with Tunings: Themes and Improvisations for Woodstock Gamelan", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 2, fall 1999, pp. 1, 4-8, 20.
Ayyar, Mohan. Keyboards, Synthesizers and Carnatic Music, WWW, 1997.
Ayyar, C. Subrahmanya. The Grammar of South Indian Music. Madras, 1976.
Azarm, Ben. "Ear Interview: Allen Strange", Ear Magazine vol. 8 no. 3, 1980, pp. 1 & 3.
- B -
Backus, John. The Acoustical Foundations of Music. W.W. Norton, New York, 1969, 312 pages. London, 1970.
Badings, Henk. "Tonaliteitsproblemen in de nieuwe muziek", Koninklijke Vlaamse Academie voor Wetenschappen, 1951.
Badings, Henk. "A.D. Fokker: new music with 31 notes", Zeitschrift fьr Musiktheorie vol. 7 no. 2, 1976, pp. 46-48.
Badings, Henk. "Over 31-toon-stemming in het algemeen en in het bijzonder gedemonstreerd aan de hand van een eigen compositie" (31-note tuning: general principles and a specific demonstration by means of a composition by the author). Academiae analecta: Mededelingen van de Koninklijke Academie voor Wetenschappen, Letteren en Schone Kunsten van Belgiл vol. 40 no. 6, 1978, Kongl. Academie voor wetenschappen, letteren en schone Kunsten van Belgiл, Brussels, 1978, 23 pages.
Baeumer, Dorothea. Victor Goldschmidts Harmonielehre der Kristalle. Orpheus, Band 36, Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1984, 223 pages.
Baglioni, Silvestro. Udito e Voce: elementi fisiologici della parola e della musica. Ed. Stock, Rome, 1924.
Bailey, T. The Intonation Formulae of Western Chant. Toronto, 1974.
Bailhache, Patrice. "Leibniz et la thйorie de la musique", in Leibniz, Tradition und Aktualitдt, V. Internationaler Leibniz-KongreЯ, Vortrдge, Hannover, 14-19 nov. 1988, pp. 34-41.
Bailhache, Patrice. "Le systиme musical de Conrad Henfling (1706)", Revue de musicologie vol. 74 no. 1, Sociйtй franзaise de musicologie, Paris, 1988, pp. 5-25.
Bailhache, Patrice. "Tempйraments musicaux et mathйmatiques", Sciences et techniques en perspective vol. 16, Universitй de Nantes, 1989, pp. 83-114.
Bailhache, Patrice. D'Alembert thйoricien de la musique : empirisme et nature, WWW, 1995. To appear in publication Michel Paty (ed.), CNRS, Universitй Paris.
Bailhache, Patrice. "Le miroir de l'Harmonie universelle: musique et thйorie de la musique chez Leibniz", L'esprit de la musique, Essais d'esthйtique et de philosophie (participation а un ouvrage collectif sous la direction de Hugues Dufourt, Joлl-Marie Fauquet et Franзois Hurard), Klincksieck, Paris, 1992, pp. 203-216.
Bailhache, Patrice. Leibniz et la thйorie de la musique. Klincksieck, coll. "Domaine musicologique", Paris, 1992, 158 pages. (contient notamment la traduction franзaise des textes latins de BH).
Bailhache, Patrice. "Cordes vibrantes et consonances chez Beeckman, Mersenne et Galilйe", Sciences et techniques en perspective vol. 23, Universitй de Nantes, "Musique et mathйmatiques", 1993, pp. 73-91.
Bailhache, Patrice. "La musique, une pratique cachйe de l'arithmйtique?", Studia Leibniztiana, Actes du colloque L'actualitй de Leibniz : les deux labyrinthes, Cerisy, 15-22 juin 1995.
Bailhache, Patrice. "Deux mathйmaticiens musiciens: Euler et d'Alembert", Physis vol. 32, 1995, pp. 1-35.
Bailhache, Patrice. " Sciences et musique: quelques grandes йtapes en thйorie musicale", Littйrature, mйdecine, sociйtй vol. 13, Universitй de Nantes, 1996.
Bailhache, Patrice. "La Musique traduite en Mathйmatiques: Leonhard Euler", Communication au colloque du Centre Franзois Viиte, "Problиmes de traduction au XVIIIe siиcle", Nantes, 17 janvier 1997. English translation by Joseph Monzo, WWW, 1999.
Baily, John. "Anthropological and psychological approaches to the study of music theory and musical cognition", Yearbook of the International Folk Music Council, Int. vol. 20, 1988, pp. 114-124.
Bake, Arnold A. Bijdrage tot de kennis der Voor-Indische Muziek. PhD thesis, Universiteit Utrecht, 1930. Paul Geuthner, Paris, 1930.
Bake, Arnold A. "Indische Musik", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart Band 6, Friedrich Blume, Kassel, 1957.
Bake, Arnold A. "Traitй de musicologie comparйe, Daniйlou (review)", Ethnomusicology vol. 5 no. 3, 1961, pp. 231-237.
Baker, R.S. "Music by Telharmony", Electrical World vol. 47, 1906, p. 509.
Baker, R.S. "The Generating and Distributing of Music by Means of Alternators", Electrical World vol. 47, 1906, p. 519.
Baker, R.S. "New Music for an Old World", McClure's Magazine vol. 27, 1906, p. 291.
Bakker, Pieter. "De goddelijke oorsprong van de muziek. Andreas Werckmeister en de getallensymboliek", Mens en Melodie vol. 49, March 1994, pp. 188-194.
Bakker, Pieter. "De bronnen van Andreas Werckmeister", Tijdschrift voor Muziektheorie vol.2 no.1, 1997.
Bakker, Pieter. Andreas Werckmeister. Die historische Einordnung seiner Schriften. Stichting de Studenten Uitgeverij, Schraard, 1998, 31 pages.
Bakker, Pieter. "Kleine kunstkroniek. Abraham Bartolus", Kunst en Wetenschap vol. 8 no. 1, 1999, p. 33.
Ballif, Claude. Numero spйcial de La Revue Musicale vol. 290-291, 1972, Richard Masse, Paris.
Ballif, Claude. "Ivan Wyschnegradsky: harmonie du soir", Premier Cahier Ivan Wyschnegradsky, Paris, March 1985, pp. 9-22.
Ballif, Claude. "Du Grand Cluster au Micro-tonalisme", L'Habitant du Labyrinthe, Pro Musica, 1992, pp. 99-108.
Balzano, Gerald J. Chronometric Studies of the Musical Interval Sense. Doctoral diss. Stanford University, 1977. Univ. Microfilms, no. 77-25, 643.
Balzano, Gerald J. "On the Bases of Similarity of Musical Intervals: A chronometric analysis", Journ. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 61, 1977, Supplement 1, p. S51.
Balzano, Gerald J. "Musical vs. Psychoacoustical Variables and Their Influence on the Perception of Musical Intervals", Bulletin of the Council for Research in Music Education, 1978.
Balzano, Gerald J. "The Structural Uniqueness of the Diatonic Order", paper presented at the Western Psychological Association Symposium, Cognitive Structure of Musical Pitch, San Francisco, April 20, 1978.
Balzano, Gerald J. "The group theoretic description of 12-fold and microtonal pitch systems", Computer Music Journal vol. 4 no. 4, 1980, pp. 66-84.
Balzano, Gerald J. and B.W. Liesch. "The role of chroma and scalestep in the recognition of musical intervals in and out of context", Psychomusicology vol. 2 no. 2, 1982, pp. 3-31.
Balzano, Gerald J. Changing Conceptions of Pitch and Timbre: A Modest Proposal. Paper presented at the 106th meeting of the Acoustical Society of America, San Diego, November 1983, 12 pages.
Balzano, Gerald J. "What Are Musical Pitch and Timbre?", Music Perception vol. 3 no. 3, spring 1986, pp. 297-314
Balzano, Gerald J. "The Pitch Set as a Level of Description for Studying Musical Pitch Perception", in Music, Mind and Brain, Manfred Clynes (ed.), 1992, pp. 321-351.
Balzer, Klaus and Bernd Streitberg. "Counterpoint compositions on non-tempered systems: Theory and algorithms", ICMC Proceedings Glasgow, 1990, pp. 328-331.
Ban, Joan Albert. Dissertatio epistolica de musicae natura, origine, progressu et denique studio bene instituendo. Isaac Commelin, Leiden, 1637, 60 pages. Also in H. de Groot et alii, Dissertationes de studiis instituendis. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1645.
Ban, Joan Albert. Zangh-Bloemzel & Kort Sangh-Bericht. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1642/1643. Reprint Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1969, Series: Early Music Theory in the Low Countries vol. 1, Frits R. Noske (ed.), 83 pages.
Bancquart, Alain. "Clefs pour mйmoire, 20-iиme siиcle", Images de la musique franзaise, Sacem & Papiers, Paris, 1986, pp. 129-134.
Bancquart, Alain. "Imaginaire, combinatoire. Essai sur la composition en micro-intervalles", Les Cahiers du CIREM vols. 28-29, PUT, Tours, 1994, p. 9.
Bandopadhyay, Ramaswami. The Origin of Raga. Delhi, 1946.
Bannay, Gilles. La gamme: un peu de thйorie, WWW, 1998.
Banta, Christopher C. "Resonators, Part 1: Types and How They Work", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, fall 1981, pp. 13-17.
Banta, Christopher C. "New Approaches to Pentatonic Notation", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, winter 1981, pp. 9-10, 23.
Banta, Christopher C. "Resonators, Part 2: How to Tune and Measure Them", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, winter 1981, pp. 16-19.
Barbera, Charles Andrй. "Arithmetic and geometric division of the tetrachord", Journal of Music Theory vol. 21, 1977, pp. 294-323.
Barbera, Charles Andrй. The persistence of Pythagorean mathematics in ancient musical thought. PhD dissertation, Univ. of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 1980.
Barbera, Charles Andrй. "Interpreting an arithmetical error in Boethius's 'De institutione musica' (iii. 14-16)", Arch. Internat. Hist. Sci. vol. 31 no. 106, 1981, pp. 26-41.
Barbera, Charles Andrй. "The Consonant Eleventh and the Expansion of the Musical Tetractys: A Study of Ancient Pythagoreanism", Journal of Music Theory vol. 28, fall 1984, pp. 191-223.
Barbera, Charles Andrй. "Diesis", in The New Harvard Dictionary of Music, Don Michael Randel (ed.), The Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, Cambridge, 1986, p. 231.
Barbera, Charles Andrй. "Book review of Easley Blackwood: The Structure of Recognizable Diatonic Tunings", Journal of Music Theory vol. 32, 1988.
Barbera, Charles Andrй. "Book review of Adriaan Daniлl Fokker: Selected Musical Compositions", R.A. Rasch (ed.), Journal of Music Theory vol. 33 no. 2, fall 1989, pp. 393-399.
Barbera, Charles Andrй (ed.) The Euclidean Division of the canon: Greek and Latin sources: new critical texts and translations on facing pages, with an introduction, annotations, and indices verborum and nominum et rerum. University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln, 1991, 316 pages.
Barbereau, A. Traitй d'harmonie thйorique et pratique. Lemoine, Paris, 1848, 2 vols.
Barbier, Pierre-Йmile. Article Alois Hбba in Guide de la musique de chambre, Fayard, Paris, 1989, pp. 366-372.
Barbieri, Patrizio. Persistenza dei temperamenti inequabili nell'Ottacento italiano. Patron Editore, Bologna, 1982.
Barbieri, Patrizio. "I temperamenti ciclici da Vicentino (1555) a Buliowski (1699): Teoria e pratica 'archicembalistica'", Organo vol. 21, 1983, pp. 129-208. Patron Editore, Bologna, 1983.
Barbieri, Patrizio. Ancora sul temperamento degli organi di S. Petronio. Ancona, 1984.
Barbieri, Patrizio. "Giordano Riccati on the diameters of strings and pipes", Galpin Society Journal vol. 38, April 1985, p. 20.
Barbieri, Patrizio. "Il temperamento equabile nel periodo frescobaldiano", Girolamo Frescobaldi nel IV centenario della nascita, Olschki, Firenze, 1986, pp. 387-424.
Barbieri, Patrizio. Giuseppe Sarti fisico acustico e teorico musicale. Mucchi, Modena, 1986.
Barbieri, Patrizio. L'espressione degli 'affetti' mediante l'ineguale accordatura degli strumenti da tasto nel Settecento veneto. Vicenza, 1986.
Barbieri, Patrizio (ed.), Giordano Riccati, Alessandro Barca, Francesco Antonio Vallotti. Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto. Series: Pubblicazioni del Corso Superiore di Paleografia e Semiografia Musicale dell'Umanesmo al Barocco no. I:5:2. Torre d'Orfeo, Roma, 1987, 382 + 264 pages.
Barbieri, Patrizio. "La 'Sambuca Lincea' di Fabio Colonna e il 'Tricembalo' di Scipione Stella - Con notizie sugli strumenti enarmonici del Domenichino", La musica a Napoli durante il seicento, Torre d'Orfeo, Roma, 1987, pp. 167-216.
Barbieri, Patrizio. Padre Martini e gli armonisti 'fisico-matematici': Tartini, Rameau, Riccati, Vallotti. Olschki, Firenze, 1987.
Barbieri, Patrizio. "Juan Caramuel Lobkowitz (1606-1682): Ьber die musikalischen Logarithmen und das Problem der musikalischen Temperatur", Musiktheorie vol. 2 no. 2, 1987, pp. 145-168.
Barbieri, Patrizio. "Violin Intonation: A Historical Survey", Boston Early Festival, Cornell University Press, 1987. Early Music vol. 19 no. 1, February 1991, pp. 69-88.
Barbieri, Patrizio. "Organ tonal finishing and fine tuning (review)", Nuova Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 21 no. 3, July-September 1987, pp. 489-490.
Barbieri, Patrizio. Il Cembalo Omnicordo di Francesco Nigeti in due memorie inedite di G.B. Doni (1647) e B. Bresciani (1719). Olschki, Firenze, 1988.
Barbieri, Patrizio. "An unknown 15th-century French manuscript on organ building and tuning", The Organ Yearbook vol. 20, 1989, pp. 5-20.
Barbieri, Patrizio. "Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto (review)", Orgues meridionales no. 34, 1989, pp. 109-110.
Barbieri, Patrizio. "Conflitti di intonazione tra cembalo, liuto e archi nel "concerto" italiano del Seicento", Studi corelliani vol. IV. Olschki, Firenze, 1990, pp. 123-153.
Barbieri, Patrizio. "L'intonazione violinistica da Corelli al Romanticismo", Studi musicali vol. 19 no. 2, 1990, pp. 319-384.
Barbieri, Patrizio. "Krizanic, Caramuel e P.F. Valentini sulla divisione dell'ottava musicale", Rad Hrvatske Akademije Znanosti i Umjetnosti no. 454, 1992, pp. 19-48. Summary in Croatian.
Barbieri, Patrizio. "Il 'migliore' sistema musicale temperato: 'Querelles' fra Estиve, Romieu e altri accademici francesi (c.1740-60)", L'organo vol. 27, 1991-1992, pp. 31-81.
Barbieri, Patrizio. "Giordano Riccati fisico acustico e teorico musicale: Con una memoria ineditа di acustica architettonica", I Riccati e la cultura della Marca nel Settecento europeo, Olschki, Firenze, 1992, pp. 279-304.
Barbieri, Patrizio. "G.B. Orazi's Enharmonic Flute and its Music (1797-1815)", Galpin Society Journal vol. 52, 1999, p. 281.
Barbieri, Patrizio and Lindoro Del Luca. L. Del Luca, Renaissance and Baroque Microtonal Music Research in Computer Real Time Performance. Royal Conservatory of Music, L'Aja, 1987.
Barbour, James Murray. Equal Temperament: its History from Ramis (1482) to Rameau (1737). Manuscript thesis, Cornell University, Ithaca NY, 1932, 353 pages.
Barbour, James Murray. "The Persistence of the Pythagorean Tuning System", Scripta Mathematica vol. 1, 1932, pp. 286-304.
Barbour, James Murray. "Nierop's Hackebort", Musical Quarterly vol. 20 no. 1, Jan. 1934, pp. 312-319.
Barbour, James Murray. "Just Intonation Confuted", Music and Letters vol. 19, 1938, p. 48.
Barbour, James Murray. "Musical logarithms", Scripta Mathematica vol. 7, 1940, pp. 21-31.
Barbour, James Murray. "Bach and the Art of Temperament", Musical Quarterly vol. 33 no. 1, Nauray, 1947, pp. 64-89.
Barbour, James Murray. "Music and Ternary Continued Fractions", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 55, 1948, p. 545.
Barbour, James Murray. "Irregular Systems of Temperament", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 1 no. 3, 1948, pp. 20-26.
Barbour, James Murray. Tuning and Temperament: A Historical Survey. Michigan State College Press, East Lansing, 1951. Reprint Da Capo Press, New York, 1973, 228 pages.
Barbour, James Murray. "MiЯverstдndnisse ьber die Stimmung des javanischen Gamelans", Die Musikforschung vol. 16, Kassel, 1963, pp. 315-323.
Barbour, James Murray. "Temperatur und Stimmung", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart Band 12, Friedrich Blume (ed.), Kassel, 1965, pp. 213-227.
Barca, Alessandro. Nuove teoremi per la divisione delle ragioni... Bergamo, 1781.
Barca, Alessandro. Introduzione a una Nuova teoria di musica - Memoria prima. 1786.
Barca, Alessandro. Introduzione a una Nuova teoria di musica - Memoria seconda. 1789. New edition Introduzione a una Nuova teoria di musica - Memoria seconda: De suoni aggiunti ossia delle dissonanze e dell'armonia dissonante. 1809.
Barca, Alessandro. Di una nuova Teoria di Musica - Memoria III: Dei sistemi e delle scale. I. Bg. S. Aless, Bergamo, 1800-1805.
Barca, Alessandro. De 'Principi del temperamento della nostra musica. I. Bg. S. Aless, Bergamo, 1806.
Bardos, Lajos. Natьrliche Tonsysteme. Budapest, 1956.
Barkechli, Mehdi. "La gamme de la musique iranienne" (The tuning of Iranian music), Cahier d'Acoustique in Ann. Telecommunicat. vol. 5, 1950, p. 196.
Barkechli, Mehdi. "La gamme persane et ses rapports avec la gamme occidentale", Olympia vol. 1 no. 1, 1950.
Barkechli, Mehdi. "Mйsure des intervalles harmoniques de la gamme а partir de la sensation subjective de consonnance" (Measure of the harmonic intervals in the musical scale and the question of the sensation of subjective consonance) Acustica vol. 2, 1952, p. 252.
Barkechli, Mehdi. "Quelques idées nouvelles sur la consonance" (Certain new ideas about consonance), in coll. intern. CNRS 84 Acoustique musicale, Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1959, pp. 21-28.
Barkechli, Mehdi. "L'йvolution de la gamme dans la musique orientale" (The evolution of scales in oriental music), in coll. intern. CNRS 84 Acoustique musicale, Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1959, pp. 39-45.
Barkechli, Mehdi. "Les йchelles rйguliиres du cycle des quintes et leurs dйformations occasionelles dans les cadres non pentatoniques", in coll. intern. CNRS La rйsonance dans les йchelles musicales, Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1960, p. 173.
Barkechli, Mehdi and Moussa Ma'aroufi. La musique traditionelle de l'Iran / Les systиmes de la musique traditionnelle de l'Iran (radif) avec Transcription et notation musicale occidentale. Secrйtariat d'Йtat aux Beaux-Arts, Teheran, 1963. Also in Farsi moosiqi-ye sonnati-ye iran, Teheran, 1963.
Barker, Andrew. "Music and Perception: A Study in Aristoxenus", Journal of Hellenistic Studies vol. 98, 1978, pp. 9-16.
Barker, Andrew (ed.) Greek Musical Writings. Vol. 1 The Musician and his Art. Vol. 2 Harmonic and Acoustic Theory. Cambridge Readings in the Literature of Music, Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, 1989.
Barkowsky, Johannes. Anleitung zur Berechnung von Intervallen in einigen musikalischen Stimmungssystemen. Hannover, 1996.
Barlow, Clarence. "Two Essays On Theory", Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 1, 1987, pp. 44-60.
Barlow, Clarence. Bus journey to Parametron. Feedback Papers vol. 21-23, Feedback Studio Verlag, Kцln, 1980. Deutsche Zusammenfassung "Busreise nach Parametron", Neuland vol. 1, Herbert Henck (ed.), Bergisch Gladbach, 1980, pp. 114-118.
Barlow, Clarence. "Zur Harmonik nordindischer Raagen oder: Was ist ьberhaupt ein Raag?", Weltmusik vol. 1, Feedback Papers Sonderheft, Kцln, 1981, pp. 103-114.
Barlow, Clarence. "AUTOBUSK - An Algorithmic Real-Time Pitch & Rhythm Improvisation Programme", ICMC Proceedings Glasgow 1990, pp. 166-168.
Barlow, Clarence. "Ьber die Rationalisierung einer harmonisch irrationalen Tonhцhenmenge", Manuscript.
Barnard, Hans et al. De Keiaanse Muziek. Derde uitgave, Stichting Vrienden van Keioloniл, Amsterdam-Texel, 1985, 67 pages.
Barnard, Hans and D.J. Hamoen. "Het 19-toons orgel uit Keioloniл", Bouwbrief Huismuziek vol. 34, Utrecht, Aug. 1984, pp. 14-19.
Barnard, Hans, L. Sluiter and B. den Hollander. "Keiaanse muziekinstrumenten", Bouwbrief Huismuziek vol. 37, Utrecht, May 1985, pp. 7-8.
Barnard, Hans, W.Z. Wendrich and Bart Hopkin. "Kayenian Musical Instruments", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 3 no. 1, June 1987, pp. 14-15.
Barnes, John. "The Specious Uniformity of Italian Harpsichords", in Keyboard Instruments: Studies in Keyboard Organology, E.M. Ripin (ed.), Edinburg, 1970.
Barnes, John. "Bach's Keyboard Temperament: Internal Evidence from the Well-tempered clavier", Early Music vol. 7 no. 2, April 1979, pp. 236-249. Followup correspondence in Early Music vol. 8, 1980, pp. 511-513 (Philip P. Jones); vol. 9, Jan. 1981, p. 141 (H.A. Kellner); April 1981, pp. 219-221 (Cl. di Vйroli); Oct. 1981, p. 579 (J. Barnes)
Barriиre, Jean-Baptiste. "Йcriture et Modиles, remarques croisйes sur sйries et spectre", Entretemps, septembre 1989, vol. 8, Paris, pp. 13-23.
Barriиre, Jean-Baptiste (ed.) Le timbre, mйtaphore pour la composition. IRCAM, Paris, Йd. Christian Bourgois, 1991.
Barry, Wilson. "Henri Arnaut de Zwolle's Clavicordium and the Origin of the Chekker", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 11, 1985.
Barthelmes, Barbara. "Kompositionen fьr Vierteltцne: Дsthetische Positionen", Mikrotцne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 9-22.
Barthelmes, Barbara. Son et Image. Le projet de la coupole lumineuse [de Wyschnegradsky]. 1990, unpublished.
Barthelmes, Barbara. Raum und Klang. Das musikalische und theoretische Schaffen Ivan Wyschnegradskys. Dissertation, Technische Universitдt Berlin, 1991. Wolke Verlag, Hofheim, 1995, 511 pages.
Bartlett, David. The Mathematics of Tuning and Temperament, with audio examples, WWW, 1998.
Bartlett, Martin. "A Microcomputer-Controlled Synthesis System for Live Performance", Foundations of Computer Music, MIT Press, Cambridge MA, 1985.
Bartlett, Martin. "Relative Ratio Tuning: An Intonational Strategy for Performance Systems", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 1 no. 1, 1991, pp. 71-73.
Bartolozzi, Bruno. New Sounds for Woodwind. Translated by Reginald Smith Brindle (ed.), Oxford University Press, London, 1967, 1971.
Bartolus, Abraham. Musica mathematica, Das ist: Das Fundament der allerlieblichsten Kunst der Musicae, wie nemlich dieselbe in der Natur stecke, und ihre gewisse proportiones, das ist, gewicht und mass habe, und wie dieselben in der Mathematica, fьrnehmlich aber in der Geometria und Astronomia beschrieben seind: Sonnsten genennet die beschreibung des Instrumentes Magadis oder Monochordi: Allen liebhabern und Kьnstlern der Music zu gefallen und sonderlichen nutz in deutsch gegeben, durch M. Abrahamum Bartolum, Bentensem Minieum. Johann Meuschken, Altenburg in Meissen, 1614. VI. Teil des Theatrum Machinarum von Henning GroЯ. Heinrich Zersing, 1708.
Bary, Йmile. Acoustique. Note sur un procйdй trиs-simple pour accorder une guitare sans le secours de l'oreille. Imprimerie de Casimir, Paris, 1835.
Baschet, François. "The Baschet Experience", Interval vol. 4 no. 2, fall 1983, pp. 12-14.
Baschet, François. "The Baschet Experience: Part II from the 'Sound Sculpture' Papers", Interval vol. 4 no. 3, spring 1984, pp. 6-7.
Bateman, Wayne A. Introduction to Computer Music. Wiley, 1980, p. 221.
Bates, Robert. "Nivers' tonal material: Tuning restrictions and the development of the major-minor system", The Organ Yearbook vol. 18, 1987, pp. 78-94.
Batish, Ashwin and S.D. Batish. Ragopedia: Exotic Scales of North India. Batish Institute, 1989, 190 pages.
Battan, Suzette Mary. Hбba's 'Neue Harmonielehre'. PhD dissertation, Eastman School of Music, 1980.
Baud-Bovy, Samuel. "Bourgault-Ducoudray et la musique grecque ecclйsiastique et profane", Schaeffner Festschrift, 1982, pp. 153-163.
Bavington, Peter and Miles Hellon. "Evidence of historical temperament from fretted clavichords", FoMRHI quarterly no. 64, July 1991, pp. 55-58.
Bayer, Francis. De Schцnberg а Cage. Essai sur la notion d'espace sonore dans la musique contemporaine. Йd. Klincksieck, Paris, 1981.
Bayer, Karl. Auflцsung der Antinomie Tonalitдt kontra Atonalitдt, Atonalitдt kontra Tonalitдt im Medium des Pytagoreischen Kommas und reinen-edlen-Gesanges. Lьbeck, 1980.
Beaulieu, Marc. Cyclical structures and linear voice-leading in the music of Ivan Wyschnegradsky. 1989.
Becker, Judith. Traditional Music in Modern Java. University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu, 1980.
Becker, Judith. "Is Western Art Music Superior?", Musical Quarterly vol. 72 no. 2, 1986, pp. 341-359.
Becker, Judith. "Time and tune in Java", Music as Culture, Garland, New York, 1990, pp. 233-246.
Becker, J. "Auf die Stimmung kommt es an", Instrumentenbau-Zeitschrift vol. 49, Siegburg, January-February 1996, pp. 80-81.
Bйdos de Celles, F. L'Art du facteur d'orgues. Paris, 1766/1778. Reprint 1965.
Beer, Anton de. "The Development of 31-tone Music", Sonorum Speculum, 1965.
Beer, Anton de. "Die Entwicklung der 31-Tonmusik", Sonorum Speculum vol. 38, Amsterdam, spring 1969, pp. 3-16.
Beer, Anton de. Guide for the use of the archiphone. Stichting Huygens-Fokker, Haarlem, 1976.
Behrens-Senegalden, G.A. Die Vierteltцne in der Musik. Begleitschrift zu der Erfindung eines achromatischen Klaviers und Entwurf zur Darstellung der Vierteltцne als Notenschrift. Berlin, 1892.
Beichert, Eugen Alfred. Die Wissenschaft der Musik bei Al-Farabi. Regensburg, 1931.
Bйkйsy, Georg von. "Ьber die eben merkliche Amplituden- und Frequenzдnderung eines tones, Physikalische Zeitschrift vol. 29, 1928.
Bйkйsy, Georg von. Experiments in Hearing. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1960.
Beldemandis, Prosdocimus de. Brevis summula proportionum quantum ad musicam pertinet & Parvus tractatulus de modo monacordum dividendi. 1428. English translation by Jan Herlinger: A short summary of ratios insofar as they pertain to music & Little treatise on the method of dividing the monochord. University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln, 1987, 182 pages.
Belet, Brian. "Toward a Unification of Algorithmic Composition, Real-Time Software Synthesis, and Live Performance Interaction", Proceedings of the 1992 International Computer Music Conference.
Belis, Annie. Aristoxиne de Tarente et Aristote: Le traitй d'harmonique. Йd. Klincksieck, Paris, 1986, 274 pages.
Beljajev, Victor. Cetvertitonnaja muzyka, Zizn'isusstva vol. 18, Leningrad, 1925.
Bellamy, Sister Laurette. The Sonido Trece theoretical works of Juliбn Carrillo: A translation with commentary. Thesis, Indiana University, May 1972.
Bellasich, Alda. Il Clavicembalo: organologia, accordatura, notazione, diteggiatura. EDT/Musica, Torino, 1984, 239 pages.
Bellerman, Heinrich. Die Tonleitern und Musiknoten der Griechen. A. Fцrstner, Berlin, 1847.
Bellerman, Heinrich. Die GrцЯe der musikalischen Intervalle als Grundlage der Harmonie. Berlin, 1873.
Belmondi, Prodocimo de. Parvus tractatus de modo monochordum dividendi. Padua, 1413.
Bemetzrieder, Antoine. Leзons de clavecin ed principes d'harmonie. Bluet, Paris, 1771.
Bemetzrieder, Antoine. Lettre concernant les diиses et les bйmols. Paris, 1773.
Bemetzrieder, Antoine. Traitй de Musique. Paris, 1776.
Benade, Arthur H. "On the mathematical theory of woodwind finger holes", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 32 no. 12, Dec. 1960, pp. 1591-1608.
Benade, Arthur H. Fundamentals of Musical Acoustics. Oxford University Press, 1976. Reprint with extensive corrections, Dover, New York, 1990, 608 pages.
Benade, Arthur H. and R.B. Dannenberg. An automated approach to tuning. CCRMA, Stanford University, 1983, 14 pages.
Benade, Arthur H. "On the tuning of clarinets", The Clarinet, November/December 1990, pp. 18-20.
Bender, G. "Le Futurisme Musical", Le Guide du Concert III, February 1912.
Benedetti, G.B. Diversarum speculationum. Turin, 1585.
Benjamin, Gerald R. "Julián Carrillo and 'sonido trece'", Yearbook, Inter-American Institute for Musical Research vol. 3, 1967, pp. 37-68.
Bennetts, Kathryn, Donald Bousted and Peter Bowman. The Quarter-Tone Recorder Manual. No. 2084, Moeck Verlag, Celle, 1998, 50 pages.
Benson, Dave. Mathematics and Music, WWW, 1999.
Bent, Margaret. "Diatonic ficta", Early Music History vol. 4, 1984, pp. 1-48.
Bent, Margaret. " Diatonic ficta revisited", Music Theory Online vol. 2 no. 6, 1996.
Berard, Wilford W. "The Eleventh and Thirteenth Partials", Journal of Music Theory vol. 5 no. 2, 1961, pp. 95-108.
Berg, Reinhard Alexander. Tuning for slow beating: A resource in electronic music composition. MA thesis, University of California, San Diego, 1977, 36 pages plus tapes.
Bergenfeld, Nathan. "The cross relation and Elizabethan music: Causes and classification", Diapason vol. 61 no. 5, April 1970, pp. 10-11.
Berger, Karol. Theories of chromatic and enharmonic music in Italy in the second half of the sixteenth century. PhD dissertation, Music history: Yale University, 1975, Ann Arbor, 1976, UMI Research Press, 1980, 243 pages.
Berger, Karol. "The expanding universe of musica ficta in theory from 1300 to 1550", Journal of Musicology vol. 4 no. 4, fall 1985-86, pp. 410-430.
Berger, Karol. Musica ficta. Theories of accidental inflections in vocal polyphony from Marchetto da Padova to Gioseffo Zarlino. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987.
Berghmans, Josй. "A Music Stave for the Notation of Different Musics", Interface vol. 12 no. 4, 1983, pp. 525-540.
Bergquist, Peter. The theoretical writings of Pietro Aaron. Columbia University, 1964.
Berlin, Johan Daniel. Anleitung zur Tonometrie : oder, Wie man durch Hьlfe der logarithmischen Rechnung nach der geometrischen Progressionsrechnung die so genannte gleichschwebende musikalische Temperatur leicht und bald ausrechnen kann : nebst einem Unterrichte von dem 1752 erfundenen und eingerichteten Monochordon = Anledning til tonemetrien : eller, Hvorledes man ved hielp af logarithmus-regning kan komme let og snart afsted ned at udregne efter den geometriske progressions-regning, det saakaldte ligedansvжvende musicaliske temperatur. Kopenhagen & Leipzig, 1767. Reprint in Series: Edition Norvegica, Bjarne Kortsen (ed.), vol. 10, Bjarne Kortsen, Bergen, 1976, 52 pages.
Berlin, Johan Daniel. "The collected works of Johan Daniel Berlin (1714-87)", The music of the Berlin family in Trondheim, Norway. Bjarne Kortsen (ed.), vol. 1, Bergen, 1977, 247 pages.
Bermel, Derek. "Derek Bermel Speaks with Ben Johnston", Paris New Music Review vol. 2 no. 4, 1995, pp. 2-3.
Bermudo, Juan. Declaraciуn de instrumentos musicales. Osuna, 1555. Facsimile edition, Kassel, 1957.
Bernet Kempers, K.Ph. "Het ontstaan van toonsystemen", De Muziek vol. 7, Amsterdam, 1933, p. 258 ff.
Bernoulli, Daniel. Letter to Euler, St. Petersburg, 1843.
Bernoviz, Nimrod. The Chinese Diao: Modal Practice in 15th Century Qin Music. PhD dissertation, University of Pittsburgh MA, 1996.
Bйthizy, Jean-Laurent de. Exposition de la thйorie et de la pratique de la musique, suivant les nouvelles dйcouvertes. Par M. de Bйthizy. Lambert, Paris, 1754. Seconde йdition, corrigйe et augmentйe par l'auteur. G.G. Deschamps, Paris, 1764, 331 pages. Reprint Minkoff, Genиve, 1972.
Bettenhaussen, Fred and Frits & Hans van Krevelen. Clavecimbel, clavichord en pianoforte. Stemmen, stemmingen en onderhoud. De Toorts, Haarlem, 1984, 214 pages.
Bettens, Olivier. 'Intonation juste' а la Renaissance : idйal ou utopie? Esquisse d'un modиle fondй sur la thйorie de Zarlino, WWW, 1998.
Beurmann, Andreas E. and Albrecht Schneider. "Probleme und Aufgaben akustisch-tonometrischer Forschung in der vergleichenden Musikwissenschaft", Acustica vol. 69, no. 4, April 1989, pp. 156-162.
Bevil, J. Marshall. "Scale in southern Appalachian folksong: A reexamination", College music symposium vol. 26, 1986, pp. 77-91.
Bhagyalekshmy, S. Ragas in Carnatic Music. CBH Publications, Tivandrum, 1990.
Bhardarkar, Rao Sahib P.R. "Contribution to the Study of Ancient Hindu Music", Indian Antiquary vol. 41, 1912. Reprint British Indian Press, Mazgaon, Bombay, 1912.
Bhatkande, V.N. A comparative study of some of the leading music systems of the 15th, 16th, 17th & 18th centuries. In: Sangeet 1930-1931. Reprint Bombay, 1941. Madras, 1949. Malinibai Sukthankar, Baroda, 1987, Indian Musicological Society.
Bhattacharya, Subhihushan. "Scales in Indian music", Folklore vol. 9 no. 3, Calcutta, March 1968.
Bianchi, Francesco. De l'attraction harmonique ou sistиme physico-mathйmatique de l'harmonie, fondй sur l'analyse des phenomиnes que prйsente la corde sonore.
Bicknell, Stephen. Temperament: A Beginner's Guide, WWW, 1997.
Bieder, Eugen. F.W. Marpurgs System der Harmonie, des Kontrapunkts und der Temperatur. Diss., Berlin, 1923.
Biezen, Jan van. Stemmingen, speciaal bij toetsinstrumenten. Stichting Centrum voor de Kerkzang, Den Haag, 1974.
Billeter, Otto Bernhard. "Die Silbermann-Stimmungen", Archiv fьr Musikwissenschaft vol. 27 no. 1, April 1970, pp. 73-85.
Billeter, Otto Bernhard. "Anweisung zum Stimmen von Tasteninstrumenten in verschiedenen Temperaturen", Цsterreichische Musikzeitschrift vol. 32 no. 4, 1977, pp. 185-195.
Billeter, Otto Bernhard. "Die Stimmanweisung von Ignaz Bruder (1829). Rekonstruktionsversuch und historische Deutung", Acta organologica vol. 12, 1978, pp. 229-239.
Billeter, Otto Bernhard. Historische Stimmungen und elektronische Stimmgerдte. Frankfurt a.M., 1978.
Billeter, Otto Bernhard. Anweisung zum Stimmen von Tasteninstrumenten in verschiedenen Temperaturen. Verцffentlichung der Gesellschaft der Orgelfreunde vol. 59, Merseburger Berlin, Kassel, 1979, 1982, 40 pages.
Billeter, Otto Bernhard. "Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto (review)", Musiktheorie vol. 4 no. 2, 1989, pp. 171-174.
Bindel, Ernst. Die Zahlengrundlagen der Musik im Wandel der Zeiten. 3 vols., Verlag Freies Geistesleben, Stuttgart, 1950-1953, 1985.
Bini, Claudio. L'accordatura. 1976.
Bini, Claudio. "La psicoacustica nell'accordatura della chitarra", Il Fronimo vol. 5 no. 21, October 1977, pp. 23-24.
Bini, Claudio. "Il temperamento equabile nella tastiera della chitarra moderna", Il Fronimo vol. 7 no. 26, January 1979, pp. 28-30.
Biock, Hans-Reinhard. Zur Intonationsbeurteilung kontextbezogener sukzessiver Intervalle. PhD thesis in Musicology: U. Kцln, 1975. Kцlner Beitrдge zur Musikforschung vol. 82, Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1975, 190 pages.
Birsak, Kurt. "Die Stimmung des Klappenchalumeau von I.C. Denner. Ein Nachtrag", Die Musikforschung vol. 28 no. 1, 1975, p. 82.
Bischoff, John. "Software as Sculpture: Creating Music from the Ground Up", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 1 no. 1, 1991, pp. 37-40.
Bischoff, John, Rich Gold and Jim Horton. "Music for an Interactive Network of Microcomputers", Computer Music Journal vol. 2 no. 3, 1978, pp. 24-29.
Bisel, Larry David. Seeking a perceptual preference among Pythagorean tuning, just intonation, one-quarter comma meantone tuning, and equal temperament. PhD diss., Music: U. Michigan, 1987, 248 pages.
Bister, Heribert and Albrecht Schneider-Klement. "Die Huygens-Fokker Orgel im Museum Teyler zu Haarlem und die Mцglichkeiten der 31-Ton-Temperierung", Acta organologica vol. 6, 1972, pp. 121-131.
Bister, Heribert. "Die Sept 7:4 in der Akkordfolge: Eine Untersuchung zu einigen harmonischen Zusammenhangen in Giuseppe Verdis Ave Maria - Scala enigmatica armonizzata a 4 voci miste", Vogel Festschrift, Gudrun Schrцder, Bad Honnef, 1988, pp. 11-34.
Blackaller, E.R. "La revoluciуn musical de Juliбn Carrillo", Cuadernos de lectura popular no. 237. Mexico City, 1969.
Blackburn, Bonnie J., Edward E. Lowinsky, and Clement Miller (eds.) A Correspondence of Renaissance Musicians. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1991.
Blackburn, Terry. Alternate Temperaments: Theory and Philosophy (The beginner's field guide to alternate temperaments), WWW, 1999.
Blacking, John. "Problems of pitch, pattern and harmony in the Ocarina music of the Venda", American Music Society Journal vol. 2 no. 2, 1959, pp. 15-23.
Blackwell, H. and H. Scholsberg. "Octave Generalization, Pitch Discrimination and Loudness Treshold in the White Rat", Journal of Experimental Psychology vol. 33, 1943, p. 407.
Blackwood, Easley. The 31 Note Equal Tuning of Nicala Vicentino. Houston TX, 1974.
Blackwood, Easley. Liner notes for the LP "Twelve Microtonal Etudes for Electronic Music Media", 1980.
Blackwood, Easley. Research Notes: NEH Grant R0-29376-78-0642. Privately circulated handwritten xerox, 1981.
Blackwood, Easley. "Discovering the Microtonal Resources of the Synthesizer", Keyboard May 1982, pp. 26-38.
Blackwood, Easley. The Structure of Recognizable Diatonic Tunings. Princeton University Press, Princeton NJ, 1985, 318 pages.
Blackwood, Easley. "Modes and Chordal Progressions in Equal Temperament", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 2, summer 1991, pp. 166-201.
Blanchet, A.F.N. Mйthode abrйgйe pour accorder le clavecin et le piano-forte. Lacloye, Paris, 1801.
Blankenburg, Quirinus van. Onderwijzinge hoe men alle de Toonen en halve Toonen, die meest gebruijkelijck zijn, op de Handt-Fluijt zal konnen t'eene mael zuijver Blaezen. Amsterdam, 1684.
Blankenburg, Quirinus van. Elementa Musica, of Niew Licht tot het welverstaan van de musiec en de bas-continuo. Door Regelen, met Reden en bewys, gebouwd op een klare ontledinge der eerste Beginselen; Na een voorafgaande wederlegging van de dwalingen dezes tyds. Waar nevens De vinding en opkomst der Konst; De musiec der Ouden; De Redenmaat der Klanken; De ontdekking van een Wiskunstige Cirkel, Waar in de Wet der Nature al de Toonen verdeelt; De Stelkonst; De Speeltuigen En de Grondlegging van de Zangkunst. Laurens Berkoske, 's-Gravenhage, 1739. Reprint: Uitgeverij Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1972. Series: Early Music Theory in the Low Countries vol. 4, Frits R. Noske (ed.), 273 pages.
Blardone, Aurora et al. La terza mano del pianista. Testo & immagine, Venaria (Torino), 1997, 127 pages.
Blaserna, Pietro. La teoria del suono. (Dieci conferenze), Ed. Dumolard, Milano, 1875. English edition The Theory of Sound in its Relation to Music, D. Appleton & Co., New York, 1892.
Blaukopf, Kurt. "Tonsysteme und ihre gesellschaftliche Geltung in Max Webers Musiksoziologie", International review of the aesthetics and sociology of music vol. 1 no. 2, Dec. 1970, pp. 159-168.
Blaukopf, Kurt. "Musiksoziologie-Bindung und Freiheit bei der Wahl von Tonsystemen", Texte zur Musiksoziologie, 1976, pp. 140-157.
Blein, Franзois-Ange-Alexandre. Exposй de quelques principes nouveaux sur l'acoustique et la thйorie des vibrations, et leur application а plusieurs phйnomиnes de la physique. Paris, 1827, 43 pages.
Blein, Franзois-Ange-Alexandre. Thйorie des vibrations et son application а divers phйnomиnes de physique. Paris, 1831.
Blein, Franзois-Ange-Alexandre. Principes de mйlodie et d'harmonie dйduits de la thйorie des vibrations. Bachelier, Paris, 1832, 1838, 100 pages.
Bloch, Thomas. Les ondes Martenot: Vie ou survie? Un bilan pour 60 ans d'existence, Cahiers du CIREM, musiques et claviers vol. 10-11, 1989, pp. 163-174.
Block, Steven and Jack Douthett. "Vector Products and Intervallic Weighting", Journal of Music Theory vol. 38 no. 1, 1994, pp. 21-41.
Blood, William. "'Well-tempering' the clavier: five methods", Early Music vol. 7 no. 4, October 1979, pp. 491-495.
Boatwright, Howard. "Ives' Quarter-Tone Impression", Perspectives of New Music vol. 3 no. 2, 1965, pp. 22-31.
Bobbitt, R. "The physical basis of intervallic quality and its application to the problem of dissonance", Journal of Music Theory vol. 3 no. 2, 1959, pp. 173-207.
Boccadoro, Brenno. "Jean-Adam Serre: un juste milieu entre Rameau et Tartini?", Revue de Musicologie vol. 93 no. 1, 1993, pp. 31-62.
Bocking, R.M. Microtonal Music: Aesthetic Aspects of Quarter-Tone Music, With Particular Reference to Quarter-Tone Melody and Harmony. PhD diss., Musicology, University of London.
Boethius, Anicius Manlius Torquatus Severinus. De institutione musica libri quinque. Beginning 6th century. Godofredus Friedlein (ed.), Leipzig, 1867, Frankfurt a.M., 1966. Italian translation by G. Marzi, Cremona. English translation Fundamentals of music by Calvin M. Bower, Yale University Press, New Haven, 1989.
Bohlen, Heinz. Versuch ьber den Aufbau eines tonalen Systems auf der Basis einer 13-stufigen Skala. Manuscript second version, Hamburg, Jul. 1974. First version, Hamburg, Dec. 1972.
Bohlen, Heinz. "13 Tonstufen in der Duodezime", Acustica vol. 39 no. 2, S. Hirzel Verlag, Stuttgart, 1978, pp. 76-86. English translation by Bohlen, "13 Tone Steps in the Twelfth", manuscript, 1994.
Bohlen, Heinz. The early history of the 13-Tone Scale, 2-page manuscript, 1996.
Bohlen, Heinz. BP Scale Structures, WWW, 1998.
Bohlen, Heinz. "The Musical Animal's Musical Adventures", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 41-56.
Bohlen, Heinz. "Letter to the editor", Xenharmonikфn vol. 17, spring 1998, p. 124.
Bohlen, Heinz. BP Tuning and Instruments, WWW, 1999.
Bohlen, Heinz. BP Interval properties, WWW, 1999.
Bohlen, Heinz. Fokker lattice representation of BP, WWW, 2000.
Bцker-Heil, Norbert. "Ein algebraisches Modell des dur-moll-tonalen Systems", Bericht ьber den 1. Internationalen KongreЯ fьr Musiktheorie, Stuttgart, 1972, pp. 64-107.
Bollioud, Mermet. Mйmoire sur le tempйrament que les voix observent en chantant. Lyon, 1741.
Boncella, Paul Anthony Luke. "Denying ancient music's power: Ghiselin Danckerts' essays in the Generi Inusitati", Tijdschrift van de Vereniging voor Nederlandse Muziekgeschiedenis vol. 38, 1988, pp. 59-80.
Bongionanni, Luigi Enrico. Norme per l'Accordatura dei Pianoforti. Capra, Torino, 1908.
Bonhote, Jean-Marc. "Aspetti dell'evoluzione del temperamento degli strumenti a tastiera", Organo vol. 11/1-2, 1973, pp. 157-170.
Bontempi, Giovanni Andrea Angelini. Historia musica, nella quale si ha piena cognitione della teorica, e della pratica antica della musica harmonica, secondo la dottrina de' Greci, i quali, inventata prima da Iubal avanti il Diluvio, e poi ritrovata da Mercurio, la restituirono nella sua pristina et antica dignitа: e come dalla teorica, e dalla pratica antica sia poi nata la pratica moderna, che contiene la scientia del contrapunto. Opera non meno utile che necessaria a chi desidera di studiare in questa scientia. Di Giovanni Andrea Angelini Bontempi perugino. L. Costantini, Perugia, 1695.
Boomsliter, Paul C. and Warren Creel. "The Long Pattern Hypothesis in Harmony and Hearing", Journal of Music Theory vol. 5 no. 2, April 1961, pp. 2-30.
Boomsliter, Paul C. and Warren Creel. Interim Report on the Project on Organization in Auditory Perception at the State University College. Albany, New York, (with recorded illustrations), February 1962.
Boomsliter, Paul C. and Warren Creel. "Extended Reference: An Unrecognized Dynamic in Melody", Journal of Music Theory vol. 2 no. 1, spring 1963, pp. 2-22.
Boomsliter, Paul C. and Warren Creel. "Ratio Relationships in Melody", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 34 no. 9, part 1, September 1962, pp. 1276-1277.
Booth, George W. Pianos, piano tuners and their problems. Janus, London, 1996, 208 pages.
Bormann, Karl. "Orgelbautraktat von Sebastian Wirth 1736-1820", Acta organologica vol. 4, 1970, pp. 166-204.
Borris, Siegfried. Kirnbergers Leben und Werk und seine Bedeutung im Berliner Musikkreis um 1750. Bдrenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1933.
Borroff, Edith. "Ancient acoustical theory and a pre-Pythagorean comma", College music symposium vol. 18 no. 2, fall 1978, pp. 20-23.
Bos, H.J.M., M.J.S. Rudwick, H.A.M. Snelders and R.P.W. Visser (eds.) Studies on Christiaan Huygens. Lisse, 1980.
Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On temperament or the division of the octave", Philosophical Magazine, Fourth Series, vol. 48 no. 321 (Supplement), July-December 1874, article no. 67, pp. 507-511.
Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the mathematical theory of Mr. Baillie Hamilton's string-organ", Philosophical Magazine, Fourth Series, vol. 49 no. 323, February 1874, article no. 12, pp. 98-104.
Bosanquet, R.H.M. "The theory of the division of the octave, and the practical treatment of the musical systems thus obtained", Proceedings of the Royal Society of London vol. 23, 1875, pp. 390-408.
Bosanquet, R.H.M. "Temperament; or, the division of the octave", Proceedings of the Musical Association vol. 1, 1875, pp. 4-17, 112-158.
Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On temperament or the division of the octave - no. II", Philosophical Magazine, Fourth Series, vol. 50 no. 330, September 1875.
Bosanquet, Robert Halford Macdowall. An Elementary Treatise on Musical Intervals and Temperament, with an account of an enharmonic harmonium exhibited in the loan collection of scientific instruments, South Kensington, 1876, also of an enharmonic organ exhibited to the Musical Association of London. MacMillan & Co., London, 1876.
2nd edition with introduction by Rudolf Rasch (ed.), Tuning and temperament library vol. 4, Diapason Press, Utrecht, 1987, 179 pages.
Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the Hindoo division of the octave, with additions to the theory of higher orders", Proceedings of the Royal Society of London vol. 25, 1877, pp. 540-541. Reproduced in S.M. Tagore's Hindu Music.
Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On some points in the harmony of perfect consonances", Proceedings of the Musical Association vol. 3, 1877, pp. 145-153.
Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the beats of consonances of the form h:1", Philosophical Magazine, Fifth Series, vol. 3 no. 70, June 1881, article no. 57, pp. 420-436.
Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the beats of consonances of the form h:1 - Continued", Philosophical Magazine, Fifth Series, vol. 11 no. 71, Supplement, January-June 1881, article no. 65, pp. 492-506.
Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the beats of the consonances of the form h:1", Proceedings of the Physical Society of London vol. 4, 1881, article no. 24, pp. 221-256.
Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the history of the theory of the beats of mistuned consonances", Philosophical Magazine, Fifth Series, vol. 12 no. 75, October 1881, article no. 34, pp. 270-282.
Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the beats of mistuned consonances", Philosophical Magazine, Fifth series, vol. 12 no. 77, December 1881, article no. 52, pp. 434-436.
Bosanquet, R.H.M. "The beats of mistuned consonances", Philosophical Magazine, Fifth Series, vol. 13 no. 79, February 1882, article no. 13, p. 131. [Letter]
Bosanquet, R.H.M. "On the beats of mistuned harmonic consonances", Proceedings of the Musical Association vol. 8, 1882, pp. 13-27.
Bose, Narendra Kumar. Melodic types of Hindusthan: A scientific interpretation of the Raga system of northern India. Jaico Publishing House, Bombay, 1960.
Bosseur, Jean-Yves. "Une йtude ultrachromatique d'Ivan Wyschnegradsky", Musique Passion d'Artistes, Skira, Paris, 1992.
Botta, Carlo. Mйmoire sur la nature des Tons et des Sons. Torino, 1802-1803.
Bottrigari, Ercole. Il Patricio, o vero de' tetracordi armonici di Aristosseno. Benacci, Bologna, 1593. Reprint Forni, Bologna, 1969.
Boulanger, Richard Charles (ed.) The Csound Book: Perspectives in Software Synthesis, Sound Design, Signal Processing, and Programming. MIT Press, Cambridge MA, 2000, 592 pages.
Boulez, Pierre. "At the Ends of Fruitful Land...", Die Reihe vol. 1, pp. 21-22. Original German edition 1955, English edition 1958.
Bourgeret, Gйrard. "Correction du tempйrament de l'orgue de Lorris: Essai de gйnйralisation", Revue de musicologie vol. 75 no. 1, 1989, pp. 5-24.
Bousquet, Jean. De la gamme pentatonique а l'acoustique musicale chinoise.
Bousquet, Jean. L'hйlice des quintes de Pythagore. manuscript.
Bousquet, Jean. Histoire, reprйsentations symboliques des tempйraments. manuscript.
Bousquet, Jean. Perception auditive et Analyse spectrale. Universitй de Bruxelles, Bruxelles, 1973.
Bousquet, Jean. Le Baron de Prony et l'Acoustique musicale. 1974.
Bousquet, Jean. "Musical Sounds, Intervals and Temperaments", Bulletin de la Classe de Sciences Recherche Belgique vol. 60 no. 10, 1974, pp. 1205-1247.
Bousquet, Jean. "Note concernant le 'monochorde' No. 4 de Marpurg", La facture de clavecin du XVe au XVIIIe siиcle, Leuven, 1980.
Bousquet, Jean. "Les deux tempйraments de Dom Bйdos de Celles et l'accord des instruments а clavier", La facture de clavecin du XVe au XVIIIe siиcle, Leuven, 1980, pp. 89-109.
Bouterse, Curtis. "Reconstructing the Medieval Arabic Lute: a Reconsideration of Farmer's 'Structure of the Arabic and Persian Lute'", Galpin Society Journal vol. 32, 1979, pp. 2-9.
Bouterse, Jan. "Tuning the traverso", FoMRHI quarterly no. 41, October 1985, pp. 25-31.
Bouterse, Jan. De blokfluit: Handleiding voor aanschaf, onderhoud, bijstemmen en kleine reparaties. Luscinia, Alphen aan den Rijn, 1990, 140 pages.
Bowen, Meirion. "Harry Partch", Music and Musicians vol. 16, 1968, pp. 20-25.
Boyd-Brent, John. Harmony and Proportion, WWW, 1998.
Brandsma, Engbert. "Über die Tonverhältnisse in der Alten und Neuen Musik", Bericht von III. Kongreß der Internationalen Musikgesellschaft, 1909, p. 387.
Brandt Buys, Hans. Het Wohltemperirte Klavier van Johann Sebastian Bach. Van Loghum Slaterus' Uitgeversmaatschappij, Arnhem, 1942, 322 pages.
Breed, Graham. Documents on Alternative Tunings, WWW, 1998.
Breed, Graham. Meantone Temperaments, WWW, 1999.
Breed, Graham. Schismic Temperaments, WWW, 1999.
Breed, Graham. Anomalous Saturated Suspensions, WWW, 1999.
Breed, Graham. Octave Invariant Music Lattices, WWW, 1999.
Breloer, B. Die Grundelemente der altindischen Musik nach dem Bharatiya-natya-sastra. Inaugural Dissertation, Bonn, 1922.
Brenet, Michel. Deux traductions franзaises inйdites des institutions harmoniques de Zarlino. Paris, 1911.
Brenn, F. "Tonsysteme in Equiton und Fawcettzahlen", Bericht ьber den internationalen wissenschaftlichen KongreЯ in Kassel, Kassel, 1962.
Brennink, Albert. Wohltemperierte Notenschrift: die Ailler-Brennink chromatische Notation ; Ergebnisse und Schlussfolgerungen der Notenschrift-Reform durch die Chroma-Stiftung. Ed. Chroma, Montreux, 1992, 95 pages.
Brewster, Todd. "Twangs and Tweedles", LIFE, November 1983, vol. 6 no. 11, p. 139 ff.
Brink, Paul Robert. The Archicembalo of Nicola Vicentino. Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1966.
Brinkman, Alexander R. "A Binomial Representation of Pitch for Computer Processing of Musical Data", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 8, 1986, pp. 44-57.
Broadhouse, John. Musical Acoustics: Or the Phenomena of Sound As Connected with Music. Reprint Services Corporation, 1990.
Brockett, Clyde W. Jr. "A comparison of the five monochords of Guido of Arezzo", Current musicology vol. 32, 1981, pp. 29-42.
Broman, Per F. " Report from the Third Triennial ESCOM Conference in Uppsala, Sweden, 7-12 June, 1997", Music Theory Online vol. 3 no. 4, 1997.
Brombaugh, Mark A. "Tuning and temperament in the time of Scheidt and Buxtehude", Dietrich Buxtehude and Samuel Scheidt: An anniversary tribute, University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, 1988, pp. 71-78.
Brotbeck, Roman. "Vцlkerverbindende Tondifferenzierung. Mordecai Sandberg, ein verkannter Pionier der Mikrotonalitдt", Neue Zeitschrift fьr Musik, vol. 152 no. 4, April 1991, pp. 38-44.
Brotbeck, Roman. Flucht in die Praxis. Flucht aus der Praxis. Die Amerikanischen Pioniere der Mikrotonalitдt. 1991, to be published.
Brotbeck, Roman. "Die pansonoren Musikrдume des Ivan Wyschnegradsky" (Tour guidй des espaces musicaux pansonores d'Ivan Wyschnegradsky), La Nouvelle Revue Musicale Suisse Dissonanz-Dissonance vol. 30, Zьrich, 1991, pp. 4-13.
Brotbeck, Roman. Zwischen Differenzierung und Dissolution. Die mikrotonalen Komponisten Juliбn Carrillo, Harry Partch und Ivan Wyschnegradsky. To be published, 800 pages.
Brown, Adrian. The recorder: A basic workshop manual. Dolce, Brighton, 1989, 46 pages.
Brown, Colin. Music in a Sound and Music in Figures (Music in Common things, Parts I and II). William Collins & Sons Ltd., London, 1885.
Brown, Howard Mayer and Kathleen Moretto Spencer. "How Alfonso della Viola tuned his viols, and how he transposed", Early Music vol. 14 no. 4, November 1986, pp. 520-533.
Brown, Judith C. "Frequency ratios of spectral components of musical sounds", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 99 no. 2, 1996, pp. 1210-1219.
Brown, Judith C. and Kathryn V. Vaughn. "Pitch centre of string instrument vibrato tones", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 100 no. 3, Sept. 1996, pp. 1728-1735.
Brown, Robert. An introduction to musical arithmetic with its application to temperament. London, 1865.
Browne, R. "Tonal Implications of the Diatonic Set", In Theory Only vol. 5 no. 6/7, 1981, pp. 3-21.
Brozek, Jan (Joannes Broscius). An diapason salvo harmonico concentu per aequalia septem intervalla dividi possit vel non ? 1648.
Brucaeus, Henricus. Musica theorica. Rostock, 1609.
Brun, Viggo. "En generalisation av kjedebrшken", Norske Videnskabers Selskapets Skrifter vol. 1-2, 1919-20, Oslo. (avec des rйsumйs en Franзais)
Brun, Viggo. "Music and Ternary Continued Fractions", Det Kongelige Norske Videnskabers Selskab, Forhandlinger Bd. 23, 1950, p. 38.
Brun, Viggo. "Algorithmes Euclidiens pour trois et quatre nombres", Sartryck ur Trettonde Skandinavska Matematikerkongressen XIII, aug. 1957, p. 45.
Brun, Viggo. "Mehrdimensionale Algorithmen, welche die Eulersche Kettenbruchentwicklung der Zahle verallgemeinern", Festschrift Leonard Euler zum 250. Geburtstag, Akademie-Verlag, Berlin, 1959.
Brun, Viggo. "Musikk og Euklidske algoritmer", Nordisk matematisk tidskrift vol. 9, Oslo, 1961, pp. 29-36.
Brun, Viggo. "Euclidean algorithms and music theory", L'enseignement mathйmatique revue internationale tome X, fasc. 1-2, 1964, pp. 125-137.
Bruni, Severino. Succinto di teoria fondamentale per lo schiarimento dell'intonazione e per l'accordatura istromentale. Tipi del R.I. de'sordo-muti, Gкnes, 1861.
Brunner, David Lee. "Cultural diversity in the choral music of Lou Harrison", The Choral Journal vol. 32 no. 10, May 1992, pp. 17-28.
Bruyr, Josй. La belle histoire de la musique. Corrкa, Paris, 1946.
Bryennius, Manuel. Armonika. Constantinople, 1300. The harmonics of Manuel Bryennius, G.H. Jonker (ed.), PhD thesis, Groningen University, 1970. Wolters-Noordhoff Publishing, Groningen, 1970, 454 pages.
Buck, Percy C. "Equal and Mean-Tone Temperament", in Acoustics for Musicians, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1918, pp. 91-106.
Buetens, Stanley. "On fretting a lute", Journal of the Lute Society of America vol. 3, 1970, pp. 53-63.
Bukofzer, Manfred. "Prдzisionsmessungen an primitiven Musikinstrumenten", Zeitschrift fьr Physik vol. 99 no. 9-10, 1936, pp. 643-665.
Bukofzer, Manfred. "Kann die 'Blasquintentheorie' zur Erklдrung exotischer Tonsysteme beitragen?", Anthropos vol. 32, Salzburg, 1937, pp. 402-418.
Bukofzer, Manfred. "The evolution of Javanese tone systems", papers read at the International Congress of Musicology, New York, 1939. New York, 1944, pp. 241-250.
Bьlow, George J. "Andreas Werckmeister", in New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians, MacMillan, London, 1980.
Bulyowsky, Michael (Mihбly Bulyovszky de Dulycz). Brevis de emendatione organi musici tractatio. Kurtze Vorstellung von Verbesserung des Orgelwercks. Johann Eberhard Zetzner, Strasbourg, 1680, bilingual. Reprint: Frits Knuf, Buren, 1988, 121 pages.
Bulyowsky, Michael. Neu-erfundenes vollkommenes fьnff-faches Clavier. Paul Treu, Stuttgart, 1699.
Bulyowsky, Michael. Tastatura quinqueformis panarmonico-metathetica. Theodor Hecht, Durlach, 1711.
Bulyowsky, Michael. Fьnff-faches, vollstдndiges Transponier-Clavier. Theodor Hecht, Durlach, 1711.
Burgubura, H. Relations des mathйmatiques et de la musique dans l'histoire des gammes. Paris, 1973.
Burk, James M. "Schillinger's Double Equal Temperament System", Psychology and Acoustics of Music: A Collection of Papers, Edward W. Asmus (ed.)
Burman, Eric. De proportione harmonica. 2 vols. Uppsala, 1715-1716, 506 pages.
Burns, Edward M. "In search of the Shruti", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 56, Supplement, 1974, p. S26(A).
Burns, Edward M. and W. Dixon Ward. "Categorical Perception of Musical Intervals - Phenomenon or Epiphenomenon? Evidence and Experiments in the Perception of Melodic Intervals", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 55, 1974, p. 456-468.
Burns, Edward M. and W. Dixon Ward. "Perception of monotic and dichotic musical intervals", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 59, 1976, p. 552(A).
Burns, Edward M. and W. Dixon Ward. "Categorical Perception - Phenomneon or Epiphenomenon: Evidence from Experiments In the Perception of Melodic Musical Intervals", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 63 no. 2, 1978, pp. 456-468.
Burns, Edward M. "Circularity in relative pitch judgements for inharmonic complex tones: The Shepard demonstration revisited, again", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 30 no. 5, 1981, pp. 467-472.
Burns, Edward M. and W. Dixon Ward. "Intervals, Scales and Tuning", The Psychology of Music, Diana Deutsch (ed.), pp. 241-269, Academic Press, New York, 1982.
Burt, Warren. "Composing for a Set of Aluminium Just-Intonation Tuning Forks", Part 1, Interval, winter 1986-1987, p. 13 & 23.
Burt, Warren. "A set of aluminium just-intonation tuning forks", Experimental musical instruments vol. 5, no. 3, February 1987, pp. 12-13.
Burt, Warren. "Experimental Music In Australia Using Live Electronics", Contemporary Music Review vol. 6 part 1, pp. 159-172.
Burt, Warren. "Australian Experimental Music 1963-1990", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 1 no. 1, 1991, pp. 5-10.
Burt, Warren. "Drones 1994 #2 - Old Commas Inverted and Revisited", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 99 & 103 (score).
Burt, Warren. "An Interesting Group of Combination-Product Sets Produces Some Very Nice Dissonances", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 1, 1996, p. 1.
Burt, Warren. "Adventures in Scale Generation Along a Wilsonian Path, part 1", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 3, summer 1996.
Burt, Warren. "Adventures in Scale Generation Along a Wilsonian Path, part 2", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 1, winter 1998, pp. 4-10.
Burt, Warren. An Interview, Microtonal Works, W.B. on the Internet. Portrait of Warren Burt, WWW, 1997.
Burt, Warren. "Sound and Light: LaMonte Young and Marian Zazeela (review)", 1/1 vol. 10 no. 2, fall 1999, p. 2.
Busch, Andrй. Uilleann Pipes Tuning Page, WWW, 1998.
Busch, Hermann R. Leonhard Eulers Beitrag zur Musiktheorie. Kцlner Beitrдge zur Musikforschung vol. 58, Gustav Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1970.
Busoni, Ferruccio. Entwurf einer neuen Ästhetik der Tonkunst. 1907. Neue Ausgabe, Insel Verlag, Wiesbaden, 1954. Sketch of a New Esthetic of Music, English translation by Th. Baker, London, 1910, p. 98. Also in: Three Classics in the Aesthetic of Music, Dover, New York, 1962, pp. 73-102. French tranlation by Pierre Michel, L'esthйtique musicale, Minerve, Paris, 1990, 170 pages.
Busoni, Ferruccio. "Bericht ьber Dritteltцne", Melos vol. 3, August 1922, p. 198.
Butler, Charles. The Principles of Music in Singing and Setting. London, 1636.
Butler, David and W. Dixon Ward. "Effacing the memory of musical pitch", Music Perception vol. 5 no. 3, spring 1988, pp. 251-259.
Butler, David. The musician's guide to perception and cognition. (includes CD of 62 listening examples), Schirmer Books, New York, 1992.
Butler, Simone. "A Xen Kind of Experience", On Air Magazine, San Diego KPBS, December 1992, p. 4.
- C -
Callcott, John Wall. A critical examination of the musical theory of Kirnberger. Feb. 1799.
Callcott, John Wall. Plain Statement of Earl Stanhope's Temperament. London, 1807.
Callow, G. and E. Shepherd. "Intonation in the performance of North Indian classical music", paper presented at the 17th Annual meeting of the Society for Ethnomusicology, November 30-December 3, Toronto, Canada, 1972.
Calva, Josй Rafael. Juliбn Carrillo y microtonalismo: la visiуn de Moisйs. Colecciуn Ensayos (Centro Nacional de Investigaciуn, Documentaciуn e Informaciуn Musical Carlos Chбvez), Sociedad de Autores y Compositores de Mйxico : Publicaciones CENIDIM, 1984, 62 pages.
Cameron, Janet. Transcriptions of Seven Li Po Settings by Harry Partch. Unpublished master's thesis. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1982.
Camiolo, Arcangelo. I coristi sonometrici per la precisione del temperamento armonico. Tip. dell'Oaratorio di S. Francesco di Sales, Torino, 1873.
Campbell, Alan Gary. "Just and Mean Tone Tuning for Electronic Keyboards", Electronic Musician vol. 2 no. 11, November 1986, pp. 46-51.
Campbell, James A. The Equal Tempered Scale and Peculiarities of Piano Tuning, WWW, 1997.
Campbell, Leroy B. "Wyschnegradsky's Quarter-toned Piano", The Musician vol. 42 no. 5, 1937, New York, pp. 88 & 93.
Campbell, Murray and Clive Greated. The Musician's Guide to Acoustics. Schirmer Books, New York, 1987.
Campion. Nouvelles dйcouvertes sur la guittarre contentant plusieurs sortes de piиces sur huit maniиres diffйrentes d'accorder. Brunet, Paris, 1705.
Campos, Arthur N. "Microtones and Melody", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, p. 26.
Canright, David. A Justly Tuned Guitar. 1/1 vol. 2 no. 2, 1986, pp. 8-11.
Canright, David. "Ratios for Equal Temperaments", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, 1980, pp. 38-40.
Canright, David. A Tour Up the Harmonic Series, 1/1 vol. 3 no. 3, summer 1987, p. 8 ff.
Canright, David. Rational notation, 1/1 vol. 1 no. 1, 1985, San Francisco, pp. 8, 9, 16.
Canright, David. Pentatonics I have known, 1/1 vol. 1 no. 2, 1985, San Francisco.
Canright, David. On the Piano retuning, 1/1 vol. 1 no. 4, 1985.
Canright, David. Harmonic-Melodic diagrams, 1/1 vol. 4 no. 2, 1988, pp. 1-9.
Canright, David. "CD review: Lou Harrison, Music for Guitar and Percussion", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 3, 1992, p. 2.
Canright, David. Superparticular Pentatonics, 1/1 vol. 9 no. 1, 1995, p. 10.
Canright, David. "Book review: Divisions of the Tetrachord by John H. Chalmers", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 3, p. 16.
Canright, David. EPS for JI. Encapsulated PostScript programs to explore musical scales in Just Intonation, WWW, 1999.
Cantagrel, Gilles. Les dйfauts du tempйrament inйgal de Silbermann. Hachette, Paris, 1982.
Cantrell, David W. "Arnault's Lute, the Modulus of Elasticity of Mersenne's Gut, and the Downbearing Ratio", Galpin Society Journal vol. 34, 1981, p. 147.
Capes, J.M. An Essay on the Growth of the Musical Scale and of Modern Harmony. London, 1877.
Capricornus, Samuel. Geistliche Harmonien. Stuttgart, 1659.
Carcopino, J. "La basilique pythagoricienne de la porte Majeure", Paris, 1926.
Carey, Norman and David Clampitt. "Aspects of Well-Formed Scales", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 11 no. 2, fall 1989, pp. 187-206.
Carey, Norman and David Clampitt. "A Theory of Tonal Spaces in Early Medieval Treatises", Journal of Music Theory vol. 40, 1996.
Carey, Norman and David Clampitt. "Self Similar Pitch Structures, Their Duals, and Rhythmic Analogs", Perspectives of New Music vol. 34 no. 2, summer 1996, pp. 62-87.
Carey, Norman. Distribution Modulo 1 and Musical Scales. Unpublished PhD dissertation, University of Rochester, 1998.
Carlos, Wendy. "Three Asymmetrical Divisions of the Octave", Pitch vol. 4 no. 1, spring 1990, pp. 2-3.
Carlos, Wendy. "Tuning: at the Crossroads", Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 1, 1987, pp. 29-43.
Caron, Nelly and Dariouche Safvate. Iran, les traditions musicales. Institut International d'Йtudes de la musique, Buchet/Chastel-Corrкa, Paris, 1966.
Carpenter, Ellon D. "Russian Music Theory: A Conspectus", in Russian Theoretical Thought In Music, Gordon D. McQuere (ed.), UMI Research Press, Ann Arbor, 1983.
Carpenter, Hoyle. "Microtones in a Sixteenth Century Portuguese Manuscript", Glassboro NJ.
Carr, Dale C. "A practical introduction to unequal temperament", The Diapason vol. 65 no. 3, Feb. 1974, pp. 6-8.
Carriиre, Eric. "La division de l'octave: Ou 'Un peu de physique pour йtonner les musiciens': ou 'Un peu de musique pour agacer les physiciens'", Acadйmie Musicologique du Forez vol. 8, March 1987, pp. 9-21.
Carrillo, Julián. Tratado sinético de armonía. Mexico City, 1913, 8/1915.
Carrillo, Julián. Pláticas musicales vol. 1, Mexico City, 1913, 3/1930.
Carrillo, Julián. El Sonido 13, Teoria lуgica de la musica. E. Pardo, Mexico, 1924, 136 pages. English translation Writing system for the new music of sixteenths of the tone, music produced by the 13th sound theorie of Juliбn Carillo in Soundings vol. 5, 1973.
Carrillo, Julián. Rectificación básica al sistema musical clásico; analisis fisico-musico "pre-sonido 13.". Tall. Graf. de la Escuela Industrial Militar, San Luis Potosí, 1930, 62 pages.
Carrillo, Julián. Génesis de la revolución musical del 'Sonido 13'. Ediciones Sonido 13, San Luis Potosí, 1940, 160 pages.
Carrillo, Julián. Método racional de solfeo: entonación y medida de los sonidos musicales. Universal, Mexico City, 1941, 57 pages.
Carrillo, Julián. En defensa del honor de america: 'el Sonido 13!'. Réplica a Papini. Mexico City, 1947.
Carrillo, Julián. Sonido 13, fundamento científico e histórico. Ed. J. Carrillo, Mexico City, 1948, 72 pages.
Carrillo, Julián. Leyes de metamorfosis musicales. Talleres Gráficos de la Nación, Mexico, 1949.
Carrillo, Julián. Teoría lógica de la música. Manuel Casas, Mexico, 1954.
Carrillo, Julián. Dos leyes de física musical. Ediciones Sonido 13, Mexico, 1956.
Carrillo, Julián. Problemas de estética musical: eviados a la UNESCO y datos históricos relacionados con el problema del 'Sonido 13', Imprenta Universitaria, Mexico City, 1957, 81 pages.
Carrillo, Julián. Mexico en la cultura musical del mundo. Mexico City, 1957.
Carrillo, Julián. Sistema general de escritura musical. Ediciones Sonido 13, Mexico City, 1957.
Carrillo, Julián. El infinito en las escalas y en los acordes. Ediciones Sonido 13, Mexico City, 1957, 81 pages.
Carrillo, Julián. 'Sonido 13': recorrido histórico. Mexico City, 1962.
Carrillo, Julián. Errores universales en mъsica y fнsica musical. Seminario de cultura mexicana, Mexico City, 1967.
Carrillo, Julián. "Busoni, Wyschnegradsky y Hбba (1961)", in Errores universales en mъsica y fнsica musical, Mexico, 1967, pp. 55-59.
Carruthers, A.R. "Pitch Changes in the Sound of the Highland Bagpipe", Acustica vol. 41, 1978, pp. 46-50.
Carter, Stewart (ed.) A performer's guide to seventeenth-century music. Schirmer Books, New York, 1997, 432 pages.
Carterette, Edward C., Nazir A. Jairazhboy and Kathryn Vaughn. "The role of tambura spectra in drone tunings of North Indian ragas", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 83, Supplement 1, 1988, p. S121.
Carterette, Edward C., Kathryn Vaughn and Nazir A. Jairazhboy, "Perceptual, Acoustical, and Musical Aspects of the Tambura Drone", Music Perception vol. 7 no. 2, winter 1989, pp. 75-108.
Carterette, Edward C. and R.A. Kendall. "On the tuning and stretched octave of Javanese gamelans", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 4, 1994, pp. 59-68.
Carterette, Edward C. "Timbre, tuning and stretched octave of Javanese gamelans", Proceedings of the 3rd International Conference on Music Perception & Cognition, European Society for the Cognitive Sciences of Music, Liиge, pp. 103-104.
Casimir, H.B.G. and S.R. de Groot. "Levensbericht van Adriaan Daniлl Fokker (17 augustus 1887 - 24 september 1972)", KNAW Jaarboek 1972, 1973, pp. 114-118.
Castanet, P.A. "Les satellites de Dusapin ou le solipsisme musical", Cahiers du CIREM vol. 12-13, 1989, Paris, pp. 53-72.
Castel, Louis-Bertrand. Extrait du 'Nouveau systкme' de Montvallon. August 1747.
Castellengo, M. La Flute traversiиre. Universitй Paris, Paris, 1968.
Castellengo, M. "Sons multiphoniques aux instruments а vent", Rapport IRCAM no. 34, Paris, 1982.
Catalisano, Gennaro. Grammatica armonica fisico-matйmatica. P. Giunti, Roma, 1781.
Catler, Jon. "Just Intonation in Modern Music", Pitch vol. 1 no. 1, 1986, pp. 4-5.
Catler, Jon. "Over & Under: The 13 Limit", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 3, summer 1987, pp. 4-5.
Caton, Margaret. The classical Tasnif, a genre of Persian vocal music. PhD diss., UCLA, 1983.
Caus, Salomon de. Institutions harmoniques. Diuisйe en deux parties. En la premiиre sont monstrйes les proportions des intervalles harmoniques et en la deuxiesme les compositions dicelles. Jan Norton, Frankfurt, 1615.
Caus, Salomon de. Les raisons des forces mouvantes avec diffйrentes machines. Jan Norton, Frankfurt, 1615.
Cavalieri, Bonaventura. Centuria di vari problemi (...) per dimostrare l'uso, et la facilita de' logaritmi (...) nella musica. Monti et Zenero, Bologna, 1639.
Cavallini, Edoardo. "Breve nota sul pluricromatìsmo", Rivista Musicale Italiana, 1943, p. 247.
Cavallini, Edoardo. "Il Pluricromatìsmo nell' evoluzione musicale", Rivista Musicale Italiana, 1946, p. 130.
Cavallini, Edoardo. "Per un' intensa sull' unificazione dei segni pluricromatici" (a more unified system of microtonal notation), Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 48 no. 4, Milan, 1946, pp. 516-522.
Cavallo, Tiberus. "Of the Temperament of those Musical Instruments, in which the Tones, Keys, or Frets, are Fixed, as in the Harpsichord, Organ, Guitar, &c.", Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London vol. 78, 1788, p. 238.
Cazden, Norman. "Musical Consonance and Dissonance - a Cultural Criterion", Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism vol. 4, 1945, pp. 3-11.
Cazden, Norman. Musical Consonance and Dissonance. PhD thesis, Harvard University, 1947.
Cazden, Norman. "Tonal Function and Sonority in the Study of Harmony", Journal of Research in Music Education vol. 2, 1954, pp. 21-34.
Cazden, Norman. "Pythagoras and Aristoxenos reconciled", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 11 nos. 2-3, 1958, pp. 97-105.
Cazden, Norman. "Musical Intervals and Simple Number Ratios", Journal of Research In Music Education vol. 7 no. 2, 1959, pp. 197-220.
Cazden, Norman. "Sensory Theories of Musical Consonance", Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism vol. 20, 1962, pp. 301-319.
Cazden, Norman. "The Definition of Consonance and Dissonance", International Review of the Aesthetics and Sociology of Music vol. 11 no. 2, 1980, pp. 123-168.
Centre for Microtonal Music and the Society for the Promotion of New Music. Microtonality Manual. July 1991.
Cerny, Miroslav Karel. "K otazce realne podoby a zformovani staroreckych stupnic a organizace tonoveho materialu" (The actual shaping and forming of ancient Greek scales and organization of tonal material), Hudebni veda vol. 28 no. 3, 1991, pp. 207-219. In Czech.
Ceulemans, Anne-Emmanuelle. Les traitйs italiens de Pietro Aron. Un projet d'йdition йlectronique dans le cadre du Thesaurus musicarum italicarum, WWW, 1997.
Chabrier, Jean-Claude Ch. "Le systиme acoustique armenien d'Hambardzoum au XIXиme siиcle", Ethnomusicology and the historical dimension, Philipp, Ludwigsburg, 1989, pp. 130-132.
Chabrier, Jean-Claude Ch. "Zither in Egypt. Cairo. Qanun, M. 'Atiya 'Omar: Cithare en Egypte. Le Caire. Qanun, M. 'Atiya 'Omar", Anthologie phonographique de recital oriental vol. 7, Arabesques, Paris, 1979.
Chabrier, Jean-Claude Ch. "Elements d'une approache comparative des йchelles thйoriques arabo-irano-turques", Revue de musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 39-78.
Chabrier, Jean-Claude Ch. "Le deuxiиme Symposium international de Samarkand (7-14 octobre 1983)", Revue de musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 188-191.
Chailley, M. Jacques. "Le mythe des modes grecs", 1956.
Chailley, M. Jacques (ed.) Prйcis de musicologie. Presses universitaires de France, Paris, 1958. 432 pages.
Chailley, M. Jacques. "Le dynamisme des gammes et des accords dans les principaux systèmes acoustiques et son influence sur le développement de la musique", Acoustique musicale, Congrиs Marseille 1958, Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1959, pp. 13-18.
Chailley, M. Jacques. "Le problиme de l'harmonique 7 devant l'histoire musicale", Acoustique musicale, Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1959.
Chailley, M. Jacques. L'imbroglio des modes. Leduc, Paris, 1960, 1977, 92 pages.
Chailley, M. Jacques. Le monochorde et la thйorie musicale. Amsterdam, 1963.
Chailley, M. Jacques. Un grand thйoricien belge mйconnu...Momigny. Bruxelles, 1966.
Chailley, M. Jacques. La musique grecque antique. Les belles lettres, Paris, 1979.
Chailley, M. Jacques. De la musique а la musicologie, Etude analytique de l'oeuvre de Jacques Chailley prйsentйe par ses collиgues, ses йlиves et ses amis.... Van de Velde, Paris, 1980.
Chailley, M. Jacques. Йlйments de philologie musicale. I. Recherches des principes. II. Intervalles et йchelles. Leduc, Paris, 1985, 180 pages.
Chailley, M. Jacques. "Le symbolisme de la gamme", La Revue Musicale, Paris, 1988, pp. 408-409.
Chailley, M. Jacques. "Rameau et la thйorie musicale", La Revue Musicale vol. 260.
Chakraborty, Satyaban. Svaras and Srutis in Indian Music. Kalyani Prakashani, West Bengal, 1990.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. & M. Joel Mandelbaum. "Multiple Division of the Octave and the Tonal Resources of 19-tone Temperament", Current Musicology vol. 5, 1967, pp. 138-142.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Editorial and Prospectus", Xenharmonikфn vol. 1, 1974, pp. 2-3.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Conversion Tables and Just Intonation Tables", Xenharmonikфn vol. 1, 1974, pp. 26-57.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "New Linear Temperaments", Xenharmonikôn vol. 2, 1974, pp. 36-41.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975, pp. 2-3.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "The Application of Rothenberg's Pattern Recognition Model to the Structure of Tetrachords and Tetrachordal Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975, pp. 51-62.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments", Xenharmonikôn vol. 4, 1975, pp. 2-3.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Cyclic scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 4, 1975, pp. 69-78.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments Five", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, 1976, pp. 2-3.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments Six", Xenharmonikôn vol. 6, 1977, pp. 2-3.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Microtonal Mathematics 1", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, 1978, pp. 12-13.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Polychordal Matrices for MOS Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1979, pp. 156-167.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments: Seven and Eight", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1979, pp. 2-3.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "A Collection of Scales with Nineteen Notes", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1979, pp. 168-180.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Some Additional Nineteen Tone Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1979, pp. 181-186.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Some Designs for Small Numbered Non-12-Tone Metallophones and Keyboards", Interval vol. 2 no. 4, fall 1980, pp. 10, 14.
Chalmers, John H. Jr and Ervin M. Wilson. "Combination Product Sets and Other Melodic and Harmonic Structures", Proceedings of the 7th International Computer Music Conference, North Texas State University, Denton, TX. ICMA, 1982, pp. 348-362.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Report on Visit to the Carrillo Studio", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, 1982, p. 4.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Construction and Harmonization of Microtonal Scales in non-twelve-tone Equal Temperaments", Proceedings of the 8th International Computer Music Conference, Venice, Italy. ICMA, 1982, pp. 534-555.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Joseph Yasser, 1893 - 1981", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, p. 25.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Letter to the Editor, "Dear Ear." Contains some keyboards for 10-tone Equal Temperament and an All-Interval Row in 10-tone Equal Temperament", Ear vol. 8 no. 1-2, 1983, p. 2.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Letter to the Editor, "Dear Ear." Contains a listing of All-Interval Rows in various Equal temperaments", Ear vol. 8 no. 3, 1983, p. 2.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Tritriadic Scales with Seven Tones", Xenharmonikôn vol. 9, 1986, pp. 3-19.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Tritriadic Transformations", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 1, 1987, pp. 1-9.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Tritriadic Scales with Seven Tones, Part Two: Derived Forms and Structural Properties", Xenharmonikôn vol. 10, 1987, pp. 20-31.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Report on the American Festival of Microtonal Music's 'Microfest'", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 3, 1988, pp. 12-14.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Report on the 1988 Third Coast New Music Project, 'The Eternal Internal-A Festival of Microtonal Musics'", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 3, 1988, p. 15.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Book Review: The Structure of Recognizable Diatonic Scales by Easley Blackwood", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 3, 1988, pp. 4-5, 14.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Tetrachordal Scales and Complexes", Xenharmonikôn vol. 11, 1989, pp. 1-20.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "The Nineteen-Tone Instruments of W.A. (Jim) Piehl and Tillman Schafer", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 4 no. 6, April 1989, pp. 5-7.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Tritriadic Scales with Seven Tones, Part Three: The M->T and D->M Matrices", Xenharmonikфn vol. 12, 1989, pp. 39-67.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Getting in Tune with Microtunings", Letter to Editor, Electronic Musician vol. 5 no. 7, July 1989, pp. 13-14.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "JI Calc 3.11 (review)", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 5 no. 6, 1990, pp. 19-20.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Three Approaches to Harmony in 13-TET", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 53-64.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments 13", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 2-3.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Harmonic and Subharmonic Versions of Kathleen Schlesinger's Harmoniai", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 3, 1992, pp. 4-11.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "A Compendium of 12-tone Scales in 5-Limit Just Intonation", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 4, 1992, pp. 4-9, 15-16.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Review of 'Cognitive Foundations of Musical Pitch', by Carol L. Krumhansl", Leonardo vol. 25 no. 2, 1992, pp. 221-223.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments 14", Xenharmonikôn vol. 14, 1993, pp. 1-2.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Just in Fun-Augenskalen", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 1, 1993, p. 2.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. Chalmers's Compendium of Tetrachordal Scales, A set of Ji Calc HyperCard stacks for tuning synthesizers to the scales in 'Divisions'. Frog Peak Music, Lebanon NH, 1993.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. The Divisions of the Tetrachord. Frog Peak Music, Hanover NH, 1993, 234 pages.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "The Triadic Diamond, the Triadic Reversed Diamond, and their Constituent Tetrachords when D = 3/2", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 60-73.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "The TOUCH-TONE® Signal Pitches as Subsets of Stretched 14-Tone ET's", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 74-80.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Cents and Non-Cents: Logarithmic Measures of Musical Interval Magnitude", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 81-95.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Review of The Just Intonation Primer by David Doty", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 96-97.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "An Anticipation of the Partch Tonality Diamond in Augusto Novaro's Sistema Natural Base del Natural-Aproximado (1927)", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 2, 1994, pp. 9-10.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Two Recent Books on Ancient Greek Music, book reviews of M.L. West's 'Ancient Greek Music', and Andrew Barker's 'Greek Musical Writings II, Harmonic and Acoustic Theory'", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 3, 1994, pp. 2, 16.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "In Memoriam Ivor Darreg (1917-1994)", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 3, 1994, p. 20.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "In Memoriam Ivor Darreg (1917-1994)", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 9 no. 4, 1994, pp. 7-8.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "The Wayward: Harry Partch at UCSD", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, 1994, pp. 20, 24.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments 16", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, pp. 1-3.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Principios de la Gama Dinбmica by Eduardo Sбbat-Garibaldi (review)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, pp. 126-127.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Oedipus and Revelation in the Courthouse Park: Harry Partch's Two Music-Dramas on Classical Greek Themes", Didaskalia vol. 3 no. 1, 1996.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "Notes and Comments 17", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 1-3.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. "The Number of 23-Prime-Limit Superparticular Ratios Less Than 10,000,000", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 111-115.
Chalmers, John H. Jr. Explanation of John Chalmers's Lattice Diagrams, WWW, 1999.
Chamberlin, Robert. "Symposium in the Study of Tricesimoprimal Music", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976.
Chao, Chuh Ah. Das zhouzeitliche Grab des Markgrafen Yi von Zeng aus der Provinz Hubei, VR China mit besonderer Berьcksichtigung der Musikinstrumenten-Beigaben. MA diss., Music history: Hochschule fьr Musik und darstellende Kunst, Wien, 1982, 98 pages.
Chardon, Yves. "Essais а propos de la justesse attractive", La Revue Musicale vol. 13, 1932, p. 166 ff.
Charrier, Stйphane. La clй des Sons ou comment accorder son piano. Centre de Documentation pйdagogique, Marseille, 1980.
Chase, Gilbert. "Harry Partch", The American Composer Speaks. Lousiana University Press, Baton Rouge, 1966, pp. 193-200.
Chavannes, Edouard. Les Mйmoires historiques de Se-ma Ts'ien. 5 vols., Paris, 1895-1905. Volume 3 is about music.
Chemillier, Marc. "Monoпde libre et musique RAIRO", Informatique thйorique et applications vol. 21 no. 3, 1987, pp. 341-371, and vol. 21 no. 4, 1987, pp. 379-418, Gauthier Villars, Paris.
Chen, Yingshi. "Study of Qin Temperament", 1984.
Chen, Yingshi. "Discussion of Jiang Kui's 'Tuning method for the Ceshang Mode'", Journal of Musicology, 1984, no. 3, Cultural Arts Publ. Co., Beijing, pp. 22-42, in Chinese.
Chen, Yingshi. "Discussion of just intonation (sifen sunyi)", Chinese Music, 1984, no. 3, Beijing, pp. 21-23, in Chinese.
Chen, Yingshi. "Temperamentology in ancient Chinese written records", Musicology Australia vol. 11-12, 1988-1989, pp. 44-64.
Chen, Yingshi. "A report on Chinese research into the Dunhuang music manuscripts", English translation by Coralie Rockwell, Musica Asiatica vol. 6, Oxford, 1991, pp. 61-72.
Chen, Yingshi. "My Opinion about Zhu Caiyь's Qin Temperament", Musicology in China, 1992, no. 1, pp. 124-132, in Chinese.
Chen, Yingshi. "(Are) There No Tuning Modes (using) Just Intonation in Extrant Ming Dynasty Qin Music Books?", Musicology in China, 1992, no. 4, pp. 22-30, in Chinese.
Chen, Yingshi. "A Further Discourse on the Different Historical Periods of the Evolution of Qin Temperament", Art of Music, 1992, no. 2, pp. 16-21, in Chinese.
Chen, Yingshi. "A Third Discourse on the Different Historical Periods of the Evolution of Qin Temperament", Art of Music, 1992, no. 4, pp. 4-10, in Chinese.
Chen, Yingshi. "Comment on 'The Study of Qin Temperament'", Art of Music, 1996, no. 4, pp. 1-5 & 19, in Chinese.
Chen, Yugang. Zhongguo guyuelь de yunshuang yu jexi (A mathematical calculation and analysis of ancient Chinese tone systems). Shengyun Publications, Taipei, 1982.
Chen, Wan-nai. "Zhu Zai-Yu suanxue zhi yenjiu" (Findings of Zhu Zaiyu's mathematics), Huagang wenke xuebao vol. 14, June 1982, pp. 45-69.
Cheng, Gongliang. "(Are) There Any Tuning Modes (using) Just Intonation in Extrant Ming Dynasty Qin Music Books?", Musicology in China, 1992, no. 2, pp. 101-106, in Chinese.
Chesnut, John Hind. "Mozart's teaching of intonation", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 30 no. 2, summer 1977, pp. 254-271.
Chislett, Laura. "Sulle Scale Della Fenice, Performer's Notebook", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 2, 1991, pp. 94-99.
Chladny, Ernst Florenz Friedrich. Entdeckungen ьber die Theorie des Klanges. Weidmanns Erben und Reich, Leipzig, 1787. Reprints 1817, 1821, 1987.
Chladny, Ernst Florenz Friedrich. Die Akustik. Breitkopf und Hдrtel, Leipzig, 1802, 310 pages. French translation Traitй d'acoustique, Courcier, Paris, 1809, 375 pages.
Chladny, Ernst Florenz Friedrich. Ьber die Nachtheile der Stimmung in ganz reinen Quinten und Quarten....Aufsatz des Hern. von Drieberg ьber die Stimmung.... 1826.
Chladny, Ernst Florenz Friedrich. Kurze Ьbersicht der Schall- und Klanglehre, nebst einem Anhange die Entwicklung und Anordnung der Tonverhдltnisse betreffend. Mainz, 1827.
Christensen, Thomas S. Science and Music Theory in the Enlightenment: d'Alembert's Critique of Rameau. Unpublished PhD dissertation, Yale University, 1985.
Christensen, Thomas S. "Book review of Le Cycle Harmonique, by Christiaan Huygens, edited and translated by Rudolph Rasch", Journal of Music Theory vol. 32, 1988.
Cifariello Ciardi, Fabio. "Applicazioni dell'elaboratore nell'analisi dei livelli di tensione intervallare delle strutture microtonali", Proceedings of the VI Italian Computer Music Conference, UNICOPLI, Milano, 1985.
Cifariello Ciardi, Fabio. "The organization of microtonal sets in computer music", ICMC 1986 Proceedings, Paul Berg (ed.), The Hague, October 1986, pp. A17-A20.
Cip, Pavel and Josef Rezny. Ceske dudy: Vyroba, zdobeni, ladeni (The Czech bagpipe: Building, decoration, and tuning). Blok, Strakonice-Zubri, 1991, 46 pages.
Ciurio, E. Fausto. "Chitarra quartitonale", Fronimo vol. 3 no. 10, 1975, pp. 25-26.
Clampitt, David. " Report: An International Symposium on Music and Mathematics (Bucharest, Romania)", Music Theory Online vol. 1 no. 1, January 1995.
Clampitt, David. Pair-Wise Well-Formed Scales: Structural and Transformational Properties. Unpublished dissertation, University of Buffalo, 1997.
Clark, Carrie Starr. "Just Intonation in the Kirana Vocal Tradition", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 3, 1989, p. 1 ff.
Clements, Ernest. Introduction to the study of Indian music. An attempt to reconcile modern Hindustani music with ancient musical theory and to profound an accurate and comprehensive method of treatment of the subject of Indian musical intonation. Longmans, Green & Co., London, 1913, 119 pages. Reprint Chandigarh Abhishek, 1992, 113 pages.
Clements, Ernest and K.B. Deval (eds.) The Ragas of Hindustan vol. I-III. Philharmonic Society of Western India, Poona, 1918-1923. Reprint as Encyclopaedia of Indian Music with Special Reference to the Ragas, Sri Satguru Publications, Delhi, 1986.
Clough, John. "Aspects of diatonic sets", Journal of Music Theory vol. 23, 1979, pp. 45-61.
Clough, John. "Diatonic interval sets and transformational structures", Perspectives of New Music vol. 18 no. 1-2, 1979-1980, pp. 461-482.
Clough, John and Gerald Myerson. "Musical Scales and the Generalized Circle of Fifths", Amer. Mathematical Monthly vol. 93 no. 9, 1986, pp. 695-701.
other version: "Variety and Multiplicity in Diatonic Systems", Journal of Music Theory vol. 29, 1985, pp. 249-270.
Clough, John and Jack Douthett. "Maximally Even Sets", Journal of Music Theory vol. 35, 1991, pp. 93-173.
errata: Journal of Music Theory vol. 36 no. 2, fall 1992, pp. 401-402.
Clough, John, Jack Douthett, N. Ramanathan and Lewis Rowell. "Early Indian Heptatonic Scales and Recent Diatonic Theory", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 15 no. 1, 1993, pp. 36-58.
Clough, John, John Cuciurean and Jack Douthett. "Hyperscales and the Generalized Tetrachord", Journal of Music Theory vol. 41, 1997.
Clough, Rosa Trillough. The Futurists. New York, 1965, pp. 188-189.
Coates, William. "The Equal Temperament of 31 Notes to the Octave", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, fall-winter 1985-1986, pp. 23-27.
Code, David Loberg. "Quest for the Pure Voice: Eivind Groven's Renstemt Organ", Music Theory Midwest, 1999 Tenth Annual Conference, Butler University, Indianapolis IN, 14-15 May 1999
Code, David Loberg. Eivind Groven's Pure-tuned Organ, WWW, 1999.
Coenen, Alcedo. "Thirty One: Adriaan Fokker and the Tricesimoprimal Music", Ear Magazine East vol. 7 no. 5, New York, 1982/1983.
Coffy, Henri-Pierre. "Un musicien de l'Espace", Inter-Hebdo, Paris, 28 May 1965, p. 32.
Cohen, Albert. "Symposium on Seventeenth-Century Music Theory: France", Journal of Music Theory vol. 16, 1972.
Cohen, Albert. "Rameau, equal temperament, and the Academy of Lyon: A controversy revisited", French musical thought, 1600-1800, Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor, 1989, pp. 121-128.
Cohen, Elizabeth A. "Some effects of inharmonic partials on interval perception", Music Perception vol. 1 no. 3, spring 1984, pp. 323-349.
Cohen, Flynn. Henry Cowell and James Tenney: Musical Harmonics from Theory to Practice. Thesis, Mills College, Oakland CA, 1998.
Cohen, H. Floris. "Christiaan Huygens on consonance and the division of the octave", in H.J.M. Bos (ed.), Studies on Christiaan Huygens, Lisse, 1980.
Cohen, H. Floris. Quantifying music. The science of music at the first stage of the Scientific Revolution, 1580-1650. D. Reidel Pub. & Co., Dordrecht, 1984, 308 pages.
Cohn, Richard. "Generalized Cycles of Fifths, Some Late-Nineteenth-Century Applications, and Some Extensions to Microtonal and Beat-Class Spaces", keynote address for the Fifth Annual Meeting of Music Theory Midwest/Eighth Biennial Symposium of the Indiana University Graduate Theory Association, Bloomington IN, 14 May 1994.
Colonna, Fabio and Stella, Scipione. La sambuca lincea, overo Dell'Istromento Musico perfetto: Con annotazioni critiche manoscritte di Scipione Stella (1618-1624), with introduction by Patrizio Barbieri (ed.), Musurgiana no. 24, Lucca, 1991, 171 pages. In Italian and English. Facsimile of original, Lib. III di Fabio Colonna Linceo Ne'quali oltre la descrittione, e costruttione dell'Istromento si tratta delle diuisione del Monacordo: della proportione de Tuoni semituoni, e lor minute parti. Della differeza de tre Geni di Musica, de Gradi Enarmonici e Chromatici: e in che differiscano da quelli de gli Antichi l'osseruati и descritti dall'Autore; con gli esempi di numeri, di musica, e di segni..., Costatin Vitale, Napoli, 1618. Reprint series: Bibliotheca musica Bononiensis. Sezione II, n. 152, A. Forni, Bologna, 1980, 116 pages.
Coltman, John W. "The intonation of antique and modern flutes, Parts 1-4", The Instrumentalist vol. 29 no. 5, 1974-1975.
Coltman, John W. "Flute scales, pitch and intonation", The Instrumentalist, May 1976.
Coltman, John W. (ed.) Tuning wind instruments. Booklet produced for distribution in schools by C.G. Conn Ltd., Oak Brook, Illinois. Revised and enlarged by John W. Coltman, 1977, 12 pages.
Coltman, John W. "Theobald Boehm and the scale of the modern flute", Journal of the American Musical Society vol. 9, 1983, pp. 89-111.
Coltman, John W. "Mode stretching and harmonic generation in the flute", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 88 no. 5, November 1990.
Coltman, John W. "Book Review, Tuning: Containing the Perfection of 18th Century Temperament... (Owen H. Jorgensen)", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 19, 1993, pp. 105-109.
Coltman, John W. "Flute intonation in performance", Accepted for publication in The Woodwind Quarterly.
Colvig, William. "A Western Gamelan", Sound Sculpture: A Collection of Essays by Artists, J. Grayson (ed.), Vancouver, 1975, p. 162 ff.
Colvig, William. "An American Gamelan", Xenharmonikôn 2, 1974.
Colvig, William. "Metallophone, Construction", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 10 no. 2, 1994, pp. 24-25.
Combarieu, Jules. Histoire de la musique vol. 1, Йd. Colin, Paris, 1913.
Combarieu, Jules. La musique, ses lois, son йvolution. Flammarion, Paris, 1924.
Condat, Jean Bernard (ed.) Nombre d'or et musique. Peter Lang, Frankfurt a.M., 1988.
Conviser, H. "Equal Temperament versus Just Intonation", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 68, Supplement 1, 1980, p. S100.
Cook, Simon. "Parallel versions of Tembang Sunda melodies in different tunings", Oideion, Wim van Zanten (ed.), Centre of Non-Western Studies Publications vol. 14, Leiden, 1993, pp. 55-84.
Cope, David. New Directions in Music, 2nd Edition. Wm. C. Brown Company Publishers, 1976.
Cope, David. Techniques of the Contemporary Composer. Schirmer Books, New York, 1998.
Corbelin, Franзois-Vincent. Mйthode de harpe pour apprendre seul et en peu de temps а jouer de cet instrument, avec un principe trиs simple pour l'accorder. Minkoff, Genиve, 1971, 157 pages.
Cordier, Serge. L'accordage des instruments а claviers. Universitй de Paris VII, Paris, 1974.
Cordier, Serge. Piano bien tempйrй et justesse orchestrale: le tempйrament йgal а quintes justes. Buchet et Chastel, Paris, 1982, 274 pages.
Corleonis, Adrian. "A review of 'The Harry Partch Collection' and other recents Partch releases", Fanfare March/April 1998.
Cornu, Auguste and Ernest Mercadier. "Sur les intervalles musicaux mйlodiques", Comptes Rendus Hebdomaires des Sйances de l'Acadйmie des Sciences vol. 74, 1872, pp. 321-323.
Corona-Alcalde, Antonio. "'You will raise a little your 4th fret': An equivocal instruction by Luнs Milбn?", Galpin Society Journal vol. 44, March 1991, pp. 2-45.
Corrette, Michel. Le maоtre de clavecin pour l'accompagnement: mйthode thйorique et pratique. Paris, 1752.
Corrette, Michel. De la maniиre d'accorder le clavecin et l'orgue. Paris, 1753.
Corrigan, Vincent Justus, III. The Style of the Notre-Dame Conductus. PhD thesis, Musicology: Indiana University, 1980, 2 vols., 1025 pages.
Corso, J.F. "Scale Position and Performed Musical Octaves", Journal of Psychology vol. 37, 1954.
Corso, J.F. "Unison Tuning of Musical Instruments", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 26 no. 5, September 1954, pp. 746-750.
Costa Vicent, Ramon. "Los sistemas en la musica mensural: Ensayo sobre estructura de las escalas y su correlaciуn con la semitonia y formas modales", Anuario musical vol. 38, 1983, pp. 155-182.
Costeley, Guillaume. Musique. Paris, 1570.
Costère, Edmond. Lois et styles des harmonies musicales. Йd. PUF, Paris, 1954.
Costère, Edmond. Mort ou transfiguration de l'harmonie. Йd. PUF, Paris, 1962.
Courtney, David. "Tuning the tabla: A psychoacoustic perspective", Percussive notes vol. 29 no. 3, February 1991, pp. 59-61.
de Coussemaker, E. (ed.) Histoire de l'harmonie au moyen age. Paris, 1852.
de Coussemaker, E. (ed.) Scriptores de musica medii aevi. 4 vols., Durand, Paris, 1866-1876.
Covey-Crump, Rogers. "Vocal consort style and tunings", Companion to contemporary musical thought, Routledge, London, 1992, pp. 1020-1050.
Covey-Crump, Rogers. "Pythagoras at the forge: Tuning in early music", Companion to medieval and Renaissance music, Dent, London, 1992, pp. 317-326.
Cowell, Henry. New Musical Resources. Alfred A. Knopf, New York, London, 1930.
Cowell, Henry and Sidney. Charles Ives and His Music. New York, 1955.
Cowell, Henry. "The Influence of Overtones in Music", in New Musical Resources. Revised edition, Something Else Press, New York, 1969, pp. 3-19.
Craats, Jan van de. De Fis van Euler. Aramith Uitgevers, Bloemendaal, 1989, 144 pages.
Crickmore, Leon S. A Theory of Musical Experience, Together with an Account of an Experiment to Measure it, its Growth and Relationship to Temperament and Ability in a Group of Technical Students. PhD diss., Musicology, University of Birmingham, 1964.
Criton, Pascale. "Continuum, Ultrachromatisme et Multiplicitйs", La Nouvelle Revue Musicale Suisse Dissonanz-Dissonance vol. 42, Zьrich, 1994, pp. 4-10.
Crocker, Richard L. "Pythagorean mathematics and music", part 1: Journal of Aesth. Art Crit. vol. 22 no. 2, 1963, pp. 189-198, part 2: Journal of Aesth. Art Crit. vol. 22 no. 3, 1964, pp. 326-335.
Crocker, Richard L. "Aristoxenos and Greek mathematics", Aspects of medieval and Renaissance music: A birthday offering to Gustav Reese, Jan LaRue (ed.), W.W. Norton, New York, 1966, pp. 96-110.
Cross, I., R. West and P. Howell. "Pitch relations and the formation of scalar structure", Music Perception vol. 2 no. 3, 1985, pp. 329-344.
Crowder, Louis. "Electronic piano tuning", Piano quarterly vol. 34 no. 132, spring 1986, pp. 50-56.
Cryseul, Gйoffrion de. Moyen de diviser les touches des instruments а cordes le plus correctement possible, etc... On y voit la maniиre dont les artistes doivent considйrer les loix qu'impose le tempйrament. Mйrigot, Paris, 1780.
Cuciurean, John D. Review of Mark Lindley and Ronald Turner-Smith: "Mathematical Models of Musical Scales: A New Approach", Music Theory Online vol. 1 no. 4, July 1995.
Culver, Charles. Musical Acoustics. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1956.
Curtin, Steve. "Software Review: World Music Menu", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 4, 1996, p. 2.
- D -
Dabbene, E. and R. Pisani. Generazione di frequenze subarmoniche negli strumenti musicali. G. Zanibon, Padova, 1973.
Dadson, Philip. Liner notes for the cassette Songs for Heroes. Aotearoa, New Zealand, 1993.
Daenicke, Wilfried. "Bewertung von Intervallbeobachtungen an Hand der Frequenzdistanz; ein Versuch zur Rangordnung musikalischer Intervalle", Jahrbuch, Staatliches Institut fьr Musikforschung, 1968, pp. 29-64.
Dahlhaus, Carl. "War Zarlino Dualist?", Die Musikforschung vol. 10, 1957, p. 286 ff.
Dahlhaus, Carl. "Compte-rendu sur divers articles de Kelletat", 1963.
Dahlhaus, Carl. "Die 'reine Stimmung' als musikalisches Problem", Festschrift til Olav Gurviin, Oslo, 1968, pp. 49-55.
Dahlhaus, Carl. Untersuchungen ьber die Entstehung der harmonischen Tonalitдt. Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1968. English translation Studies on the origin of harmonic tonality by Robert O. Gjerdingen, Princeton Univ. Press, 1990, 408 pages. French translation La tonalitй harmonique. Йtude des origines, Mardaga, Liиge, 1993, 326 pages.
Dahlhaus, Carl. "'Reine' oder 'adдquate' Stimmung?", Archiv fьr Musikwissenschaft vol. 39 no. 1, 1982, pp. 1-18.
Dahnert, Ulrich. "Temperatur der Trost-Orgel in der Altenburger Schlosskirche", Acta organologica vol. 20, 1988, pp. 382-386.
Dalby, Bruce Foreman. A computer-based training program for the development of harmonic intonation discrimination skill. EdD diss., Music education, U. of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1989, 340 pages.
Dallin, Leon. Techniques of Twentieth Century Composition, 2nd ed., Wm. C. Brown Company Publishers: Dubuque, Iowa, 1971. Chapter XV, "Experiments and Innovations", pp. 194-209.
Dammann, Rolf. "Zur Musiklehre des Andreas Werckmeister", Archiv fьr Musikwissenschaft, Trossingen, 1954.
Dammann, Rolf. "Andreas Werckmeister", in Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart, Friedrich Blume, Kassel, 1968.
Dampierre, Eric de. "Sons ainйs, sons cadets: les sanza d'Ebezagui", Schaeffner Festschrift, 1982, pp. 325-329.
Daniel, Walter K. and James Lisowski. "Two Commodore 64 Alternate Tuning Programs", Electronic Musician vol. 2 no. 11, Nov. 1986 and Oct. 1987.
Daniélou, Alain. Introduction to the Study of Musical Scales. The India Society, London. Printed by A. Bose, Indian Press LTD, Benares, 1943. Reprint by Oriental Books Reprint Corporation, New Delhi, 1979, 279 pages. New revised English edition with introduction by Sylvano Bussotti Music and the Power of Sound. The Influence of Tuning and Interval on Consciousness. Inner Traditions International, Rochester VM, 1995, 172 pages.
Daniélou, Alain. Northern Indian Music. Barrie and Rockliff, London, 1951-1955, 2 vols. Reprinted under the title The Ragas of Northern Indian Music, Barrie & Rockliff, Cresset Press, London, 1968. Munshiram Manoharlal, New Delhi, 1980, 1991, 403 pages.
Daniélou, Alain. A catalogue of recorded classical and traditional Indian music with an introduction on Indian musical theory and instruments = Catalogue de la musique indienne avec une introduction sur la thйorie et les instruments indiens. Unesco, Paris, 1952, 235 pages.
Daniélou, Alain. Tableau comparatif des intervalles musicaux. Institut franзais d'Indologie, Pondicherry, 1958, 145 pages. Distribution Adrien Maisonneuve, Paris.
Daniélou, Alain. Traitй de musicologie comparйe. Hermann Ed., Paris, 1959. Version traduite et modifiйe de Introduction to the Study of Musical Scales. Rйimpression 1987/1993.
Daniélou, Alain and N.R. Bhatt. Textes des Purana sur la thйorie musicale. Institut Franзais d'Indologie, Pondichйry, 1959.
Daniélou, Alain. Le Gitalamkara. L'ouvrage original de Bharata sur la Musique. Institut Franзais d'Indologie, Pondichйry, 1959. Distribution Adrien Maisonneuve, Paris. Also in English.
Daniélou, Alain. Sйmantique Musicale. Essai de Psychophysiologie auditive. Prйface de Fritz Winckel. Hermann Ed., Paris 1967. Nouvelle йdition complйtйe avec une nouvelle introduction de Franзoise Escal, Mкme йditeur, Paris 1978. Reprint 1987/1993, 131 pages.
Daniélou, Alain. La Musique et sa communication. Ed. Olschki, Firenze, 1971.
Daniélou, Alain. Einfьhrung in die indische Musik. Heinrichshofen's Verlag, Wilhelmshaven, 1975, 1982, 176 pages.
Daniélou, Alain and Andrй Kudelski. S 52 Nouvel instrument йlectronique de recherches musicales. manuscript.
Daniels, Arthur. "Microtonality and Mean-Tone Temperament in the Harmonic System of Francisco Salinas", Journal of Music Theory vol. 9 no. 1 (part 1) and no. 2 (part 2), 1965, pp. 2-51.
Darbo-Peranic, Miljenko. "Le sens de l'harmonie chez les Grecs", Bericht ьber den siebenten internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen KongreЯ Kцln 1958, Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1959.
Darreg, Ivor. The Quarter-Tone Question. Self-published, 1947.
Darreg, Ivor. Special Bulletin. Self-published, 1963.
Darreg, Ivor. Shall We Improve the Piano? Self-published, 1st ed. 1965, 2nd. revised ed. 1967, p. 23.
Darreg, Ivor. 1967 Annual Report. Self-published, 1968.
Darreg, Ivor. "Guitar Fretting Table 19-tone", Xenharmonikôn 2, fall 1974.
Darreg, Ivor. "Viewpoint: 2 Essays on Xenharmonics", Polyphony, 1977, pp. 66-69.
Darreg, Ivor. Elastic Tuning. Self-published, 1978.
Darreg, Ivor. "New Tunes and New Chords (Something to Fret About)", Guitar Player, February 1978.
Darreg, Ivor. "Listening for the new intervals: The drone can help you", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, fall 1978, pp. 23-24.
Darreg, Ivor. "Thinking Big", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, spring 1978, pp. 8-9.
Darreg, Ivor. "New Moods", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, spring 1978, pp. 3-4.
Darreg, Ivor. "Sing Your Way to Just Intonation", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, spring-summer 1979, pp. 10-11.
Darreg, Ivor. "Book Review: An Introduction to the Quartertone Guitar, by James Schneider", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, spring-summer 1979, pp. 42-44.
Darreg, Ivor. Refretting & fret-lining. Self-published, 1979.
Darreg, Ivor. "Detwelvulate!", Interval vol. 2 no. 1, fall 1979, pp. 14-17.
Darreg, Ivor. "Math, Music, and Logic", Interval vol. 2 no. 1, fall 1979, p. 6.
Darreg, Ivor. "Paleontology: The 12-Toned Pianosaurus", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, pp. 24-25.
Darreg, Ivor. "Going without the Wind: The Electronic Keyboard Oboe", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, pp. 18-21.
Darreg, Ivor. Xenharmonic Bulletin nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. Self-published, 1966-1993.
Darreg, Ivor. "Non-Twelve on the Clavichord", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, 1980, pp. 35-36, 45.
Darreg, Ivor. "Notation for Non-Twelve", Interval vol. 2 no. 2+3, spring-summer 1980, vol. 1, pp. I8-I11.
Darreg, Ivor. "Non-Twelve Notation - Part II", Interval vol. 2 no. 4, fall 1980, p. 7.
Darreg, Ivor. "Tolerance", Interval vol. 2 no. 4, fall 1980, pp. 18-21.
Darreg, Ivor. "Juliбn Carrillo: Mexico's Microtonal Music Master (translation and review)", Interval vol. 3 no. 1, fall 1980, pp. 13-17.
Darreg, Ivor. "Review of El Infinito En Las Escalas y En Los Acordes, by Juliбn Carrillo", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, pp. 21-22.
Darreg, Ivor. "Review of The Equal-Beating Temperaments, by Owen Jorgensen", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, pp. 20-21.
Darreg, Ivor. "What is a Mean Tone?", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, winter 1981, pp. 6-9.
Darreg, Ivor. "Musical Strings - Part 1", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, winter 1981, pp. 11, 19.
Darreg, Ivor. New Opportunities For the Musical Explorer. Self-published, 1981.
Darreg, Ivor. "Juliбn Carrillo's Notation", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, winter 1981, p. 19.
Darreg, Ivor. "Musical Strings - Part 2", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, spring 1982, pp. 11-13.
Darreg, Ivor. "A Case for Nineteen", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, pp. 7-8, 17.
Darreg, Ivor. "Non-Twelve on the Cello", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, pp. 14-15, 22-23.
Darreg, Ivor. "Comparative Systems - Equal Temperaments 1-50", chart bound into Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982.
Darreg, Ivor. "Advantages and Disadvantages of Just Intonation, 12-Equal and 19-Equal", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, pp. 18, 21-24.
Darreg, Ivor. "Progress Report: New Musical Instruments and Tuning Systems", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, pp. 13-14.
Darreg, Ivor. "Megalyra Family of Instruments", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, p. 24.
Darreg, Ivor. "The Advantages and Disadvantages of 17-Tone Equal Temperament", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, p. 22.
Darreg, Ivor. "The Hobnailed Newelpost (1976)", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, p. 21.
Darreg, Ivor. "Ivor Darreg Year in Review: Year-End Report for 1983", Interval vol. 4 no. 3, pp. 25-27.
Darreg, Ivor. "Theremin - The First Analog Synthesizer", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, spring 1984, pp. 25-30.
Darreg, Ivor. "January 1984 to January 1985 Progress Report", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, 33-37.
Darreg, Ivor. Two Experiments for the Price of One, 1985 Monograph, self-published.
Darreg, Ivor. "Abbreviated Chronology of Persons in Music-Related Acoustics", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, fall-winter 1985, p. 6.
Darreg, Ivor. "Instruments: Listen Analog to Digital", Interval, fall-winter 1985, p. 9.
Darreg, Ivor. "The Digital-Analog Question", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, fall-winter 1985, pp. 10-13.
Darreg, Ivor. "Annual Report 1985", Interval vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1986, pp. 3-5, 16-17.
Darreg, Ivor. "The Age of Keyboards", Interval vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1986, p. 18.
Darreg, Ivor. "Concerning Lumia - The Art of Light", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, spring 1986, pp. 18-20.
Darreg, Ivor. 1988 Annual Report. Self-published, 1989.
Darreg, Ivor. Opening the Door to the Nineties. Self-published, 1990.
Darreg, Ivor. Summery Summary. Self-published, 1992.
Darreg, Ivor. The Complete Musical Writings of Ivor Darreg. 1994. (In press)
Darreg, Ivor and Brian McLaren. "Biases In Xenharmonic Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, 1991.
Darreg, Ivor and Brian McLaren. "An Interview with Ivor Darreg about 'The Xenharmonic Frontier'", Xenharmonikôn vol. 14, 1993.
Dasgupta, Amiya. Applied Theory of Indian Music (North). California Institute of the Arts, Valencia, 1977.
Dashow, James. "Spectra as Chords", Computer Music Journal vol. 4 no. 1, 1980, pp. 43-52.
Dashow, James. "Three Methods for the Digital Synthesis of Chordal Structures with Non-Harmonic Partials", Interface vol. 7 no. 2-3, 1978, pp. 69-94.
Davies, Hugh. Entries for "Microtonal instruments" and "Just intonation", The New Grove Dictionary of Musical Instruments, MacMillan Press Limited, London, 1984.
Davis, James A. "The Beehive Keyboard: A Five Limit Keyboard", Interval vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1986, pp. 10, 20.
Day, C.R. The music and musical instruments of Southern India and the Deccan. Novello, Ewer and Co., and Adams and Charles Black, London, 1891. Reprint, Low Price Publications, Delhi, 1990, 181 pages.
DeArment, Cliff. "Indonesian Musical Scales and Structure", WWW, 1995.
Dechevrens, A. "Йtude sur le systиme musical chinois", Sammelbдnde der internationalen Musikgesellschaft vol. 2, 1901, pp. 484-551.
Dekker, Gerard. "De evenredig zwevende temperatuur in praktijk gebracht", 1971.
Dekker, Gerard. "Stemmingssystemen voor orgels en andere toetsinstrumenten", Gregoriusblad vol. 193, 1979, pp. 10-20.
Delaere, Mark. "De wedergeboorte van de getallenleer als kennisgraad voor muziek, of Die Stunde Null van de muziektheorie rond 1950. Een bijdrage tot de epistemologie van de muziektheorie", Muziek en Wetenschap vol. 2 no. 3/4, autumn/winter 1992, pp. 237-253. Stichting Muziek en Wetenschap, Amsterdam.
Delaere, Mark. "Pythagore en blue jeans. H. Partch et la tradition expйrimentale amйricaine", Actes du 51e congrиs de la Fйdйration des Cercles d'Archйologie et d'Histoire Belgique, Liиge, 1992.
Delezenne, Charles Edouard Joseph. Mйmoire sur les valeurs numйriques des notes de la gamme. Danel, Lille, 1827.
Delezenne, Charles Edouard Joseph. Analise de l'ouvrage de M. le Baron de Prony sur le calcul des intervalles musicaux. 1833.
Delezenne, Charles Edouard Joseph. Sur les principes fondamentaux de la musique. 1848.
Delezenne, Charles Edouard Joseph. Table des logarithmes acoustiques. 1857.
De Lorenzi, Giambattista. Studio sul temperamento equabile et il metroforno. Venice, 1870-1871.
Delorthe, Gabriel-Antoine. Moyen de rectifier la gamme de la musique et de la faire chanter juste. Paris, 1791.
De Luca, Paolo Anania. "Novello sistema di tonometria", 1844.
Dembski, S. "Steps and skips from content and order: Aspects of a generalized step-class system", Conference of the Society for Music Theory, Baltimore, 1988.
De Morgan, Augustus. "On the beats of imperfect consonances", Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society vol. 10, 1864, pp. 129-145.
Denckla, Benjamin Frederick. Dynamic Intonation in Synthesizer Performance. M.Sc. Thesis, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1997, 61 pages.
Denereaz, Alexandre. La Gamme, ce problиme cosmique. Ed. Hug et Co, Zьrich.
Denis, Jean. Traitй de l'accord de l'espinette. Ballard, Paris, 1643, 1650. Reprint with introduction by Alan Curtis, Da Capo, New York, 1969, 66 pages.
Denis, Jean. Treatise on harpsichord tuning. Cambridge musical texts and monographs edited and translated by Vincent J. Panetta, Cambridge University, 1987, 128 pages.
Densmore, F. "What Intervals do Indians Sing?", American Anthropologist vol. 31 no. 2, 1929, p. 271.
Dery, Mark. "Harry Partch: An American Original", Keyboard vol. 16 no. 6, June 1990, pp. 49-54, 59.
Dery, Mark. "Glenn Branca and Elliott Sharp", Mondo 2000 vol. 1 no. 5, 1992, pp. 67-72.
Desby, Frank Harry. The modes and tuning in neo-Byzantine chant. DMA diss., Performance, U. of Southern California, 1974, 415 pages.
Deutsch, Diana. "Interference in memory between tones adjacent in the musical scale", Journal of Experimental Psychology vol. 100 no. 2, 1973, pp. 228-231.
Deutsch, Diana (ed.) The Psychology of Music. Series in cognition and perception, Academic Press Inc., San Diego, 1982, 542 pages.
Deutsch, Diana and Richard Boulanger. "Octave equivalence and the immediate recall of pitch sequences", Music Perception vol. 2 no. 1, 1984, pp. 40-51.
Deutsch, Diana. "The perceived height of octave-related complexes", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 80 no. 5, Nov. 1986.
Deutsch, Leonhard. "Ist eine Vierteltonmusik mцglich?", Melos vol. 34, 1967, pp. 62-65.
Deva, Bigamudre Chaitanya. "Transitive Elements in Music", Nada Rupa, Jan. 1963, pp. 44 ff.
Deva, Bigamudre Chaitanya. "The problem of continuity in music and sruti", Journal of the Music Academy Madras vol. 36 no. 1-4, 1965, pp. 55-66.
Deva, Bigamudre Chaitanya. "Wanted: Scientific Approach", Indian Music Journal vol. 4 no. 1/7, Delhi, April-May 1967, pp. 54-56.
Deva, Bigamudre Chaitanya. The music of India: A scientific study. Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1981, 278 pages.
Deval, K.B. The Hindu Musical Scale on twenty-two srutis. Arya Bhushan Press, Poona, 1910, 57 pages.
Devie, Dominique. Le Tempйrament musical: Philosophie, histoire, thйorie et pratique. Sociйtй de musicologie du Languedoc, Bйziers, 1990, 540 pages.
Devie, Dominique. Qu'est-ce que le "tempйrament" d'un instrument de musique?, WWW.
DeWitt, L. and R.G. Crowder. "Tonal fusion of consonant musical intervals: the oompf in Stumpf", Perception and Psychophysics vol. 41 no. 1, 1987, pp. 73-84.
Diamond, Jody. In This Bright World. American Gamelan Institute, Hanover NH, 1992.
Diamond, Jody. Prelude: Anyone Can Play. American Gamelan Institute, Hanover NH, 1992.
Dick, Robert. The Other Flute - A Performance Manual of Contemporary Techniques. Oxford University Press, London, 1975. Multiple Breath Music Company, 1989.
Diderot, Denis, and Jean Le Rond d'Alembert. "Lutherie", Recueil er planches, sur les sciences, les arts libйraux, et les arts mйchaniques, avec leur explication vol. 5, Briasson, Paris, 1762-72.
Dijk, Marian van. "Hollands dilettantisme! Het muzikale gedachtengoed van professor Fokker", Mens en Melodie vol. 51, jul/aug. 1996, pp. 318-321.
Dijksterhuis, E.J. Simon Stevin. Martinus Nijhoff, 's-Gravenhage, 1943, p. 273.
Dijksterhuis, E.J. "Dr. A.D. Fokker: Rekenkundige bespiegeling der muziek (review)", Mens en Melodie vol. 1, 1946, pp. 59-62.
Diliberto, John K. "An Interview with Wendy Carlos", Polyphony, June 1984, pp. 10-13.
Djordjevic, Michael L. Discrete Tone Relations (DTR), WWW.
Djordjevic, Michael L. Tuning, WWW.
Djordjevic, Michael L. Musical Abilities, Temperament and Intonation, Tuning, Dissonance and other Fundamental Musical Questions as the Result of Categorical and Noncategorical Perception of Discrete Tone Relations, WWW.
Dodart, Denis. Mйmoire sur les causes de la voic de l'homme et de ses diffйrents tons. Paris, 1703.
Dodd, Gordon. "The chest of viols reconsidered", Chelys (Journal of the Viola de Gamba Society) vol. 3, 1971, pp. 22-24.
Doderer, Gerhard. "Contribuiзгo para a problematica da afinaзгo dos instrumentos de tecla na Peninsula Iberica o seculo XVIII", Boletim da Associaзгo Portuguesa de Educaзгo Mъsical vol. 48, January-March 1986, pp. 40-43.
Doerschuk, Robert L. "Craig Hundley: Microtonal Explorations of an L.A. Studio Mainstay", Keyboard, September 1981.
Doerschuk, Robert L. and Dominic Milano. "Back to Bach: After 25 years, Wendy Carlos remakes Switched- on Bach, the album that made synthesizers famous", Keyboard vol. 18 no. 8, Aug. 1992, pp. 88-110.
Doherty, Sue, "Exploring Microtonality", International League of Women Composers Journal, spring 1989, pp. 11-12.
Dolmetsch, Albert. De l'accord des pianos. Paris, end 19th cent.
Dombois, Eugen. "Varieties of meantone temperament realized on the lute", Journal of the Lute Society of America vol. 7, 1974, pp. 82-89.
Dombois, Eugen. "Die Temperatur fьr Laute bei Hans Gerle (1532)", Forum musicologicum: Basler Studien zur Interpretation der alten Musik vol. 2, 1980, pp. 60-71.
Dombois, Eugen. "Lute temperament in Hans Gerle (1532) - a comment from the author", Lute. Journal of the Lute Society vol. 22 no. 2, 1982, pp. 3-13, 89.
Dombois, Eugen. "Die Temperatur fьr Laute bei John Dowland (1610)", Alte Musik: Praxis und Reflexion, Switzerland, pp. 328-339.
Domling, Wolfgang. "Revolutionдr wider Willen: Ferruccio Busoni und sein Entwurf einer neuen Дsthetik der Tonkunst", Neue Zeitschrift fьr Musik vol. 123, 1973, pp. 564-569.
Donder, Th. de. Sur le clavier bien tempйrй. Bruxelles, 1944.
Doni, Giovanni Battista. Compendio del trattato de' generi, et de' modi della musica. Rome, 1635.
Doni, Giovanni Battista. Annotazioni sopra il Compendio de' generi, e de' modi della musica... Rome, 1640.
Doni, Giovanni Battista. Deux traictez de musique... Rome, 1640.
Doni, Giovanni Battista. De praestantia musicae veteris libri tres. Florence, 1647.
Doni, Giovanni Battista. Dichiaratione del Cembalo Pentarmonico di cinque gradi per tuono; con cinque tastature principali e due altre replicate. Florence, 1647.
Doni, Giovanni Battista. Trattato I sopra il genere enarmonico. Florence, 1763.
Doni, Giovanni Battista. Del diatonico equabile di Tolomeo. Florence, 1763.
Dostrovsky, Sigalia. "Early Vibration Theory: Physics and Music in the Seventeenth Century", Archive for History of Exact Sciences vol. 14, 1975, pp. 169-218.
Dostrovsky, Sigalia and John Cannon. "Entstehung der musikalischen Akustik (1600-1750)", Hцren, Messen und Rechnen in der frьhen Neuzeit, Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, Darmstadt, 1987, pp. 7-79.
Doty, David B. "Tuning Keyboards in Just Intonation", Keyboard vol. 9 no. 10, October 1983, p. 41 ff.
Doty, David B. "Reflections on Gamelan and Composition", Ear vol. 8 no. 4, 1983, p. 15.
Doty, David B. "Editorial", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 1, 1985.
Doty, David B. "The Subharmonic Question", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 2, 1985, p. 1 ff.
Doty, David B. "Tutorial: Part One - What Do All Those Ratios Mean?", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 2, 1985, pp. 6-7.
Doty, David B. "Tutorial: Part Two", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 3, 1985, p. 2 ff.
Doty, David B. "Tutorial: Part Three", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 2, 1986, p. 6 ff.
Doty, David B. "Tutorial: Part Four", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 3, 1986, p. 1 ff.
Doty, David B. "An Assortment of Commas (and Other Irritants) [chart]", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 1, p. 13.
Doty, David B. "Toward Standard Definitions", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 2, 1986, p. 2.
Doty, David B. "What Is Just Intonation?", Electronic Musician vol. 2 no. 11, November 1986, pp. 38-41.
Doty, David B. "The Nine-Tone Diatonic Scale", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 1, 1987, pp. 2, 14-15.
Doty, David B. "The Lou Harrison Interview", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 2, pp. 1-4.
Doty, David B. "The DX7II: A First Look", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 4, 1987, pp. 11-12.
Doty, David B. "An Abundance of Thirds", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 2, spring 1988, pp. 4-5, 14.
Doty, David B. "Meaty MIDI Meeting", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 4, 1988, p. 15.
Doty, David B. "Anomalous Pairs in 'Paradigms Lost'", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 1, winter 1989, pp. 4-8.
Doty, David B. "Book Review: Pitch, Pi and Other Musical Paradoxes by Charles Lucy", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 3, p. 2.
Doty, David B. "The LaMonte Young Interview (Part One)", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 4, 1989, p. 1.
Doty, David B. "Pitch, Pi... Revisited", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 4, 1988, p. 2.
Doty, David B. "Microtonal Resources of the Seven Limit", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 1, 1990, p. 1 ff.
Doty, David B. "The LaMonte Young Interview (Part Two)", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 1, winter 1990, pp. 8-12.
Doty, David B. "The editor pontificates", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 2, December 1991, pp. 17-18.
Doty, David B. "Two theories of melodic intonation", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 4, Aug. 1992, pp. 1, 10-14.
Doty, David B. Just Intonation Primer. 2nd ed. Just Intonation Network, San Francisco, 1994.
Doty, David B. A Composer's Guide to Just Intonation. manuscript.
Doty, David B. What is Just Intonation?, WWW, 1994.
Douthett, Jack, Roger Entringer and Andrew Mullhaupt, "Musical Scale Construction: The Continued Fraction Compromise", Utilitas Mathematica vol. 42, 1992, pp. 97-113.
Douwes, Claas. Verhandling van de Musicq en van de Instrumenten. Franeker, 1696, 1762.
Douwes, Claas. Grondig Ondersoek van de Toonen der Musijk: Zijnde een klaare betooninge van de wijdte of grootheit van Octaven, Quinten, Quarten en Tertien, geheele en halve toonen: Van de Imperfecte, ende valsche Spetien. Als mede Of in een goed Musijk de Octaven, ende hoe veel malen de Quinten, Quarten en Tertien met malkanderen mogen gaan. Van de twaalf Toonen der Musijk; ende eenige Exempelen om de Musijk-nooten te Componeren. Met een tweede deel; Handelende van verscheidene Musijk-instrumenten, Alles kort en klaar aangeweesen. Adriaan Heins, Franeker, 1699, 132 pages. Reprint Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1970, Series: Early Music Theory in the Low Countries vol. 2, Frits R. Noske (ed.), 155 pages.
Dowling, W. Jay. "The 1215-Cent Octave: Convergence of Western and Non-Western Data on Pitch Scaling", Abstract QQ5, 84th meeting of the Acoustical Society of America, Friday, December 1, 1972, p. 101 of program.
Dowling, W. Jay. and J.C. Bartlett. "The importance of interval information in long-term memory for melodies", Psychomusicology vol. 1, 1981, p. 30.
Dowling, W. Jay. "Musical scales and psychophysical scales: Their psychological reality", Kolinski Gedenkschrift: Cross-cultural perspectives on music, 1982, pp. 20-28.
Dowling, W. Jay. "Pitch Structure", Representing Musical Structure, Peter Howell et al. (eds.), Academic Press London, 1991, pp. 33-57.
Downing, John. "An analysis of Irish harp scaling", FoMRHI quarterly no. 68, July 1992, pp. 24-36.
Downing, John. "A stringing/tuning guide for the Irish harp", FoMRHI quarterly no. 69, October 1992, pp. 27-30.
Draaf, Martin. "Die enharmonische Gitarre", Mikrotцne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 73-86.
Drake, Stillman. "Renaissance music and experimental science", Journal of history of ideas vol. 31 no. 4, Oct. 1970, pp. 483-500.
Dreyblatt, Arnold. The Sound of One String, WWW, 1997.
Drieberg, Friedrich von. Die mathematische Intervallenlehre der Griechen. Berlin, 1818.
Drieberg, Friedrich von. Aufschlьsse ьber die Musik der Griechen. Leipzig, 1819.
Drieberg, Friedrich von. Die Stimmung der griechischen Instrumente, und das Monochord, 1826.
Drцbisch, Moritz Wilhelm. "Ьber musikalische Tonbestimmung und Temperatur", Abhandlungen der Kцniglich Sдchsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Widmannsche Buchhandlung, Leipzig, 1852. Vierter Band: Abhandlungen der mathematisch-physischen Classe, S. Hirtel, Leipzig, Aug. 1855, pp. 33-121.
Drцbisch, Moritz Wilhelm. Ьber die wissenschaftliche Bestimmung der musikalischen Temperatur. 1853.
Drцbisch, Moritz Wilhelm. Nachtrдge zur Theorie der musikalischen Tonverhдltnisse. Leipzig, 1855.
Drцbisch, Moritz Wilhelm. "Ьber reine Stimmung und Temperatur der Tцne", Berichte der math.-phys. Klasse der Kцniglich Sдchsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, 1877.
Drummond, Dean. "Zoomoozophone Primer", Ear Magazine East, New York, 1983, pp. 20-21.
Drummond, Dean. "On Newband and the Partch Instruments", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, 1994, pp. 14-16.
Drummond, Ron. "Toward a Rolling Sky: Some Pearls on Pauline Oliveros", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, fall-winter 1985, pp. 16-22.
Duchesne-Guillemin, M. "Decouverte d'une gamme babylonienne", Revue de musicologie vol. 49, 1963, pp. 3-17.
Duchesne-Guillemin, M. "La thйorie babylonienne des metaboles musicales", Revue de musicologie vol. 55, 1969, pp. 3-11.
Duckworth, William and Richard Fleming (eds.) Sound and Light: La Monte Young and Marian Zazeela. Associated University Presses, Cranbury NJ, 1996.
Dudon, Jacques. "Le Mandala des 22 srutis ou la Rose Alchimique Musicale", L'Escargot Folk, 1976.
Dudon, Jacques. "Exploration Harmonique et situations d'йcoute", Musiques а prendre, Cahier du CENAM, Paris, 1984.
Dudon, Jacques. "La gamme dorйe: Un tempйrament inйgal issu du nombre d'or", Nombre d'or et musique, Jean Bernard Condat (ed.), Peter Lang, Frankfurt a.M., 1988, pp. 147-157.
Dudon, Jacques. "The Golden Scale", Pitch vol. 1 no. 2, 1987, pp. 1-7.
Dudon, Jacques. "The Harmonic octave wheel", A.E.H. / J.I.N. San Francisco, 1987.
Dudon, Jacques and D. Arfib. "Exploration Harmonique", Journal de Lune-Soleil vol. 2, 1988.
Dudon, Jacques. "Musiques harmoniques", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 3, summer 1989, pp. 10, 14-15.
Dudon, Jacques. "L'intonation juste", Journal de Lune-Soleil vol. 17, 1992.
Dudon, Jacques. "7-Limit Slendro mutations", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 2, 1994.
Dudon, Jacques. Estrangetйs & arabesques. Ensemble de Musique Microtonale du Thoronet, 1998.
Duffin, Ross. "Tuning and Temperament", in A Practical Guide to Historical Performance: The Renaissance, Jeffrey Kite-Powell (ed.), Early Music America, New York, 1989, pp. 149-156.
Dufton, A.F. The Comma in Music.
DuJunco, Mercedes. Xian shi yue tuning, WWW, 1997.
Dumas, Jean (Pиre). Mйmoire sur le tempйrament de l'orgue et du clavecin. Lyon, 1755.
Dumas, Jean (Pиre). Principes de l'harmonie ou l'on dйduit les systиmes de la gamme et celui du tempйrament. Lyon, 1756.
Dumas, Jean (Pиre). Mйmoire sur l'harmonie tempйrйe et son application au clavecin. Avignon, 1756.
Dumas, Jean (Pиre). Observations sur le jeu des harmoniques. Lyon, 1758.
Dumoulin, Dorothee. "Die Chelys: Ein altgriechisches Saiteninstrument", Archiv fьr Musikwissenschaft vol. 49 no. 2, 1992, pp. 85-109.
Dumour, Earl. "An Interview with Arthur Roberts", Computer Music Journal vol. 17 no. 2, 1993, pp. 17-22.
Duncan, Otis Dudley. "Notes and Commas [letter]", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 3, 1987, p. 2.
Duncan, Otis Dudley. "Septimal Harmony for the Blues", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 2, 1989, pp. 4-5.
Duncan, Otis Dudley. "Why Superparticular?", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 1, March 1993, pp. 1, 4-10, 14.
Duncan, Otis Dudley. "The Ptolemaic Antinomy", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 1, pp. 5, 14.
Dunn, David (ed.) Harry Partch: An Anthology of Critical Perspectives. Series: Contemporary Music Studies, Harwood Academic Publishers, 2000.
Dunne, Edward. Pianos and Continued Fractions, (WWW), 1997.
Dunne, Edward and Mark McConnel. "Pianos and Continued Fractions", Mathematics Magazine vol. 72, April 1999, pp. 104-115.
Dupont, Wilhelm. Geschichte der musikalischen Temperatur. Beck, Nцrdlingen, 1935. Reedition, Richard Rensch (ed.), Orgelbau-Fachverlag Rensch, Lauffen/Neckar, 1986, 143 pages.
Dьring, Ingemar. Die Harmonielehre des Klaudios Ptolemaios. Dissertation Gцteborg, vol. 38 no. 2 of Gцteborgs Hцgskolas Дrsskrift, Elanders Boktryckeri Aktiebolag, Gцteborg, 1930, 148 pages.
Dьring, Ingemar (ed.) Porphyrios' Kommentar zur Harmonielehre des Ptolemaios. Gцteborg, 1932.
Dьring, Ingemar. Ptolemaios und Porphyrios ьber die Musik. Vol. 40 no. 1 of Gцteborgs Hцgskolas Дrsskrift, Elanders Boktryckeri Aktiebolag, Gцteborg, 1934.
During, Jean. "Thйories et pratiques de la gamme iranienne", Revue de musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 79-118.
During, Jean. La musique Iranienne, tradition et йvolution. Йditions recherche pour les civilizations, Paris, 1984.
During, Jean. "Acoustic Systems and Metaphysical Systems in Oriental Traditions", the world of music vol. 29 no. 2, 1987, pp. 19-31.
During, Jean. The Art of Persian Music. Mage Publishers, Washington DC, 1991.
Dьrr, A. Das Wohltemperierte Klavier. Kassel, 1998.
Durutte, Camille. "Etat futur de l'acoustique musicale. Dйtermination de la vraie gamme diatonique par Hoлnй Wronski", Revue Progressive, novembre 1853.
Durutte, Camille. Technie, ou lois gйnйrales du systиme harmonique. Mallet-Bachelier, Paris, 1855, 556 pages.
Durutte, Camille. Rйponse du comte Camille Durutte а la rйfutation de son systиme harmonique par Fйtis, suivi de l'exposй du principe absolu du rythme musical et de la sanction physiologique de ce principe. Paris, Mallet-Bachelier, 1862, 31 pages.
Durutte, Camille. Rйsumй йlйmentaire de la Technie harmonique, et complйment de cette Technie. Paris, Gauthier-Villars, 1876, 411 pages.
Dyer, Daniel. How to tune a piano in one hour, electronically. Bronxville NY, self-published, 1975, 25 pages.
- E -
Earls, Paul "Harry Partch: Verses in Preparation for 'Delusion of the Fury'", Annuario - Yearbook 3, Inter-American Institute for Musical Research, Tulane University, 1967, pp. 1-32.
Eaton, John. "A Portable Electronic Instrument", Music Journal, 1966.
Ebbeke, Klaus. "Compositions pour quator et trio а cordes d'Ivan Wyschnegradsky", CD notes Compositions pour quator et trio а cordes, Block, Berlin, 1990, pp. 23-29.
Eberle, Gottfried. "Ivan Wyschnegradsky, ein russischer Pionier der Ultrachromatik", Neue Zeitschrift fьr Musik vol. 9, Sept. 1974, pp. 549-555.
Eberle, Gottfried. "'Absolute Harmonie' und 'Ultrachromatik'. Nicolaj Obuchov und Ivan Wyschnegradsky - zwei radikale Fдlle von Skrjabin Nachfolge", Alexander Skrjabin, Graz, 1980, p. 95.
Echols, Jane Agnew. Melchiore de Barberiis's lute intabulations of sacred music. Master of Arts diss, Musicology: U. of North Carolina, 1973, 275 pages.
Edlund, Lars. Modus novus; Studies in reading atonal melodies. Nordiska Musikfцrlaget, Stockholm, 1963, 111 pages.
Egan, John B. Marin Mersenne, Traitй de l'harmonie universelle: Critical Translation of the Second Book. PhD dissertation, Indiana University, 1962.
Eger, Arthur. Stimmunghцhe und Stimmungsart... mit Untersuchung der Temperatur. G. Silbermann, 1956.
Eggebrecht, Hans Heinrich. Musik im Abendland. Piper, Mьnchen 1991.
Eggen, Erik. Skalastudier. Eberh. B. Oppi's Fцrlag, Oslo, 1923.
Eggen, Erik. "Zur Entstehung und Entwicklung der Skala", Gedenkboek aangeboden aan Dr. D.F. Scheurleer op zijn 70sten verjaardag, Martinus Nijhoff, 's-Gravenhage, 1925, pp. 103-106.
Eggers, Wolfgang. Die Stimmungs- und Intonationsprobleme auf der Gambe. Mцseler Verlag, Wolfenbьttel, 1986, 31 pages.
Eijken, Eugиne van. Een onderzoek naar getempereerd spel op houtblaasinstrumenten in de 17e en 18e eeuw, in het bijzonder op de blokfluit. Koninklijk Conservatorium, Den Haag, 1982.
Eik, Jaap van. "De kwartenbas van Jeroen Thesseling", Music Maker Sept. 1995, pp. 26-29.
Eimert, Herbert. Grundlagen der musikalischen Reihentechnik. Universal Edition, Vienna, 1964, 174 pages.
Eitz, Carl A. Das mathematisch-reine Tonsystem. Leipzig, 1891.
Eitz, Carl A. Das Tonwort: Bausteine zur musikalischen Volksbildung. Breitkopf und Hдrtel, Leipzig, 1911.
Eitz, Carl A. Der Gesangunterricht als Grundlage der musikalischen Volksbildung. 1914, 1924.
Eitz, Carl A. "Von den natьrlich reinen Stimmungsverhдltnissen", Melos vol. 1, 1920, p. 293.
Ellis, Alexander John. "On the Conditions, Extent, and Realization of a Perfect Musical Scale on Instruments with Fixed Tones", Proceedings of the Musical Society of London vol. 13, 1864, pp. 93-108.
Ellis, Alexander John. "On the Temperament of Instruments with Fixed Tones", Proceedings of the Royal Society vol. 13, London, 1864, pp. 404-422.
Ellis, Alexander John. "Two memoirs on the theory of musical sounds", Proceedings of the Royal Society vol. 13, London, 1864. Reprint Taylor and Francis, London, 1864, 32 pages.
Ellis, Alexander John. Illustrations of just and tempered intonation. London, 1875.
Ellis, Alexander John. The basis of music. Musical Association, 1877.
Ellis, Alexander John. "On the history of musical pitch", Journal of the Society of Arts, March 5, 1880, pp. 293-336. Reprint Frits A.M. Knuf, Amsterdam, 1963, 126 pages.
Ellis, Alexander John. "On Musical Duodenes, or the Theory of Constructing Instruments with fixed Tones in Just or in practically Just Intonation", Proceedings of the Royal Society of London vol. 23, 1875, pp. 3-31.
Ellis, Alexander John and A.J. Hipkins. "Tonometrical Observations on Some Existing Nonharmonic Musical Scales", Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, 1884.
Ellis, Alexander John. "On the Musical Scales of Various Nations", Journal of the Society of the Arts vol. 33 no. 1688, 1885, pp. 485-527. Also reprinted for private circulation by the author, with additions and corrections, April 1885. German translation by Erich von Hornbostel in Sammelbдnde fьr vergleichende Musikwissenschaft vol. 1, Mьnchen, 1922. Reprint in A century of ethnomusicological thought. Garland, New York, 1990, pp. 1-43.
Ellis, Alexander John and Arthur Mendel. Studies in the history of musical pitch. Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1968, 238 pages.
Ellis, Catherine. "Pre-instrumental scales", Ethnomusicology vol. 9 no. 2, 1965, pp. 126-144.
Ellis, Don. Quarter Tones: A Text with Musical Examples, Exercises and Etudes. Harold Branch Publishing, Plainview NY, 1975, 92 pages.
Elliston, Thomas. Organs and Tuning: A practical handbook for organists; being a treatise on the construction, mechanism, and fine tuning of the instrument. Weekes, London, 1894, 149 pages.
Ellsworth, Ray. "The weird, wonderful world of Harry Partch", The American Record Guide, October 1958, pp. 110-112.
Elsner, Jьrgen (ed.) Maqam, Raga, Zeilenmelodik: Konzeptionen und Prinzipien der Musikproduktion: Materialien der 1. Arbeitstagung der Study Group "Maqam" beim International Council for Traditional Music vom 28. Juni bis 2. Juli 1988 in Berlin. Berlin, 1989, 344 pages.
Elsner, Jьrgen and Gisa Jahnichen (eds.) Regionale maqam-Traditionen in Geschichte und Gegenwart: Materialien der 2. Arbeitstagung der Study Group "maqam" des International Council for Traditional Music vom 23. bis 28. Mдrz 1992. Gosen bei Berlin, 2 vols., 1992, 593 pages.
Elst, Jan van der. Den ouden ende nieuwe grondt van de Musijcke. Gent, 1657?, 1662.
Elster, Steven. "A Harmonic and Serial Analysis of Ben Johnston's String Quartet no. 6", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 2, summer 1991, pp. 138-165.
Emery, E. La gamme et le langage musical. P.U.F., Paris, 1961.
Encyclopedie Methodique. cf. Vol. 'Musique' et 'Arts et mйtiers' oщ l'on trouve divers articles concernant l'accord de l'orgue et du clavecin dont une description du Kirnberger II d'aprиs Sulzer. Cf. йgalement le mot 'systиme'. Panckoucke, Paris, 1782-1792.
Enders, Bernd. Studien zur Durchhцrbarkeit und Intonationsbeurteilung von Akkorden. Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1981, 228 pages.
Engel, Carl. Music of the most ancient nations. William Reeves, London, 1864, 1929.
Engel, Carl. An Introduction to the Study of National Music. Longmans, Green, Reader and Dyer, London, 1866.
Engel, Gustav. Das mathematische Harmonium: Ein Hilfsmittel zur Veranschaulichung der reinen Tonverhдltnisse. Verlag von Carl Habel, Berlin, 1881.
Engel, Gustav. "Eine mathematische-harmonische Analyse des Don Giovanne von Mozart", Vierteljahrsschrift fьr Musikwissenschaft vol. 3, 1887, p. 491.
Engel, Gustav. Die Bedeutung der Zahlenverhдltnisse fьr die Tonempfindung. Dresden, 1892.
Eppelsheim, Jьrgen. "Stimmlagen und Stimmungen der Ensemble-Streichinstrumente im 16. und frьhen 17. Jahr-hundert", Capella Antiqua Mьnchen Festschrift, Schneider, Tutzing, 1988, pp. 145-173.
Erdman, James. "The influence and reputation of Andreas Werckmeister in the United States", Bericht ьber das Werckmeister-Kolloquium, Kultur- und Forschungsstдtte Michaelstein, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1986, pp. 77-90.
Erdman, Jerzy. "Ein Rechnenmodell fьr historische Mensurationsmethoden", Acta organologica vol. 23, 1992, pp. 339-350. Summary in French and English.
Erickson, Ron. "Book review: The Music of James Tenney", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 3, 1985, p. 4.
Erickson, Ron. "Timbre and tuning of the Balinese gamelan", Soundings vol. 14-15, Santa Fe NM, 1986.
d'Erlanger, Rodolphe. La musique arabe. Band I-VI, Librairie Orientaliste Paul Geuthner, Paris, 1930, 1935, 1938, 1939, 1949, 1959.
Erlich, Paul. "Tuning, Tonality and Twenty-Two-Tone Temperament", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 12-40.
Erlich, Paul and Joe Monzo. "On Harmonic Entropy, WWW, 1999.
Ermenyi. Petzvals Theorie der Tonsysteme. B.B.Teubner, Leipzig, 1904.
Ernst, Friedrich. "Tasteninstrumente in Deutschland um 1800", Glareana vol. 19 no. 2, June 1970, pp. 2-9.
Ernst, Friedrich. Ьber das Stimmen von Cembalo, Spinett, Clavichord und Klavier. Das Musikinstrument vol. 11, Musikinstrument, Frankfurt am Main, 1971, 47 pages.
Esbroeck, Guy van, and Franz Montfort. Qu'est-ce que jouer juste? Editions Lumiиre, A. Manteau, Brussels, 1946.
Esbroeck, Guy van. Le problиme des gammes. Universitй Paris VII, Paris, Dec. 1963.
Esper, Erwin. "Max Meyer and the Psychology of Music", Journal of Music Theory vol. 10 no. 2, winter 1960, pp. 182-199.
Estиve, Pierre. Recherches sur le meilleur systиme de musique harmonique & sur son meilleur tempйrament. Paris, 1755.
Estиve, Pierre. Rйplique aux rйflexions que Mr. Romieu а faites sur les recherches concernant le meilleur sistиme de musique et son tempйrament. Paris, 1756.
Euler, Leonhard. Tentamen novae theoriae musicae. Sint Petersburg, 1739, 263 pages. In Opera Omnia series III volumen I, Teubner, Leipzig, 1926. French translation Essai d'une nouvelle thйorie de la musique, 1839. English translation with commentary by Charles Samuel Smith, PhD diss., Indiana University, Bloomington, June 1960, 365 pages.
Euler, Leonhard. Exposition de quelques nouvelles vues mathйmatiques dans la thйorie de la musique. Amsterdam, 1760.
Euler, Leonhard. "Conjecture de la raison de quelques dissonances gйnйralement reзues dans la musique", Mйmoires de l'Academie Royale de Berlin, vol. 20, 1764. In Opera Omnia series III volumen I, Teubner, Leipzig, 1926.
Euler, Leonhard. Tentamen de sono campanarum. Novi commentarii Academiae Scientiarum Imperialis Petropolitanae, tom. 10, 1764.
Euler, Leonhard. De harmoniae veris principiis per speculum musicum repraesentatis. 1774. In Opera Omnia series III volumen I, Teubner, Leipzig, 1926.
Evans, C.C. The Guqin - Tunings and Modes, WWW, 1996-1999.
Ewell, Terry B. The Bassoon-Family Fingering Companion: An Annotated Index of Fingerings for Instruments in the Bassoon Family Contained in English Wind Periodicals and Other Select Publications with Additional Material, International Double Reed Society, 1996.
Ezgi, Suphi. Nazarо ve Amelо Tьrk Musikisi. (Theory and practice of Turkish music), 5 vols, Istanbul, 1933-1953.
- F -
Faas, Ekbert. "Interview with Karlheinz Stockhausen held August 11, 1976", Interface vol. 6 no. 3-4, 1977, pp. 187-204.
Fabre d'Olivet. La musique expliquйe comme Science et comme Art, et considйrйe dans ses rapports analogiques avec les mystиres religieux, la mythologie ancienne et l'histoire de la terre. 1896. Йdition Jean Pinasseau, Paris, 1928. l'Вge d'Homme, Lausanne, 1974, 93 pages.
Fairchild, Stephen. "Altered Equal Temperament for Small Pianos", Piano Technicians Journal vol. 25 no. 10, Seattle, 1982, pp. 20-21.
Fanning, David. "Kurze Bemerkungen ьber das Spielen, Stimmen und Erhalten der Fortepiano, welche von Nanette Streicher, geborne Stein in Wien verfertiget werden. (review)", Early Music vol. 8 no. 3, July 1980, p. 393.
Farey, John. "On different temperaments of the musical scale", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 27, London, 1807, pp. 313-322.
Farey, John. "On a new mode of equally tempering the musical scale", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 28, London, 1807, pp. 65-66.
Farey, John. "On the Stanhope and other temperaments of the musical scale", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 29, London, 1808, pp. 345-349.
Farey, John. "Six theorems, containing the chief properties of all regular douzeave systems of music", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 36, London, 1810, pp. 39-53, 374-375.
Farey, John. "Theorems for calculating the temperaments of such regular douzeaves as are commensurable or defined by a certain number of equal parts, into which the octave is divided", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 38, London, 1811, pp. 434-436.
Farey, John. On the recent Alterations said to be made by some tuners of Musical Instrument, in the Place of Wolves, or largely temperated Concords. London, 1820.
Farey, John. On different modes of expressing the magnitudes and relations of musical intervals; with some remarks, in commendation of Professor Fischer's proportionally-tempered douzeave... 1820.
Farhat, Hormoz. The Dastgah Concept in Persian Music. PhD dissertation, UCLA, Ann Arbor MI, 1965. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1990.
Farmer, Gerald James. Multiphonics and other contemporary clarinet techniques. Shall-u-mo Publications, Rochester NY, 1982.
Farmer, Henry George. A History of Arabian Music to the XIIIth Century. Luzac & Co., London, 1929.
Farmer, Henry George. "The scale of Avicenna", Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1937.
Farmer, Henry George. "Was the Arabian and Persian lute fretted?", Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1937.
Farmer, Henry George. The sources of Arabian music: an annotated bibliography of Arabic manuscripts which deal with the theory, practice, and history of Arabian music from the eighth to the seventeenth century. E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1965, 97 pages.
Farmer, Henry George. "Music and Music Theory", A Survey of Persian Art, A. Pope (ed.), Oxford University Press, London, 1967.
Fattorini, Eugenio. Methodo per accordare i Pianoforti. Ricordi, Milano, 1859.
Faulhaber, G. Andreas Werckmeister. 1974.
Faust, Oliver Cromwell. A treatise on the construction, repairing and tuning of the organ, including also the reed organ, the orchestrelle and the player-piano. 1949.
Feaster, C. Raymond. The dynamic scale and how to tune it. Louisville KY, 1958.
Federhofer, Hellmut. "Johann Joseph Fux und die gleichschwebende Temperatur", Die Musikforschung vol. 41 no. 1, 1988, pp. 9-15.
Felciano, Richard. In Celebration of Golden Rain. American Gamelan Institute, Hanover NH, 1977.
Feldtkeller, R., and E. Zwicker. "Die GrцЯe der Elementarstufen der Tonhцhenempfindungen und der Lautstдrkeempfindung", Acustica vol. 3, 1953, pp. 97-100.
Feldtkeller, R. "Welche Tonhцhen-Unterschiede kann unser Ohr noch wahrnehmen?", Umschau vol. 61, 1961, pp. 518-521.
Fend, Michael. "Musiktheoretisches in Francesco Giorgis Idee einer harmonischen Welt", in KongreЯbericht Bayreuth 1981, Kassel, 1981.
Fend, Michael. "Zarlinos Versuch einer Axiomatisierung der Musiktheorie in den Dimostrationi harmoniche (1571)", Musiktheorie vol. 4 no. 2, 1989, pp. 113-126.
Fend, Michael. Gioseffo Zarlino: Theorie des Tonsystems. Das 1. und 2. Buch der Istitutioni harmoniche (1573). PhD diss., TU Berlin, 1983. Series: Europдische Hochschulschriften no.36:43. Lang, Frankfurt a.M., 1989, 488 pages.
Fernandez, A. Arte de musica. Lisbon, 1626.
Ferrari-Barassi, Elena. "Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto (review)", Nuova Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 24, no. 3-4, July-Dec. 1990, pp. 537-540.
Ferrini, Giovanni Battista. Regola per accordare il cembalo... 17th cent.
Fйtis, F.J. Traitй complet de la thйorie et de la pratique de l'harmonie. Au Conservatoire, Bruxelles, 1844. Schlesinger, Paris, 1844, 257 pages. 4th edition, 1849, 278 pages.
Fйtis, F.J. Histoire gйnйrale de la musique. Firmin Didot frиres, Paris, 1869-1876, 2 vols.
Fichet, Laurent. Les thйories scientifiques de la musique: XIXиme et XXиme siиcles. J. Vrin, Paris, 1996, 390 pages.
Fickenscher, Arthur. "The 'Polytone' and the Potentialities of a Purer Intonation", Musical Quarterly vol. 27 no. 3, July 1941, pp. 356-370.
Fiedler, Jцrg. "Dichtung und Wahrheit im Tonsystem des 18. Jahrhunderts: Eine Demontage", Basler Jahrbuch fьr historische Musikpraxis vol. 15, 1991, pp. 149-182.
Filip, Miroslav. "Sweep-tone effect in mistuned consonances", Musaica vol. 10, 1970, pp. 95-107.
Filippi, Filippo. Dell'intonazione. Memoria inйdita del signor S. Bruni. 1860.
Filippi, Filippo. L'accordatura teorico-pratica dei pianoforti. Lettera di Eugenio Fattorini a Giuseppe Canti du Busseto. 1861.
Finck, Hermann. Practica musica. Erben Heorg Rhau, Wittenberg, 1556.
Finй, O. Epithoma musice instrumentalis. Paris, 1530.
Fink, Bob. Neanderthal Flute, Bob Fink, Saskatoon, 1997.
Fink, Bob. "A brief description of the natural forces bringing the 'do, re, mi, scale' into existence", The Origin of Music, Greenwich Publishers, Saskatoon, 1997.
Firth, I.M. and H.G. Sillitto. "Acoustics of the Highland Bagpipe Chanter and Reed", Acustica vol. 40, 1978, pp. 310-315.
Fischer, Andrew. "Record Reviews: New Releases: Riley and Hykes", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 4, 1986, p. 2.
Fischer, Andrew. "Book Review: Tuning In, by Scott Wilkinson", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 4, 1988, p. 2, 13.
Fischer, Andrew. "Record Review: Lou Harrison's Piano Concerto", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 1, 1990, p. 2.
Fischer, Frederic. "The yellow bell of China and the endless search", Music Educators Journal vol. 59 no. 8, April 1973, pp. 30-33, 95-98.
Fischer, Jerry Cree. Piano tuning: A simple and accurate method for amateurs. T. Presser, Philadelphia, 1907. Reprint Dover Publications, New York, 1975, 201 pages.
Fischer, Johan Philip Anbrecht. Kort en grondig Onderwys, van de Transpositie, Beneffens Eenige korte aenmerkingen over de Musiek der Ouden, De onnodigheit van eenige Modis, en het ut, re, mi, Als mede De Subsemitonia, of gesneede klavieren. Waer noch bygevoegt is, eene korte en gemakkelyke Methode, om een klavier gelijk te stemmen. Willem Stouw, Utrecht, 1728, 34 pages.
Fischer, Johan Philip Anbrecht. Verhandeling van de klokken en het klokke-spel; waer in behalve de opkomst van het klokkespel, alles wat omtrent de klokken aenmerkelyk is, als: de stoffe, gewigt, en klank der zelve, mitsgaders de compositie regel voor de ton, en de nodige wetenschap van 't versteeken, wordt voorgestelt; benevens een kort bericht van de outheit, gebruyk, misbruyk, en doopen der klokken, als ook van zogenaamde wonderklokken. Utrecht, 1738. Reprint Asten, 1956, 's-Gravenhage, 1977.
Fischer, Matthias. Der Intonationstest: seine Anfдnge, seine Ziele, seine Methodik. Europдische Hochschulschriften, Reihe XXXVI, Musikwissenschaft, P. Lang, Frankfurt am Main, 1995, 230 pages.
Fishbein, Michael. "A Questionaire for Microtonal Musicians", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, 1982, pp. 18-19.
Fisher, Alexander Metcalf. "Essay on musical temperament", The American Journal of Science vol. 1, J. Eastburn and Company, New York, 1818, pp. 9-35, 176-199.
Fisher, Fred and Gerald Edmundson. "Acoustics and the Mesoamerican calendar", Interdisciplina vol. 1 no. 2, winter 1975, pp. 43-55.
Fisher, Fred. "Music and the wheel: The Oedipus story", Interdisciplina vol. 1 no. 3, spring 1976, pp. 38-54.
Fisher, Fred. "Kuttner's 'Great frame': A new hypothesis", Chinese Music vol. 4 no. 3, September 1981, pp. 47-50.
Fjalestad, Olav (ed.) Eivind Groven. Heiderskrift til 70-еrsdagen 8. oktober 1971. Noregs boklag, Oslo, 1971, 232 pages.
Fleischer, David. "Sounds of Infinity", Connoisseur vol. 213 no. 858, August 1983, p. 100 ff.
Fletcher, N.H. and Thomas D. Rossing. The Physics of Musical Instruments. Springer Verlag, New York, 1991.
Fogliano, Ludovico. Musica theorica docte simul ac dilucide pertractata, in qua quamplures de harmonicis intervallis: non prius tentatae: continentur speculationes. Venice, 1529.
Fokker, A.D. "Ultrasone trillingen", Archives du Musйe Teyler vol. 3 no. 8, 1938, p. 414.
Fokker, Adriaan Daniлl. "Christiaan Huygens' oktaafdeling in 31 gelijke diлzen" (Christiaan Huygens' octave division in 31 equal dieses), Caecilia en De Muziek vol. 98 no. 15, 1941, pp. 149-152.
Fokker, A.D. and Balth. van der Pol. "Harmonische muziek", Lectures Haarlem, Teyler's Museum, 20, 27 December 1941, Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 9 no. 5, 1942, pp. 449-540, Martinus Nijhoff, 's-Gravenhage, 1942.
Fokker, A.D. "De keuze der muziektonen" (the choice of the musical tones), Caecilia en De Muziek vol. 99, 1942, pp. 25-29.
Fokker, A.D. "Grondtoon, gidstoon en hun volledig akkoord" (fundamental tone, guide tone and their complete chord), Caecilia en De Muziek vol. 99, 1942, pp. 72-75.
Fokker, A.D. "Vierklanken als getallenkwartetten" (four-tone chords as number quartets), Caecilia en De Muziek vol. 99, 1942, pp. 116-118.
Fokker, A.D. "Intervalsnippers en de verdeeling van het octaaf en kwint in even grote delen" (interval shreds and the division of the octave and fifth in parts of equal size), Caecilia en De Muziek vol. 99, 1942, pp. 172-176.
Fokker, A.D. "Het muzikale toonstelsel van Christiaan Huygens, de normale diлzenstemming" (the musical tone-system of Christiaan Huygens: the tuning with equal dieses), De Gids vol. 106 no. 2, 1942, pp. 164-171.
Fokker, A.D. "Tartini en de zevende harmonische" (Tartini and the seventh harmonic), Caecilia en De Muziek vol. 100, 1943, pp. 78-80.
Fokker, A.D. Rekenkundige bespiegeling der muziek. (Arithmetical reflection of music), Noorduijn, Gorinchem, 1945, 228 pages.
Fokker, A.D. "On equal temperament", Physica vol. 11, 1946, pp. 447-448. [letter]
Fokker, A.D. "Over Cis en Des" (about C sharp and D flat), Mens en Melodie vol. 2, 1947, p. 245.
Fokker, A.D. "Les mathйmatiques et la musique. Trois confйrences", Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10, Martinus Nijhoff, Den Haag, 1947.
Fokker, A.D. Just intonation and the combination of harmonic diatonic melodic groups. Martinus Nijhoff, Den Haag, 1949, 80 pages.
Fokker, A.D. "De middentoonstemming gedemonstreerd" (Meantone tuning demonstrated), Mens en Melodie vol. 4, 1949, pp. 139-141.
Fokker, A.D. and Jan van Dijk. "Expériences musicales avec les genres musicaux de Leonhard Euler contenant la septième harmonique" (musical experiences with Leonhard Euler's musical genera containing the seventh harmonic), Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10 no. 3, 1951, pp. 133-146.
Fokker, A.D. "La gamme, la musique et le tempérament égal" (intervals, music and equal temperament). Confйrence faite а la Sorbonne, Paris, 15 janvier 1951. Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10 no. 3, 1951, pp. 147-160.
Fokker, A.D. "Les possibilités d'une notation musicale de plus grande précision" (the possibility of a musical notation of much greater precision). Voordracht voor de Nederlandse Vereniging voor Muziekwetenschap, Utrecht, 10 december 1949. Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10 no. 3, 1951, pp. 161-171.
Fokker, A.D. "Les fréquences dans le tempérament égal а trent-et-un cinquièmes de ton" (the frequencies of 31-tone equal temperament), Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10 no. 3, 1951, p. 172.
Fokker, A.D., Jan van Dijk and B.J.A. Pels. "Recherches musicales, théoriques et pratiques", Archives du Musée Teyler, extrait du tome X, Martinus Nijhoff, Den Haag, 1951, pp. 133-184.
Fokker, A.D. "Un orgue à demitons majeurs et mineurs placé au Musée Teyler а Haarlem" (an organ with major and minor semitones situated in the Teylers Museum in Haarlem), Archives du Musée Teyler vol. 10 no. 3, 1951, pp. 182-184.
Fokker, A.D. "Les gammes et le tempérament égal" (intervals and equal temperament), Acustica vol. 1, 1951, pp. 29-35.
Fokker, A.D. "Toonhoogte en intensiteit" (Pitch and intensity), Mens en Melodie vol. 6, 1951, p. 73.
Fokker, A.D. "De behoefte aan grotere nauwkeurigheid in de muzikale notatie der toonhoogte" (the need for greater precision in musical pitch notation), Mens en Melodie vol. 8, 1953, pp. 114-115.
Fokker, A.D. "The qualities of the equal temperament by 31 fifths of a tone in the octave", Report of the Fifth Congress of the International Society for Musical Research, Utrecht 3-7 July 1952. Vereniging voor Nederlandse Muziekgeschiedenis, Amsterdam, 1953, pp. 191-192.
Fokker, A.D. "Equal Temperament with 31 Notes", Organ Institute Quarterly vol. 5 no. 4, autumn 1955, p. 41.
Fokker, A.D. "Equal temperament and the thirty-one-keyed organ", Scientific Monthly vol. 81, 1955, pp. 161-166.
Fokker, A.D. "Les cinquiиmes de ton", Acoustique musicale, Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1959, pp. 29-37.
Fokker, A.D. "Optelakkoorden" (Addition chords), Mens en Melodie vol. 15, May 1960, p. 145.
Fokker, A.D. "Wozu und warum? Fragen zur neuen Musik" (Wither and why? Questions concerning new music), Die Reihe vol. 8, 1962, pp. 62-72.
Fokker, A.D. "Genauere Bestimmung der Tonhцhe", Musica vol. 16, 1962, p. 37.
Fokker, A.D. "Multiple antanairesis", Proceedings of the Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, Series A, vol. 66, Amsterdam, 1963, pp. 1-6.
Fokker, A.D. "Uitweg uit muzikale impasse", Algemeen Handelsblad 3-10-1963.
Fokker, A.D. "Refinement of pitch", Organ Institute Quarterly vol. 10, Andover MA, 1963, pp. 13-14.
Fokker, A.D. Oor en Stem. Bundel solfиge-oefeningen met harmonischen aan de nagedachtenis van Willem Pijper en Martinus Lьrsen. Met steun van het Prins Bernhard Fonds voor de Stichting Nauwluisterendheid uitgegeven door G. Alsbach & Co., Amsterdam, 1964, 27 pages.
Fokker, A.D. "Met verjongde oren" (with rejuvenated ears), Mens en Melodie vol. 19 no. 1, 1964, pp. 14-16.
Fokker, A.D. "De muzikale ontwikkeling op een tweesprong" (musical development at the crossroads), Publikatie Nederlands Akoestisch Genootschap vol. 7, September 1965, pp. 3-7.
Fokker, A.D. Neue Musik mit 31 Tцnen. Verlag d. Gesellschaft zur Fцrderung der systematischen Musikwissenschaft e.V., Dьsseldorf, 1966, 89 pages. English translation New music with 31 notes by Leigh Gerdine, Orpheus - Series of Monographs on Basic Questions in Music, vol. 5, Verlag fьr Systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1975, 95 pages.
Fokker, A.D. "On the expansion of the musician's realm of harmony", Acta musicologica vol. 38, April-Dec. 1966, pp. 197-202, Bдrenreiter Verlag, Basel, 1967.
Fokker, A.D. "Selections from the harmonic lattice of perfect fifths and major thirds containing 12, 19, 22, 31, 41 or 53 notes", Proceedings of the KNAW, Series B, vol. 71, Amsterdam, 1968, pp. 251-266.
Fokker, A.D. "Periodieke herhalingen in het muzikaal harmonische veld" (periodical repeats in the musical-harmonic field), Verslagen van de gewone vergaderingen der afdeling Natuurkunde [van de KNAW] vol. 77 no. 9, Amsterdam, 1968, pp. 140-146.
Fokker, A.D. "Unison vectors and periodicity blocks in the three-dimensional (3-5-7-) harmonic lattice of notes", Proceedings of the KNAW, Series B, vol. 72, Amsterdam, 1969, pp. 153-168.
Fokker, A.D., Hans Kox, Joel Mandelbaum and R.H. Orton. "Report of the Working Committee for Notation (IMS)", Report of the Tenth Congress of the International Musicological Society, Ljubljana, 1967. Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1970, pp. 473-483.
Fokker, A.D., Hans Kox, Joel Mandelbaum and R.H. Orton, "Die Notenschrift von 31 Diлsen in der Oktave" (The notation of diesises in the octave), Sonorum Speculum vol. 46, Amsterdam, 1971, pp. 31-47.
Fokker, A.D. "Acoustical analysis of a peal of thirteen Chinese bells", Proceedings of the KNAW, Series B, vol. 74, 1971, pp. 257-262.
Fokker, A.D. "New rational musical scales", Eivind Groven. Heiderskrift til 70-еrsdagen 8. oktober 1971 (Hommage to the intrepid champion of pure intonation, Eivind Groven), O. Fjalestad (ed.), Noregs Boklag, Oslo, 1971, pp. 191-204.
Fokker, A.D. "Pleasant sequences by addition chords", Acustica vol. 28, 1973, pp. 3-4.
Fokker, A.D. Ab Ovo. Unpublished collection covering Fokker's life work. Currently in the archives of the Foundation Huygens-Fokker.
Fongaard, Bjшrn. 24-Toneuniversets Tonale Egenskaper og Dermed Forbundne Musikalske Muligheter. (Machinenschr.) Oslo.
Fongaard, Bjшrn. N-Toneuniverset: (2/1)^n/12 --> "infinity. Og Dets Egenskaper Som Musikalsk Byggenmateriale. Oslo, 1967.
Fongaard, Bjшrn. "Of the quarter-tone system and the micro-interval system and their musical characteristics", Nutida musik vol. 3, 1972-1973, pp. 14-21.
Fonsиque, Raymond. "Procйdй Fonsиque de 24 sons par octave assorti de la notion de 'super-tempйrament'", Paris, 1986.
Fontenelle, Bernard Le Bouyer de. Sur les systиmes tempйrйs de musique. Paris, 1730.
Fonville, John. "Ben Johnston's Extended Just Intonation: A Guide For Interpreters", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 2, summer 1991, pp. 106-137.
Fonville, John. "Harmonic Resources of Extended Just Intonation", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 2, December 1991, pp. 1, 4-15.
Fonville, John. "Microtonal Fingerings for Flute: A Comprehensive List", Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1 no. 4, 1990, pp. 37-54.
Foote, Edward. Historical Tunings on the Modern Concert Grand, WWW, 1997.
Forlin, Gino Robair. How Trees Are Felled in China. Unpublished master's thesis for M.A. in composition. Mills College, Oakland CA, 1988.
Formentelli, Bartholomeo. Mйthode pour accorder le Piano-Fortй. Janet et Cotelle, Paris, 1830.
Förster, August. Der Viertelton-Flьgel. A. Fцrster Flьgel und Pianobriken Lцban (Sachen) Georgswalde Tchecoslovaquie, 1925.
Forster, Cris. "Chrysalis", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, 1978, pp. 6-8.
Forster, Cris. "Harmonic/Melodic Canon IV", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, 1979, pp. 17-19.
Forster, Cris. "Introduction to Everything", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1986-7, pp. 1-11.
Forster, Cris. "Diamond Marimba II", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, 1979, pp. 16-18.
Forster, Cris. "Conversion Analysis: Ratio to Cents", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, p. 5.
Förster, H. von, and J. Beauchamp (eds.), Music by Computers. John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1969.
Fortlage, C. Das musikalische System der Griechen in seiner Urgestalt. Leipzig, 1847. Reprint P. Schippers N.V., Amsterdam, 1964.
Fortuin, Harold. "The Clavette", Huygens-Fokker Jaarboek 1994, Haarlem, pp. 147-151.
Fortuin, Harold. The Clavette, WWW, 1998.
Fortuin, Harold. KTune: Equal and Just Tuning Calculator for Kurzweil K2000/2500 synthesizers, WWW, 1998.
Fortuna, Clem. "Composing in Seven Equal & String Quartet in Seven Equal", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 77-86.
Fortuna, Clem. Microtone Guide. Self-published, 1989.
Fose, Luanne Eris. The Musica practica of Bartolomeo Ramos de Pareia: A critical translation and commentary. PhD diss., Music, U. of North Texas, 1992, 538 pages.
Foulds, John Herbert. Music-Today: Its heritage from the Past and Legacy to the Future. Ivor Nicholson and Watson Ltd., London, 1934. "Quarter-Tones", pp. 59-63.
Fourneaux, Napolйon. Instrumentologie : traitй thйorique et pratique de l'accord des instruments a sons fixes, l'harmonium, l'orgue a tuyaux et le piano, contenant une thйorie complиte du tempйrament musical et des battlements. Repos, Paris, 1867, 295 pages.
Fox-Strangways, Arthur Henry. "The Hindu Scale", Sammelbдnde der internationalen Musikgesellschaft 1907-1908, pp. 449-516, Breitkopf und Hдrtel, Leipzig.
Fox-Strangways, Arthur Henry. The Music of Hindostan. The Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1914, 376 pages. Reprint Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1965. Oriental Books Reprint Co./Munshiram Manoharlal, New Delhi, 1975. Kanishka Publishing House, Delhi, 1989.
Fox-Strangways, Arthur Henry. "The Gвndhвra Grвma", Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1935, pp. 689-696.
Framjee, Firoze. Text book of Indian music (theory & practice): useful alike to the scholars of both northern (Hindustani) as well as southern (Carnatic) music. Sakhi Prakashan, Hathras (Aligarh), 1936, 1986, 1991, 144 pages.
Fransson, Frans, Johan Sundberg and Per Tjernlund. "The scale in played music", Svensk tidskrift fцr musikforskning vol. 56 no. 1, 1974, pp. 49-54.
Frantz, Glen. "Composing in scaleless space", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 1, 1988, San Francisco, pp. 8-10.
Frantz, Glen. "A Scaleless Sequencer", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 3, summer 1990, pp. 4-5, 14.
Freeman, Alan Dean. The construction and validation of a scale of band intonation. EdD diss., U. of Illinois, 1991, 182 pages.
Freeman, Robin. "Tanmatras: The life and work of Giacinto Scelsi", Tempo no. 176, March 1991, pp. 8-19.
Freff. "Tuning in to Wendy Carlos", Electronic Musician vol. 2 no. 11, November 1986, pp. 20-37.
Freis, Wolfgang. "Perfecting the Perfect Instrument. Fray Juan Bermudo on the Tuning and Temperament of the vihuela de mano", Early Music, 1995, p. 421.
Fricke, Jobst Peter. Intonation und musikalisches Hцren. Kцln, 1968.
Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Die Relativitдt optimaler IntervallgrцЯen", Bericht ьber den musikwissenschaftlichen KongreЯ Bonn 1970, Kassel, 1973, pp. 397-400.
Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Mikrotonale Klangbildungen - Identifikation und Systemfдhigkeit", Mikrotцne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 165-184.
Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Ьberlegungen zur Durchsetzung des Prinzips der Gleichteilung vor Werckmeister: Pietro Mengolis Temperatur- und Toleranzberechnungen", Bericht ьber das Werckmeister-Kolloquium, Kultur- und Forschungsstдtte Michaelstein, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1986, pp. 22-39.
Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Klangbreite und Tonempfindung: Bedingungen kategorialer Wahrnehmung aufgrund experimenteller Untersuchung der Intonation", Jahrbuch Musikpsychologie vol. 5, Wilhelmshaven, 1988, pp. 67-87.
Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Die Bedeutung der Mikrointervalle im Wandel der Zeiten und Kulturen", Mikrotцne IV, Bericht ьber das 4. Internationale Symposion "Mikrotonforschung" 1991 in Salzburg, H.P. Hesse (ed.), Filmkunst-Musikverlag, Mьnchen, 1993, pp. 221-250.
Fricke, Jobst Peter. "Hцrerfahrungen mit mikrotonaler Musik", Mikrotцne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, Mьnchen, 1993, pp. 163-175.
Friedrich, Ernst. Ьber das Stimmen von Cembalo, Spinett, Clavichord und Klavier. Frankfurt a.M., 1971.
Fritsch, Ingrid. "Zur Geschichte der Tonsysteme Japans", Analysen von Solo-Honkyoku der Tozan-Schule, Studien zur traditionellen Musik Japans, Band 4, Bдrenreiter Verlag, Kassel, 1979, pp. 47-69.
Fritsch, Johannes. Die Tonalitдt des Harry Partch. Feedback Papers vol. 14, Feedback Studio Verlag, Kцln, 1977, pp. 17-21.
Fritz, Barthold. Anweisung, wie man Claviere, Clavecins, und Orgeln, nach einer mechanischen Art, in allen Zwцlf Tцnen gleich rein stimmen kцnne. Leipzig, 1756, 1780, 1829. Dutch translation Onderwys, om Op eene Tuigwerkelyke wyze Clavieren, Clavecimbels, en Orgels, In alle 24 Toonen even zuiver te Stemmen, Op dat daar uit Zo wel de Major als Minor welluidend gespeeld kan worden. Uit het Hoogduits vertaald door H. van Evervelt, en voorzien met eenige Aanmerkingen. J.J. Hummel, Amsterdam, 1757, 36 pages. Microfiche. Zug, Switzerland, Inter Documentation, 1976.
Froger, Jacques. "Les pretendus quarts de ton dans le chant grйgorien et les symboles du ms H. 159 de Montpellier", Йtudes grйgoriennes vol. 17, 1978, pp. 145-179.
Frosch, Reinhart. Mitteltцnig ist schцner! : Studien ьber Stimmungen von Musikinstrumenten. Lang, Bern/Wien, 1993, 1996, 276 pages.
Frusi, Luciano. "La doppia intonazione dell' intervallo di terza minore", Rivista internazionale di musica sacra vol. 7 no. 4, 1986, pp. 372-381.
Frye, Royal Merrill and Esther W. Tipple. A Graphic Introduction to the Harmon. and Data Supplement to a Graphic Introduction to the Harmon. Self-published, Boston, 1942. (Library of Congress catalogue numbers ML 3809 .T 56 G 7 and ML 3809 .T 557)
Fuertes, Sorino. "Tratado de musica de Al-Farabi", Musica arabe-espaсola, Barcelona, 1853.
Fuller, Ramon. "A Study of Microtonal Equal Temperaments", Journal of Music Theory vol. 35 no. 1-2, 1991, pp. 211-237.
Funke, Otto. Das Intonieren von Pianos und Flьgeln mit Besonderer Berьcksichtigung der Beziehungen von Hammerkopf, Resonanzboden, Saitenbezug und so weiter zur Intonation. Series: Das Musikinstrument vol. 21, Das Musikinstrument, Frankfurt am Main, 1977, 55 pages.
Furio, Angelo (da Todi). Armonica cultura.... Ms Musica F.5, libretto secondo : 'Della regola da osservarsi nell'accordo degli strumenti', 17th-18th cent., pp. 90-100.
- G -
Gable, Frederick K. "Possibilities for mean-tone temperament playing on viols", Journal of the Viola Da Gamba Society of America vol. 16, 1979, pp. 22-39.
Gaffurio (Gafori), Franchino. Theorica musice. Impressum Mediolani per Magistrum Philippum Mantegatium dictum Cassanum opera et impensa Magistri Joannis Petri de Comatio, Milan, 1492. Facs. editions Rome, 1934, New York, 1967, Bologna, 1969. English translation by Walter Kurt Kreyszig The theory of music, Yale University Press, New Haven CT, 1993, 236 pages.
Gaffurio (Gafori), Franchino. Practica musicae utriusque catus excelletis Franchini gaffori laudesis. Quattor libris modulatissima: Sumaqz diligйtia nouissime ipressa. Milan, 1496. Italian translation Angelicum ac divinum opus musicae, 1508. English translation by Clement A. Miller, American Institute of Musicology, 1968. English translation by Irwin Young (ed.), University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, 1969.
Gagliardo, Emilio and M. Ghislandi. "Did Beethoven Use the 'Enneadecaphonic' Theory?", Interface vol. 14 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 1-9.
Gagliardo, Emilio. "Enneadecaphonic Music: A New System of Harmonic Tones", Estratto dagli Atti dell'Accadиmia Ligure di Scienze e Lettere vol. 37, 1980, pp. 1-13.
Galeazzi, Francesco. Elementi teorico-pratici della musica, con un saggio sopra l'arte di suonare il violino. Rome, 1791.
Galilei, Galileo. Discorsi e dimonstrazioni matematiche interno a due nuove scienze attenenti alla mecanica ed i movimenti locali. Elsevier, Leiden, 1638.
Galilei, Vincenzo. Dialogo della musica antica et della moderna. Giorgio Marescotti, Florence, 1581. Reprint, Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1968.
Galilei, Vincenzo. Fronimo 1584. English translation by Carol MacClintock (ed.), Musicological Studies and Documents 39. American Institute of Musicology. Hanssler-Verlag, Neuhausen/Stuttgart, 1985.
Galilei, Vincenzo. Discorso intorno alle opere di messer Zarlino. 1589.
Gall, J. Klavierstimmbuch oder deutliche Anweisung, wie jeder Musikfreund sein Klavier, Flьgel, Fortepiano und Flьgelfortepiano selbst stimmen, reparieren und bestmцglichst erhalten kцnne. Wien, 1805.
Gallimard, Jean Edme. La thйorie des Sons oщ l'on dйmontre dans une exacte prйcision les rapports de tous les intervalles de la Gamme. Ballard, Paris, 1754.
Gallimard, Jean Edme. L'Arithmйtique des Musiciens. Paris, 1754.
Gallimard, Jean Edme. Sistиme de l'accord du clavessin et de l'orgue. Paris, 1754.
Gamer, Carlton. "Some Combinational Resources of Equal-Tempered Systems", Journal of Music Theory vol. 11 no. 1, 1967, pp. 32-59.
Gamer, Carlton. "Deep Scales and Difference Sets in Equal-Tempered Systems", Proc. Amer. Soc. of University Composers vol. 2, 1967, pp. 113-122.
Gamer, Carlton. "ET Setera: Some Temperamental Speculations", Music Theory Special Topics edition, Richmond Browne, Academic Press, New York, 1981, pp. 59-81.
Gamer, Carlton and Robin J. Wilson. "Musical Block Designs", Ars Combinatoria 16-A, 1983, pp. 217-225.
Gammeltoft-Hansen, Bendt. "Klokkespillets historie", Еrv og eje, 1983-84, pp. 157-170.
Gann, Kyle. "La Monte Young's 'The Well-Tuned Piano'", Perspectives of New Music vol. 31 no. 1, winter 1993, pp. 134-162.
Gann, Kyle. "The Outer Edge of Consciousness: Snapshots from the Evolution of La Monte Young's Tuning Installations", in Sound and Light: La Monte Young and Marian Zazeela, Bucknell Review vol. 15 no. 1, William Duckworth and Richard Fleming (eds.), Bucknell University Press, Lewisburg, 1996, pp. 152-190.
Gann, Kyle. Just Intonation Explained, WWW, 1997.
Gann, Kyle. An Introduction to Historical Tunings, WWW, 1997.
Gann, Kyle. The Tingle of p X Mn - 1, WWW, 1999.
Gante, Pablo C. de. "El futuro de la musica: Sistema de sonidos nuevos", Heterofonнa vol. 1 no. 5, 1969, pp. 14-18.
Ganter, Bernard and Rudolf Wille. Der Defekt gleichschwebender Temperierungen. Manuskript, Bonn, 1970.
Gaona, Saul. Consonancia y Disonancia Musical. Juventudes Musicales del Paraguay, Asunciуn, 1993, 1996.
Garcia, Josй L. "A Linear Twenty-Nine Tone Scale", Xenharmonikôn 11, 1989, pp. 43-45.
Garland, Peter (ed.) A Lou Harrison Reader. Soundings Press, Santa Fe, 1987.
Garland, Peter. "James Tenney: Some historical perspectives", A celebration of American music: Words and music in honor of H. Wiley Hitchcock. U. of Michigan, Ann Arbor, 1990, pp. 477-486.
Garland, Peter. Book Review: Bitter Music, 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, 1994, p. 16.
Garland, Trudy Hammel and Charity Vaughan Kahn. Math and music: harmonious connections. Dale Seymour Publications, 1995.
Garman, Barry Rex. The effects of accompaniment texture and contextual pitch distance on string instrumentalists' intonational performance. PhD diss., Music, U. of Miami, 1992, 148 pages.
Garnaut, Paul. Le Tempйrament. Son histoire, Son application aux claviers, aux violes de gambe et guitars, son influence sur la musique du XVIIIe siиcle. self-published, Nice, 1929.
Garofalo, R. "Teaching disciplined tuning and warm-ups", Instrument vol. 51, September 1996, p. 46 ff.
Garr, Douglas. "The Endless Scale", OMNI vol. 3 no. 6, March 1981, p. 44 ff.
Gasser, Luis. Vincenzo Galilei's manuscript Libro d'intavolatura di liuto (1584): An introductory study. DMA doc., Stanford U., 1991, 99 pages.
Gates, Everett. Comparison of the Pythagorean, Just, Mean-Tone & Equally Tempered Scales. Published privately, 1956. Reprinted in The Musical Comma by Charles B. Righter. The University of Iowa Press, Iowa City, 1972.
Gatjen, Bram. "Siebenstufig-дquidistante Skalen und ihre Darstellung", Die Sprache der Musik: Festschrift Klaus Wolfgang Niemцller zum 60. Geburtstag. Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1989, pp. 189-200.
Gattey, James. "Barbershop Music", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, spring-summer 1979, pp. 7-8.
Gaudy (of Nordwich?) The geometrical scale of musick, or, The gam-ut reduced to geometrical proportions. ca. 1735, 84 pages. Microfilm, New York, 1994.
Gauldin, Robert. "The cycle-7 complex: Relations of diatonic set theory to the evolution of ancient tonal systems", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 5, 1983, pp. 39-55.
Gautam, Madurai Ramaswami. Evolution of raga and tala in Indian music. Munshiram Manoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1989, 291 pages.
Gautier, Laurent. Gammes et thйories musicales, WWW, 1998.
Gayden, Lucille. Ivan Wyschnegradsky. Peters, Frankfurt, 1973.
Geary, J.M. "Consonance and Dissonance of Pairs of Inharmonic Sounds", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 67 no. 5, May 1980, pp. 1785-1789.
Geay, Gйrard. La thйorie harmonique au XVIIIiиme siиcle. Cael, Bourg la Reine, 1981.
Geer, J.P. van de, W.J.M. Levelt, and Renier Plomp. "The connotation of musical consonance", Acta psychologica vol. 20, 1962, pp. 308-319.
Geidel, Stanley. Intonation and Blending in an Ensemble, WWW.
Geller, Doris. Praktische Intonationslehre fьr Instrumentalisten und Sдnger. Bдrenreiter/NBM/Medienkombination, Kassel, 1997. With CD.
Genovese, Denny. "Hawaii electronic music group", Interval, fall 1978, p. 27.
Genovese, Denny. "Electronic Music (Cheap) Without a Synthesizer!", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, pp. 5-6.
Genovese, Denny. "Simple Instruments in Just Intonation", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, 1980, pp. 37-38.
Genovese, Denny. "Easley Blackwood: An Interview by Denny Genovese - Part I", Interval vol. 2 no. 4, spring 1981, pp. 16-18.
Genovese, Denny. "Easley Blackwood: An Interview by Denny Genovese - Part II", Interval vol. 3 no. 1, summer 1981, pp. 18-21.
Genovese, Denny. "The Binary Flute", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, pp. 20-21.
Genovese, Denny. "Bass marimbas in just intonation", Experimental musical instruments vol. 4 no. 3, October 1988, pp. 10-12.
Gerhardt, Ludwig. "Linguistische und musikethnologische Zusammenhдnge bei den FloЯzithern Nordnigerias", Musik in Afrika, pp. 72-83.
Geringer, John M. "Tuning preferences in recorded orchestral music", Journal of research in music education vol. 24 no. 4, winter 1976, pp. 169-176.
Gerle, Hans. Musica Teusch. Nьrnberg, 1532.
Gernhardt, Klaus. "Die wichtigsten Stimmungsarten der Bachzeit, ihre praktische Durchfьhrung und ihr musikalischer Wert-aus der Sicht des Musikinstrumenten-Restaurators", Bericht ьber die wissenschaftliche Konferenz zum III. internationalen Bach-Fest der DDR, Werner Felix et al. (eds.), 1977, pp. 355-360.
Gernhardt, Klaus. "Abweichung liegt in der Natur des Tons: Stimmung-KompromiЯ zwischen Naturgesetz und Hцrgewohnheit", Neue Musikzeitung vol. 45, February-March 1996, pp. 56-57.
Gerson, A. and J.L. Goldstein. "Evidence for a general template in central optimal processing for pitch of complex tones", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 63, 1978, pp. 498-510.
Gerson-Kiwi, Edith. "Towards an exact transcription of tone relations", Acta musicologica vol. 25, 1953, p. 80 ff.
Gerson-Kiwi, Edith. The Persian Doctrine of Dastgah Composition, a Phenomenological Study in the Musical Modes. Israel Music Institute, Tel-Aviv, 1963.
Gervasoni, Carlo. La scuola della musica. Niccolo Orgesi, Piacenza, 1800.
Gervasoni, Carlo. Nuova teoria di musica. Parma, 1812.
Gevaert, Franзois Auguste. Histoire et thйorie de la musique de l'antiquitй. C. Annout-Braeckman, Gent, 1875, 1881.
Gharib, Mohammad Reza. Proposal for tempering Iranian music scales, WWW.
Gianelli, Pietro. Divizione della musica sacra et profane (article 'accordare'). Venice, 1830.
Gibbens, John Jeffrey. "Design in Ben Johnston's Sonata for Microtonal Piano", Interface vol. 18 no. 3, 1989, pp. 161-194.
Gibbon, John. "Bell Garden - Tuned to What?", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, spring-summer 1979, pp. 28-30.
Gibelius, Otto. Introductio musicae thericae didacticae. Bremen, 1660.
Gibelius, Otto. Propositiones mathematicae-musicae. Mьnden, 1666.
Gieseler, Walter. Komposition im 20. Jahrhundert. Details - Zusammenhдnge. Moeck Verlag, Celle, 1975, 228 pages.
Gieseler, Walter. "Kritische Anmerkungen zur Komposition mit Kleinstintervallen", Mikrotцne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 159-172.
Gieseler, Walter. "Natur - Musik - Zahl", Mikrotцne III, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
Gieseler, Walter. Harmonik in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Tendenzen - Modelle. Moeck Verlag, Celle, 1996. 2 Bдnde.
Gieseler, Walter. " Ьber die Vergleichbarkeit von Teilton-Sдulen", Systemische Musikwissenschaft - Festschrift Jobst Peter Fricke zum 65. Geburtstag, Wolfgang Auhagen (ed.), Kцln 1995.
Gilmore, Robert. "The Bewitched Goes to Europe", Interval vol. 2 no. 1, fall 1979, pp. 27-32.
Gilmore, Bob. "A European Perspective on Partch", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 1, winter 1986, pp. 4, 5, 7.
Gilmore, Robert. "Record Review: Revelation in the Courthouse Park", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 3, 1990, p. 2.
Gilmore, Bob. "On Harry Partch's Seventeen Lyrics by Li Po", Perspectives of New Music vol. 30 no. 2, summer 1992, pp. 22-58.
Gilmore, Bob. "Changing the Metaphor: Ratio Models of Musical Pitch in the Work of Harry Partch, Ben Johnston, and James Tenney", Perspectives of New Music vol. 33, 1995, pp. 459-503.
Gilmore, Bob. Harry Partch - a biography. Yale University Press, New Haven CT, May 1998, 496 pages.
Gilson, Bruce R. "A Numerical Theory of Scale Invention", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 98-134.
Giorgetti, Renzo. "Un inedito metodo per accordare gli organi di Armodio Maccioni", Il flauto dolce: Rivista per lo studio e la pratica della musica antica vol. 16, April 1987, pp. 38-40.
Giorgi, Carlo Tommaso. La nostra musica - i suoi difetti - il suo avvenire. Prato, 1899.
Giorgi, prof. Manuel simplifiй de l'accordeur ou l'art d'accorder le piano dйdiй al signor maestro Rossini. Roret, Paris, 1834.
Giovanetti, Gustavo. Genesi del Nuovo Sistema Musicale Tricommatico Naturale a Terzi di Tono. Leo S. Olschki, Firenze, 1955.
Girbau, J. "Mathematics and musical scales", Butl. Sec. Math. vol. 18, 1985, pp. 3-27.
Glasier, Elisabeth. "Confessions of a Microtonal Convert", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, San Diego, 1978, pp. 2-3. Reprint in Interval vol. 4 no. 2, p. 28.
Glasier, Elizabeth. "Discovering the Microtonal Resources of Your Voice", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, pp. 23-24.
Glasier, John Sr. "Improvising in Non-12 Tunings", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, winter 1984, pp. 5-6.
Glasier, John Sr. "Intervals and Theory", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, pp. 6, 28.
Glasier, Jonathan. "Perspective", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, spring 1978, pp. 9-10.
Glasier, Jonathan. "Ivor Darreg Lecture/Concert", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, fall 1978, pp. 29-30.
Glasier, Jonathan. "Vocal Harmonics", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, fall 1978, pp. 21-23.
Glasier, Jonathan. "George Secor Interview", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, fall 1978, pp. 6-7.
Glasier, Jonathan. "Musings", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, pp. 6-7.
Glasier, Jonathan. "Families of Intervals - Thirds", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, pp. 14-15.
Glasier, Jonathan. "KIVA Interview", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, pp. 24-28.
Glasier, Jonathan. "Pepe Aton Estevane: an interview the microtonal ambassador from Mexico", Interval vol. 3 no. 1, pp. 24-25.
Glasier, Jonathan. "OMNI Puts Microtonalists on Map", Interval vol. 3 no. 1, p. 26.
Glasier, Jonathan and Judith Essex. "Sound and Movement Choir", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, winter 1981, pp. 10-11.
Glasier, Jonathan. "An Interview with Terry Riley", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, winter 1981, pp. 12 - 15.
Glasier, Jonathan. "Sonic Art Show - California State College San Bernardino", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, pp. 16, 21.
Glasier, Jonathan. "Interview in Mexico City with Dolores Carrillo, Daughter of Juliбn Carrillo, and David Espejo", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, pp. 6-9.
Glasier, Jonathan. "An Ear for Microtonality in the East", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982, pp. 24-25.
Glasier, Jonathan. "Early Partch Work - Part 1: Manuscript, Keyboard Design Charts Uncovered", Interval vol. 4 no. 2, fall 1983, pp. 6-7.
Glasier, Jonathan. "Early Partch Work - Part 2: Partch Manuscript Uncovered", Interval vol. 4 no. 3.
Glasier, Jonathan. "The Pentaphone - Unfolding Fives", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, pp. 14-16.
Glasier, Jonathan. "Interview with French Composer Pierre-Jean Croset and his Lyra", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, 1983, pp. 10-14.
Glasier, Jonathan. "Interval Hosts North American Conference on Micro-Intervallic Music", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, pp. 28-30.
Glasier, Jonathan. "Microtonal Music Released from Obscurity?", Interval vol. 5 no. 2, p. 14.
Glasier, Jonathan. "Ratio Keyboard Design", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, winter 1986-7, pp. 14-17.
Glasier, Jonathan. "Wendy Carlos ... Perspective", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, pp. 24-25.
Gmeinder, Hugo. Die Stimmung in Theorie und Praxis fьr Musiker und Musikfreunde. Self-published, NeusдЯ, 1984.
Gmeinder, Hugo. SchwebestцЯe: Tab. fьr Terzen, Quarten, Quinten und Sexten der gleichschwebend temperierten Stimmung mit Erlдuterung und Anleitung. NeusдЯ, 1988.
Gmelch, Joseph. Die Vierteltonstufen im Meßtonale von Montpellier. Gregorianischen Akademie zu Freiburg, Freiburg, 1911, pp. 9-19.
Goebel, Johannes. Zu den Zielsetzungen der deutschen Gesellschaft fьr Computermusik. Feedback Papers vol. 27-28, Feedback Studio Verlag, Kцln, 1982, pp. 2-7.
Goebel, Joseph. Theorie und Praxis des Orgelpfeifenklanges. Intonieren und Stimmen. Ein Handbuch fьr Orgelbauer und Organisten. Schriftenreihe Das Musikinstrument Heft 9, Verlag Das Musikinstrument, Frankfurt a.M., 1967, 94 pages.
Godin, prof. Nouvelle mйthode claire et facile pour accorder les Fortes Pianos suivi de la maniиre d'accorder la Harpe. Joly, Paris, 1794.
Goens, Jan von. Bach auf der mitteltцnigen. Verlag Merseburger, Kassel, 1984.
Golbach, Christian (?). Temperamentum musicum universale. Leipzig, 1717.
Goldбraz Gaнnza, J. Javier. Afinaciуn y temperamento en la mъsica occidental. Alianza, Madrid, 1992, 143 pages.
Goldman, David Paul. "A new look at Zarlino's theory and its effect on his counterpoint doctrine", Theory and Practice vol. 16, 1991, pp. 163-177.
Goldsmith, David S. "An Electronically Generated Complex Microtonal System of Horizontal and Vertical Tonality", Journal of the Audio Engineering Society vol. 19 no. 10, Nov. 1971, pp. 851-858.
Goldstein, A.A. Optimal Temperament. Classroom Notes in Applied Mathematics, pp. 242-251, Michigan State University, East Lansing, May 1972.
Gombosi, Otto Johannes. Tonarten und Stimmungen der antiken Musik. Ejnar Munksgеrd, Copenhagen, 1939, 148 pages. Reprint Amsterdam, 1967.
Gombosi, Otto Johannes. "Key, Mode, Species", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 4, 1951, p. 20 ff.
Gomperts, Amrit. "Tunings, Tone Systems and Psychoacoustics of Sundanese, Javanese, and Balinese Music", Oideion vol. 2: The Performing Arts World-Wide, Wim van Zanten and Marjolijn van Roon (eds.), Research School CNWS, Leiden, 1995, pp. 173-207.
Goode, Dan. "Microtonal Songs for the Clarinet", Interval vol. 2 no. 2+3, pp. I16-I19.
Goodman, Stephen Kent. "Sonic Artist", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, summer 1982, pp. 9-10.
Goodman, Stephen Kent. "Sound Sculptures at LAICA", Interval vol. 4 no. 2, fall 1983, pp. 25-26.
Goodman, Stephen Kent. "Acoustical Instruments: Obsolete or Absolute?", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, spring 1986, pp. 5-7.
Gottlieb, Robert S. "Musical scales of the Sudan as found among the Gumuz, Berta, and Ingessana peoples", the world of music/Die Welt der Musik/Le monde de la musique vol. 28 no. 2, 1986, pp. 56-76.
Gouk, Penelope. Music in the natural philosophy of the early Royal Society. PhD diss., History/Music: London U., 1982, 383 pages.
Gцtze, Heinz and Rudolf Wille (eds.) Musik und Mathematik: Salzburger Musikgesprдch 1984 unter Vorsitz von Herbert von Karajan. Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1985, 1995.
Govi, G. Sur une ancienne dйtermination du nombre absolu des vibrations du diapason. Paris, 1860.
Graaf, Gerard A.C. de. "Afinaciуnes antiguas en Espaсa", El organo espaсol, U. Complutense, Madrid, 1983, pp. 27-29.
Gradenwitz, Matthias. "Die vier Elemente und die Harmonik als die Wissenschaft vom 'Klangдther'", Harmonik und Glasperlenspiel, Beitrдge 1994, Verlag Peter Neubдcker, Mьnchen, 1995.
Grady, Kraig. "Erv Wilson's Hexany", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 1, fall 1992, pp. 8-11.
Grady, Kraig. "Combination-Product Sets", Xenharmonikôn vol. 9, 1986.
Grady, Kraig. "The Discovery of a 14-Tone Scale", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 86-89.
Grady, Kraig. "On the Nature of Working with Performers", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 92.
Grady, Kraig. "CENTAUR - A 7-Limit 12-Tone Tuning", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 93.
Grady, Kraig. "Horacycle Rhythms", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 94.
Grahame, George Farquhar. "Temperament of the musical scale", Encyclopedia Brittannica, 7th ed., Adam and Charles Black, Edinburgh, 1842.
Grammateus, Henricus alias Heinrich Schreiber. Ayn new kunstlich Buech. Johannes Stьchs, Nьrnberg, 1518.
Grassi-Landi, Bartholomeo. Descrizione della nuova tastiera cromatica. Rome, 1880.
Grassi-Landi, Bartholomeo. L'armonia dei suoni col vero corista o diapason normale. Tip. Vaticana, Roma, 1885.
Gratzki, Bettina. Die reine Intonation im Chorgesang. PhD diss., Musicology, Bonn, 1993. Orpheus-Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik vol. 70, Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1993, 300 pages.
Green, Burdette Lamar. The harmonic series from Mersenne to Rameau: an historical study of circumstances leading to its recognition and application to music. PhD diss. Ohio State U., Columbus, 1969, 518 pages.
Greene, Paul C. "Violin intonation", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 9, 1937, pp. 43-44.
Greene, Paul C. "Violin performance with reference to Tempered, Natural and Pythagorean Intonation", University of Iowa Studies in Psychology of Music vol. 4, 1936, pp. 232-250.
Greenfield, Jack. "Introduction of Equal Temperament; Acoustics of Galileo", Piano Technicians Journal vol. 32, September 1989, pp. 31-33.
Grijp, Louis Peter and Paul Scheepers (eds.) Van Aristoxenos tot Stockhausen. Volume 1: Oudheid tot Renaissance. Volume 2: Van Barok tot heden. Wolters-Noordhoff, Groningen, 1990, 1078 pages.
Grijp, Louis Peter. "Fret patterns of the cittern", Galpin Society Journal vol. 34, March 1981, pp. 62-97.
Grossman, Stefan. The book of guitar tunings: a practical study of non-standard tunings for the folk, blues, jazz, and rock guitarists for new sounds, new textures, and a freedom in lefthand fingering. Amsco Music Pub. Co., New York, 1972, 96 pages.
Groven, Eivind. Temperering og renstemning. Oslo, 1948, 66 pages. English translation Equal Temperament and Pure Tuning, Oslo, 1969. German translation Temperierung und Reinstimmung. Suttung, Oslo, 1973, 68 pages.
Groven, Eivind. "My Untempered Organ", Organ Institute Quarterly vol. 5 no. 3, summer 1955, p. 39.
Groven, Eivind. Renstemningsautomaten. (The automatic just intonation tuning.) Universitetsfцrlagets Trykningssentral, Oslo, 1968.
Groven, Eivind. Eivind Groven, Eivind Groven's Institute for Just Intonation, WWW, 1993.
Grundmann, Bill. Alternative Tuning and How We Hear, WWW, 1997.
Gudel, Joachim. "Zu Fragen der Temperierung bei Clavichord, Cembalo und Orgel", Cembalo, Clavichord, Orgel, 1978, pp. 43-46.
Guglielmo, Giovanni. Arte e tecnica dell'intonazione negli strumenti ad arco. Collana di studi musicale vol. 18, G. Zanibon, Padova, 1980, 25 pages.
Guido of Arezzo. Micrologus Guidonis de disciplina artis musicae. German translation Kurze Abhandlung Guidos ьber die Regeln der musikalischen Kunst ьbersetzt und erklдrt von Michael Hermesdorff, Trier, 1876.
Guild of American Luthiers. Equal Temperament Tuning, Guild of American Luthiers data sheet #45, WWW.
Gulik, Robert Hans van. The Lore of the Chinese Lute. Monumenta nipponica monographs no. 3, Sophia University, Tokyo, 1940, 235 pages. 2nd rev. Charles Tuttle (ed.) and Sophia University, Rutland VM, 1969.
Gunden, von Heidi. The Music of Ben Johnston. Scarecrow, Metuchen NJ, 1986, 204 pages.
Guo, Shuqun. "Think over Zhu Zaiyь's Temperament Once More: Respectfully to sir Chen Yingshi", Musicology in China, 1996, no. 1, pp. 117-130, in Chinese.
Gurvin, Olav. "Eivind Groven 70 ar", Syn og segn vol. 8, 1971, pp. 1-8.
Gustafson, Bruce. "Tuning the historical temperaments by ear (review)", Diapason vol. 69 no. 6, May 1978, p. 4.
Gut, Serge. La tierce harmonique dans la musique occidentale, origines et йvolution .... Heugel & Cie, Paris, 1969, 237 pages.
Gut, Serge. "La notion de consonance chez les thйoriciens du moyen вge", Acta Musica vol. 48, 1976.
Guttmann, Alfred. "Ist eine Vierteltonmusik mцglich?" (Is a quartertone music possible?), Melos vol. 7, 1928, pp. 530-533.
Guy, R.K. "Small Differences Between Powers of 2 and 3", in Unsolved Problems in Number Theory. Springer-Verlag, New York, 1994, p. 261.
Gwynn, Dominic. "Comments on early 18th-century organ pitches", FoMRHI quarterly no. 67, April 1992, pp. 57-60.
- H -
Haacke, Walter. "Theorie und Praxis des Orgelpfeifenklanges. Intonieren und Stimmen (review)", Musik und Kirche vol. 46 no. 4, 1976, pp. 192-194.
Haacke, Walter. "Bemerkungen aus der Spielpraxis zur Stimmungsfrage der Zither", Die Volksmusik vol. 41 no. 4-6, 1986, pp. 2-5.
Haas, Georg-Friedrich. "...die freie Auswahl des Tonmaterials... Anmerkungen zu Alois Habas frьhen mikrotonalen Kompositionen", Musikalische Gestaltung im Spannungsfeld von Chaos und Ordnung, Otto Kolleritsch (ed.), Universal Edition, Wien, 1991, pp. 168-186.
Haas, Georg-Friedrich. "Arc-en-ciel, opus 37. Ivan Wyschnegradskys behutsame Annдherung an das Zwцlfteltonintervall", Mikrotцne IV, Musikedition Nymphenburg 2001, Mьnchen, 1993, pp. 79-92.
Haas, Georg-Friedrich. "Die Verwirklichung einer Utopie: Ultrachromatik und nicht-oktavierende Tonrдume in Ivan Wyschnegradskys mikrotonalen Kompositionen", Harmonie im 20. Jahrhundert, Claus Ganter (ed.), WUV-Universitдtsverlag, Wien, 1993, pp. 87-100.
Haas, Georg-Friedrich. "Charles Delusse: Air а la Grиque", ton 4/96-1/97. IGNM, Wien, 1997.
Haase, Rudolf. Leibniz und die Musik. Hommerich, 1963.
Haase, Rudolf. Hans Kayser: Ein Leben fьr die Harmonik der Welt. Schwabe & Co., Stuttgart, 1968.
Haase, Rudolf. Die harmonikalen Wurzeln der Musik. Lafite, Wien, 1969.
Haase, Rudolf. Paul Hindemiths harmonikale Quellen - sein Briefwechsel mit Hans Kayser. Lafite, Wien, 1973.
Haase, Rudolf. "Gehцrdisposition und griechische Skalen", Festschrift Karl Gustav Fellerer zum 70. Geburtstag, Arno-Volk-Verlag, Kцln, 1973.
Haase, Rudolf. "Die Herkunft musikalischer Grundlagen aus dem Gehцr. Eine Morphologie der Intervalle", Musik und Zahl, Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1976.
Haase, Rudolf. Der meßbare Einklang. Ernst Klett-Verlag, Stuttgart, 1976.
Haase, Rudolf. Über das disponierte Gehör. Doblinger, Wien - München, 1977, 52 pages.
Haase, Rudolf. "G.W. Leibniz's correspondents. III: Conrad Henfling: Korrespondenten von G.W. Leibniz", Studia leibnitiana vol. 9 no. 1, 1977, pp. 111-119.
Haase, Rudolf. Zehn Jahre Institut fьr harmonikale Grundlagenforschung. Lafite, Wien, 1977.
Haase, Rudolf. Harmonikale Synthese. Lafite, Wien, 1980.
Haase, Rudolf (ed.) Der Briefwechsel zwischen Leibniz und Conrad Henfling. Ein Beitrag zur Musiktheorie des 17. Jahrhunderts. Verцffentlichungen des Leibniz-Archivs vol. 9, Vittorio Klostermann, Frankfurt am Main, 1982, 155 pages.
Haase, Rudolf. Aufsдtze zur Geschichte der Harmonik. Bern, 1984.
Haase, Rudolf. Natur-Geist-Seele, Harmonik und Metaphysik des quadratischen und des runden Lambdoma. Braumьller, Wien, 1985.
Haase, Rudolf. "Gehцrdisposition und ekmelische Intervalle", Mikrotцne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 151-164.
Haase, Rudolf. Zwanzig Jahre Hans-Kayser-Institut für harmonikale Grundlagenforschung. Bern, 1988.
Haase, Rudolf. Keplers Weltharmonik heute. PARAM-Verlag, Ahlerstedt, 1989.
Haase, Ursula. Der Briefwechsel Hans Kaysers. Lafite, Wien, 1973.
Hába, Alois. "Die harmonische Grundlage des Vierteltonsystems", Melos vol. 3, 1922, pp. 201-205.
Hába, Alois. Von der Psychologie der musikalischen Gestaltung, Gesetzmдßigkeit der Tonbewegung und Grundlagen eines neuen Musikstils. Verlag Universal-Edition, Wien, 1924.
Hába, Alois. "Grundlagen der Tondifferenzierung und der neuen Stilmцglichkeiten in der Musik" (The basis of the differences between intervals and possible new musical styles) Von neuen Musik, Kцln, 1925, pp. 52-58.
Hába, Alois. "Welche Aufgaben bietet die Vierteltonmusik der Musikwissenschaft?", Bericht ьber den I. Musikwiss. Kongr. der deutschen Musikgesellschaft in Leipzig vom 4 bis 8 Juni 1925, Leipzig 1926, reissued Wiesbaden, 1969.
Hába, Alois. "Over Kwart-tonen-muziek" (concerning quarter-tone music), De Muziek vol. 2, Amsterdam, 1927, pp. 109-118.
Hába, Alois. Harmonickй zбklady ctvrttуnovй soustavy. German translation Neue Harmonielehre des diatonischen, chromatischen Viertel-, Drittel-, Sechstel- und Zwцlftel-tonsystems by the author. Fr. Kistner & C.F.W. Siegel, Leipzig, 1927. Universal, Wien, 1978. Revised by Erich Steinhard, Grundfragen der mikrotonalen Musik ; Bd. 3, Musikedition Nymphenburg 2001, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, Mьnchen, 251 pages.
Hába, Alois. "Flьgel und Klavier der Vierteltonmusik", Die Musik vol. 21, 1928, p. 201.
Hába, Alois. "Meine Vierteltonoper Die Mutter", Anbruch Monatsschrift für moderne Musik, 1931.
Hába, Alois. "Quelques rйflexions sur l'interprйtation des bases thйoriques de la musique а quarts et а sixiиmes de ton", La revue musicale, juin-juillet 1937, pp. 92-95.
Hába, Alois. Mein Weg zur Viertel- und Sechstel-tonmusik. Gesellschaft zur Förderung der systematischen Musikwissenschaft, Düsseldorf, 1971, 125 pages. Filmkunst Musikverlag, Mьnchen, 1986.
Hába, Alois. Nuevo Tratado de Armonнa. Real Musical S.A., Madrid, 1984.
Hába, Alois. Principi armonici del sistema a quarti di tono. Devega, Milano, 1984.
Hába, Alois. Grundlagen der Harmonik in mikrotonaler Musik. Helbling, Innsbruck, 1989, 144 pages.
Hackbarth, Glenn Allen. An analysis of Harry Partch's Daphne of the Dunes. Thesis, University of Illinois, Champaign-Urbana, 1979.
Hackleman, Jay Scott. "Some Details Concerning the 19-Tone Clavichord", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976.
Haeberli, Jцrg. "Twelve Nasca panpipes: a study", Ethnomusicology vol. 23 no. 1, January 1979, pp. 57-74.
Haefer, J. Richard. "Bagpipes and tunings (review)", American Musical Instrument Society journal vol. 2, 1976, pp. 102-103.
Haenen, G. "J. Sauveur: Collected writings on musical acoustics (review)", Musica Antiqua, 1987.
Haenen, G. "Een zuiver gestemd clavecimbel aan het hof te Dьsseldorf", Musica Antiqua, 1988.
Hafenreffer, Samuel. Monochordon symbolico-biomanticum obstructissimum pulsum doctrinam, ex harmonicis musicis dilucide, figurisque oculariter demonstrans, de causis et prognosticis inde promulgandis fideliter instruens, et jucunde per medicam praxin resonans. Ulm, 1640.
Haffner, Everett. "The Forty-Eight Revisited in Thirty-One", Well Tempered Notes, November 1974, Motorola Scalatron Inc.
Hagel, Stefan. Modulation in altgriechischer Musik. PhD diss., Classical Philology, Wien, 1999. 155 pages.
Hagel, Stefan. Ancient Greek Music, WWW, 1999.
Hagerman, B. and Johan Sundberg. "Fundamental frequency adjustment in barbershop singing", Speech Transmission Laboratory: Quarterly progress and status report vol. 1, April 1980, pp. 28-42. Reprint in Journal of Research in Singing vol. 4 no. 1, December 1980, pp. 3-17.
Hahn, Paul. An Interesting Result in the Theory of Well-Temperaments, WWW, 1996.
Hajdu, Georg. "Low Energy and Equal Spacing; the Multifactorial Evolution of Tuning Systems", Interface vol. 22 no. 4, 1993, pp. 277-348.
Hajdu, Georg. "Harmonische Energie - Motor bei der Evolution 'relevanter' Tonsysteme", Feedback Papers vol. 35, Feedback Studio Verlag, Kцln, pp. 1-25.
Hajdu, Georg. 17 Tцne. Thьrmchen, Kцln, 1992.
Halbreich, Harry. "Wyschnegradsky, l'anachorиte", Le monde de la musique vol. 77, April 1985.
Halfpenny, Eric. "Diderot's Tunings for the Violin Family", Galpin Society Journal vol. 27, 1974, pp. 15-20.
Hall, Donald E. "Objective Measurements of Goodness-of-fit for Tunings and Temperaments", Journal of Music Theory vol. 17 no. 2, 1973, pp. 274-291.
Hall, Donald E. "Quantitative Evaluation of Musical Scale Tunings", American Journal of Physics vol. 42 no. 7, July 1974, pp. 543-552.
Hall, Donald E. "Is unequal temperament coming back for pipe organs?", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 66, 1979, S68.
Hall, Donald E. and Joan Taylor Hess. "Perception of musical interval tuning", Music Perception vol. 2 no. 2, 1984, pp. 166-195.
Hall, Donald E. "A Systematic Evaluation of Equal Temperaments Through N=612", Interface vol. 14 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 61-73.
Haluska, Jan. "On two algorithms in music acoustics", Extracta mathematica vol. 12 no. 3, 1997, pp. 243-250.
Haluska, Jan. "Uncertainty and tuning in music", Tatra Mt. Math. Publ. vol. 12, 1997, pp. 113-129.
Haluska, Jan. "Diatonic scales summary", Proc. of 7th IFSA Prague, June 25-29, 1997, Academia, vol. 4, Prague, 1997, pp. 320-322.
Haluska, Jan. "On fuzzy coding of information in music", BUSEFAL vol. 69, 1997, pp. 37-42.
Haluska, Jan. " Comma 32 805 / 32 768", International Journal of Uncertainty, Fuzziness and Knowledge-Based Systems vol. 6 no. 3. 1998, pp. 295-305.
Hamilton, James Alexander. ...practical introduction to the Art of tuning the Piano-Forte. R. Cocks & Co, London, 1844.
Hammer-Purgstall. Literatur der arabischen und persischen Musik. Vienna, 1839.
Hammond, Frederick. "Musical instruments at the Medici court in the mid-seventeenth century", 1975.
Hammond, Frederick. "Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto (review)", Music & letters vol. 71 no. 3, Aug. 1990, pp. 383-384.
Hдndel, George Frederick. Twelve Voluntaries and Fugues for the Organ or Harpsichord with Rules for Tuning by the celebrated Mr. Hдndel, Book IV. Longman and Broderip, London, c. 1780.
Handschin, Jacques S. "Akustisches aus Russland", Gedenkboek aangeboden aan Dr. D.F. Scheurleer op zijn 70sten verjaardag, Martinus Nijhoff, 's-Gravenhage, 1925, pp. 143-157.
Handschin, Jacques S. Review of Ariel's Das Relativitдtsprinzip der Musikalische Harmonie, Band I: Die Gesetze der inneren Tonbewegungen, das evolutionдre Temperierungsverfahren und das 19 stufiges Tonsystem, Zeitschrift fьr Musikwissenschaft vol. 8, 1926, pp. 579-583.
Handschin, Jacques S. "Ьber reine Harmonie und temperierte Tonleitern", Schweizerisches Jahrbuch fьr Musikwissenschaft vol. 2, 1927, pp. 150-156.
Handschin, Jacques S. "Ein mittelalterlicher Beitrag zur Lehre der Sphдrenharmonie", Zeitschrift fьr Musikwissenschaft vol. 9 no. 4, 1927.
Handschin, Jacques S. Der Toncharakter. Eine Einfьhrung in die Tonpsychologie. Atlantis Verlag, Zьrich, 1948.
Hansen, Finn Egeland. The grammar of Gregorian tonality : an investigation based on the repertory in codex H 159, Montpellier. Studier og publikationer fra Musikvidenskabeligt Institut, Aarhus Universitet. English translation by Shirley Larsen, Dan Fog, Copenhagen, 1979, 2 vols.
Hansen, Finn Egeland. "Ren stдmmning under renдssansen och i Per Nшrgеrds musik", Nutida musik/Contemporary music vol. 31 no. 3, 1987-1988, pp. 43-46.
Hanson, Larry. "Development of a 53-Tone Keyboard Layout", Xenharmonikôn vol. 12, 1989, pp. 69-87.
Hanson, Larry. "A 34-equal guitar", Experimental Musical Instruments, December 1993.
Hanson, Larry. "34-ET Notation System Based on Major and Minor Thirds", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 9-11.
Harasek, Richard J. "A New Look at the Partch Monophonic Fabric", Xenharmonikôn 3, 1975.
Harasek, Richard J. "On This Thing Called Scalatron", Xenharmonikôn 3, 1975.
Harasek, Richard J. "Well Tempered Notes", Xenharmonikôn 3, 1975.
Hardouin, Pierre. "Working Hypothesis for a History of the Tierce", 1970.
Harrell, Max Leigh. Scales and modes in the music of West Java. M.A. thesis, University of California, Los Angeles, 1972, 228 pages.
Harris, C.M., M. Eisenstadt and M.R. Weiss. "Sounds of the Highland Bagpipe", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 35, 1963, pp. 1321-1327.
Harris, J. Donald, "Scaling of Pitch Intervals", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 32 no. 12, December 1960, 1575-1580.
Harrison, John. A Description concerning such Mechanism as will afford a nice, or true Mensuration of Time; together with Some Account of the Attempts for the Discovery of the Longitude by the Moon; and also An Account of the Discovery of the Scale of Musick. London, 1775.
Harrison, John. "An Account of the Discovery of the Scale of Musick", reprint in Pitch vol. 1 no. 2, American Festival of Microtonal Music, New York, 1987, pp. 12-14.
Harrison, John. A True and Full Account of the Foundation of Musick, or, as principally therein, of the Existance of the Natural Notes of Melody. unpublished and lost manuscript, London, 182 pages.
Harrison, Lou. "Some notes on the music of mouth organs", Lee Hue-ku Festschrift, 1970, pp. 339-350.
Harrison, Lou. Lou Harrison's Music Primer. Peters, New York, 1971.
Harrison, Lou. "At the Tomb of Charles Ives (score)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 2, fall 1974.
Harrison, Lou. "A Phrase For Arion's Leap (score)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 2, fall 1974.
Harrison, Lou. "Item: Five-tone, six-tone, and seven-tone modal forms within the traditional matrix of two tetrachords separated by nine to eight", Xenharmonikôn vol. 4, 1975.
Harrison, Lou. "Incidental Music for Corneille's 'Cinna' (score)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976.
Harrison, Lou and William Colvig. "Gamelan Builders' Notes", Ear vol. 8 no. 4, 1983, p. 26.
Harrison, Lou. "Thoughts about 'Slippery Slendro'", Selected Reports: Institute of Ethnomusicology vol. 6, University of California, Los Angeles, 1985, pp. 111-117.
Harrison, Lou. "Cloverleaf: A little narrative with several 'off-ramps'", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 2, 1989, p. 1. Also in: Companion to contemporary musical thought, Routledge, London, 1992, pp. 248-255.
Harrison, Lou. "Blessed Be Translators, for They Give Us Worlds", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 1, 1991, pp. 4-5.
Hartmann, G.C. "A Numerical Exercise in Musical Scales", American Journal of Physics vol. 55 no. 3, p. 223, 1987.
Hartmann, William Morris. "On the origin of the enlarged melodic octave", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 93 no. 6, June 1993, pp. 3400-3409.
Harvey, Jonathan. "Mortuos Plango Vivos Voco: A Realization at IRCAM", Computer Music Journal vol. 5 no. 4, pp. 22-24.
Harvey, Jonathan. "Notes on the Realization of Bhakti", Computer Music Journal vol. 8 no. 3, pp. 74-78.
Haskins Eyles Stiles, Franзois. "Explication des modes & tons de l'ancienne musique grecque", Abrйgй des Transactions de la Sociйtй Royale de Londres, Paris, 1790, pp. 215-298.
Hasse, Karl. "Temperierte Stimmung und musikalische Praxis", Zeitschrift fьr Musikwissenschaft vol. 13 no. 7, 1931.
Hauptmann, Moritz. "Temperatur", Jahrbьcher fьr musikalische Wissenschaft Band I, Friedrich Chrysander, Leipzig, 1863.
Haverstick, Neil. "Notes on 'Mysteries', and score of 'Mysteries'". Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 114.
Haverstick, Neil. 19 Tones: A New Beginning. Self-published, 1996, 30 pages.
Haverstick, Neil. 19 Tones: A New Beginning; The Gate, and on to 34/oct..., WWW, 1997.
Hawkes, William. "On the musical temperament of keyed instruments", The Philosophical Magazine vol. 28, London, 1807, pp. 304-306.
Hawkins, John. A General History of the Science and Practice of Music. In five volumes, T. Payne and Son, London, 1776.
Hayashi, Kenzo. "So no chogen no gensoku to hatten", Journal of the Society for Research in Asiatic Music vol. 24/25, March/April 1968, pp. 1-35.
Hayes, Deborah. "Christian Huygens and the science of music", Musicology at the University of Colorado vol. 1 no. 1, December 1977, pp. 17-31.
Haynes, Bruce. "'Temperamento per comune opinione perfettisimo': 18th-century tuning for singers and orchestral instruments", FoMRHI quarterly no. 43, April 1986, pp. 56-68.
Haynes, Bruce. "Les diapasons а l'йpoque de Jean Sйbastien Bach", Saint Malo, 1987-1988.
Haynes, Bruce. "Beyond Temperament: Non-keyboard Intonation in the 17th and 18th Centuries", Early Music vol. 19 no. 3, August 1991, pp. 357-381.
Haynes, Bruce. "Johann Sebastian Bach's pitch standards: The woodwind perspective", American Musical Instrument Society Journal vol. 11, 1985, pp. 55-114.
Hays, Elizabeth. F.W. Marpurg's Anleitung zum Clavierspielen (Berlin, 1755) and Principes du clavecin (Berlin, 1756). Translation and commentary. PhD dissertation, Musicology: Stanford U., 1977, 2 vols., 309 & 351 pages.
Hayslett, Dennis J. "The effect of selected tuning pitch sources on the tuning accuracy of band members", Contributions to music education vol. 17, fall 1990, pp. 44-49.
Hebert, Charles. Traitй de l'Harmonie des sons et de leurs rapports (...). Bologna, 1733.
Hefny, Mahmoud el. Ibn Sinas Musiklehre. PhD diss., Berlin, 1931.
Heim, David Bruce. Practical Tuning, Temperament and Conditioning for Hornists and Other Wind Instrumentalists: Understanding and attaining intonational flexibility in musical performance. unpublished Master's thesis, University of Tulsa, 1990.
Heine, Alois. Akustische Phänomene. Untersuchungen und Experimente mit der Klarinette und Einführung in die Ansatztechniken zur Erzeugung von Ьberblasetцnen, Untertцnen und Akkordklдngen. Schriften der Hochschule "Mozarteum" Salzburg, Bd. 5. Musikverlag Emil Katzbichler, Mьnchen/Salzburg, 1978.
Heinemann, Michael (ed.) Das Bach Lexikon. Bach-Handbuch Band 6, Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 2000, 623 pages.
Heinichen, Joh. David. Der General-BaЯ in der Composition. Dresden, 1728.
Heinz, Rudolf. "Ferruccio Busonis musikalischer Futurismus", Geschichte und Zukunft, Meisenheim, 1967, pp. 200-218.
Hellegouarch, Yves. "Un aspect de la thйorie des hauteurs", Journйes arithmйtiques, Caen, 1980.
Hellegouarch, Yves. "Scales, Comptes-Rendus Mathйmatiques", La Sociйtй Royale du Canada vol. 4 no. 5, October 1982, and vol. 5 no. 2, April 1983.
Hellegouarch, Yves. Gammes naturelles. Publication de l'A.P.M.E.P. no. 53, Paris, 1984.
Hellegouarch, Yves. "L'Essai d'une nouvelle thйorie de la musique de Leonhard Euler", publication de l'IREM de Caen, p. 53.
Hellegouarch, Yves. "A la recherche de l'arithmйtique qui si cache dans la musique", Gazette des Mathйmaticiens vol. 33, 1987, pp. 71-80.
Heller, Charles. "Mordecai Sandberg : His Compositions and His Ideas", Cantors Assembly 1984, Journal of Synagogue Music.
Hellwig, Friedemann. "Historische musikalische Temperaturen und ihre Einstimmung", Restaurierung von Saitenklavieren, Beitrдge zur Auffьhrungspraxis Bd. 2, Graz, 1973, pp. 57-67.
Hellwig, Friedemann. "Zum Temperatursystem bei Joseph Haydn", In: Joseph Haydn, Henle Verlag, Mьnchen, 1986, pp. 87-91.
Helmholtz, Hermann L.F. von. Die Lehre von den Tonempfindungen als physiologische Grundlage für die Theorie der Musik. 6th edition, Friedrig Vieweg & Sohn, Braunschweig, 1913, 668 pages. Darmstadt, 1968. Olms, Hildesheim, 1983.
On the Sensations of Tone as a Psychological basis for the Theory of Music. 2nd English edition translated by Alexander John Ellis, based on the 4th German edition of 1877 with extensive notes, foreword and afterword: 1885. Reprint by Dover Publications, 1954.
Thйorie physiologique de la musique, fondйe sur l'йtude des sensations auditives. French edition translated by G. Guйroult, based on the edition of 1863, Masson & Fils, Paris, 1874, 544 pages. Reprint Jean Gabay, Paris, 1990.
Helmholtz, H.L.F. von. "On the Physiological Causes of Harmony in Music", Popular Scientific Lectures, Appleton, New York, 1873. A lecture delivered in Bonn during the winter of 1857, translated by A.J. Ellis.
Helmholtz, H.L.F. von. "Ьber die arabisch-persische Tonleiter", Verhandlungen des Naturhistorisch-medizinischen Verreins zu Heidelberg, 23 November 1862.
Helmholtz, H.L.F. von. Thйorie physiologique de la musique. Transl. from German by G. Guйroult, V. Masson, Paris, 1868.
Helmholtz, H.L.F. von and Blaserna. Le son et la musique.
Hemony, Pieter. "De on-noodsakelijkheid en ondienstigheid van cis en des in de bassen der klokken", Delft, 1678, reprint Amsterdam, 1927, reprint Asten, 1964.
Henderson, Ian Hamilton. Strobe tuner settings for the historic scales. Self-published, Brockport, New York, 1983, 121 pages.
Henderson, Ian Hamilton. Computer assistance for the setting of historic tunings and temperaments: a monograph to supplement Strobe tuner settings for the historic scales. 1983, Self-published, Brockport, 1986, 28 pages.
Henfling, Conrad. C. Henflingii Epistola de novo suo Systemate Musico. Onoldi 17. April 1708. ad Praesidem data, Miscellanea Berolinensia (1710), pp. 265-294 + fig. 66 & 67.
Henry, Norman. "An Open Letter", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 1, 1986, p. 2.
Henry, Norman. "A Justly-Tuned Harpsichord", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 4, 1985, pp. 7-9.
Henry, Robert Earl. Judgment of intonation in the context of three part woodwind ensemble performances. PhD diss., Music: North Texas State U., 1987, 176 pages.
Henzel, C. "Alois Hбba und der athematische Musikstil", Musiktheorie vol. 10 nr. 3, Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 1995.
Herlinger, Jan William. The Lucidarium of Marchetto of Padua: a critical edition, translation, and commentary. PhD diss., U. of Chicago, 1978. University of Chicago Press, 1984, 567 pages.
Herlinger, Jan William. "Fractional Divisions of the Whole Tone", Music Theory Spectrum vol. 3, 1981, pp. 74-83.
Herlinger, Jan William. "Marchetto's Division of the Whole Tone", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 34 no. 2, summer 1981, pp. 193-216.
Herlinger, Jan William. "Marchetto's influence: The manuscript evidence", Music theory and its sources: Antiquity and the Middle Ages, Andrй Barbera (ed.), University of Notre Dame, South Bend, 1990, pp. 235-258.
Hermann, U. Andreas Werckmeister. Halle (Masch.), 1950.
Hero, Barbara. "A Brief History of the Lambdoma", Xenharmonikôn 16, autumn 1995, pp. 104-113.
Hero, Barbara. The Lambdoma. Self-published, 1991.
Hero, Barbara. Lambdoma Unveiled (The theory of Relationships). Strawberry Hill Farm Studios Press, North Berwick, Maine, 1992.
Herresthal, Harald. Norwegian music history, WWW, 1995.
Herrmann, Ursula. Andreas Werckmeister. Halle am Saale, 1950.
Herrmann, Ursula. "Andreas Werckmeister: Lebensweg und geistiges Umfeld", Bericht ьber das Werckmeister-Kolloquium, Kultur- und Forschungsstдtte Michaelstein, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1986, pp. 4-12.
Herschel, John Frederick William. "On musical scales", Quarterly Journal of Science vol. 5 no. 19, London, July 1868, pp. 338-352.
Herschel, John and George Bidell Airy. On Sound and Atmospheric Vibrations with the Mathematical Elements of Music. London, 1871.
Herzog, H. "Hudebni expressioniste a Alois Hбba ve svиm postoji ke spolecnosti", Rytmus vol. 11, 1947, p. 114.
Hesse, Horst-Peter. Die Wahrnehmung von Tonhöhe und Klangfarbe als Problem der Hörtheorie. Arno Volk-Verlag, Köln, 1972.
Hesse, Horst-Peter. Paul Hindemith und die Natur der Tonverwandtschaften. Verlag Merseburger, Berlin, 1974.
Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Klangwertbestimmung musikalischer Zusammenklдnge auf Grund einer Zwei-Faktoren-Theorie der Sonanz", Mikrotцne I, pp. 49-68, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986.
Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Sonanz- und Distanz-Urteil bei musikalischen Intervallen -ьber die Verbindlichkeit mathematischer Intervall-definitionen", Mikrotцne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 141-158.
Hesse, Horst-Peter. Grundlagen der Harmonik in mikrotonaler Musik. Verцffentlichungen der Gesellschaft fьr Ekmelische Musik no. 5. Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1989, 144 pages.
Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Die Sonanz als Basis der Harmonik in mikrotonaler Musik", Mikrotöne III, Innsbruck, 1990.
Hesse, Horst-Peter. Aufbruch in eine neue Klangwelt. Gustav Bosse-Verlag, Regensburg, 1991.
Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Breaking Into a New World of Sound: Reflections on the Ekmelik Music of the Austrian Composer Franz Richter Herf (1920-1989)", Perspectives of New Music vol. 1, 1992, pp. 213-234.
Hesse, Horst-Peter (ed.) Institut für Musikalische Grundlagenforschung, Band I. Mikrotöne III: Bericht über das 3. Internationale Symposium 'Mikrotonforschung, Musik mit Mikrotönen, Ekmelische Musik', 28.-30. April 1989 in Salzburg, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
Hesse, Horst-Peter (ed.) Mikrotцne IV. Bericht ьber das 4. Internationale Symposium, 2.-5. Mai 1991 in Salzburg. Filmkunst Musikverlag, Mьnchen, 1993. (Musikedition Nymphenburg 2001)
Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Standardisierte Notation fьr mikrotonale Musik", Mikrotцne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, Mьnchen, 1993.
Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Zum Konsonanzempfinden bei vielstimmigen Akkorden", Mikrotцne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, Mьnchen, 1993.
Hesse, Horst-Peter. "Zur Oktavteilung im javanischen Slйndro", Mikrotцne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, Mьnchen, 1993.
Hesse, Horst-Peter. Kunst und Wissenschaft im Gesprдch? Ursula Mьller Speiser, Anif, 1994.
Hesse, Horst-Peter and Wolfgang Thies (eds.) Gedanken zu Alois Hбba. Wort und Musik. Salzburger Akademische Beitrдge, Bd. 35. Anif, Verlag Mьller-Speiser, 1996.
Hesselgren, Frйderic. De la gamme musicale. Etude critique des gammes tempйrйes et de la gamme naturelle. Frassati, Turin, 1897.
Higbee, Dale. "Traitй de l'accord de l'espinette (review)", American Recorder vol. 12 no. 2, May 1971, p. 58.
Higgins, Dick. "The decaphonic system: Macrotonics", Ear Magazine East, New York, 1983, p. 10.
Hill, Ralph David. "Just Intonation on a Home-Built Digital Synthesizer-Computer", Interval vol. 4 no. 2, fall 1983, pp. 15-22.
Hill, Ralph David. "An Example of the 48:49 Sixth-tone Step", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 4, fall 1988, p. 14.
Hill, Ralph David. "Study of Whole Tones in Two Parts", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 2, 1989, pp. 6-7.
Hill, Ralph David. "The Cro-Magnon Advanced Additive Analysis/Resynthesis System", Proceedings of the 1991 International Computer Music Conference, 1991, pp. 169-176.
Hill, Ralph David. Introduction to Non-Traditional Harmony. 2-hr. cassette and accompanying notes.
Hiller, Lejaren. "Electronic Synthesis of Microtonal Music", Microtonal Music in America. Transcript of the Symposium of the American Society of University Composers, Washington University, St. Louis MO, April 1967. Proceedings of the ASUC vol. 2, pp. 99-106.
Hindemith, Paul. Unterweisung im Tonsatz I, Theoretischer Teil. Schott, 1937, 252 pages. Neue erweiterte Auflage, B. Schott's Sцhne, Mainz, 1940, 260 pages.
Hipkins, Alfred James. "Tuning", A Dictionary of Music and Musicians. Macmillan and Co., London, 1893, pp. 187-190.
Hirano, Kenji. "Koto no chogen meisho o megutte" (Concerning the names of koto tunings), Toyo ongaku kenkyu/Studies on Oriental music vol. 54, 1989, pp. 107-114.
Hirano, Kenji and Taeko Hirano. "Tuning and placement of frets of Heike-biwa and the transmission of heikyoku in the Edo era", Kindaichi Haruhiko Hakase koki kinenronbunshu, Sanseido, Tokyo, 1984, pp. 123-170.
Hirschfeld, R. "Prosdocimus de Beldemandis", Monatshefte fьr Musikgeschichte vol. 17, 1885.
Hirtler, Eva. Die Musik als scientia mathematica von der Spatдntike bis zum Barock. Lang, Frankfurt am Main, 1995, 263 pages.
Hitchcock, H. Wiley and Stanley Sadie (eds.) The New Grove Dictionary of American Music. Entries for Tui St. George Tucker, John Eaton and Easley Blackwood. MacMillan Press Ltd, London, 1980.
Hoag, Barbara Brewster. "A Spanish Clavichord Tuning of the Seventeenth Century", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 2, 1976.
Hochel, Lothar. "Zur Entwicklung des Intonationsgehцrs im Bereich der Mehrstimmigkeit", Bericht ьber den internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen KongreЯ, Leipzig 1966, 1972, pp. 529-535.
Hodgson, John. Short instructions for tuning a piano-forte written by Musicus Ignoramus. London, 1809.
Hoek van Dijke, Gilbert. Essays on Music Theory: Pitch, Tuning, and the Physics of Musical Tone, WWW, 1997.
Hofmann, Wolfgang. Goldener Schnitt und Komposition: Versuch zur Fixierung eines Ordnungsprinzips. Heinrichshofen's Verlag, Wilhelmshaven, 1973, 95 pages.
Holcomb, Bruce. Die Verbesserung der Stimmung von Ventilblechblasinstrumenten. Schriften der Hochschule "Mozarteum" Salzburg, Bd. 6. Emil Katzbichler-Verlag, München/Salzburg, 1983.
Holde, Arthur. "Is there a future for Quarter-tone Music?", Musical Quarterly vol. 24 no. 4, 1938, pp. 528-533, Schirmer, New York.
Holden, John. An Essay Towards a Rational System of Music. Glasgow, 1770.
Holder, Ross. Music and Number, WWW, 1989.
Holder, William. Treatise of the Natural Grounds, and Principles of Harmony. To which is added, by way of appendix: Rules for playing a thorow-bass; with variety of proper lessons, fugues, and examples ... Also directions for tuning an harpsichord or spinnet. By the late Mr. Godfrey Keller ... The whole being revis'd, and corrected from many gross mistakes committed in the first publication of these rules. J. Heptinstall, London, 1694, 1702. W. Pearson, London, 1731.
Holmes, Thomas B. Electronic Music - History and Criticism. Charles Scribner's Sons, New York, 1985, pp. 32-41.
Holton, I.F. "Essay on Musical Intonation and Temperament", Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York vol. 4, 1847, p. 387.
Hood, Mantle. The Nuclear Theme as Determinant of Patet in Javanese Music. J.B. Wolters, Groningen, Djakarta, 1954.
Hood, Mantle. "Slйndro and Pйlog redefined", Selected Reports vol. 1 no. 1, Institute of Ethnomusicology, Los Angeles, 1966, pp. 28-48. Reprint in Readings in Ethnomusicology, D.P. McAllester (ed.), New York, 1971, p. 35.
Hood, Mantle. "The effect of medieval technology on musical style in the orient", Selected reports in ethnomusicology vol. 1 no. 3, 1970, pp. 147-170.
Hoornaert, G. "Musicalische Temperatur. Andreas Werckmeister. Uitgave door R. Rasch (review)", Musica Antiqua, 1986.
Hopkin, Bart. "Lyra designed and built by Pierre-Jean Croset", Experimental musical instruments vol. 1 no. 1, June 1985, p. 3.
Hopkin, Bart. "Steel cello and bow chimes designed and built by Robert Rutman", Experimental musical instruments vol. 1 no. 1, June 1985, pp. 4-5.
Hopkin, Bart. "The semi-civilized tree designed and built by Nazim Ozel", Experimental musical instruments vol. 1 no. 6, April 1986, pp. 1, 4-7.
Hopkin, Bart. "Alternative tunings on fretted instruments: Refretting and other approaches", Experimental musical instruments vol. 3 no. 6, April 1988, pp. 1, 8-9.
Hopkin, Bart. "Glenn Branca and the Third Bridge", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, p. 4.
Hopkin, Bart. "Experimental Musical Instruments", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, p. 37.
Hopkin, Bart and Jim Carrey. "Congas according to Carraway", Experimental musical instruments vol. 4 no. 4, December 1988, pp. 9-11.
Hopkin, Bart, David Courtney and Larry Polansky. "A comparative tunings chart", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 6 no. 2, August 1990, pp. 11-17.
Hopkin, Bart. "Tubulonia", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 10 no. 2, 1994, pp. 26-30.
Hopkin, Bart. Air Columns & Tone Holes: Principles for Wind Instrument Design. 36 pages.
Hopkin, Bart. Gravikords, Whirlies and Pyrophones: Experimental Musical Instruments. Ellipsis Arts..., Roslyn NY, 1996. 96 pages, with CD.
Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Ьber ein akustisches Kriterium fьr Kulturzusammenhдnge", Zeitschrift fьr Ethnologie vol. 43, Berlin, 1911, pp. 601-615. Reprint in Beitrдge zur Akustik und Musikwissenschaft vol. 7, 1913, p. 1.
Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Melodie und Skala", Jahrbuch der Musikbibliothek Peters vol. 19, 1913, p. 11.
Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Musikalische Tonsysteme", Anthropos, 1920. Also in Handbuch der Physik vol. 8, H. Geiger and K. Scheel (eds.), Julius Springer, Berlin, 1927, pp. 425-449.
Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Die MaЯnorm als kulturgeschichtliches Forschungsmittel", Festschrift Pater W. Schmidt, Wien, 1928, p. 303. And in Opera omnia, Jaap Kunst (ed.), Amsterdam, unpublished.
Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Zum KongreЯ fьr arabische Musik - Kairo 1932", Zeitschrift fьr vergleichende Musikwissenschaft vol. 1, 1933, pp. 16-17.
Hornbostel, Erich Moritz von. "Ьber einige Panpfeifen aus Nordwestbrasilien", History, definitions, and scope of ethnomusicology. Garland, New York, 1990, pp. 27-42.
Horner, Andrew and Lydia Ayers. "Common Tone Adaptive Tuning Using Genetic Algorithms", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 100 no. 1, July 1996, pp. 630-640.
Hörner, Sebastian von. "Universal Music", Psychology of Music vol. 2, 1974, pp. 18-28.
Hörner, Sebastian von. "The Definition of Major Scales with Chromatic Scales of 12, 19 and 31 Divisions per Octave", Psychology of Music vol. 4 no. 1, 1976, pp. 12-23.
Horton, Jim. "Horton Hears a Who(-le Number Ratio)", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 2, 1986, San Francisco, pp. 1, 11-14.
Horton, Jim. "Electronic/Computer Music News", Ear Magazine vol. 8 no. 3, p. 11.
Hoskin, Zeke. Putting your harp in different tunings, WWW.
Hothby, John. Opera omnia de proportionibus. 15th c., reprint American Institute of Musicology, Hдnssler-Verlag, Neuhausen, 1997, 58 pages.
Houtsma, Adrianus J.M. "Discrimination of frequency ratios", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 44, 1968, p. 383(A).
Houtsma, Adrianus J.M. and J.L. Goldstein. "The central origin of the pitch of complex tones: evidence from musical interval recognition", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 51 no. 2 (part 2), 1972, pp. 520-529.
Houtsma, Adrianus J.M. "What Determines Musical Pitch?", Journal of Music Theory vol. 17 no. 1, 1973, pp. 138-155.
Houtsma, Adrianus J.M. "Pitch salience of various complex sounds", Music Perception vol. 1 no. 3, spring 1984, pp. 296-307.
Houtsma, Adrianus J.M.; Thomas D. Rossing and W.M. Wagenaars. Auditory demonstrations. Audio CD, Instituut voor Perceptie-Onderzoek (IPO), Eindhoven, 1987, Philips 1126-061.
Howe, Hubert S. Jr. "Timbral Structures for Computer Music", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, 1975, pp. 214-225.
Howe, Hubert S. Jr. "19-Tone Theory and Applications", catalogue of papers accepted for the 1993 ICMC. [e-mail message 1993]
Howell, Standley. "Ramos de Pareja's Brief discussion of various instruments", American Musical Instrument Society journal vol. 11, 1985, pp. 14-37.
Howell, Thomas. The Avant-Garde Flute. A Handbook for Composers and Flutists. University of California Press, Berkeley, 1974.
Hubbard, Frank. Three Centuries of Harpsichord Making. Cambridge MA, 1965.
Huber, Alfons. "Der цsterreichische Klavierbau im 18. Jahrhundert", Die Klangwelt Mozarts, Kunsthistorisches Museum Wien, 1991, pp. 47-54.
Huber, Alfons. "Konstruktionsprinzipien im Clavichordbau. Ьberlegungen zur Mensurierung, Stimmtonhцhe und Besaitung bei Clavichorden des 15. bis 18. Jahrhunderts", Musik muЯ man machen. Festschrift Josef Mertin zum 90. Geburtstag, Vom Pasqualatihaus, Wien, 1994.
Hьber, Kurt Anton. "Pseudoharmonische Partialtonreihen, ihre ekmelische Intervallstrukturen. Ein neuer Klangraum der Musiktheorie", Mikrotцne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 29-48.
Hьber, Kurt Anton. "Mathematisch-physikalische Grundlagen einer ekmelischen Intervallehre", Mikrotцne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 115-124.
Hьber, Kurt Anton. "Ekmelische Harmonik", Mikrotцne III, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
Hubmann, Klaus. "Vom rechten Ton am Fagott. Zur Frage von Stimmton-Verhдltnissen im Barock", Musik muЯ man machen. Festschrift Josef Mertin zum 90. Geburtstag, Vom Pasqualatihaus, Wien, 1994.
Huener, Thomas Joel. Wolfgang Caspar Printz' Phrynis Mitilenaeus: A narrative synopsis of musica poetica. PhD diss., U. of Iowa, 1989, 171 pages.
Hughes, Andrew. "Ugolino: The Monochord and Musica Ficta", Musica Disciplina vol. 23, 1969, pp. 21-39.
Huglo, Michel. "L'Introduction en Occident des formules Byzantines d'intonation", Studies in Eastern Chant vol. 3, Milos Velimirovic (ed.), Oxford University Press, London, 1973, pp. 81-90.
Hullmander, J.N. Principles of Music Chiefly Calculated for the Pianoforte or Harpsichord. London.
Hummel, Johann Nepomuk. Ausfьrliche teoretisch-practische Anweisung zum Piano-Forte. Haslinger, Wien, 1828.
Hurwitz, Robert Irving. An investigation into the perception of root in harmonic intervals. PhD thesis, Indiana University, 1970, 64 pages.
Husmann, Heinrich. Vom Wesen der Konsonanz. Mьller-Thiergarten Verlag, Heidelberg, 1953, 79 pages.
Husmann, Heinrich. Besprechung von Gombosi: "Tonarten und Stimmungen der antiken Musik", Gцttingische Gelehrte Anzeigen vol. 211, 1957, p. 47.
Husmann, Heinrich. Einfьhrung in die Musikwissenschaft. Quelle & Meyer, Heidelberg, 1958, 268 pages.
Husmann, Heinrich. Grundlagen der antiken und orientalischen Musikkultur. Berlin, 1961.
Husmann, Heinrich. "Zur Charakteristik der Schlickschen Temperatur", Archiv fьr Musikwissenschaft vol. 24, 1967, p. 253.
Hutchinson, W. and L. Knopoff. "The acoustic component of Western consonance", Interface vol. 7, 1978, pp. 1-29.
Huygens, Christiaan. Oeuvres complètes. Tome premier, deuxiиme, troisiиme, quatriиme, cinquiиme, sixiиme, septiиme, huitième, neuviиme, dixiиme, dix-neuviиme, vingtiиme, vingt-et-uniиme, vingt-et-deuxiиme. The Hague, 1888-1950.
Huygens, Christiaan. Le cycle harmonique. Rotterdam, 1691; Novus cyclus harmonicus, Leiden, 1724. 2nd edition with English and Dutch translations, Rudolf Rasch (ed.), Tuning and temperament library vol. 6, Diapason Press, Utrecht, 1986.
- I -
Ilerici, Kemal. Tьrk musikisi tonal sistemi ve armonisi. Istanbul, 1948.
Incirci, Tahsin. Turkse muziek. Translated from Turkish to Dutch, adapted and supplemented by Wouter Swets. Nederlands Bibliotheek en Lektuur Centrum, Den Haag, 1985, 92 pages.
Ingalls, Todd. Classical Indian Tuning Systems and Scales, WWW, 1994.
Irmann, Karel. "Ladeni klavesovych hudebnich nastrou", Hudebni nastroje vol. 6 no. 5, 1969, pp. 143-144.
Irvine, Demar B. "Toward a Theory of Intervals", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 17 no. 4, April 1946, pp. 35-355.
Ives, Charles Edward. "Some 'Quarter-Tone' Impressions", Franco-American Music Society Bulletin vol. 25 no. 3, 1925: reprinted in Essays Before a Sonata and Other Writings, H. Boatwright (ed.), New York, 1962, p. 105.
Ives, Charles Edward. Memos. Reprint, John Kirkpatrick (ed.), Norton & Co., 1991.
Izawa, Hideyuki. "Alois Hбba no "atarashii ongaku-yoshiki": Gengaku shijusokyoku 12 no baai" (Alois Hбba's new music style in the string quartet op. 12), Musashino ongaku daigaku kenkyu kiyo vol. 24, 1992, pp. 17-36.
Izbickaja, Nadezda. K problemam intonacii sovremennoj horovoj muzyki: Na primere analiza horov Borisa Ljatosinskogo. PhD diss. summary, Music theory: Gosudarstvennaja Konservatorija im. P.I. Cajkovskogo, Kyjiv, 1987, 19 pages.
- J -
Jackson, William. A scheme Demonstrating the Perfection an Harmony of Sounds. London, 1726.
Jacobi, Edwin. "Giuseppe Tartini's Regola per bene accordare il violino", Kaufmann Festschrift, 1981, pp. 199-207.
Jacobi, Peter. "The strange realm of Harry Partch", The Music Magazine, July 1962, pp. 14-16.
Jacobus de Liиge. Jacobus Leodiens Speculum Musicae. c. 1325. Roger Bragard (ed.), Corpus Scriptorum de Musica vol. 3, American Institute of Musicology, Rome, 1955-1973.
Jahn, Arthur. (ed.) Aristidis Quintiliani De musica libri tres. Berlin, 1882.
Jahn, Arthur. Besonderheiten der Intonation auf der Violine. 52. Jahresbericht der staatlichen akademischen Hochschule fьr Musik, Berlin.
Jahoda, Gerhard. Identische Strukturen pytagoreischer Zahlenschemata. Lafite, Wien, 1971.
Jairazhboy, Nazir A. and A.W. Stone. "Intonation in present-day North Indian classical music", Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies vol. 26, University of London, 1963, pp. 119-132.
Jairazhboy, Nazir A. The Rags of North Indian Music: Their Structure and Evolution. Lok Virsa, Pakistan. Faber and Faber, London, 1971. Wesleyan University Press, Middletown CT, 1971. Popular Prakashan, Bombay, 1995.
Jairazhboy, Nazir A. "An interpretation of the 22 srutis", Asian Music vol. 6 no. 1-2, essays in honor of dr. Laurence E.R. Picken, Fritz A. Kuttner and Fredric Lieberman (eds.), 1975, pp. 38-59.
Jamard, T. Recherches sur la thйorie de la musique. Paris, 1769, 296 pages.
James, Richard S. "Avant-Garde Sound-on-Film Techniques and Their Relationship to Electro-Acoustic Music", Musical Quarterly vol. 72 no. 1, 1986, pp. 74-89.
Jan, Karl von. Musici Scriptores Graeci. Leipzig, 1895, 1962.
Janke, Reiner. Unser Tonsystem und seine Temperierung. Ein Diagramm zur Darstellung, WWW, 1998.
Jankó, Paul von. "Ьber mehr als zwцlfstufige gleichschwebende Temperaturen", Beitrдge zur Akustik und Musikwissenschaft vol. 3, Leipzig, 1901, p. 6.
Jankó, Paul von. Eine neue Klaviatur. Wien, 1886.
Janssens, Frank. "On the relation of beats in tempered triad", 1978.
Janssens, Frank. "A simple method to derive beat properties of temperaments", 1981.
Jeans, Sir James. Science and music. Cambridge University Press, 1937, 258 pages. Dover Publications, New York, 1968.
Jedrzejewski, Franck. Modes а transpositions limitйes dans le systиme а quarts de ton. 1987.
Jedrzejewski, Franck. Ivan Wyschnegradsky et le systиme tricesimoprimal. Paris, 1988.
Jedrzejewski, Franck. Inйdits Ivan Wyschnegradsky. Paris, 1990, 63 pages.
Jedrzejewski, Franck. Micro-intervallitй et analyse spectrale, un siиcle de recherches sur l'au-delа du systиme tempйrй (1892-1992). Self-published, Paris, 1992, 338 pages.
Jedrzejewski, Franck (ed.) Ivan Wyschnegradsky et la loi de la pansonoritй. Йditions Contrechamps, Genиve, 1996, 331 pages.
Jedrzejewski, Franck. Esthйtique des micro-intervalles. Catйgories de lumiиre, WWW, 1997.
Jedrzejewski, Franck. Avicenne et le tempйrament, WWW, 1997.
Jedrzejewski, Franck. Ivan Wyschnegradsky et le systиme tempйrй а 31 degrйs, WWW, 1997.
Jemnitz, Alexander. Vierteltцne. Neue Zeitschrift fьr Musik no. 84, 1917, pp. 45-47.
Jensen, Arthur. Ein praktischer Beitrag zur musikalischen Intonationslehre. Schriften der Hochschule "Mozarteum" Salzburg, Bd. 2. Emil Katzbichler-Verlag, München/Salzburg, 1975.
Jirбnek, Jaroslav. "Hбbas Welt-, Kunst- und Theoriereflexion", Gedanken zu Alois Hбba, Horst-Peter Hesse und Wolfgang Thies (eds.), Verlag Mьller-Speiser, Anif, 1996.
Jirka, R.R. "Blitzkurs in Stimmung und Intonierung", Instrumentenbau-Zeitschrift vol. 48, November-December 1995, pp. 42-43.
Johnson, C.W.L. Musical Pitch - the Measurement of Intervals among the Ancient Greeks. Johns Hopkins University, 1896.
Johnson, Jane Troy. "The rules for "through bass" and for tuning attributed to Hдndel", Early Music vol. 17 no. 1, February 1989, pp. 70-77.
Johnson, Michael and Robin Mackworth-Young. Tune and repair your own piano: a practical and theoretical guide to the tuning of all keyboard stringed instruments and to the running repair of the piano. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, London, 1978, 82 pages.
Johnson, William A. "History of Electronic Music - Part One... A Hymn to the Life and Times of Thaddeus Cahill (1867-1934)", Synthesis vol. 1 no. 2, 1971.
Johnston, Ben. "Letter From Urbana", Perspectives of New Music vol. 2 no. 1, fall-winter 1963, pp. 137-141.
Johnston, Ben. "Scalar Order as a Compositional Resource", Perspectives of New Music vol. 2 no. 2, 1964, pp. 56-76.
Johnston, Ben. "Proportionality and Expanded Pitch Resources", Perspectives of New Music vol. 5 no. 1, 1966, pp. 112-120.
Johnston, Ben. "Three Attacks on a Problem", Microtonal Music in America (Transcript of the Symposium of the American Society of University Composers, Washington University, St. Louis MO, April 1967. Proceedings of the ASUC 2.), pp. 89-98.
Johnston, Ben. "Tonality Regained", Proceedings of the American Society of University Composers vol. 6, 1971, pp. 113-119.
Johnston, Ben. "Microtones" and "Harry Partch", in Dictionary of Contemporary Music. Ed. John Vinton. E.P. Dutton & Co., New York, 1971, pp. 483-484 & 555-556.
Johnston, Ben. "Rational Structure in Music", American Society of University Composers Proceedings vols. 1-2, 1976/1977, pp. 102-118. Reprint in 1/1 vol. 2 no. 3 and 1/1 vol. 2 no. 4, 1986.
Johnston, Ben. "Beyond Harry Partch", Perspectives Of New Music vol. 22, 1984, pp. 223-232.
Johnston, Ben. "Rational Structure in Music: part 1", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 3, summer 1986, pp. 12-15.
Johnston, Ben. "Rational Structure in Music: part 2", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 4, fall 1986, pp. 12-18.
Johnston, Ben. "Phases 1a", score and computer program, Source, music of the avant garde vol. 1.
Johnston, Ben. "On extended Just Intonation", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 1, Sept 1991, pp. 6-7.
Johnston, Ben. "Just Intonation and Mere Intonation", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, 1994, pp. 18-19.
Johnston, Ian H. Measured Tones: The Interplay of Physics and Music. Institute of Physics Publishing, Bristol/Philadelphia, 1989, 408 pages. Reprint 1997.
Jones, Arthur Morris. "Towards an assessment of the Javanese pelog scale", Ethnomusicology vol. 7 no. 1, 1963.
Jones, Arthur Morris. "Panpipes and the equiheptatonic pitch", African music vol. 6 no. 1, South Africa, 1980, pp. 62-69.
Jones, Arthur Morris. "Peruvian panpipe tunings: more on Haeberli's data", Ethnomusicology vol. 25 no. 1, January 1981, pp. 105-107.
Jones, Clark. "Remarks on Just Intonation and Musical Scales", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 1947, p. 727.
Jones, Philip P. and John Barnes. "Bach, and Werckmeister", Early Music vol. 8 no. 4, October 1980, pp. 511-513.
Jones, Robert W. "Tuning the Macintosh", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 1, 1986, San Francisco, pp. 6-7.
Jones, Sir William. "On the musical modes of the Hindoos", Asiatick Researches vol. 3, Calcutta, 1792, pp. 55-87. Reprint in Hindu Music from Various Authors, S.M. Tagore (ed.), Calcutta, 1875, 1882, Chowkamba Sanskrit Series Office, Varanasi, 1965, pp. 125-160. S. Gupta, Calcutta, 1962.
Jones, Sir William. A Treatise on the Art of Music. Colchester, 1784, 1827.
Jonquiиre, Alfred. GrundriЯ der musikalischen Akustik. Grieben's Verlag, Leipzig, 1898.
Jordan, Daniel S. "Influence of the diatonic tonal hierarchy at microtonal intervals", Perception and Psychophysics vol. 41 no. 6, 1987, pp. 482-488.
Jordan, James. "The pedagogy of choral intonation: Efficient pedagogy of approach - an old problem", Choral Journal vol. 27 no. 9, April 1987, pp. 9-16.
Jordan, William. "Galileo and the demise of Pythagoreanism", Music and science in the age of Galileo, Kluwer Academic, Dordrecht, 1992, pp. 129-139.
Jorgensen, Owen Henry. "Forgotten sounds of music", Piano technician's journal vol. 14 no. 10, Dec. 1971, pp. 16-18.
Jorgensen, Owen Henry. Tuning the Historical Temperaments By Ear : a manual of eighty-nine methods for tuning fifty-one scales on the harpsichord, piano, and other keyboard instruments. Northern Michigan University Press, Marquette, 1977, 435 pages.
Jorgensen, Owen Henry. "Restoring forgotten temperaments", Piano technician's journal vol. 20 no. 4, May 1977, pp. 19-20.
Jorgensen, Owen Henry. "Which tunings for which music? Applying the historical temperaments", Piano technician's journal vol. 21 no. 1, January 1978, pp. 14-20.
Jorgensen, Owen Henry. "In tune with old tunings", Clavier vol. 17 no. 8, November 1978, pp. 26-28.
Jorgensen, Owen Henry. The Equal-Beating Temperaments: a handbook for tuning harpsichords and fortepianos, with tuning techniques and tables of fifteen historical temperaments. The Sunbury Press, Raleigh NC, 1981, 36 pages.
Jorgensen, Owen Henry. Tuning. Containing: The perfection of eighteenth-century temperament, The lost art of nineteenth-century temperament and The science of equal temperament. Complete with instructions for aural and electronic tuning. Michigan State University Press, East Lansing, 1991, 798 pages.
Joubert de la Salette, Pierre Joseph. "Nouvelle maniиre d'accorder les clavecins: voir Bach et Ricci, Mйthode... pour le forte-piano ou clavecin...", Paris, 1786, p. 12.
Joubert de la Salette, Pierre Joseph. Considйrations sur divers systиmes de la musique ancienne et moderne. Paris, 1810.
Joubert de la Salette, Pierre Joseph. "De la fixitй et de l'invariabilitй des sons musicaux", Sociйtй Asiatique, Paris, 1824.
Jousse, Jean. An Essay on Temperament...calculated to assist young students in tuning, correctly, the Pianoforte. London, 1832.
Jung, Karl. "Das Pleno und die Lehre von den Tonempfindungen: Ein Beitrag zur Disponierung der Orgel", Das Musikinstrument vol. 18 no. 9, Sept. 1969, pp. 1020-1021.
Jung, Karl. "Zwei mitteltцnige Temperaturen", Das Musikinstrument vol. 28 no. 3, March 1979, pp. 531-532.
Junghans, Herbert. "Einfьhrung in die Praxis historischer Stimmungen", Der Piano und Fluegelbau. Verlag Bochinsky, Frankfurt, 1984.
Jungius, Joachim. Harmonicae definitiones, in Praecipae opiniones physicae. (oeuvre posthume de l'auteur), Hamburg, 1769.
Jurgrau, Robert, Johnny Reinhard and Tui St. George Tucker (eds.) "Microtonal Music", Ear Magazine East vol. 7 no. 5, New York, 1982/1983.
- K -
Kakinuma, Toshie. The musical instruments of Harry Partch as an apparatus of production in musical theatre. PhD diss., U. of California, San Diego, 1989, 359 pages.
Kallenbach-Greller, Lotte. "Die historischen Grundlagen der Vierteltцne", Archiv fьr Musikwissenschaft vol. 8, Sept. 1927, p. 473.
Kallman, Howard J. "Octave equivalence as measured by similarity ratings", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 32 no. 1, 1982, pp. 37-49.
Kameoka, A. and M. Kuriyagawa. "Consonance theory Part I: Consonance of Dyads", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 45, 1969, pp. 1451-1459.
Kameoka, A. and M. Kuriyagawa. "Consonance theory Part II: Consonance of complex Tones and its calculation method", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 45, 1969, pp. 1460-1469.
Karadeniz, Ekrem. "Yeni Musiki sistemi", Baglama vol. 1, Gьltekin Oransay (ed.), Ankara, 1965.
Karadeniz, Ekrem. Tьrk Musikоsinin Nazariye ve Esaslari (Theory and principles of Turkish music). Tьrkiye IS Bankasi Kьltьr Yayinlari, Ankara, 1983.
Karkoschka, Erhard. Das Schriftbild der neuen Musik. Bestandsaufname neuer Notationssymbole. Anleitung zu deren Deutung, Realisation und Kritik. Moeck Verlag, Celle, 1966, 185 pages. English translation by Ruth Koenig: Notation in new music, Universal Edition, London, 1972.
Karkoschka, Erhard. "Adriaan D. Fokker: Neue Musik mit 31 Tцnen", Die Musikforschung vol. 22, 1969, pp. 115-116.
Karp, C. "A matrix technique for analyzing musical tuning systems", Acustica vol. 54, 1984, pp. 209-216.
Karpen, Richard, Douglas Keislar and Jerome Kohl (eds.) "Forum: Microtonality Today", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 1, 1992, pp. 173-175.
Kasemets, Udo, Tina Pearson and Gordon Monahan. "A tradition of experimentation: James Tenney in conversation", Musicworks: The Journal of Sound Exploration no. 27, spring 1984, pp. 2-9, 20.
Kassel, Richard. "Harry Partch in the Field", MusicWorks 51, autumn 1991, pp. 6-15.
Kassler, Jamie Croy. The science of music in Britain, 1714-1830: a catalogue of writings, lectures and inventions. Garland reference library of the humanities vol. 79, Garland, New York and London, 1979, 2 vols. 673 & 666 pages.
Kassler, Michael. "The tuning of Maxwell's Essay", Studia musicologica Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae vol. 11, 1977, pp. 27-36.
Katayama, Chikako. "Theinred of Dover ni okeru kyowa-gainen" (Theinred of Dover's conceptualization of the degree of consonance), Tokyo geijutsu-daigaku ongaku-gakubu kiyo vol. 17, 1991, pp. 21-44.
Kaufmann, Henry William. "Vicentino's Archiorgano: An Annotated Translation", Journal of Music Theory vol. 5, April 1961, pp. 32-53.
Kaufmann, Henry William. "Vicentino and the Greek genera", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 16, 1963, p. 325.
Kaufmann, Henry William. The life and works of Nicola Vicentino (1511-1576). Rome, 1966.
Kaufmann, Henry William. "More on the tuning of the Archicembalo", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 23 no. 1, spring 1970, pp. 84-94.
Kaufmann, Henry William. "Francesco Orso's commentary on the chromatic writing of his first book of madrigals (1567)", Herz Festschrift, 1981, pp. 156-164.
Kaufmann, Knid and Martin Kaufmann. "Le clavecin d'Arnaut de Zwolle", GAM. Bulletin du Groupe d'acoustique musicale vol. 54, Paris, Feb. 1971.
Kaufmann, Walter. The Ragas of North India. International Affairs Center/Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1968. Oxford & IBH Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1993.
Kaufmann, Walter. The Ragas of South India: a catalogue of scalar material. Indiana University Press, Bloomington, 1976.
Kayser, Hans. Tagebuch vom Binntal. In Abhandlungen zur Ektypik harmonikaler Wertformen, Zьrich, 1938, pp. 193-269. Reprint as Beitrдge zur harmonikalen Grundlagenforschung; Heft 9, Lafite, Wien, 1977.
Kayser, Hans. Akrуasis, the theory of world harmonics. Translated by Robert Lilienfeld, Plowshare Press, Boston, 1964. German edition, 1989.
Kayser, Hans. Aufsдtze aus dem NachlaЯ. Lafite, Wien, 1975.
Keefe, Douglas H., Edward M. Burns and Phong T. Nguyen. "Vietnamese modal scales of the dan tranh", Music perception vol. 8 no. 4, summer 1991, pp. 449-468.
Keenan, Dave. A strange 9-limit temperament, WWW, 1999.
Keenan, Dave. Harmonic errors in single-chain-of-equal-fifths tunings, WWW, 1999.
Keenan, Dave. Harmonic errors in equal tempered musical scales, WWW, 1999.
Keenan, Dave. A note on the naming of musical intervals, WWW, 1999.
Keenan, Dave. A method for optimally distributing any comma, WWW, Nov. 1999.
Keislar, Douglas. "A Programmable Microtonal Keyboard", Interval vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1986, pp. 6-9.
Keislar, Douglas. "Software for real-time microtonal control", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference. Computer Music Association, San Francisco CA, 1986, pp. 83-85.
Keislar, Douglas. "History and Principles of Microtonal Keyboards", Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 1, spring 1987, pp. 18-28.
Keislar, Douglas. Psychoacoustic Factors in Musical Intonation: Beats, Interval Tuning, and Inharmonicity. PhD thesis, Stanford University Department of Music Technical Report Stan-M-70, March 1991, 208 pages.
Keislar, Douglas. "Six American Composers on Nonstandard Tunings", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 1, winter 1991, pp. 176-211.
Keislar, Douglas. "The relevance of beating partials for musical intonation", ICMC Proceedings Montreal, 1993, pp. 202-205.
Keislar, Douglas. Music notation evaluation procedure. Music Notation Modernization Association, Kirksville MO, 1994, 108 pages.
Keller, Godfrey. A Compleat Method and a scale for tuning the Harpsichord or Spinet in A complet Method to Attaining to play a Thourough Bass. John Cullen, London, 1707.
Keller, Michaлl. Monochordum, siue tractatus de ratione harmoniae musicae. In quo certa mensura, numeris decisa, non... demonstratur. Nissae, 1636.
Kelletat, Herbert. Zur musikalischen Temperatur, I. Johann Sebastian Bach und seine Zeit. Onckel Verlag, Kassel, 1960. 2nd edition Verlag Merseburger, Kassel, 1981.
Kelletat, Herbert. Ein Beitrag zur musikalischen Temperatur der Musikinstrumente vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart. Reutlingen, 1967.
Kelletat, Herbert. "Zu Helmut K.H. Langes Besprechung von Ein Beitrag zur Musikalischen Temperatur der Musikinstrumente vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart. Eine Erwiderung", Die Musikforschung vol. 22 no. 3, July-Sept. 1969, pp. 344-348.
Kelletat, Herbert. "Zur Frage der Tonordnung bei der Restaurierung alter Orgeln", The Organ Yearbook vol. 8, 1977, pp. 61-63.
Kelletat, Herbert. Zur musikalischen Temperatur insbesondere bei Johann Sebastian Bach. Oncken, Kassel, 1979 (reprint of the 1960 ed.), 78 pages.
Kelletat, Herbert. Zur musikalischen Temperatur, II. Wiener Klassik. Verlag Merseburger, Kassel, 1982, 145 pages.
Kelley, Clarence Moore. Atlas of the Natural Enharmonic Scale and the Equal Temperament Chromatic Scale. Dedham MA, 1930.
Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Wie stimme ich selbst mein Cembalo?", Das Musikinstrument vol. 18, Frankfurt a.M., 1976, 1979, 49 pages. 3rd edition, Bochinsky, Frankfurt a.M., 1986, 73 pages. English translation The tuning of my harpsichord, Verlag Das Musikinstrument, Frankfurt a.M., 1980, 54 pages.
Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Eine Rekonstruktion der wohltemperierten Stimmung von Johann Sebastian Bach", Das Musikinstrument vol. 26 no. 1, 1977, pp. 34-35.
Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Betrachtungen zur Stimmung Werckmeister III von 1691", Das Musikinstrument vol. 26, 1977, pp. 995-996.
Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Das ungleichstufige, wohltemperierte Tonsystem", Walcha Festschrift zum 70. Geburtstag, 1978, pp. 75-91.
Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Wie kann mann die Bach-Stimmung nach den Gehцr legen?", Frankfurt a.M., 1978.
Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Was Bach a Mathematician?", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 2 no. 2, April 1978, pp. 32-36.
Kellner, Herbert Anton. "A Mathematical Approach Reconstituting J.S. Bach's Keyboard-Temperament", Bach vol. 10, October 1979, pp. 2-8.
Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Die Ungleichstufige Wohltemperierung Bachs auf Bцsendorfer-Konzertflьgeln", 1979.
Kellner, Herbert Anton. The tuning of my own harpsichord. Frankfurt a.M., 1980.
Kellner, Herbert Anton. "'Das wohltemperirte Clavier': Tuning and Musical Structure", English Harpsichord Magazine vol. 2, April 1980, pp. 137-140.
Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Das C-dur-Praeludium BWV 846 und Forkels Variante", Gesellschaft fьr Musikforschung, Report, Bayreuth 1981, pp. 332-339.
Kellner, Herbert Anton. "J'accorde mon clavecin", Das Musikinstrument, Frankfurt a.M., 1982.
Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Sur quelques aspects de l'accord du clavier bien tempйrй", Revue Musicale de Suisse Romande vol. 3 no. 1, 1982.
Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Das wohltemperirte Clavier: Implications de l'accord inйgal pour l'oeuvre et son autographe", translated by Christian Meyer. Revue de musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 143-156.
Kellner, Herbert Anton. "A propos d'une rйimpression de la Musikalische Temperatur (1691) de Werckmeister", Revue de musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 184-187.
Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Comment Bach accordait-il son clavecin?", Flыte а Bec et instruments anciens vol. 13-14, SDIA, Paris, 1985.
Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Barocke Akustik und Numero-logie in den Vier Duetten: Bachs 'musikalische Temperatur'", Alte Musik als дsthetische Gegenwart vol. 1, Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1987, pp. 439-449.
Kellner, Herbert Anton. "Bach - Temperament", The Tracker vol. 40 no. 3, the Organ Historical Society, Richmond, 1996.
Kent, Christopher. "Tuning & temperament and the British organ, 1750-1850: A century of change viewed through the repertoire", BIOS: Journal of the British Institute of Organ Studies vol. 14, 1990, pp. 21-34.
Kent, Earle L. "Influence of irregular patterns in the inharmonicity of piano tone partials upon piano tuning practice", Musical Acoustics, Piano and Wind Instruments, Benchmark Papers in Acoustics vol. 9, reprinted from Dokumentation Europiano KongreЯ Berlin 1965. 1966 by Fordergemeinschaft Klavier e.V. Published by Dowden, Hutchinson & Ross Inc., Stroudburg, Pennsylvania, 1977. Also in Das Musikinstrument vol. 31, 1982, pp. 1008-1013.
Kepler, Johannes. Harmonices mundi (Weltharmonik). 1619.
Kergomard, J., and X. Meynial. "Systиmes micro-intervalles pour les instruments de musique а vent avec trous latйraux", Journale Acoustique vol. 1, 1988, pp. 255-270.
Kessler, E.J., C. Hansen and R.N. Shepard. "Tonal schemata in the perception of music in Bali and in the West", Music Perception vol. 2 no. 2, winter 1984, pp. 131-156.
Ketels, M. "Stemmingen", Musica Antiqua, 1984.
Khatschi, Khatschi. Der Dastgвh, Studien zur Neuen Persischen Musik. Gustav Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1962.
Khoshzamir, Mojtaba. Aspects of the Persian Tasnif. Unpublished master's thesis, UIUC, 1972.
Khoshzamir, Mojtaba. Ali Naqi Vaziri and his Influence on Music and Music Education in Iran. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, UIUC, 1979.
Kiesewetter, Rafael Georg. Die Musik der Araber, nach Originalquellen dargestellt. Breitkopf und Hдrtel, Leipzig, 1842.
Kiesewetter, Rafael Georg. Der neuen Aristoxener; zerstreute Aufsдtze ьber das Irrige der musikalischen Arithmetik und das Eitle ihrer Temperaturrechnungen. Gesammelt, und mit einer historisch-kritischen Einleitung als Vorrede. Breitkopf und Hдrtel, Leipzig, 1846. Reprint: M. Sдndig, Breitkopf und Hдrtel, Wiesbaden, 1971, 68 pages.
Kiesewetter, Rafael Georg. Ьber die Oktave des Pitagoras. Leipzig, 1848.
Kimball, Buzz. "Refretting for non-twelve scales", Experimental musical instruments vol. 3 no. 6, April 1988, pp. 11-14.
Kimball, Buzz. "Toward a Music of the Hyperspheres", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 6 no. 1, June 1990, pp. 6-9.
Kimball, Buzz. "Just Modulation Computer Program & 13-Tone ET Score", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 65-70.
Kimball, Buzz. "The 13 Tone Ensemble", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 9 no. 2, December 1992, p. 5.
Kimball, Buzz. "Just Intonation Cardboard Bongos", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 9 no. 2, December 1992, p. 5.
Kimpel, Dan. "Stephen James Taylor: Taylor-Making A New Musical Vocabulary", Film Music vol. 1 no. 5, Nov/Dec 1998, pp. 28-29.
King, Anthony. "The Construction and the Tuning of the Kora", African Language Studies vol. 13, 1972, pp. 113-136.
Kirby, Wayne J. Design for a Microtone and Brain Wave Generator, WWW, 1998.
Kirck, George T. "Computer Realization of Extended Just Intonation Compositions", Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 1, spring 1987, pp. 69-75.
Kirk, R.E. "Tuning preferences for piano unison groups", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 31 no. 12, 1959, pp. 1644-1648.
Kirnberger, Johann Philipp. Construction der gleischwebenden Temperatur. Berlin, 1764.
Kirnberger, Johann Philipp. "Anweisung zum Clavierstimmen", Johann Philipp Kirnbergers Clavierьbungen, ... Vierte Sammlung, Friedrich Wilhelm Birnstiel, Berlin, 1766.
Kirnberger, Johann Philipp. Die Kunst des reinen Satzes in der Musik I. Theil. Berlin/Kцnigsberg, 1774. II. Theil. Berlin/Kцnigsberg, 1776-1779, 1793.
Kirnberger, Johann Philipp. Articles "Stimmen" and "Stimmung", in Allgemeine Theorie der schцne Kьnste ..., Johann Georg Sulzer (ed.), Leipzig, 1786-1787.
Klein, Rolf Bernd. Die Intervallehre in der deutschen Musiktheorie des 16. Jahrhunderts. Kцlner Beitrдge zur Musikforschung vol. 157, Gustav Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1989, 284 pages.
Klein, Sigmund. "Quarter-Tone Data", Pro Musica Quarterly, March 1925, p. 21.
Klerk, Dirk de. "Equal Temperament", Acta musicologica vol. 51 no. 1, January-June 1979, pp. 140-150.
Klokken no. 1 en 2, verslag van de enquкte door N.V. Eijsbouts naar het gebruik van de middentoonstemming voor beiaarden. Asten, 1951.
Klop, Gerrit C. Stemmen van clavecimbels. Werkplaats voor clavecimbelbouw, Garderen, 1974. Translation by Glen Wilson Harpsichord tuning, a course outline, Garderen, 1974. Reprint Sunbury Press, 30 pages.
Klцsch, Gerhard. "Der unendliche Tonvorrat der reinen Stimmung und seine Realisierung durch relationale Notenschrift und Schiebetastatur", Mikrotцne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 221-226.
Klцsch, Gerhard. "Von der Eulerschen Konsonanztheorie zum relationalen Tonsystem. Ordnung in der Unendlichkeit der Tцne", Mikrotцne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 51-64.
Klцsch, Gerhard. "Periodenstrukturen als Grundlage einer mathematisch fundierten Harmonielehre", Mikrotцne III, Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
Klцsch, Gerhard. "Der Home-Computer als mikrotonale Heimorgel fьr beliebige Tonsysteme", Mikrotцne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, Mьnchen, 1993.
Knight, Roderic C. "Vibrato-octaves: Tunings and modes of the Mande balo and kora", Progress reports in ethnomusicology vol. 3 no. 4, 1991, pp. 1-49.
Knudsen, Vern. O. "Some Cultural Applications of Modern Acoustics", Journ. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 9 no. 3, January 1938, pp. 175-184.
Koenig, Gottfried Michael. "Kommentar zu Stockhausen...Wie die Zeit verging...zu Fokker Wozu und Warum?", Die Reihe vol. 8, 1962, pp. 73-92.
Koepf, Siegfried. "Zum Nichttemperierten 48-Ton-System", Feedback Papers vol. 40, Feedback Studio Verlag, Kцln.
Kogut, Gennadiy Aleksandrovich, and Mikhael Sergeevich Shadrin. "The basic sound opportunities of 17-notes equal temperament", "Ukrainian music scientific", vol. 4, edition "The Musical Ukraine", Kiev, 1969, pp. 203-217, in Ukrainian.
Kogut, Gennadiy Aleksandrovich. "41-notes equal temperament and use of its (her) opportunities in folk music notation", "A scientific slip" (An art series), the edition of the Ternopol Pedagogical University by V. Gnatiuk, vol. 1 no. 2, 1999, pp. 96-104, in Ukrainian.
Kogut, Gennadiy Aleksandrovich. "From acoustic realities - to music of the future", "A scientific slip" (An art series), the edition of the Ternopol Pedagogical University by V. Gnatiuk, vol. 2 no. 3, 1999, pp. 13-21, in Ukrainian.
Kohl, Randall Charles. The Hawaiian slack key guitar tradition as performed by Raymond K. Kane: An analysis of performance and composition techniques in Taro Patch and other tunings. MA thesis, Music, U. of Hawaii, 1990, 374 pages.
Kolinski, Mieczyslaw. "A New Equi-Distant 12-Tone Temperament", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 12 nos. 2-3, 1959, pp. 210-214.
Kolinski, Mieczyslaw. "The Origin of the Indian 22-Tone System", Studies in Ethnomusicology vol. 1, 1961, pp. 3-18.
Kolinski, Mieczyslaw. "Gestalt Hearing of Intervals", The Commonwealth of Music (Festschrift for Curt Sachs), G. Reese and R. Brandel (eds.), Free Press, New York, 1965, pp. 368-374.
Kolk, Dieter. Zahl und Qualitдt : Abhandlungen zur Harmonik Hans Kaysers. Schriften ьber Harmonik Nr. 19, Kreis der Freunde um Hans Kayser, Bern, 1995, 456 pages.
Kollmann, August Friederich Christoph. "An essay on musical harmony according to the nature of that science", London, 1796.
Kцnig, Alfred P. "Barockgitarre und Theorbe: Eine interessante Entdeckung beim Vergleich ihrer Stimmung", Gitarre & Laute vol. 14 no. 1, 1992, pp. 19-20.
Kornerup, Thorwald Otto. Musical Acoustics Based on the Pure Third-System. Wilhelm Hansen Musik-Forlag, Copenhagen, 1922.
Kornerup, Thorwald Otto. Die Hochteilung der Oktave. Copenhagen, 1930.
Kornerup, Thorwald Otto. Das Tonsystem des Italieners Zarlino vom Jahr 1558, 1930 in ein modernes Wertbezug-System zur Wьrdigung der 31-, 19- und 12-tцnigen Temperaturen umgebildet. Ein sehr konzentrierter Extrakt. Self-published, Copenhagen, 1930, 16 pages. Translated from Danish to German by P. Friedrich Paulsen.
Kornerup, Thorwald. Akustische Gesetze fьr die Akkord- und Skala-Bildung. Copenhagen, 1930.
Kornerup, Thorwald. Das Goldene Tonsystem als Fundament der theoretischen Akustik. Aschehoug Forlag, Copenhagen, 1930.
Kornerup, Thorwald. Die Vorlдufer der gleichschwebenden Temperaturen mit 19 oder 31 Tцnen in der Oktave. Translated from Danish to German by P. Friedrich Paulsen. J. Jorgensen, Copenhagen, 1930.
Kornerup, Thorwald. Von der Urform 5-Toniger Skalen zu den goldenen Tцnen elektrischer Instrumente. Copenhagen, 1931.
Kornerup, Thorwald. Acoustic methods of work in relation to systematic comparative musicology. Translated by Maurice Baruel, J. Jorgensen and Co., Copenhagen, 1934.
Kornerup, Thorwald. Acoustic Valuation of Intervals. Translated by Jean Ferguson. Aschehoug Forlag, Copenhagen, 1938.
Kostelanetz, Richard. "A Conversation, in Eleven-Minus-One Parts, with Lou Harrison about Music/Theatre", Musical Quarterly, 1992, p. 383 ff.
Kottick, Edward L. "Treatise on harpsichord tuning (review)", Early Keyboard Journal vol. 6/7, 1988/89, pp. 214-218.
Kottick, Edward L. "Bonifazio Asioli and Equal Temperaments", Early Keyboard Journal vol. 9, 1991.
Krдhenbьhl, David and Christopher Schmidt. "On the Development of Musical Systems", Journal of Music Theory vol. 6 no. 1, spring 1962, pp. 32-65.
Krantz, R.J. and Jack Douthett. "A measure of reasonableness of equal-tempered musical scales", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 95 no. 6, June 1994, pp. 3642-3650.
Krebs, Karl. "Die besaiteten Klavierinstrumente bis zum Anfang des 17. Jahrhunderts", Vierteljahresschrift fьr Musikwissenschaft vol. 8, 1892.
Kremer, Joseph-Franзois. Rameau, l'harmonie et les mйprises de la tradition. Mйridiens-Klincksieck, Paris, 1986.
Krenek, Ernst. Ьber neue Musik. Wien, 1937.
Kronman, Ulf. "Acoustics of the steelpan: Tone generation and tuning--an introductory study of methods for measurements", Speech transmission laboratory no. 4, 1988, pp. 59-73.
Kronman, Ulf. Steel pan tuning: A handbook for steel pan making and tuning. Musikmuseets skrifter no. 20, Musikmuseet, Stockholm, 1992, 174 pages.
Kroyer, Theodor. Die Anfдnge der Chromatik im italienischen Madrigal des XVI. Jahrhunderts. 1902.
Krueger, Felix. "Differenztцne und Konsonanz", Archiv f. d. gesamte Psychologie vol. 1 & 2, 1903.
Krьger, Hans. "Die Verstimmung (scordatura, discrodatura) auf Saiten-Instrumenten in Beziehung zur klanglichen Einrichtung der Instrumente und zum Tonsystem und ihre Folgen auf die Auffьhrungspraxis", Bericht ьber den siebenten internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen KongreЯ Kцln 1958, Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1959.
Krьger, Walther. "Bemerkungen zur Stimmungscharakteristik und stimmungsmassigen Adaptionsfдhigkeit bei Blasinstrumenten", Bericht ьber das 3. Symposium zu Fragen der Streichinstrumente, Saiten und Stimmungen, Kultur- und Forschungsstдtte, Institut fьr Auffьhrungspraxis, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1983, pp. 64-73.
Krumhansl, Carol L. and Roger N. Shepard. Component factors in judgments of scale completion. Paper presented at the Western Psychological Association Symposium, Cognitive structure of musical pitch, San Francisco, 1978.
Krumhansl, Carol L. and Roger N. Shepard. "Quantification of the hierarchy of tonal functions within a diatonic context", Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance vol. 5, 1979, pp. 579-594.
Krumhansl, Carol L. "General Properties of Musical Pitch Systems: Some Psychological Considerations", in Johan Sundberg (ed.), Harmony and Tonality. Royal Swedish Academy of Music (Publication # 54), Stockholm, 1987, pp. 33-52.
Krumhansl, Carol L. The Cognitive Foundations of Musical Pitch. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1990.
Krumhansl, Carol L. and Paul Iverson. "Perceptual Interactions Between Musical Pitch and Timbre", Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance vol. 18, 1992, pp. 739-751.
Kubik, Gerhard. Natureza e estrutura de escalas musicais africanas. Portuguese translation by Joгo de Freitas Branco, Junta de Investigaзхes do Ultramar, Lisboa, 1970, 36 pages.
Kubik, Gerhard. "Aufbau und Struktur der amadinda-Musik von Buganda", Graf Festschrift, 1976, pp. 109-137.
Kubik, Gerhard. Theory of African music. 9 essays. PhD diss., Musicology: U. Wien, 1980, 397 pages.
Kubik, Gerhard. "Likembe tunings of Kufuna Kandonga (Angola)", African music vol. 6 no. 1, South Africa, 1980, pp. 70-88.
Kubik, Gerhard. "African tone systems: A reassessment", Yearbook of the International Folk Music Council Int. vol. 17, 1985, pp. 31-63.
Kudelski, Stefan. The S 52: A New Electronic Instrument for Musical Research. Lausanne, 1969.
Kuhl, Jьrgen. "Die Orgelstimmungen von Ignaz Bruder und Andreas Silbermann", Acta organologica vol. 16, 1982, pp. 249-264.
Kuhl, Jьrgen. "Ьber ungleichschwebenden Orgelstimmungen", Acta organologica vol. 19, 1987, pp. 239-250.
Kulbin, N. Free Music. Self-published, Moscow, 1915.
Kullber, B.L. "Holland: Harmonische Musik mit 31 Tцnen", Neue Zeitschrift fьr Musik vol. 128, March 1967, pp. 97-98.
Kummel, Hans Martin. "Zur Stimmung der babylonischen Harfe", Orientalia. Nova series vol. 39 no. 2, 1970, pp. 252-263.
Kuna, M. "Torso vztahu lidkиho a umиleckиho (korespondence Aloise Hбby Vaclavu Talichovi", HV vol. 8, 1971, p. 94.
Kunst, Jaap and C.J.A Kunst-Van Wely. "Over toonschalen en instrumenten van West-Java", Djawa vol. 3, Weltevreden, 1923, pp. 26-40.
Kunst, Jaap. De toonkunst van Bali. Weltevreden, 1925.
Kunst, Jaap. "De l'origine des йchelles musicales javano-balinaises", Journal of the Siam Society vol. 23, Bangkok, 1929, pp. 111-122.
Kunst, Jaap. "Teylers muzikale prijsvraag", Mens en Melodie vol. 1, 1946, pp. 19-22.
Kunst, Jaap. De toonkunst van Java. Martinus Nijhoff, Den Haag, 1934. English edition Music in Java: its history, its theory and its technique, E.L. Heins (ed.), 2 vols., Martinus Nijhoff, The Hague, 1949, third ed. 1973, 660 pages.
Kunst, Jaap. Around von Hornbostel's theory of the cycle of blown fifths. Instituut voor de Tropen, mededeling no. 76, Koninklijke Vereniging Indisch Instituut (Royal Netherlands Institute for the Indies), Amsterdam, 1948, 35 pages. Reprint in Ethnomusicological theory and method, Garland, New York, 1990, pp. 43-75.
Kuppuswami, T.V. Carnatic Music and the Tamils. Kalinga Publications, Delhi, 1992, 334 pages.
Kurenniemi, Erkki. "Divisor harmonies", Musiikki vol. 19 no. 1-4, 1989, p. 462-472.
Kurosawa, T. "The Musical Bow of the Bununs tribe in Formosa and suggestions as to the origin of the Pentatonic Scale", Toyo Ongaku Kenkyu vol. 10-11, Tokyo, 1952, pp. 18-32.
Kurt, Irfan. Baglamada duzen ve pozisyon (Tuning and positioning of the baglama). Yayincilik, Ankara, 1989, 95 pages.
Kurz, Michael. Klangsynthese mittels physikalischer Modellierung einer schwingenden Saite durch numerische Integration der Differentialgleichung. Diplomarbeit Technische Universitдt Berlin, 1995.
Kuttner, Fritz A. "The Science of Music in Ancient China: When an Acoustical Engineering Experiment Might Last Five Centuries", High Fidelity, August 1955, p. 52 ff.
Kuttner, Fritz A. "A 'Pythagorean' Tone-System in China - Antedating the Early Greek Achievements by several centuries", Bericht ьber den siebenten internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen KongreЯ Kцln 1958, Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1959.
Kuttner, Fritz A. and J. Murray Barbour. Meantone Temperament in Theory and Practice and The Theory and Practice of Just Intonation and The Theory of Classical Greek Music. Introductory Notes. Musurgia Records A-3, New York, 1958.
Kuttner, Fritz A. "A musicological interpretation of the 12 Lьs in China's traditional tone system", Ethnomusicology vol. 9 no. 1, 1965, pp. 22-38.
Kuttner, Fritz A. "Prince Chu Tsai-Yь's (Zhu Zayu) life and work: a re-evaluation of his contribution to equal temperament theory", Ethnomusicology vol. 19 no. 2, May 1975, pp. 163-206. Also in Studien zur Phдnomenologie der musikalischen Gestaltung: Festschrift fьr Marinus Schneider, Regensburg, 1977.
Kuttner, Fritz A. "The 749-temperament of Huai Nan Tzu (+ 123 B.C.)", Asian Music vol. 6 no. 1-2, essays in honor of dr. Laurence E.R. Picken, Fritz A. Kuttner and Fredric Lieberman (eds.), 1975, pp. 88-112.
Kuttner, Fritz A. The Archaeology of Music in Ancient China: 2000 Years of Acoustical Experimentation 1400 B.C.-A.D. 750. Paragon House, New York, 1989, 240 pages.
Kutz, Adalbert. Musikgeschichte und Tonsystematik. Junker und Dьnnhaupt, Berlin, 1943.
Kwon, O-Yeon. Die Theorie und Praxis der Intonationen in der traditionellen koreanischen Musik, gemessen an den Wцlbbrettzithern Komun'go und K'ayagum. Kцlner Beitrдge zur Musikforschung vol. 169, Gustav Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1992, 237 pages.
- L -
Laborde, Jean-Benjamin de. Mйmoires sur les Proportions musicales, le genre йnarmonique des Grecs et celui des Modernes. Supplйment а l'Essai sur la musique, Philippe-Denys Pierres, Paris, 1781, 70 pages.
Laborde, Jean-Benjamin de. Mйmoires sur le nouveau clavecin chromatique de M. de Laborde. Pierres Ph. Denys, Paris, 1782.
Lachmann, Robert and Mahmoud el Hefny. "Ja`qub Ibn Ishaq al-Kindi: Ьber die Komposition der Melodien", Verцffentlichungen der Gesellschaft zur Erforschung der Musik des Orients vol. 1, Leipzig, 1931.
Lachmann, Robert. "Die Vina und das indische Tonsystem bei Bharata", Zeitschrift fьr vergleichende Musikwissenschaft vol. 2, 1934.
Lai, Eric C. A Theory of Pitch Organization in the Early Music of Chou Wen-Chung. PhD thesis, Indiana University, 1995. 286 pages.
Laloy, Louis. "Aristoxиne de Tarente et la musique de l'Antiquitй", 1904.
Lambert, Johann Heinrich. "Remarques sur le tempйrament en musique", Nouveau mйmoires de l'Acadйmie Royale des sciences et belles-lettres, Voss Chrйtien Frйdйric, Berlin, 1774, 1776, pp. 55-73.
Lambert, Johann Heinrich. "Gedanken ьber die musikalische Temperatur", Historisch-Kritische Beytrдge zur Aufnahme der Musik vols. 5, 6, Stьck, 1778. Art. no. 1, pp. 417-450. Translated by Friedrich Wilhelm Marpurg.
Lambooij, Th. "Klaas Douwes van Tzum (Fr.) en zijn 'Grondig Onderzoek van de Toonen der Musyk'", Mens en Melodie vol. 8 no. 3, 1953, pp. 80-82.
Lamothe, Pierre. " Diffйrentes gammes encore en usage", WWW, 1994.
Lamothe, Pierre. "Pourquoi les gammes naturelles ne sont-elles pas symйtriques ?", WWW, 2000.
Lan, Guangming. A Musical Theoretical System Based on the Interval of the Fifth. PhD diss., Music Theory, Yale University.
Land, J.P.N. "Over de toonladders der Arabische muziek", Verslagen en Mededelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, afdeling Letterkunde, tweede reeks, vol. 1, 1880.
Land, J.P.N. "Recherches sur l'histoire de la gamme arabe", Actes du Sixiиme Congrиs International des Orientalistes tenu en 1883 а Leide Band 2, Leiden, 1885, pp. 35-168.
Land, J.P.N. Ьber die Tonkunst der Javanen. Leipzig, 1889.
Land, J.P.N. "Het toonstelsel van Christiaan Huygens", Tijdschrift van de Vereniging voor Nederlandse Muziekgeschiedenis vol. 3, 1891, pp. 197-203.
Lanfranco, Giovanni Maria. Scintille di musica di Giovan Maria Lanfranco da Terentio Parmegiano che mostrano a leggere il canto fermo, & figurato, gli accideti delle note misurate, le proportioni, i tuoni, il contrapunto, et la diuisione del monochordo, co la accordatura de uarii instrumenti, dalla quale nasce un modo, onde ciascu per se stesso imparare potra le uoci di la, sol, fa, mi, re vt .... Brescia, 1533. English translation by B. Lee, Cornell University, 1961.
Lange, Helmut Karl Heinz. "In memoriam Arnolt Schlick", Hamburg, 1965.
Lange, Helmut Karl Heinz. "Ein Beitrag zur Musikalischen Temperatur der Musikinstrumente vom Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart", Die Musikforschung 21, 1968, p. 482 ff.
Lange, Helmut Karl Heinz. "Die Orgelstimmung Gottfried Silbermanns. Ein Beitrag zur Auffьhrungspraxis alter Musik", Bericht ьber den internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen KongreЯ Bonn 1970, p. 487. Also in: ISO-Information vol. 8, Sept. 1972, vol. 9, Feb. 1973. Also in: Acta organologica vol. 7, 1973, pp. 158-188.
Lange, Helmut Karl Heinz. "Die mitteltцnige Stimmung", Das Musikinstrument vol. 22, 1973.
Lange, Helmut Karl Heinz. Tonlogarithmen. Musikalisch-akustisches Tabellenwerk. Verцffentlichungen zur Musikforschung vol. 4, Heinrichshofen's Verlag, Wilhelmshaven, 1978, 148 pages.
Lange, Helmut Karl Heinz. "Das Clavecin brise von Jean Marius in der Berliner Sammlung und die Schlick-Stimmung", Die Musikforschung vol. 31 no. 1, 1978, pp. 57-79.
Lange, Helmut Karl Heinz. "Ьber die Bedeutung des Syntonischen Kommas und seine Verwendung in der Orgelstimmung Gottfried Silbermanns", Acta organologica vol. 16, 1982, pp. 235-248.
Laprade, Paul A. "Treatise on harpsichord tuning (review)", Theoria: Historical aspects of music theory vol. 4, 1989, pp. 123-129.
Laske, Otto E. "The tuning of the world (review)", Musical Quarterly vol. 64 no. 3, July 1978, pp. 394-397.
Last, Gert. "Quo vadis Zither?", Die Volksmusik vol. 41 no. 10-12, 1986, pp. 1-6.
Lattard, Jean. Gammes et tempйraments musicaux. Masson, Paris, 1988, 130 pages.
Lawrence, John S. "The diatonic scale: More than meets the ear", The journal of aesthetics and art criticism vol. 46 no. 2, winter 1987, pp. 281-291.
Lawrence, Robert Edwin. The music treatises of Thomas Salmon (1648-1706). MA thesis, Music, U. of Calgary, 1991, 108 pages.
Leach, John. "The psaltery", The consort vol. 27, July 1971, pp. 39-49.
Lederer, Muriel. "Mathematics Makes a New Music: This Experimenter Uses 43 Notes to the Octave and Some Strange Home-Built Instruments - to Create a Startling New Music", Science and Mathematics, December 1960, pp. 74-77.
Lee, Riley Kelly. "How my harpsichord goes out of tune", FoMRHI quarterly no. 69, October 1992, pp. 31-35.
Leedy, Douglas. "Tuning the historical temperaments by ear (review)", American Musical Instrument Society journal vols. 5-6, 1979-80, pp. 197-200.
Leedy, Douglas. "Tuning Systems", in The New Grove Dictionary of American Music vol. 4, Macmillan, London, 1980, pp. 420-426.
Leedy, Douglas. "Intervals in Recent Writings - A Review: Including the New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians", Interval vol. 3 no. 3, pp. 20-23.
Leedy, Douglas. "A Selective List of Source Materials on Alternative Tuning Systems in American Music", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, 1983, pp. 7-9.
Leedy, Douglas. "In Praise of Other Intervals", Cum Notis Variorum vols. 1-2 no. 59, Jan./Feb. 1982, pp. 7-10.
Leedy, Douglas. "New Music for an Old Temperament?", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1982-3, pp. 16-19.
Leedy, Douglas. "String Quartet (1965-1975), I.S.I.M.", Xenharmonikôn vol. 9, 1986.
Leedy, Douglas. "A venerable temperament rediscovered", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 2, summer 1991, pp. 202-211.
Leedy, Douglas. "Giving Number a Voice", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 56-59.
Leedy, Douglas. "Review of Martin Vogel's 'On the relations of tone'", Xenharmonikфn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 120-123.
Legros, Henry. Gammes et tempйraments. Paris.
Legros, Henry. Le tempйrament. Universitй Paris VII, Paris, 1972.
Legros, Henry. "Le tempйrament dans la musique d'orgue franзaise classique", Lausanne, 1975.
Legros, Henry. "L'orgue bien tempйrй", La Revue Musicale, Paris, 1977.
Legros, Henry. "Le tempйrament d'aprиs Mercadier de Bйlesta", 1978-1979.
Legros, Henry. "Le tempйrament des orgues en France aux 17иme et 18иme siиcles", in Visitatio Organorum dl. 2. Feestbundel voor Maarten Albert Vente ter gelegenheid van zijn 65e verjaardag, Albert Dunning (ed.), Frits Knuf, Buren, 1980, pp. 419-438.
Legros, Henry. "A propos du 'deuxiиme tempйrament' de Dom Bйdos de Celles", La facture de clavecin du XVe au XVIIIe siиcle, Louvain, 1980, pp. 111-121.
Lehman, Paul R., "Ancient Scales and Modern Musicians", 1970.
Lehr, Andrй. "The system of the Hemony-carillons tuning", Acustica vol. 1, 1951, pp. 101-104.
Lehr, Andrй. "De stemming van oude beiaarden. Namen zij wanklanken voor lief?", Mens en Melodie vol. 22, 1967, pp. 212-215.
Lehr, Andrй. Van paardebel tot speelklok. De geschiedenis van de klokgietkunst in de Lage Landen. Cultuurgeschiedenis der Lage Landen vol. 7, Europese Bibliotheek, Zaltbommel, 1971, 1981, 430 pages.
Lehr, Andrй. "Stemmingen en klokkenspelen", Klok en Klepel, tijdschrift van de Nederlandse Klokkenspel-Vereniging vol. 32, June 1984, pp. 14-19.
Lehr, Andrй. The designing of swinging bells and carillon bells in the past and present. Athanasius Foundation, Asten, 1987.
Leib, Walter, Alwine Leib-Lang (ed.) Von Glocken, Klangen und Tonsystemen. Series: Quellen und Studien zur Musikgeschichte von der Antike bis in die Gegenwart no. 28. Lang, Frankfurt a.M., 1991, 148 pages.
Leigh-Silver, A.L. "Equal Beating Chromatic Scale", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 29 no. 4, April 1957, p. 478.
Leigh-Silver, A.L. "Some musico-mathematical curiosities", Mathematical Gazette vol. 48, 1964, pp. 1-17.
Leigh-Silver, A.L. Notes on the Duodecimal Division of the Octave. The Institute of Musical Instrument Technology, London, 1964.
Leigh-Silver, A.L. Musimatics or the Nun's Fiddle. April 1971.
Leipp, Йmile. Le problиme du diapason. Universitй Paris VII, Paris, 1964.
Leipp, Йmile. Le diapason. Universitй Paris VII, Paris, 1968.
Leipp, Йmile. La sensation de hauteur et d'intervalle. Masson, Paris, 1976.
Leipp, Йmile. Acoustique et Musique. Masson, Paris, 1976.
Leipp, Йmile. "Critique des fondements de la thйorie de J. Ph. Rameau", La Revue Musicale vol. 260.
Leipp, Йmile, Franзois Agostini and Michиle Castellengo. "Un diapason йlectronique nouveau а l'Opera de Paris", Bulletin de Groupe d'Acoustique Musicale vol. 40, Feb. 1969, pp. 1-19.
Leipp, Йmile and Michиle Castellengo. Du diapason et de sa relativitй. Richard-Masse, Paris, 1977.
Lemkes, Bouw. "Over zuivere intonatie. Het levenswerk van prof. dr. A.D. Fokker", Mens en Melodie vol. 23 no. 2, 1968, pp. 37-42.
Lemkes, Bouw and Jeanne Vos. "Mikrotonale Musik in den Niederlanden", Mikrotцne I, Edition Hellbling, Innsbruck. 1986, pp. 117-122.
Lemmens, Michel. "Archivalische gegevens betreffende het Delhaye-orgel te Paal- Beringen (1835-36)", Adem: Driemaandelijks tijdschrift voor musikalische Volkskunde vol. 25 no. 1, Jan-Mar. 1989, pp. 9-13.
Lenihan, J.M.A. and S. MacNeill. "An Acoustical Study of the Highland Bagpipe", Acustica vol. 4, 1954, pp. 231-232.
Lenormand, Renй. Йtude sur l'harmonie moderne. Eschig, Paris, 1925. English translation by Herbert Antcliffe: A Study of Twentieth Century Harmony. B.T. Wood, Boston, 1940.
Lenson, David. Non-Specific Accidentals - A study in temperament. MA thesis, University of Western Ontario, 1997.
Lentz, Donald A. Tones and Intervals in Hindu Classical Music. University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln NE, 1961.
Lentz, Donald A. The Gamelan Music of Java and Bali. University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln NE, 1965.
Leone, Ugo and Pietro Righini. Il diapason. Storia e vicende della sua normalizzazione. ERI, Torino, 1969, 134 pages.
Leroux, Philippe. "Analyse des Intйgrations Opus 49", Premier Cahier Ivan Wyschnegradsky, Paris, March 1985, pp. 87-104.
Leroy, C. "Les Hommages а Juliбn Carrillo", Les Nouvelles du Mexique no. 43-44, 1966, pp. 50-54.
Leuba, Christopher. A Study of Musical Intonation. Prospect Publications, Seattle, 1962. 2nd revised edition, 1980, 21 pages.
Levarie, Siegmund and Ernst Levy. "The Pythagorean table", Main currents in modern thought vol. 30 no. 3-4, 1974, pp. 117-129.
Levarie, Siegmund and Ernst Levy. A Study in Musical Acoustics. Kent State University Press, 1980. Greenwood Publishing, 1981.
Levelt, W.J.M., J.P. van de Geer, and Renier Plomp. "Triadic Comparisons of Musical Intervals", The British Journal of Mathematical and Statistical Psychology vol. 9 no. 2, Nov. 1966, p. 177.
Levens, M. de. Abrйgй des rиgles de l'Harmonie....avec un nouveau projet sur un systиme de Musique sans tempйrament, ni cordes mobiles. Chapuis Jean, Bordeaux, 1743.
Levenson, Thomas. Measure for Measure - how music and science together have explored the universe. Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1997.
Levin, Flora R. (ed.) The Manual of Harmonics of Nicomachus the Pythagorean. Phanes Press, Grand Rapids MI, 1994.
Levy, Fabien. " Plaidoyer pour une oreille subjective et partisane. Une approche 'pythagoricienne' de la perception culturelle des intervalles", Cahiers des philosophies du langage n°3 - Philosophie et musique, A. Soulez, Y. Sebestik, F. Schmitz (eds.), Lharmattan йd, Paris, 1998.
Levy, Jim. "Joseph Amiot and enlightenment speculation on the origin of Pythagorean tuning in China", Theoria: Historical aspects of music theory vol. 4, 1989, pp. 63-88.
Levy, K.J. "Costeley's Chromatic Chanson", Annales musicologiques vol. 3, 1955, pp. 213-263.
Levy, Mark. Intonation in North Indian Music: a select comparison of theories with contemporary practice. Biblia Impex Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 1982, 224 pages.
Lewin, David. "Forte's interval vector, my interval function, and Regener's common-note function", Journal of Music Theory vol. 21, 1977, pp. 194-237.
Lewin, David. "A Formal Theory of Generalized Tonal Functions", Journal of Music Theory vol. 26, 1982, pp. 23-60.
Lewin, David. Generalized Musical Intervals and Transformations. Yale University Press, New Haven-London, 1987, 258 pages.
Lewis, Joel. "Voice of America", The Wire vol. 523, June 1994, pp. 44-45.
Lewis, Pierre. Understanding Temperaments, WWW, 1998.
Li, Chunyi. "Guanyu Yinzhong de yanjiu", Kaogu xuebao vol. 3 (Bulletin of archeology), 1957.
Li, Chunyi. Zhongguo gudai yinyue shigao. Yinye Chubanshe, Beijing, 1958, 2 vols. Revised edition 1964.
Li, Chunyi. "Zhu Zhaiyu shier pingjunlu faming niandai bianzheng" (The probable date of Zhu Zaiyu's invention of the twelve equal temperaments), Yinyue yanjiu vol. 3, 1980, pp. 33-34.
Liang, Mingyue. Music of the Billion. An introduction to Chinese musical culture. Heinrichshofen Edition, New York, 1985, 309 pages.
Liang, Mingyue. "Temperament and Musicology of Ancient Hubei Tones: Study on Guqin 'You Lan' and Music of Seven Stringed Zither", Music Study, 1989, no. 1, pp. 47-49, in Chinese.
Lichte, W.H. "One Man's Preferred Pitch", American Journal of Psychology, 1955.
Liddle, Elizabeth. "Tuning", in Play the Viol: The Complete Guide to Playing the Treble, Tenor, and Bass Viol, Alison Crum (ed.), Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1989, pp. 155-164.
Lieber, Edgar. "Saitendaten: Und was kann daraus ersehen werden?", Saiten und ihre Herstellung in Vergangenheit und Gegenwart. Institut fьr Auffьhrungspraxis der Musik des 18. Jahrhunderts, Blankenburg/Harz, 1991, pp. 16-25.
Lieberman, Fredric. The Chinese long zither ch'in: a study based on the Mei-an ch'in-p'u. Doctoral diss. U. of Washington, Seattle, 1977.
Lieberman, Marc. "A scientist's account of the French organ in 1704", Diapason vol. 73 no. 2 (867), February 1982, pp. 16-17.
Limbach, Albert. Die Kunst reiner Intonation. Studien zu unbegleitetem Solo- und Chorgesang in Oper und Konzert. Breitkopf und Hдrtel, Wiesbaden, 1980, 56 pages.
Linde, K. van de. "F.-J. Ratte: Die Temperatur der Clavierinstrumente (review)", Musica Antiqua, 1993.
Lindley, Mark. "Early Sixteenth-century keyboard temperaments", Musica Disciplina vol. 28, 1974, p. 129.
Lindley, Mark. "Fifteenth-century evidence for meantone temperament", Proceedings of the Royal Musical Association vol. 102, 1976, pp. 37-51.
Lindley, Mark. "Instructions for the clavier diversely tempered", Early Music vol. 5 no. 1, January 1977, pp. 18-23.
Lindley, Mark. "Storia et pratica dell'accordatura et Accordatura per Bach", Cuneo, 1977.
Lindley, Mark. "Tuning the historical temperaments by ear (review)", Notes vol. 34 no. 3, March 1978, Music Library Association.
Lindley, Mark. "Review of Owen Jorgensen: Tuning Historical Temperaments by Ear", Early Music, Jul. 1978, p. 453.
Lindley, Mark. "Luнs de Milбn and meantone temperament", Journal of the Lute Society of America vol. 11, 1978, pp. 45-62.
Lindley, Mark. "Pythagorean intonation and the rise of the triad", Royal Musical Association Research Chronicle vol. 16, 1980, pp. 4-61.
Lindley, Mark. "La 'practica ben regolata' di Francescantonio Vallotti", Rivista italiana di musicologia vol. 16, 1980.
Lindley, Mark. "Mersenne on Keyboard Tuning", Journal of Music Theory vol. 24, 1980, pp. 167-203.
Lindley, Mark. "Leonhard Euler als Musiktheoretiker", in KongreЯbericht Bayreuth 1981, Kassel, 1981.
Lindley, Mark. "Der Tartini-Schuler Michele Stratico", in KongreЯbericht Bayreuth 1981, Kassel, 1981.
Lindley, Mark. Chromatic systems (or non-systems) from Vicentino to Monteverdi. 1983.
Lindley, Mark. Lutes, viols, and temperaments. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1984, 141 pages. German translation Lauten, Gamben und Stimmungen. Quellen und Schriften: Erganzungs-Reihe no. 1, Tre Fontane, Wilsingen, 1990, 160 pages.
Lindley, Mark. "J.S. Bach's tunings", The Musical Times vol. 126 no. 1714, December 1985, pp. 721-726.
Lindley, Mark. "Heinrich Schьtz: Intonazione della scala e struttura tonale. I", Il flauto dolce: Rivista per lo studio e la pratica della musica antica no. 14-15, Apr-Oct. 1986, pp. 58-65.
Lindley, Mark. "Stimmung und Temperatur", in F. Zaminer (ed.), Hцren, messen und rechnen in der frьhen Neuzeit, vol. 6 of Geschichte der Musiktheorie, Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, Darmstadt, 1987, pp. 109-331.
Lindley, Mark. "J.S. Bachs Klavierstimmung", Alte Musik als дsthetische Gegenwart vol. 2, Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1987, pp. 409-421.
Lindley, Mark. "Just Intonation", in The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians vol. 9, Stanley Sadie (ed.), Macmillan, London, 1987, pp. 756-758.
Lindley, Mark. "Temperaments", in The New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians vol. 3, Stanley Sadie (ed.), Macmillan, London, 1987, pp. 540-555.
Lindley, Mark. "A suggested improvement for the Fisk organ at Stanford", Performance Practice Review vol. 1 no. 1-2, spring-fall 1988, pp. 107-132.
Lindley, Mark. "Heinrich Schьtz: Intonazione della scala e struttura tonale. II", Recercare: Rivista per lo studio e la pratica della musica antica vol. 1, 1989, pp. 41-93.
Lindley, Mark. "Tuning and intonation", Performance practice: Music after 1600 vol. 2, Howard Mayer Brown and Stanley Sadie (eds.), Macmillan, Basingstoke, 1989, pp. 169-185.
Lindley, Mark. "An historical survey of meantone temperaments to 1620", Early Keyboard Journal vol. 8, 1990, pp. 1-29.
Lindley, Mark and Ronald Turner-Smith. "Une approche algйbrique des modиles mathйmatiques d'йchelle musicale", Analyse musicale no. 22, Feb. 1991, pp. 93-104.
Lindley, Mark and Ronald Turner-Smith. Mathematical Models of Musical Scales: A New Approach. Orpheus-Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik vol. 66, Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1993, 308 pages.
Lindley, Mark and Ronald Turner-Smith. An Algebraic Approach to Mathematical Models of Scales, Music Theory Online vol. 0 no. 3, June 1993.
Lindley, Mark. "Luнs Milбn and Temperament", Galpin Society Journal vol. 44, March 1993, p. 218.
Lindley, Mark. "Some thoughts concerning the effects of tuning on selected musical works (from Landini to Bach)", Performance Practice Review vol. 9, 1996, pp. 114-121.
Lindley, Mark. "Zarlino's 2/7-Comma Meantone Temperament", Music in Performance and Society: Essays in Honor of Roland Jackson, Warren MI, 1997, pp. 179-194.
Lindsay, Jennifer. Javanese Gamelan. 2nd ed., Oxford University Press, Singapore, 1992.
Lindsay Norden, N. "A New Theory of Untempered Music", Musical Quarterly vol. 22 no. 2, April 1936, pp. 217-233.
Lindsay Norden, N. "A New Study of Intervals", Organ Institute Quarterly vol. 5 no. 1, winter 1955, p. 31.
Link, John W. Theory and tuning: Aron's meantone temperament and Marpurg's temperament 'I.'. 1963, 136 pages. Turner's Supply, Boston, 1972.
Link, John W. "A New and Reliable Tuning Method for the Meantone Temperament", February 1963.
Link, John W. "Marpurg Temperament I (1/3 ditonic comma)", July 1963.
Link, John W. "Meantone revived: Phoenix on record", September 1967.
Link, John W. "The promise of Meantone", January 1969.
Link, John W. The mathematics of music. Gateway Press, Baltimore, 1977, 92 pages.
Lipps, Th. Psychologische Studien II. Leipzig, 1905.
Lischke, Andrй. Article Ivan Wyschnegradsky, Guide de la musique de piano et de clavecin, Fayard, Paris, 1987, pp. 835-836.
Liston, Henry. An Essay on Perfect Intonation. Peter Hill and John Ballantyne & Co., Edinburgh, 1812.
Litchfield, Malcolm. Giovanni Maria Artusi's L'Artusi, overo Delle imperfettioni della moderna musica (1600): A translation and commentary. MA thesis, Musicology: Brigham Young Univ., 1987, 493 pages.
Litchfield, Malcolm. "Aristoxenus and empiricism: A reevaluation based on his theories", Journal of Music Theory vol. 32 no. 1, spring 1988, pp. 51-74.
Lloyd, Llewelyn Southworth. "Just Temperament", Music and Letters vol. 20 no. 4, 1939, pp. 365-373.
Lloyd, Llewelyn S. "The Myth of Equal Temperament", Music and Letters vol. 21 no. 4, 1940, pp. 347-361.
Lloyd, Llewelyn S. "The Artificial Scale", The Musical Times vol. 82 no. 1181, 1941, pp. 252-254.
Lloyd, Llewelyn S. "Musical Theory in Retrospect", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 13 no. 1, July 1941, pp. 56-62.
Lloyd, Llewelyn S. "Modern Science and musical theory", J. Roy. Soc. of Arts vol. 90, 1942, p. 591.
Lloyd, Llewelyn S. "Just Intonation Misconceived", Music and Letters vol. 24 no. 3, 1943, pp. 133-144.
Lloyd, Llewelyn S. "The problem of the keyboard instrument", London 1943.
Lloyd, Llewelyn Southworth. Intervals, Scales and Temperaments. With introduction by Hugh Boyle (ed.), Macdonald & Jane's, London, 1963, 322 pages. St. Martin's Press, London, 1978.
Lo-Bamijoko, Joy Ifeoma Nwosu. A preliminary study of the classification, tuning and educational implications of the standardization of musical instruments in Africa: the Nigerian case. PhD diss., U. of Michigan, 1981, 251 pages.
Lo-Bamijoko, Joy Ifeoma Nwosu. "Tuning methods of African musical instruments: Some examples from Nigeria and Ghana", Nigeria magazine vol. 142, 1982, pp. 15-24.
Loeb, David. "An Analytic Study of Japanese Koto Music", Music Forum vol. 4, 1976, pp. 335-393.
Loehr, Johann Joseph. An Essay on the Theory and Practice of Tuning in general, and on Scheibler's Invention of Tuning Pianofortes and Organs by the Metronome in particular. For the use of musicians, tuners, and organ builders. Translated from German by Augustus Wehrman, Robert Cocks & Co., London, 1853, 64 pages.
Loeppky, D. and D. Fallowfield, Keyboard and Interface Unit for a Nineteen Tone per Octave Synthesizer. Undergraduate thesis, University of Manitoba Department of Electrical Engineering, 1979.
Loewinski, Margareta. "Pianostдmmning med tonvikt pе klangfargerna", Musik-kultur vol. 1, 1986, Sweden, pp. 8-9.
Loman, A.D. Jr. De logische grondslagen der muziek. G. Alsbach & Co., Amsterdam, 1929.
Loosen, Franz. "The Effect of Musical Experience on the Conception of Accurate Tuning", Music Perception vol. 12 no. 3, spring 1995, pp. 291-306.
Loosen, Franz. "Intonation of solo violin performance with reference to equal-tempered, Pythagorean and just intonations", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 93, 1993, pp. 525-539.
Loosen, Franz. "Tuning of diatonic scales by violinists, pianists, and nonmusicians", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 56, 1994, pp. 221-226.
Loquin, A. "La Technie Harmonique", La musique populaire vol. 30, 11 mai 1882, pp. 280-281.
Loquin, A. Une rйvolution dans la science des accords, algиbre de l'harmonie, traitй complet d'harmonie moderne, sans notes de musiques ni signes йquivalents, avec des nombres pour reprйsenter les effets harmoniques et des lettres pour exprimer les mouvements de basse. Richault, Paris, 1884, 152 pages.
Lord, Richard H. "Tuning the Ensoniq Mirage", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 4, fall 1987, pp. 1, 7-10, 14.
Lottermoser, Werner. "Die Temperierung nach G. Silbermann", Frankfurt a.M., November 1956.
Lottermoser, Werner and Ernst Jenkner. "Akustische Intonationsversuche an der neuen Walcker-Orgel in der Matthдuskirche in Braunschweig", Walcker Hausmitteilung vol. 42, 1971, pp. 10-33.
Louder, James. A Mixture of the Charming & Disagreeable: Demystifying Temperament, WWW, 1997.
Louet, Alexandre. Instructions thйoriques et pratiques sur l'accord du pianoforte. Bertrand Quinquet, Paris, 1797.
Lougheed, Tom. Locksley's Easy Harp Method: Tempered Scales, WWW, 1999.
Louliй, Etienne. Йlйments ou principes de musique, mis dans un nouvel ordre. Ballard, Paris, 1696. Estienne Roger, Amsterdam, 1698.
Louliй, Etienne. Nouveau sistиme de musique ou nouvelle disposition du monochorde....accorder le clavecin. Ballard, Paris, 1698.
Louliй, Etienne. "Sonomиtre inventй par M. Louliй (n° 56), Autre sonomиtre inventй par M. Louliй (n° 57)", 1699.
Louven, Christoph. " Untersuchungen zu Klang und Stimmung des 'talempong batu'-Lithophons aus Talang Anau, West-Sumatra", Systemische Musikwissenschaft - Festschrift Jobst Peter Fricke zum 65. Geburtstag, Wolfgang Auhagen (ed.), Kцln 1995.
Louriй, Arthur. "The Russian School", Musical Quarterly, 1932, pp. 519-529.
Love, Charles William. A Manual of Pianoforte Tuning. Weekes & Co., London, 1907.
Lowe, Michael Braeme. "Renaissance and Baroque lutes: A false dichotomy. Observations on the lute in the seventeenth century", Proceedings of the International Lute Symposium, STIMU Foundation for Historical Performance Practice, Utrecht, 1988, pp. 124-139.
Lowengard, Henry. "Computers, digital synthesizers and microtonality", Pitch vol. 1 no. 1, 1986, pp. 6-7.
Lowinsky, E.E. "Adrian Willaert's Chromatic 'Duo' Re-examined", Tijdschrift van de Vereniging voor Nederlandse Muziekgeschiedenis vol. 18 no. 1, 1956, pp. 1-36.
Lucy, Charles. Pitch, Pi and Other Musical Paradoxes: A practical guide to natural microtonality. Lucy Scale Developments, London, 1987, 108 pages.
Lucy, Charles. "Pitch, pi,...revisited", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 4, fall 1989, p. 2, 15.
Lucy, Charles. LucyTuning FAQ, WWW.
Ludeke, Rudolf. Untersuchungen zur Intonation im Streichquartettspiel. PhD diss., Musicology: U. Halle, 1975, 2 vols., 226 & 350 pages.
Ludeke, Rudolf. "Zur Intonation im Streichquartettspiel", Musik und Gesellschaft vol. 28 no. 4, April 1978, pp. 218-223.
Ludlow, Lynn. "Notes from a Semi-incompetent Performer", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, 1994, p. 21.
Ludwig, Hellmut. Marin Mersenne und seine Musiklehre. Saale, Halle, 1935, 120 pages. Olms, Hildesheim, 1971.
Lui, Tsun-yuen. "A short guide to ch'in", Selected reports in ethnomusicology vol. 1 no. 2, 1968, pp. 179-204.
Lundberg, Robert. "In tune with the universe: The physics and metaphysics of Galileo's lute", in: Music and science in the age of Galileo, Kluwer Academic, Dordrecht, 1992, pp. 211-239.
Luppi, Andrea. Lo Specchio dell'Armonia Universale, Estetica e musica in Leibniz. Franco Angeli, Milano, 1989.
Lürsen, Mart J. Modi Antichi, Musiche Nuove. Een verzameling composities in de tien toongeslachten van den derden graad. Score plus toelichting/introduction in Dutch and English. De erven F. Bohn N.V., Haarlem, 1947. (Verhandelingen uitgegeven door Teyler's Tweede Genootschap, Nieuwe Reeks, 13)
Lynch, Michael P. et al. "Influences of acculturation and musical sophistication on perception of musical interval patterns", Journal of experimental psychology vol. 17 no. 4, November 1991, pp. 967-975.
Lynch, Michael P. and Rebecca E. Eilers. "A study of perceptual development for musical tuning", Perception & psychophysics vol. 52 no. 6, December 1992, pp. 599-608.
Lyon, Raymond. "Musique expйrimentale: UNESCO concert". Guide du concert, 14 Nov. 1958.
- M -
MacDonald, Malcolm. John Foulds and His Music. Pro-Am Music Press, White Plains NY, 1989.
Macfadyen, K.A. and David Greer. "A Detunable Organ", Musical Times vol. 110, June 1969, pp. 612-613.
Mach, Ernst. Einleitung in die Helmoltz'sche Musiktheorie. Populдr fьr Musiker dargestellt. Mit 14 Holzschnitten im Text und zwei Tafeln. 1866. Reprint Sдndig-Wohlwend, Vaduz, 1985, 98 pages.
Mackenzie of Ord, Alexander C.N. Keyboard Temperament in England during the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries. Diss. University of Bristol, 1979.
Mackenzie of Ord, Alexander C.N. "The Well-Tuned Organ. An Introduction to Keyboard Temperaments in 18th and 19th Century England", Journal of the British Institute of Organ Studies vol. 3, 1979, pp. 56-72.
Macneill, Seumas and Frank Richardson. Piobaireachd and its Interpretation.
Maconie, Robin. The Works of Karlheinz Stockhausen. 2nd edition, Chapter 4, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1990, pp. 45-61.
Macpherson, Ewan. " The Pitch and Scale of the Great Highland Bagpipe", New Zealand Pipeband, winter 1998.
Macpherson, Ewan. Chanter tuning data, WWW, 1998.
Madsen, Clifford K. and John M. Geringer. "Discrimination between tone quality and intonation in unaccompanied flute-oboe duets", Journal of research in music education vol. 29 no. 4, winter 1981, pp. 305-313.
Maedel, Rolf and Franz Richter Herf. Ekmelische Musik. Schriften der Hochschule "Mozarteum" Salzburg, Bd. 4. Reischl-Druck, Salzburg, 1972. Musikverlag Emil Katzbichler, Mьnchen/Salzburg, 1977.
Maedel, Rolf. Das transzendentale Tonsystem. Schriften der Hochschule "Mozarteum" Salzburg, Bd. 1. Musikverlag Emil Katzbichler, Mьnchen/Salzburg, 1975, 30 pages.
Maedel, Rolf. Mikrotцne : Aufbau, Klangwert, Beziehungen. Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1983, 87 pages.
Maedel, Rolf. "Mikrotonale Funktionsmodelle", Mikrotцne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 185-190.
Maedel, Rolf. "Transformation", Mikrotцne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 105-114.
Maedel, Rolf. "Erweiterung der traditionellen Funktionstheorie auf Mikrotonbereiche", Mikrotцne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, Mьnchen, 1993.
Mager, Jörg. Vierteltonmusik. Aschaffenburg, 1915.
Mager, Jörg. Eine neue Epoche der Musik durch Radio. Berlin, 1924.
Mahillon, V.C. Йlйments d'acoustique musicale et instrumentale. Ed. Mhaillon, Bruxelles, 1974.
Mahnkopf, Claus-Steffen. Kritik der neuen Musik. Entwurf einer Musik des 21. Jahrhunderts. Kassel, 1998.
Maier, Michael. Jacques Handschins "Toncharakter": zu den Bedingungen seiner Entstehung. Beihefte zum Archiv fьr Musikwissenschaft Bd. 31, Franz Steiner Verlag, Stuttgart, 1991, 237 pages.
Makeig, Scott. "The Affect of Musical Intervals", Interval vol. 2 no. 1, fall 1979, pp. 18-19, 24-26.
Makeig, Scott. "Theory of Interval Affect - Part 2", Interval vol. 2 no. 2+3, spring-summer 1980, pp. I12-I16.
Makeig, Scott. "Theory of Interval Affect - Part 3", Interval vol. 2 no. 4, fall 1980, pp. 11-13.
Makeig, Scott. "Theory of Interval Affect - Part 4", Interval vol. 3 no. 1, spring 1981, pp. 21-23.
Makeig, Scott. "Theory of Interval Affect - Part 5", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, summer 1981, pp. 11, 18.
Makeig, Scott. "Affective versus analytic perception of musical intervals", in M. Clyunes (ed.), Music, Mind and Brain, Plenum Press, New York, 1982, pp. 227-250.
Malerbi, Luigi. Registrature ed accordature per organo e cembalo del C.D. Luigi Malerba. Bibl. Comunale, Lugo di Romagna, 1794.
Malherbe, Edmond. "Systиme musical et clavier а tiers de ton", Le Mйnestrel vol. 29, July 1929, p. 329.
Malinowski, Stephen. The Family of Equal-interval Tunings, WWW, 1998.
Malone, Michael. "Microtonal Manifesto", New England Conservatory Notes vol. 14. no. 2, spring 1988.
Mamoru, Fujieda. "On Tuning and Temperament no. 1", Sound Arts vol. 15, Xebec Corporation, Kobe, 1999.
Manchon, Dominique. La gamme tempйrйe а 72 tons, Cahier du CIREM, no. 8-9, 1988, pp. 123-135.
Mancini, Patricia and Joseph. "On Just Intonation, Melodic Inflection and the Spiritual Source of Music: Terry Riley", Keyboard, July 1986, pp. 52-65.
Mandelbaum, M. Joel. "31-Tone Temperament: The Dutch Legacy", Ear Magazine East, New York, 1982/1983.
Mandelbaum, M. Joel. "The Microtonal Dimension in 'The Dybbuk'", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, fall 1985, pp. 28-29.
Mandelbaum, M. Joel. "The Isolation of the Microtonal Composer", Microtonal Music in America. Transcript of the Symposium of the American Society of University Composers, Washington University, St. Louis MO, April 1967. Proceedings of the ASUC 2., pp. 107-112.
Mandelbaum, M. Joel. "Toward the Expansion of Our Concepts of Intonation", Perspectives of New Music vol. 13 no. 1, fall-winter 1974a, pp. 216-226.
Mandelbaum, M. Joel. "In Memoriam: Harry Partch (1901-1974)", Perspectives of New Music vol. 13 no. 1, fall-winter 1974b, p. 239.
Mandelbaum, M. Joel. Multiple Division of the Octave and the Tonal Resources of the 19-Tone Equal Temperament. PhD Thesis, University of Indiana, 1961, 460 pages. Microfilm. Ann Arbor MI : University Microfilms International, 1961.
Maneri, Joseph Gabriel Esther and Scott Van Duyne. Preliminary Studies in the Virtual Pitch Continuum. Accentuate Music, Plainview NY, 1986.
Maniates, Maria Rika. "Vicentino's 'Incerta et occulta scientia' reexamined", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 28, 1975, p. 335.
Manik, Liberty. Das Arabische Tonsystem im Mittelalter. PhD diss. Freie Univ. Berlin, 1968. E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1969, 152 pages.
Mann, Chester D. Analytic Study of Harmonic Intervals. Tustin CA, 1990, 196 pages.
Marandas, Eric; Renй Caussй and Vincent Gibia. "Accord des cordes triples du piano", ISMA, 1995.
Marchetto da Padova. Pomerium. Florence, 1318-1319. Giuseppe Vecchi (ed.) American Institute of Musicology, 1961.
Marchetto da Padova. Lucidarium. Verona, 1309-1318. English translation by Jan William Herlinger, University of Chicago Press, 1984.
Marcus, Scott Lloyd. Arab music theory in the modern period. PhD thesis, University of California, Los Angeles, 1989, 859 pages.
Marie, Jean-Étienne. Musique vivante. Paris, 1953.
Marie, Jean-Étienne. "Musique йlectronique, expйrimentale et concrиte", in Alexis Roland-Manuel (ed.), Histoire de la musique Plйide II., Paris, 1963.
Marie, Jean-Étienne. "Julián Carrillo", Nouvelles du Mexique vols. 43-44, 1965-6, pp. 3-10.
Marie, Jean-Étienne. L'Homme Musical. Йdition Arthaud, Paris, 1976.
Marie, Jean-Étienne. "Il faut brыler en notre mйmoire...", Premier Cahier Ivan Wyschnegradsky, Paris, March 1985, pp. 77-80.
Marie, Jean-Étienne. "Claviers dйconnectйs", Cahiers du CIREM, no. 10-11, 1989, pp. 163-174.
Marincola, Federico. "Sull'accordatura del liuto", Il Fronimo vol. 14 no. 57, October 1986, pp. 35-38.
Marpurg, Friedrich Wilhelm. Principes du clavecin. Berlin, 1756.
Marpurg, Friedrich Wilhelm. Anfangsgrьnde der theoretischen musik. Johann Gottlob Immanuel Breitkopf, Leipzig, 1757, 176 pages. Reprint Broude Brothers, New York, 1966, Series: Monuments of music and music literature in facsimile. Second series, vol. 33.
Marpurg, Friedrich Wilhelm. Herrn G.A. Sorgens Anleitung zur General BaЯ... 1760.
Marpurg, Friedrich Wilhelm. Versuch ьber die musikalische Temperatur, nebst einem Anhang ьber den Rameau- und Kirnbergerschen GrundbaЯ, und vier Tabellen. Johann Friedrich Korn, Breslau, 1776, 320 pages.
Marpurg, Friedrich Wilhelm. Neue Methode allerley Arten von Temperaturen dem Claviere aufs bequemste mitzutheilen; auf VeranlaЯung einer von dem Herrn Baron von Wiese zu Dresden vorgeschlagenen neuen Stimmungsart entworfen von Friedrich Wilhelm Marpurg. Gottlieb August Lange, Berlin, 1790, 40 pages. Reprint: Olms, Hildesheim, 1970.
Marsh, John. A Short Introduction to the Theory of Harmonics. Chichester, 1809.
Marshall, Lucie. "Gunnar Johansen and Harry Partch", Ridge Review.
Martin, Daniel W. and W. Dixon Ward. "Subjective evaluation of musical scale temperament in pianos", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 33 no. 5, May 1961, pp. 582-585.
Martin, Daniel W. "Musical Scales Since Pythagoras", Sound vol. 1, 1962, p. 22.
Martin, Lynn. Fabio Colonna's La sambuca lincea, book III: an annotated translation. Master of Musical Arts ed., Kent State U., 1975, 101 pages.
Martin, Lynn Wood. "The Colonna-Stella Sambuca lincea, an Enharmonic Keyboard Instrument", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 10, 1984.
Martнnez J.R. and S. Palomares-Sбnchez. Sonido 13: un paso hacia el infinito musical, 1996.
Martini, Giovanni Battista. Divisione dell'Ottava in dodici parti geometricamente proporzionali dedotte dai logaritmi per approssimazione. Museo Civico Bibliografico Musicale, Bologna, 1770.
Martini, Giovanni Battista. Compendio della teoria de' numeri per uso de musico. 18th c., Reprint A. Forni, Bologna, 1984, 15 pages.
Martini, Jean-Paul Edige. Mйlopйe moderne ou l'art du chant... (on y trouvera aussi la vraie maniиre d'accorder le piano et la harpe). Paris, 1792.
Marucha, Wieslaw; Mieczyslaw Kotarbinski and Andrzej Rakowski. "Tolerancja stroju akordeonow", Z prac Katedry Akustyki Muzycznej, 1979, pp. 179-183.
Marvin, Bob. "Tuning recorders", FoMRHI quarterly no. 41, October 1985, pp. 23-24.
Mбsa, Jaromнr Amadeus. Mikrotцne und Rechner. Prague/Oxford, 1993.
Mason, J.A. "Comparison of solo and ensemble performances with reference to Pythagorean, just and equi-tempered intonations", Journal of Research in Music Education vol. 8, 1960, pp. 31-38.
Mason, Lucas. The new tuning : equal temperament with perfect fifths: a complete guide to a new improved system of tuning keyboard instruments. Echo Productions, Saddle River NJ, 1985, 191 pages.
Mason, Marilyn. "A 'Silbermann' re-created: New Fisk at the University of Michigan", Diapason vol. 77 no. 1, [914], January 1986, p. 11.
Mason, Robert M. "Enumeration of Synthetic Musical Scales by Matrix Algebra and a Catalogue of Busoni Scales", Journal of Music Theory vol. 14 no. 1, 1970, pp. 92-126.
Massaro, M.N. "Catalogo thematico delle opere musicali di Francescantonio Vallotti", Il Santo vol. 20, 1980.
Massenkeil, Gьnther. "Bemerkungen zum 'Compendium musicae' (1618) des Renй Descartes", Bericht ьber den siebenten internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen KongreЯ Kцln 1958, Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1959.
Massera, Guiseppe. "La 'Mano musicale' ferfetta di Francesco de Brugis", Firenze, 1963.
Massera, Guiseppe. "Musica inspettiva e accordatura strumentale nelle 'Scintille de Musica' di Lanfranco da Terenzo", Quadrivium vol. 4, Bologna, 1964, p. 85.
Massera, Guiseppe. Dalla scala pitagorica al temperamento equale. University of Bologna, 1972.
Massey, James G. "Creating an Acoustic Ensemble", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 4, fall 1988, San Francisco, pp. 8-9, 13.
Mastorakis, Gioldasis and Theodorou Koutsouvelis. "Study and Design of an Electronic Musical Instrument Which Accurately Produces the Spaces of the Byzantine Music", IEEE Transactions on Consumer Electronics vol. 41 no. 1, Feb. 1995.
Mather, Bruce. Analyse : Dialogue а trois d'Ivan Wyschnegradsky. 1990.
Mather, Bruce. Program Notes for the concert Homage to Ivan Wyschnegradsky. January 8, 1993.
Mathews, Max V. "An Acoustic Compiler for Music and Psychological Stimuli", The Bell System Technical Journal, May 1961, pp. 677-694.
Mathews, Max V. and N. Guttman. "Generation of Music by a Digital Computer", Proceedings of the Third International Congress on Acoustics. Elsevier Publishing Company, Amsterdam, 1959.
Mathews, Max V. and John R. Pierce. "The Bohlen-Pierce Scale". Chapter 13 in Current Directions in Computer Music Research, Max V. Mathews and John R. Pierce (eds.), pp. 165-173. System Development Foundation Benchmark Series, no. 2, MIT Press, Cambridge MA, 1989.
Mathews, Max V., John R. Pierce, A. Reeves and Linda A. Roberts. "Theoretical and Experimental Explorations of the Bohlen-Pierce Scale", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 84 no. 4, 1988, pp. 1214-1222.
Mathews, Max, Linda A. Roberts and John R. Pierce. "Four New Scales Based on Non-successive-integer Ratio Chords", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America Supplement, vol. 75, 1984, S10(A).
Mathews, Max V. and John R. Pierce. "Harmony and Nonharmonic Partials", Rapports IRCAM no. 28, Paris, 1980.
Mathews, Max V., John R. Pierce and Linda A. Roberts. "Harmony and New Scales", Harmony and Tonality: Papers given at a seminar organized by the Music Acoustics Committee of the Royal Swedish Academy of Music, Johan Sundberg (ed.), Kungliga Musikaliska Akademien, Stockholm, 1987, pp. 59-84.
Mathews, Max V. and G. Sims. "Perceptual discrimination of just and equal tempered tunings", J. Acoust. Soc. Am., Supplement 1, vol. 69, 1981, p. S38.
Mathiesen, Thomas J. "An annotated translation of Euclid's division of a monochord", Journal of Music Theory vol. 19, 1975.
Mathiesen, Thomas J. Ancient Greek Music Theory: A Catalogue Raisonnй of Manuscripts Series BIX, Rйpertoire international des sources musicales, Henle Verlag, Mьnchen, 1988.
Mathieu, W.A. Harmonic Experience. Inner Traditions International, Rochester VM, 1997, 564 pages.
Mathon de la Cour. Mйmoire sur la proportion harmonique. Lyon, 1736.
Mathon de la Cour. Mйmoire sur la gйnйration harmonique. Lyon 1738.
Mathon de la Cour. Instrument pour fixer le tempйrament dans l'accord du clavecin et de l'orgue. Lyon, 1740.
Mattax, Charlotte. The Cimbalo Cromatico, Continuo Magazine for Early Music
Matteau, Roy Ovide. Background, Theory, and Aesthetics of Microtonal Music. University Microfilms, Ann Arbor Michigan, 1976.
Mattheson, Johann. Das neu-erцffnete Orchestre, oder universelle und grьndliche Anleitung, wie ein Galant Homme einen vollkommnen Begriff von der Hoheit und Wьrde der edlen Music erlangen, seinen Gout darnach formiren, die Terminos technicos verstehen und geschicklich von dieser vortrefflichen Wissenschafft raisonniren mцge. Benjamin Schillers Wittwe, Hamburg, 1713. Reprint 1993.
Mattheson, Johann. Exemplarische Organisten-Probe im Artikel vom General - Bass. Welche mittelst 24. leichter und eben so viel etwas schwerer Exempel, aus allen Tonen des Endes anzustellen ist, dass einer, der diese 48. Prob - Stьcke rein trifft und das darinn Enthaltene wohl anbringt, sich vor andern rьhmen mцge: er sey ein Meister im accompagniren. Alles zum unentbehrlichen Unterricht und Behuf nicht nur einiger Herren Organisten und Clavicymbalisten ex professo, sondern aller Liebhaber der Music, zufцrderst derer, die der Haupt-Wissenschafft des Claviers, des General - Basses und des geschickten, manierlichen Accompagnements fleissig obliegen. Schiller- und Kissnerischer Buch-Laden, Hamburg, 1719.
Mattheson, Johann. Rйflexions sur l'йclaircissement d'un problиme de musique pratique. Hamburg, 1720. ("Йclaircissement d'un problиme de musique practique", Mйmoires pour l'histoire des sciences et des beaux arts, Trevoux, 1718, p. 310.)
Mattheson, Johann. Critica musica. Tomus secundus. Hamburg, 1722-1725. Reprint, 1964.
Mattheson, Johann. GroЯe General-BaЯ-Schule. Hamburg, 1731. W. Fortner, Mainz, 1956.
Mattheson, Johann. Kleine General-BaЯ-Schule. Hamburg, 1735.
Mattheson, Johann. Der volkommene Kapellmeister, das ist grьndliche Anzeige aller derjenigen Sachen, die Einer wissen, kцnnen und vollkommen inne haben muss, der einer Capelle mit Ehren und Nutzen vorstehen will. Hamburg, 1739. Reprint by Margarete Reimann (ed.), Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1954, Reedition, Bдrenreiter, 1999. English translation Johann Mattheson's "Der vollkommene Capellmeister by Ernest C. Harriss. UMI Research Press, Ann Arbor, 1981.
Mattheson, Johann. Aristoxeni iunior. Phthongologia systematica. Versuch einer systematischen Klang-Lehre wider die irrigen Begriffe von diesen geistigen Wesen, von dessen Geschlechten, Ton-Arten, Dreyklдngen, und auch von mathematischen Musikanten, nebst einer Vorerinnerung wegen der behaupteten himmlischen Musik. Hamburg, 1748.
Matzka, Wilhelm. Kritische Betrachtungen der musikalischen Tцne und der diatonischen Tonleitern. Verlag der Kцniglichen Bцhmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Prag, 1882.
Maxham, R.E. The contribution of Joseph Sauveur (1653-1716) to acoustics. PhD dissertation, University of Rochester, 1976.
Maxwell, Francis Kelly John. An Essay upon Tune. Being an Attempt To free the Scale of Music, and the Tune of Instruments, from Imperfection. C. Elliot, Edinburgh, 1781, 291 pages.
Maxwell, Miles. "Heavenly Harmony", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 3, 1986, San Francisco, pp. 1, 7-11, 15.
Mayer, Harry. Moderne notaties in de muziek. Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema, Utrecht/Antwerpen, 1986. 187 p.
Mayfield, S.N. "Student Devises 29-Degree Octave Theory of Music", New Orleans Times-Picayune, 16 Nov. 1930.
Mazzola, Guerino. Gruppen und Kategorien in der Musik. Entwurf einer mathematischen Musiktheorie. Heldermann Verlag, Berlin, 1985.
Mazzola, Guerino. "Sechs Thesen zur Rolle der Mathematik fьr die Musik", Musik und Mathematik. Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1985.
Mazzola, Guerino. Modulation und Stimmung. Manuscript, Seminar Wille, TH Darmstadt, 1985.
Mazzola, Guerino. "Obertцne oder Symmetrie: Was ist Harmonie?", Mikrotцne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 191-210.
Mazzola, Guerino. "Mathematische Betrachtungen in der Musik I ?", II. Lecture Notes at Math. Institut, Univ. Zьrich, 1986/87.
Mazzola, Guerino. "Konsonanz-Dissonanz und verborgene Symmetrien", Mikrotцne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 95-104.
Mazzola, Guerino and Daniel Muzzulini. "Deduktion des Quintparallelenverbots aus der Konsonanz-Dissonanz-Dichotomie", Musiktheorie, Laaber Verlag, 1992.
Mazzola, Guerino. Geometrie der Tцne. Elemente der mathematischen Musiktheorie. Unter Mitarbeit von Daniel Muzzulini. Mit einem Beitrag von G.R. Hofmann. Birkhдuser Verlag, Basel, 1990, 364 pages.
Mazzola, Guerino and Daniel Muzzulini. "Stimmungs- und Tempofelder - Perspektiven kьnftiger Musikcomputer", Mikrotцne III, Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
Mazzola, Guerino. "Mathematische Musiktheorie: Status quo 1990", Jber. d. Dt. Math.-Verein vol. 93, 1991, pp. 6-29.
Mazzola, Guerino. "Teoria Matematica della Musica: Arte o Scienza?", Il Seminario, Trimestrale di Cultura, L'Araba Fenice, Locarno, 1992.
Mbabi-Katana, Solomon. The Uganda likembe : its history, tuning systems, notational and compositional techniques. Makerere University Printery, Kampala, 1986, 59 pages.
McClain, Ernest G. Pythagorean Paper Folding. March 1970.
McClain, Ernest G. "A new look at Plato's Timaeus", Music & Man vol. 4, New York, 1975, pp. 341-360.
McClain, Ernest G. The Myth of Invariance, the Origin of the Gods, Mathematics and Music from the Rg Veda to Plato. Nicolas-Hays Inc., York Beach MN, 1976. Reprint 1984.
McClain, Ernest G. The Pythagorean Plato, Prelude to the Song Itself. Nicolas-Hays Inc., Stony Brook NY, 1978, 192 pages.
McClain, Ernest G. "Chinese cyclic tunings in late Antiquity", Ethnomusicology vol. 23 no. 2, May 1979, pp. 205-224.
McClure, A.R. "Studies in Keyboard Temperament", Galpin Society Journal vol. 1, March 1948, pp. 28-40.
McClure, A.R. "An Extended Mean-tone Organ", The Organ vol. 30, 1950-1, pp. 139-149.
McComb, Todd. Scelsi: Orchestral Works (survey), WWW, Nov. 1992.
McDermott, Vincent. "Gamelans and New Music", Musical Quarterly vol. 72 no. 1, 1986, pp. 16-27.
McGeary, Thomas Nelson. "David Tannenberg's Directions for Organ Tuning", The Organ Yearbook vol. 16, 1985, pp. 78-89.
McGeary, Thomas Nelson. "Treatise on harpsichord tuning (review)", Notes. Music Library Association vol. 44 no. 3, March 1988, pp. 467-469.
McGeary, Thomas Nelson. "German-Austrian keyboard temperaments and tuning methods, 1770-1840: Evidence from contemporary sources", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 15, 1989, pp. 90-118.
McGeary, Thomas Nelson. The Music of Harry Partch, a Descriptive Catalogue. I.S.A.M. Monographs, No. 31, Brooklyn College, New York, June 1991.
McGeary, Thomas Nelson. "Review of Jorgensen's Tuning: Containing the perfection of eighteenth-century temperament, ...", Early Keyboard Journal vol. 10, 1992, pp. 179-187.
McGeary, Thomas Nelson. The Harry Partch Archive. Unpubl. index of Harry Partch Archive in UIUC library, 1993.
McGee, Timothy J. The Sound of Medieval Song: Ornamentation and Vocal Style according to the Treatises. Oxford, 1998.
McGoogy, Brink. "The Year of the Monkey", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 19-26.
McLaren, Brian. "General Methods of Generating Musical Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, 1990.
McLaren, Brian. "The Uses and Characteristics of Non-Octave Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 14, 1991.
McLaren, Brian. "Those Difficult Teens (and Other Microtonal Scales)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 14, 1991.
McLaren, Brian. "A Nostalgic Look at the 20s - and Other Musical Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 14, 1991.
McLaren, Brian. "The Low Profile of Those Higher Divisions of the Octave", Xenharmonikôn vol. 14, 1991.
McLaren, Brian. "The Uses and Characteristics of Non-Just Non-Equal-Tempered Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, 1993.
McLaren, Brian. "More about Non-Octave Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, p. 45.
McLaren, Brian. "Circles of Fifths", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, autumn 1993, pp. 42-52.
McLaren, Brian. "An Interview with Ivor Darreg about his Life and Work", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 19.
McLaren, Brian. "An Interview with Ralph David Hill", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 54.
McLaren, Brian. "Macrotonal Scales", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, p. 36.
McLaren, Brian. "Microtonality in the United States", to be published, 1997.
McLaren, Brian. "A Brief History of Microtonality in the Twentieth Century", Xenharmonikфn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 57-110.
McNeil, Michael. "An analysis tool for contemporary and historical tunings", Diapason vol. 78 no. 2 [927], February 1987, pp. 14-16.
McPhee, Colin. Music in Bali. Yale University Press, New Haven CT, 1966.
Meckenheuser, Jacob Georg. Die so genannte: Allerneuste, musicalische Temperatur. Quedlinburg, 1727.
Meer, John Henry van der. "Saitenklaviere mit enharmonischen Tasten im deutschen Sprachgebiet", KongreЯ-Bericht Berlin 1974, pp. 592-595.
Meeus, Nicolas. "Juan Bermudo et le clavier enharmonique", Bulletin de la Societй Liиgeoise de Musicologie vol. 8, 1974, Liиge, pp. 1-16.
Meeus, Nicolas. "Some hypotheses on the history of organ pitch before Schlick", The Organ Yearbook vol. 6, 1975, pp. 42-52.
Meeus, Nicolas. "Le diapason authentique. Quelques rйflexions а propos du clavecin transpositeur des Ruckers", Philippe Mercier (ed.), Collиge Erasme. Louvain la Neuve, 1980.
Meeus, Nicolas. Entry for "Enharmonic keyboard", The New Grove Dictionary of Musical Instruments, MacMillan Press Limited, London, 1984.
Meffen, John. The temperaments of Keyboard instruments in England during the late sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries. June 1973.
Meffen, John. The Temperament of Keyboard Instruments in England from the Virginalists to the Middle of the Nineteenth Century. PhD thesis, Musicology, Leeds University, 1977.
Meffen, John. "A question of temperament: Purcell and Croft", Musical Times vol. 119 no. 1624, June 1978, pp. 504-506.
Meffen, John. A guide to tuning musical instruments. David and Charles, Newton Abbot, 1982, 160 pages.
Mehner, Klaus. "Kommauntersuchungen beim einstimmigen begleiteten Singen", Bericht ьber den internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen KongreЯ, Leipzig 1966, 1972, pp. 524-528.
Mehta, Manharram. Twenty-two Shrutis and two Gramas of Indian Music. Bombay, 1938.
Meinel, Heinrich. "Musikinstrumentstimmungen und Tonsysteme", Acustica vol. 7, 1957, pp. 185-190.
Meister, Wolfgang. Beitrдge zur Entwicklung der Orgelstimmung in Italien und Sьddeutschland vom 14. Jahrhundert bis zum Ende des 18. Jahrhunderts. PhD diss., U. Mainz, 1990. Rensch, Lauffen, 1991, 136 pages.
Mellers, Wilfrid. "An American Aboriginal", Tempo vol. 56, spring 1963, pp. 2-6.
Menard, Renй. "Le problиme de la mйmorisation en musique copte garant de fidйlitй а la tradition", Bericht ьber den siebenten internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen KongreЯ Kцln 1958, Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1959.
Mendel, Arthur. "Pitch in the 16th and early 17th centuries", Musical Quarterly vol. 34, 1948, pp. 28-45, 199-221, 336-357, 575-593.
Mendel, Arthur. Studies in the History of Musical Pitch. Fritz A.M. Knuf, Amsterdam, 1968.
Mendel, Arthur. "Pitch in Western music since 1500 - a re-examination", Acta musicologica vol. 50, 1978, pp. 1-93.
Mengelberg, Karel. Professor Fokker en zijn een-en-dertig-toonsorgel. Mens en Melodie vol. 5 no. 10, 1950, pp. 317-321.
Mercadier de Belesta, J.B. Nouveau systиme de musique thйorique et pratique. Valade, Paris, 1776.
Mercadier de Belesta, J.B. Mйmoire sur l'accord du clavecin et sur le systиme de M. de Boisgelou, concernant les intervalles musicaux. Desclassan, Paris, 1788.
Mercator, Nicolaus. See Holder: Treatise... which reproduces Mercator's manuscript.
Mercator, Nicolaus. Musica. London, 1672.
Mercier, Philippe. "Йtendue de clavier et accord des clavecins dans les Pays-Bas mйridionaux au XVIIIe siиcle. Йtude d'aprиs le rйpertoire", La facture de clavecin du XVe au XVIIIe siиcle, Collиge Erasme, Louvain, 1980, pp. 127-138.
Mersenne, Marin. Questions harmoniques. Paris, 1634.
Mersenne, Marin. Harmonicorum libri, in quibus agitur de sonorum natura causis et effectibus; de consonantiis, dissonantiis, rationibus, generibus, modis, cantibus, compositione, orbisque totius harmonicis instrumentis. Guillaume Baudri, Paris, 1635/1636.
Mersenne, Marin. Harmonie universelle, contenant la thйorie et la pratique de la musique. Oщ il est traitй des Consonances, des Dissonances, des Genres, des Modes, de la Composition, de la Voix, des Chants, & de toutes sortes d'Instruments Harmoniques. Sйbastien Cramoisy, Paris, 1636/1637. Facsimile reprint, Franзois Lesure (ed.), Йditions du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Paris, 1963. English translation Harmonie Universelle: The Books on Instruments by R.E. Chapman, Martinus Nijhoff, The Hague, 1957.
Mersenne, Marin. "Nouvelles observations physiques & mathйmatiques", appended to Harmonie Universelle, Paris, 1638.
Mersenne, Marin. Cogitata physico-mathematica. Berthier, Paris, 1644.
Mersenne, Marin. "Letters", in Correspondance du P. Marin Mersenne, C. de Waard (ed.), Ed. du C.N.R.S., Paris, 1932.
Mersmann, Hans. "Busoni entwurf einer neuen Дsthetik der Tonkunst", Allgemeine Musikzeitung no. 44, 1917, p. 79 ff.
Mersmann, Hans. Die Tonsprache der neuen Musik. Melosverlag, Mainz, 1928, 72 pages.
Mett, Silke. "Intonation im Ensemblespiel: Theorie und Praxis", Tibia: Magazin fьr Freunde alter und neuer Blasermusik vol. 14 no. 4, 1989, pp. 573-580.
Metz, Paul Wesley. A Study of Harry Partch with Particular Emphasis on his Microtonal Tuning System. Thesis, University of Cincinnati.
Metzger, Heinz-Klaus and Rainer Riehn (eds.) Giacinto Scelsi. Edition text + kritik, Mьnchen, 1983.
Meyer, Christian. "Observations pour une analyse des tempйraments des instruments а cordes pincйes: Le luth de Hans Gerle (1532)", Revue de musicologie vol. 71 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 119-141.
Meyer, Christian. "Mathйmatique et musique au moyen вge", Quadrivium : Musiques et sciences, La Villette, Paris. IPMC, 1992. (Acte du colloque organise du 8 au 10 mars 1991 а Metz par l'IPMC).
Meyer, Max F. "Zur Theorie der Differenztцne und der Gehцrsempfindungen ьberhaupt", Beitrдge akustische Musikwissenschaft vol. 2, 1898, pp. 25-63.
Meyer, Max F. Contributions to a Psychological Theory of Music. vol. 1, University of Missouri, 1901.
Meyer, Max F. "Listeners can be Seduced to Perceive the Paradoxic Ratio 51:87 as either One or Another Truly Melodic Interval", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 34, 1962.
Meyer, Max F. "Zur Theorie japanischer Musik", Zeitschrift fьr Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane vol. 33, 1903.
Meyer, Max F. "Experimental Studies in the Psychology of Music", American Journal of Psychology vol. 14, 1903.
Meyer, Max F. "Unscientific Methods in Musical Esthetics", Journal of Philosophy, Psychology and Scientific Methods vol. 1, 1904, pp. 705-715.
Meyer, Max F. Autobiography. 1920.
Meyer, Max F. The Musician's Arithmetic: Drill Problems for an Introduction to the Scientific Study of Musical Composition. Oliver Ditson and Company, Boston, 1929. University of Missouri Studies vol. 4 no. 1, 1929, Columbia.
Meyer, Max F. How We Hear: How Tones Make Music. Boston, 1950.
Meylan, R. La Flыte. Lausanne, 1974.
Meynial, X. Systиmes а micro-intervalles pour les instruments а trous latйraux, oscillations d'une anche simple couplйe а un rйsonateur de diverses formes, dissertation, Universitй du Maine, Le Mans, 1987.
Michaelides, S. The music of ancient Greece. London, 1978.
Michel, Pierre. Gyцrgy Ligeti, Compositeur d'aujourd'hui. Minerve, Paris, 1985.
Michelin, Franзois. La gamme chromatique de l'orchestre et de Jean-Sebastien Bach а 11 quintes justes et 1 quinte faible fa-diиse - do-diиse. Self-published, Antibes, 1977, 126 pages.
Michelin, Franзois. Proposition pour une nouvelle gamme musicale. June 1976.
MIDI Manufacturers Association. "MIDI Tuning Specification 1.0", 1985-1996.
Midkiff, Neil. Tuning and Temperament - An Overview with Some Real Numbers, WWW, 1992.
Miller, George A. "The Magical Number Seven, Plus or Minus Two: Some Limits on Our Capacity for Processing Information", The Psychological Review vol. 63, 1956, pp. 81-97.
Miller, Leta E. and Fredric Lieberman. Lou Harrison: Composing a world. Oxford University Press, New York, 1998. With CD.
Millet, Yves. "La primautй de la Gamme dite de Pythagore, son symbolisme cosmologique", Paris, 1958.
Mills, R.G.J. "Tuning of bells by a linear programming method", The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 85 no. 6, June 1989, pp. 2630-2633.
Milojkovic-Djuric, Jelena. "Hбba's microtonal theories in Yugoslavia", Cross currents vol. 1, 1982, pp. 309-313.
Mioli, Piero. "Il clavicembalo: Organologia, accordatura, notazione, diteggiatura (review)", A.M.I.S. Antiquae musicae italicae studiosi vol. 3 no. 5, Feb. 1987, pp. 20-25.
Misch, Clemens and Rudolf Wille. "Stimmungslogiken auf MUTABOR: Eine Programmiersprache", Mikrotцne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 87-94.
Misschaert, L. "E. Schulze-Kurz: Die Laute und ihre Stimmungen (review)", Musica Antiqua, 1992.
Mitani, Yoko. "Kankoku no kin so ni tsuite-genkin to kayakin no ongaku, I-III", Gakudo vols. 327, 328, 329, Jan.-March 1969, pp. 5-10, 5-11, 4-11.
Mitani, Yoko. "Kin no chogen-ho no hensen", Toyo ongaku kenkyu vol. 41-42, August 1977, Japan, pp. 1-26.
Mitani, Yoko. "So no chogen-ho no hensen", Chang Festschrift, 1978, pp. 441-469.
Mitani, Yoko. "Some melodic features of Chinese qin music", Picken Festschrift, 1981, pp. 123-142.
Mitchell, Danlee. "The Tuning of Harry Partch's 43-Tones-To-The-Octave Just Intonation Scale, and its Musical Endowments and Consequences". Unpublished speech to the 106th meeting of the Acoustical Society of America in San Diego, 1983.
Modak, H.V. Propriety of dividing an octave into 22 shrutis. Physics Sect., Indian Science Congress, 1961.
Modak, H.V. "Septimal frequency ratios and twenty-two sruti scale", Journal of the Music Academy Madras vol. 38 no. 1-4, 1967, pp. 151-159.
Mohr, Chris. "Retuning Music", On the Air Magazine, Manhattan, fall 1992, pp. 33-39.
Mohr, William David. "'Five': A Tuning Sequence", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 3, summer 1990, pp. 10-14.
Mohr, William David. "The author responds", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 2, December 1991, pp. 16-17.
Möllendorf, Willi. Musik mit Vierteltцnen, Verlag von F.E.C. Leuckart, Leipzig, 1917.
Möllendorf, Willi. "Vierteltцnen", Neue Zeitschrift fьr Musik vol. 84 Yearbook, 1917, p. 68.
Möllendorf, Willi. "La musique en quarts de ton est en marche" (in German), Neue Musik Zeitung, Stuttgart, 1 June 1922.
Möllendorf, Willi. "Alois Hбba als Kompositionslehrer", Sbornik praci filosofickи fakulty brиnskи university, F9, 1965, p. 379.
Momigny, Jйrфme-Joseph de. Article 'Temperament', Paris, 1818.
Momigny, Jйrфme-Joseph de. La sola e vera teoria della musica. Bologna, 1823.
Monahan, Gordon and Tina Pearson. "Bridge", Musicworks: The Journal of Sound Exploration no. 27, spring 1984, pp. 10-13.
Monette, Louis G. and C. Stevens. Organ tonal finishing and fine tuning. Oracle, Baton Rouge, 1981, 141 pages.
Monro, D.B. Modes of ancient Greek music. Oxford, 1894.
Montagu, Jeremy. "The art of fingering the harpsichord; illustrated with examples in notes; to which is added an approved method of tuning this instrument (review)", FoMRHI quarterly no. 43, April 1986, p. 32.
Montal, Claude. L'Art d'accorder soi-mкme son piano d'aprиs une mйthode sure, simple et facile, dйduite des principes exacts de l'acoustique et de l'harmonie. J. Meissonnier, Paris, 1836. Facs. reprint, Minkoff, Geneva, 1976, 252 pages.
Montvallon, Andrй Barrigue de. Nouveau systиme de musique sur les intervalles des tons, et sur la proportion des accords, oщ l'on examine les systиmes proposйs par divers auteurs. Aix, 1742.
Montvallon, Andrй Barrigue de. Nouveau sistиme sur la transmission et les effets des sons. Nouveau sistиme sur le tempйrament du clavecin, et nouvelle maniиre de l'accorder. Bordelet, Paris, 1747.
Monzo, Joseph L. JustMusic: A New Harmony - Representing Pitch as Prime Series. Draft version, Philadelphia, 1995. Sonic Arts Press, San Diego, 1998.
Monzo, Joseph L. JustMusic Prime-Factor Notation, WWW, 1998.
Monzo, Joseph L. Use of Microtones in the Vocals of Robert Johnson, WWW, 1998.
Monzo, Joseph L. 5-Limit Implications of ancient Indian tuning, WWW, 1998.
Monzo, Joseph L. Program Notes to Hendrix Chord, WWW, 1998.
Monzo, Joseph L. Mathematical Diagram of John Dowland's Lute Fretting, WWW, 1998.
Monzo, Joseph L. Speculations on Marchetto of Padua's 'Fifth-Tones', WWW, 1998.
Monzo, Joseph L. Definitions of tuning terms, WWW, 1998.
Monzo, Joseph L. My Autobiography, WWW, 1998.
Monzo, Joseph L. List of my works (with many MIDI audio examples), WWW, 1998.
Moore, Brian C.J. Psychology of hearing. Academic Press, 1997.
Moore, James L. Acoustics of bar percussion instruments. PhD thesis, Ohio State University, 1970. Permus Publications, Columbus OH, 1978, 164 pages.
Moorer, J.A. and J. Grey. "Lexicon of analysed tones", Computer Music Journal vol. 1 no. 2, 1977, (Part I, violin tone), vol. 1 no. 3, 1977 (Part II, clarinet and oboe tones), vol. 2 no. 2, 1978 (Part III, the trumpet).
Morel, A.J. Principe acoustique nouveau et universal de la thйorie musicale, ou musique expliquйe. Paris, 1816.
Moreno, Enrique I. Introduction to an expanded theory of tuning and scales. The College Honors Program: research report, Univ. of Kansas, 1987.
Moreno, Enrique I. Expanded Tunings in Contemporary Music: Theoretical Innovations and Practical Applications. Series: Studies in the history and interpretation of music no. 30, Edwin Mellen Press, Lewiston NY, 1992, 203 pages.
Moreno, Enrique I. "The Existence of Unexplored Dimensions of Pitch", Proceedings of the 17th International Computer Music Conference, San Jose, California, October 1992.
Moreno, Enrique I. "A Visual Model for Embedded Chroma Spaces: Theory and Software Applications", Proceedings of the 20th International Computer Music Conference, Еrhus, Denmark, September 1994.
Moreno, Enrique I. "Expanded Chromas and the New Frontiers of Tonality: An Introduction", Journal of New Music Research vol. 23, September 1994, pp. 235-244.
Moreno, Enrique Ignacio. Embedding Equal Pitch Spaces and the Question of Expanded Chromas: an Experimental Approach. PhD dissertation, Stanford University, Dec. 1995, 217 pages.
Moreux, Serge. "Ivan Wyschnegradsky ou le musicien ami des grands nombres", Revue franзaise de l'йlite, 25 February 1948, Paris, p. 69.
Morgan, Robert P. Anthology of Twentieth Century Music. W.W. Norton and Co., New York, 1992, pp. 393-412.
Morley, Thomas. A plaine and Easie Introduction to Practicall Musicke. London, 1597.
Morrison, Gary. "Decimal Music", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1979, pp. 1-4.
Morrison, Gary. "Ten Equal: The Other Side of the Coin", Interval vol. 2 no. 1, fall 1979, pp. 7-8, 17.
Morrison, Gary. "A Quick Excursion Into Octave-Repeating, Harmonic-Series Based Scales", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 2, 1985, pp. 8-10.
Morrison, Gary. "A Graphical Technique for Finding Equally-Tempered Scales by their Harmonic Resources", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 90-94.
Morrison, Gary. "34-Tone Notation System Based on Adjusted 17-Tone", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, 1995, pp. 86-91.
Morton, David. The traditional music of Thailand. U. of California Inst. of Ethnomusicology, Los Angeles, 1968, 47 pages.
Moser, Dietz-Rьdiger. "Andreas Werckmeister. Ein groЯer Musiktheoretiker der Barockzeit", Unser Harz vol. 17 no. 5, May 1969, pp. 89-91.
Mossotti, Ottaviano Felice. Del tempйramento. Bibl. Universitaria, Pisa.
Mossotti, Ottaviano Fabrizio. Acustica e ottica fisica. Pisa, 2nd half of 19th cent.
Motte-Haber, Helga de la. "Rationalitдt und Affekt - Ьber das Verhдltnis von mathematischer Begrьndung und psychologischer Wirkung in der Musik", in: Musik und Mathematik. Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1985.
Mountford, J.F. "The Musical Scales of Plato's Republic", Classical Quarterly vol. 17, 1923.
Moye, John Noble, II. The psychoacoustics of musical sound: An annotated bibliography. PhD diss., Florida State U., 1991, 468 pages.
Moyroud, Charles. Traitй de thйorie musicale. Paris, 1880.
Mьller, August Eberhard. Klavier- und Fortepiano-Schule, chapter "Von der Temperatur und Stimmung", G.S. Lцhlein, Jena, 1804.
Mьller, Ruth E. and Carl Dahlhaus (eds.) Die Musiktheorie im 18. und 19. Jahrhundert. II: Deutschland. Geschichte der Musiktheorie no. 11. Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, Darmstadt, 1989, 290 pages.
Muller-Stevens, Helmut. "Verstimmung: E.T.A. Hoffmann und die Trivialisierung der Musik", Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift fьr Literaturwissenschaft und Geistesgeschichte vol. 63, 1989, pp. 98-119.
Mumma, Gordon. Live-Electronic Music, in the Development and Practice of Electronic Music. Jon H. Appleton and Ronald C. Perera (eds.), Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs NJ, 1975, pp. 286-355.
Mьnnich, R. "Vor der Entwicklung der Riemann'schen Harmonielehre und ihrem Verhдltnis zu Oettingen und Stumpf", Riemann-Festschrift, Leipzig, 1909.
Münxelhaus, Barbara. Pythagoras Musicus. Zur Rezeption der pythagoreischen Musiktheorie als quadrivialer Wissenschaft im lateinischen Mittelalter. Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1976, 286 pages.
Murail, Tristan. "La rйvolution des sons complexes", Darmstдdter Beitrage zur neuen Musik, B. Schott's Sцhne, Mainz, 1980.
Murail, Tristan. "Spectres et Lutins", Darmstдdter Beitrage zur neuen Musik, B. Schott's Sцhne, Mainz, 1982.
Murphy, Sylvia. "The Tuning of the Five-course Guitar", Galpin Society Journal vol. 23, 1970, pp. 49-63.
Murzin, Jevgeny. ANS - Elektronnyi instrument dlya kompozitorov. Moskva, Soyuz Kompositorov RSFSR, 1965.
Muzzulini, Daniel. "Leonhard Eulers Konsonanztheorie", Musiktheorie vol. 9 no. 2, 1994. Laaber Verlag, Laaber, Germany, 1994.
Muzzulini, Daniel. "Musical Modulation by Symmetries", Journal of Music Theory vol. 39 no. 2, fall 1995.
Mycielski, Jan. "Keyboards for Pure Music", Journ. Acoust. Soc. Am., 1977.
Myers, Herbert. "Zacconi's Viola da Braccio Tunings", Galpin Society Journal vol. 51, 1998, p. 244.
- N -
Nalder, L.M. First Steps in Piano Tuning. London.
Nam, Sang-suk. "Akhak kwebom sojae yulchang ui munjejom mit yulsan e kwan yon'gu", Han'guk umak yon'gu vol. 15-16, 1986, pp. 27-66.
Narayanan, Meera. The physics of music, WWW (Indian music).
Natali, Filippo. Il Diapason differenziale (...) della scala temperamenta. Ciotola, Roma, 1886.
Nauman, Ernst. Ьber die verschiedenen Bestimmungen der Tonverhдltnisse. Leipzig, 1858.
Nazajkinskij, Evgenij (ed.) Musical art and science (in Russian). Muzyka, Moskva, 1970, 219 pages.
Nederveen, Cornelis Johannes. Acoustical aspects of woodwind instruments. Thesis, Delft. Uitgeverij Frits Knuf, Amsterdam, 1969, 120 pages.
Needham, Joseph. Science and civilisation in China vol. 4, Cambridge, 1962, 1965.
Negri, John. "The Nineteen-Tone System as Ten Plus Nine", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, winter 1986-1987, pp. 11-13.
Neidhardt, Johann Georg. Beste und leichteste Temperatur des Monochordi. Jena, 1706.
Neidhardt, Johann Georg. Sectio canonis harmonici, zur vцlligen Richtigkeit der Generum Modulandi. Kцnigsberg, 1724.
Neidhardt, Johann Georg. Gдntzlich erschцpfte, mathematische Abtheilungen des diatonisch-chromatischen, temperirten Canonis Monochordi. C.G. Eckhardt, Leipzig/Kцnigsberg, 1732. Reprint of collected works to be published by The Diapason Press, Utrecht.
Neubecker, A.J. Altgriechische Musik. Darmstadt, 1977.
Neumaier, Wilfried. Was ist ein Tonsystem? Eine historisch-systematische Theorie der abendlдndischen Tonsysteme, gegrundet auf der antiken Theoretiker Aristoxenos, Eukleides und Ptolemaios, dargestellt mit Mitteln der modernen Algebra. PhD diss., Musikwissenschaft: U. Tьbingen, 1985-86. Quellen und Studien zur Musikgeschichte von der Antike bis in die Gegenwart vol. 9, Lang, Frankfurt am Main, 1986, 261 pages.
Neumaier, Wilfried et al. "Extensionale Standardsprache der Musiktheorie: Eine Schnittstelle zwischen Musik und Informatik", Mikrotцne III, Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
Neumann, C.E. Bestimmungen der Tonverhдltnisse. Leipzig, 1858.
Neupert, Wolf Dieter. "Physikalische Aspekte des Cembaloklanges", Frankfurt a.M., 1971.
Neuwirth, Erich. Musical Temperaments. Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1997, 77 pages, includes CD-ROM. German version Musikalische Stimmungen. Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1997, 80 pages, includes CD-ROM.
Nguyen, Phong T. "Restructuring the fixed pitches of the Vietnamese dan nguyet lute: A modification necessitated by the modal system", Asian Music vol. 18 no. 1, fall-winter 1986, pp. 56-70.
Nguyen, Phong T. "Restructuring the fixed pitches of the dan nguyet lute: A modification necessitated by the modal system", The Vietnam forum vol. 11, winter-spring 1988, pp. 172-190.
Nicholl, Matthew James. Harry Partch: 'And on the Seventh Day Petals Fell on Petaluma'. MM thesis, North Texas State University, 1982.
Nickerson, James F. A comparison of performances of the same melody played in solo and in ensemble with reference to equi-tempered, just, and Pythagorean intonations. Unpublished PhD dissertation, University of Minnesota, 1948.
Nickerson, James F. "Intonation of Solo and Ensemble Performance of the Same Melody", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 21 no. 6, 1949, pp. 593-595.
Nickolaus, Barbara. "Praxis barocker Stimmungen und ihre theoretischen Grundlagen (review)", Musik und Kirche vol. 53 no. 6, 1983, pp. 301-302.
Nicomachus of Gerasa. Manual of Harmonics. 2nd cent. AD. English translation by Flora R. Levin (ed.), Phanes Press, Grand Rapids MI, 208 pages. Also WWW, 1998.
Niemцller, Klaus Wolfgang. "Zur Musiktheorie im frьhen 20. Jahrhundert. Georg Capellens Ideen einer Erneuerung des Tonsystems", Festschrift Karl Gustav Fellerer zum 70. Geburtstag, Arno-Volk-Verlag, Kцln, 1973.
Niemцller, Klaus Wolfgang. "Hugo Riemann und die "exotische" Musik. Zum Konflikt von musikalischen Eurozentrismus und Weltmusik", Lux Oriente. Festschrift Robert Gьnther zum 65. Geburtstag, Gustav Bosse-Verlag, Kassel, 1995.
Nierop, Dyrck Rembrantz van. Mathematische calculatie, d.i. wiskonstige rekening. Noch is hier bijgevoeght de wiskonstige Musyka, waerin getoont wort de oorsake van 't geluijt, de redens der sanghtoonen, en verscheyden dingen, tot de sangh- en speelkonst behoorende. Amsterdam, 1659.
Nierop, Dyrck Rembrantz van. Wis-konstige musyka: Vertoonende de oorsaecke van 't geluyt, de redens der zanghtoonen telkonstigh uytgereekent, ende het maken en stellen der speeltuygen. Als mede van der ouden musijck, en verscheyden gevoelens der selfder: zijnde alles seer gedienstigh en vermakelick voor Musikanten, Organisten, of andere Instrument-speelders. Gerrit van Goedesbergen, Amsterdam, 1659.
Nigg, Serge. "Visiblement inspirй par le Ciel", Premier Cahier Ivan Wyschnegradsky, Paris, 1985, p. 136.
Nijenhuis, Emmie te. The Ragas of Somanatha vol. I-II, E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1976.
Nijenhuis, Emmie te. East meets West. Western Influence on Indian Music, WWW.
Nix, Joseph. Lehrgang der Stimmkunst. Fachbuchreihe das Musikinstrument, Bd. 7, Verlag das Musikinstrument, Frankfurt am Main, 1988, 140 pages.
Noll, Thomas. Morphologische Grundlagen der abendlдndischen Harmonik. PhD diss., Technische Universitдt Berlin, 1995, in: Moisei Boroda (ed.), Musikometrika vol. 7, Universitдtsverlag Dr. N. Brockmeyer, Bochum, 1997.
Nordgren, Quentin R. "Reflections on Tunings and Temperament", The American Music Teacher vol. 27, November/December 1977, pp. 8-9.
Norman, J. "The Musical Effects of Tempering the Scale", Spring 1980.
Novaro, Augusto. Sistema natural base del natural-aproximado. Mexico, 1927.
Novaro, Augusto. Sistema natural de la mъsica. Augusto Novaro, Mexico, 1951.
Nowitzky, Mark. Nowitzkian Note Names ("NNN"). A Method of Representing 5-Limit Tunings, WWW, 1999.
Nunn, Tom. "The Entire Field of Sound", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, 1979, pp. 21-22.
Nunn, Tom. Liner notes for cassette Plate Techphonics. 1991.
Nunn, Tom. "'Bugbelly' - A T-Rodimba EPB", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 6 no. 1, June 1990, pp. 1, 14-16.
- O -
O'Connell, Walter. "The Tonality of the Golden Section: The Symmetrization of Tone Space", Xenharmonikôn vol. 15, 1993, pp. 3-18.
O'Keefe, Vincent. "Psycho-physical preference for harmonized musical passages in the just and equal tempered systems", Perceptual and motor skills vol. 40 no. 1, February 1975, pp. 192-194.
Oberegger, V. Note sur accordature Mesotonica et Barocca. Urbino, 1977.
Obouhow, Nicolas. "l'harmonie totale; Ivan Wyschnegradsky: L'Ultrachromatisme et les espaces non octaviants", La Revue Musicale vol. 290-291, 1972, Claude Ballif (ed.), Richard Masse, Paris.
Odington, Walter. De speculatione musice. 14th century. E. de Coussemaker (ed.), Paris, 1854-1876. Reprint Olms, Hildesheim, 1963.
Oettingen, Arthur Joachim von. Das duale Harmoniesystem. 2nd edition, Verlag von C.W.F. Siegel's Musikalienhandlung, Leipzig, 1913, 312 pages. 1st edition is Das Harmoniesystem in dualer Entwicklung, Studien zur Theorie der Musik, Glдser, Dorpat/Leipzig, 1866, 294 pages.
Oettingen, Arthur Joachim von. Die Grundlagen der Musikwissenschaft. Abh. der Kgl. Sдchs. Akad. Math.-Phys. Klasse 34, Leipzig, 1916.
Ogolevets, Aleksei Stepanovich. Foundations of Harmonic Language. Moscow, 1941.
Ogolevets, Aleksei Stepanovich. An Introduction to Contemporary Musical Thought. Moscow, 1948.
Ogolevets, Aleksei Stepanovich. "Specificity of expressive means of music", Edition The Soviet composer, Moscow, 1969, pp. 404-588, in Russian.
Ohana, Maurice. "Microintervals", Rollo H. Myers twentieth century music, John Calder (ed.), London, 1960.
Ohana, Maurice. Numйro spйcial de La Revue Musicale no. 351-352, Richard Masse (ed.), Paris, 1986.
Ohgushi, K. "The origin of tonality and a possible explanation of the octave enlargement phenomenon", Journ. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 73, 1983, pp. 1694-1700.
Okelo, Anthony. "The Acholi pentatonic musical scale", Musices aptatio, Vatican, 1982, pp. 48-60.
Oldani, Norbert L. "A Generalization of Helmholtz's Harmonic Model to Nineteen-Tone Equal Temperament", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, winter 1986-1987, pp. 10-11.
Oldani, Norbert L. "Classical Techniques Revisited", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 2, 1990, pp. 11-13.
Olevska, Rodna. "Prilog kon proucuvanjeto na koleblivite tonovi vo obrednite pesni vo nekolku sela od Radovisko", Zbornik od XXXI kongres na Sojuzot na zdruzenijata na folkloristite na Jugoslavija, Zdruzenie na Folkloristite na Makedonija, Skopje, 1986, pp. 107-111.
Olson, Harry F. Music, Physics and Engineering (formerly titled Musical Engineering), 1st ed. 1952, 2nd edition, Dover Publications, New York, 1964.
Ongaro, Giulio Maria. "Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto (review)", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 16, 1990, pp. 202-203.
Onvlee, J. Kwarttonenboek. Stiba, 1987, 76 pages with scores.
Oosterkamp, Andrй. " Composing Recording Mastering Guitars: Tuning, Intonation and Recording", WWW, 1999.
Opelt, Friederich Wilhelm. Ьber die Natur der Musik... Plauen, 1834.
Opelt, Friederich Wilhelm. Allgemeine Theorie der Musik. Leipzig, 1852.
Ophee, Matanya. "La chitarra terzina", Il Fronimo vol. 6 no. 25, October 1978, Italy, pp. 8-23.
Oransay, Gьltekin. "Das Tonsystem der tьrkei-tьrkischen Kunstmusik", Die Musikforschung vol. 10, 1959, pp. 250-264.
Orga, Atиs. "Alois Hбba and Microtonality", Musical Opinion, 1968, pp. 541-545.
Orlova, Elena. Intonatsionnaia teoriia Asafeva: kak uchenie o spetsifike muzykalnogo myshleniia : istoriia, stanovlenie, sushchnost. Muzyka, Moskva, 1984, 301 pages.
Orrego-Salas, J.A. (ed.) "Microfilm Special Collection - Carrillo", Music from Latin America Available at Indiana University: Scores, Tapes and Records. Bloomington IN, 1971.
Orton, Richard. First Report to the I.C.S. Committee on XXth Century Notations of Microintervals, 1965.
Orton, Richard. "The 31-tone organ", Music Theory vol. 107, London, 1966, pp. 342-343.
Osanai, Tadao. "Kanetsune-shi ni yoru heike-biwa 'yamaji' no onritsu-chosa ni tsuite no gimon oyobi teisei shiron", Nippon Toyo Ongaku Ronko, 1974, pp. 5-20.
Osserman, Robert. "Rational and irrational: music and mathematics", Essays in Humanistic Mathematics, Mathematical Association of America, 1993.
Oteri, Frank. "In Memory Ivan Wyschnegradsky", Ear Magazine East vol. 7 no. 5, New York, 1983, p. 19.
Otterstedt, Annette. Die englische Lyra-Viol: Instrument und Technik. PhD diss., Technische U. Berlin, 1987. Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1989, 278 pages.
Otterstrцm, Thorvald. Eine Modulationstheorie. English translation A Theory of Modulation, Da Capo Press Music Reprint Series, Da Capo Press, New York, 1975.
Overmyer, Grace. "Quarter-Tones - and Less", The American Mercury vol. 12, October 1927, pp. 207-210.
Overton, Ken. Distinctions Between Just-tuned Key Areas within Musical Contexts, WWW.
Owen, Barbara. "Pitch and Tuning in eighteenth- and nineteenth-century American Organs", The Organ Yearbook vol. 15, 1984.
Owens, Alfred Shabda. "Tuning in: Microtonality in electronic music--A basic guide to alternate scales, temperaments, and microtuning using synthesizers (review)", Computer Music Journal vol. 13 no. 3, fall 1989, pp. 92-93.
Ozzard-Low, Patrick. 21st Century Orchestral Instruments. Acoustic instruments for alternative tuning systems. Alternative Tuning Projects, London, 1998.
- P -
Paap, Wouter. "Prof. Dr. A.D. Fokker; naar een verjongd harmonisch besef", Mens en Melodie vol. 27 no. 12, 1972, pp. 367-369.
Padgham, Charles Arthur, P.D. Collins and G.K. Parker. "A trial unequal temperaments on the organ", London, 1979.
Padgham, Charles Arthur. The well-tempered English organ. Positif Press, Oxford, 1986, 107 pages.
Paek, Tae-ung. Han'guk chontong umak ui sonnyul kujo. Oullim, Seoul, 1995, 288 pages.
Page, Christopher. "Fourteenth-century instruments and tunings: a treatise by Jean Vaillant? (Berkeley, MS 744)", Galpin Society Journal vol. 33, March 1980, pp. 17-35.
Pak, Hung-su. "Han'guk umak ui akcho e kwanhan koch'al-t'ukhi p'yongjo wa ujo e taehayo", Taedong munhwa yon'gu vol. 5, 1968, pp. 119-159.
Pakusa, Peter. Jenseits der zwцlf Tцne : Untersuchungen an neuerer Vokalmusik unter besonderer Berьcksichtigung von Vierteltonkompositionen. 1991.
Palisca, Claude V. "Scientific empiricism and musical thought", in Seventeenth century science and the arts, Hedley Howell Rhys (ed.), Princeton NY, 1961, pp. 91-137.
Palisca, Claude V. "The impact of the revival of ancient learning on music theory", IMS Report, Berkeley, 1977. Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1981, pp. 870-878.
Palisca, Claude V. "Gioseffo Zarlino", The New Grove dictionary, London, 1980, p. 646.
Palisca, Claude V. "Interactions between acoustics and musical practice in the Renaissance", Winckel Festschrift, 1982, pp. 119-127.
Palmer, Robert. "A father figure for the avant-garde" (La-Monte Young), Atlantic vol. 247 no. 5, May 1981, pp. 48-56.
Pandula, Dusan. "Das Portrдt Alois Hába", Melos vol. 12, 1974, p. 17.
Pankratz, Lorne D. An analysis of tunings and temperaments in sixteenth- and seventeenth-century English music. MM thesis, Music theory, U. of Alberta, 1992, 127 pages.
Panthaleon van Eck, C.L. van. J.S. Bach's Critique of Pure Music. Princo, Culemborg, 1981, 170 pages.
Papadakis, Pavlos. On Byzantine Chant, WWW, 1997.
Parncutt, Richard. Harmony: A Psychoacoustical Approach. Springer Series in Information Sciences vol. 19, Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1990.
Parncutt, Richard. "Pitch properties of chords of octave-spaced tones", Speech transmission laboratory no. 1, 1990, pp. 25-36. And in Contemporary Music Review vol. 9 parts 1 & 2, 1993, pp. 35-50.
Parncutt, Richard and Annabel J. Cohen. "Identification of microtonal melodies: Effects of scale-step size, serial order, and training", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 57 no. 6, 1995, pp. 835-846.
Parod, Bill. "A tuning system laboratory for the NeXT computer", Proceedings of the International Computer Music Conference, Glasgow, 1990. Computer Music Association, San Francisco, 1990, pp. 335-337.
Parrish, William Lyman. The Decatonic Scale. Key to Classical Quartertone Music. Author, San Jose, California, 1951.
Parsons, D. "Der EinfluЯ der Saiten-Partialschwingungen auf den Violinklang und eine elektronische Methode zur Stimmung von Streichinstrumenten nach Obertцnen", Acustica vol. 37, 1977, pp. 222-229.
Parsons, Will. "Towards a Just Social Intonation", Interval vol. 1 no. 2, fall 1978, pp. 24-25.
Partch, Harry. Ratio Keyboard Diagram. Unpublished monograph with letter accompanying, 1932.
Partch, Harry. "A New Instrument", Musical Opinion, London, 1935, pp. 764-765.
Partch, Harry. W. B. Yeats, Carmel Pine Cone, 1941.
Partch, Harry. The Kithara, Carmel Pine Cone, 1941.
Partch, Harry. Genesis of a Music. Monophony: the Relation of its Music to Historic and Contemporary Trends; its Philosophy, Concepts, and Principles; its Relation to Historic and Proposed Intonations; and its Application to Musical Instruments. University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, 1949. Second enlarged edition Genesis of a Music: An Account of a Creative Work, its Roots and its Fulfillments. Da Capo Press, New York, 1974, 517 pages. Reprint 1979. With "Relevation in the Courthouse Park (Program notes 1969)", pp. 244-247.
Partch, Harry. "No Barriers", Impulse, summer 1952, p. 9.
Partch, Harry. "The Ancient Magic", Music Journal, June-July 1959, pp. 16-18, 45-47.
Partch, Harry. "Monothiths in Music", Source, music of the avant garde, 1966.
Partch, Harry. "A Quarter-SawCut Lecture on Intonation", cassette in Harry Partch Archive, UIUC, 1966.
Partch, Harry. "Lecture delivered at UCLA, 8 May 1966", Source, music of the avant garde, Larry Austin (ed.), vol. 1, January 1967, p. 103. Duplicate cassette in Harry Partch Archive, UIUC.
Partch, Harry, "Experiments in Notation", in Contemporary Composers on Contemporary Music. Elliot Schwartz and Barney Childs (eds.), Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York, 1967, pp. 209-220.
Partch, Harry. A Quarter-Saw Section of Motivations and Intonation, Lecture to the American Society of Composers, 1967.
Partch, Harry. "Show Horses in the Concert Ring", Circle no. 10, p. 43, 1948. Reprinted in Soundings no. 1, 1972, p. 66.
Partch, Harry. Bitter Music: Collected Journals, Essays, Introductions, and Librettos. Edited by Thomas McGeary. Music in American Life. University of Illinois Press, Urbana and Chicago, 1991.
"Patterns of Music", pp. 159-162.
"Bach and Temperament", pp. 162-165.
"A Somewhat Spoof", pp. 188-191.
"The University and the Creative Arts: Comment", pp. 191-193.
"King Oedipus, (Program Notes - 1st version 1952)", pp. 213-218.
"Oedipus (Program Notes - 2nd version 1954)", pp. 218-221.
"The Rhythmic Motivations of Castor and Pollux and Even Wild Horses", pp. 221-228.
"Plectra and Percussion Dances (Program Notes 1953)", pp. 228-231.
"Some New and Old Thoughts after and before The Bewitched (1955)", pp. 231-239.
"A Soul Tormented by Contemporary Music Looks for a Humanizing Alchemy: The Bewitched (1957)", pp. 239-244.
"Observations on Water! Water! (1962)", pp. 247-250.
"Delusion of the Fury (Program Notes 1965)", pp. 250-259.
Partch, Harry. "Barbs and Broadsides", Interval vol. 3 no. 1, winter 1980, pp. 14-16, Reprint in Percussive Notes vol. 18 no. 3, summer 1981, pp. 7-15.
Partch, Harry. "Ratio Keyboard Design Chart - with Text", 1933. Reprint in Interval vol. 5 no. 3, winter 1986-1987, pp. 14-17.
Partch, Harry. "Manual on the Maintenance and Repair of -and the Musical and Attitudinal Techniques for- Some Putative Musical Instruments", 1963. Part 1: Interval vol. 1 no. 2, pp. 8-12, Part 2: Interval vol. 1 no. 3, winter 1979, pp. 7-14, Part 3: Interval vol. 1 no. 4/5, spring/summer 1979, pp. 15-18, 31-34.
Partch, Harry. "Harry Partch Reviews Yasser's Theory of Evolving Tonality", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, spring 1984, pp. 5-6, 31. (manuscript from the 1940s, probably written for a now-defunct newspaper.)
Partch, Harry. Exposition on Monophony. Unpublished manuscript in Harry Partch Archive. First draft 1928, rewritten 1928-1933, discovered 1984. Portion published in Interval vol. 4 no. 3, spring 1984, pp. 8-9. 5th edition of 1933 in Interval, 1986.
Pasquali, Nicolт. The art of fingering the harpsichord; illustrated with examples in notes; to which is added an approved method of tuning this instrument. Robert Bremner, London, 1757. Edinburg, 1760. Reprint Morley, London, 1985.
Passy, Charles. Those exotic quarter tones. Westsider, New York, 4 December 1980.
Paterson, J.D. "On the Gra'mas or musical scales of the Hindus", Asiatic Researches vol. 9, Calcutta, 1875.
Patwardan, L.R. "The mysterious shruti", in Commemoration volume in honour of Dr. S.N. Ratanjankar, K.G. Ginde, Bombay, 1961, pp. 143-150.
Paulson, J.W. Quarter-tone Production on the Saxophone. Master's thesis, Eastman School of Music, 1975.
Pavlakis, Christopher. "Harry Partch", The American Music Handbook, The Free Press, New York, 1974, p. 346.
Pearce, Wesley. Intonation studies for band. Utah State University Press, Logan, 1977, 238 pages.
Pedtke, Herman. "31-tone Meantone Tuning - Link Between the Past and Future", Xenharmonikôn vol. 6, 1978.
Peeters, P. Eine Lьtticher Quelle zur Verbreitung des 19-tцnigen Stimmungssystem in der ersten Hдlfte des 17. Jahrhunderts. Paper read in Bremen at a symposium of the International Schьtz Society, 1985.
Pelemans, Willem. Opzoekingen van Prof. H.A. Vuylsteke. Een zuiver electrisch muziekspeeltuig, WWW.
Pelinski, Ramon. "Upon Hearing a Performance of the Well-Tuned Piano. An Interview with LaMonte Young and Marian Zazeela..", Parachute vol. 19, summer 1980, pp. 4-19. Reprinted in Interval vol. 4 no. 3, spring 1984, pp. 13-20, and vol. 4 no. 4, pp. 16-24.
Pels, B.J.A. "L'orgue accordй en cinquiиmes de ton du Musйe Teyler а Haarlem", Archives du Musйe Teyler serie III, vol. 10, 1951, pp. 173-181.
Pelz-Sherman, Michael. "Dynamic tuning stategies for computer music".
Penazzi, Sergio. Metodo per Fagotto. Edizioni Suvini Zerboni, Milano, 1972.
Pepusch, J.C. Of the various general and species of music among the ancients, with some observations concerning their scale (...). London, 1746.
Peretz, Erast. "The 'Erast' music. A new musical system of intonation claims the right to existence", Revue roumaine d'histoire de l'art: Thйatre, musique, cinйma vol. 6, 1969, pp. 261-268.
Perkis, Tim. "Just Intonation on Yamaha's New FM Synths", Electronic Musician, July 1988, pp. 98-107.
Perlis, Vivian. "Harry Partch interviewed by Vivian Perlis of Yale University in 3/74", three 90-minute cassettes, 1974.
Perlman, Marc. "American Gamelan in the Garden of Eden: Intonation in a Cross-Cultural Encounter", Musical Quarterly, 1996, p. 243.
Perrett, Wilfrid. Some Questions of Musical Theory. W. Heffner and Sons Ltd., Cambridge, 1926, 1928, 1931, 1934, ibid.
Peters, Arno. Die maЯstдbliche Darstellung der Tondauer als Grundlage oktav-analoger Farbnotation. Akademische Verlagsanstalt, Vaduz, 1985.
Peters, Illo. Die Grundlagen der Musik. Teubner, Leipzig-Berlin, 1927.
Petit, J.C. Apologie de l'excellence de la musique - Avec un nouveau sisteme, & methode demonstrative pour accorder le clavession et l'orgue... London, c. 1740.
Petzval, Jуzeph Miksa (Jozef Maximilian). Schwingungen gespannter Saiten. Denkschriften der Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien, 1859.
Pfrogner, Hermann. Die Zwцlfordnung der Tцne. Amalthea-Verlag, Zьrich/Leipzig/Wien, 1953.
Pfrogner, Hermann. "Der Clavis in Andreas Werckmeisters 'Nothwendigsten Anmerckungen und Regeln, wie der Bassus continuus oder Generalbass wol kцnne tractiret werden' (Aschersleben 1698)", Bericht ьber den internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen KongreЯ Bamberg 1953, Kassel, 1954, pp. 149-151.
Pfrogner, Hermann. Lebendige Tonwelt. Zum Phдnomen Musik. Albert Langen/ Mьller Verlag, Mьnchen/Wien, 1976, 680 pages.
Phelan, J. James. The Complete Guide to the Flute. Burkart-Phelan Inc., Harvard MA, 1980.
Phelps, Norman. "Science or Art? The Ambiguous History of Musical Scales", 1970.
Pierce, Edwin Hall. "A Colossal Experiment in 'Just Intonation'", Musical Quarterly vol. 10 no. 3, July 1924, pp. 326-332.
Pierce, John R. "Attaining Consonance in Arbitrary Scales" (letter), Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 40, 1966, p. 249.
Pierce, John R. and Max Mathews. "Control of Consonance and Dissonance with Nonharmonic Overtones", Music by Computers, von Fцrster and Beauchamp (eds.), New York, 1969, pp. 129-132.
Pierce, John R. The Science of Musical Sound. Scientific American books, New York, 1984, 242 pages. French translation Le son musical, Bellin, Paris, 1984, 242 pages.
Pike, Alfred. "The Discoveries and Theories of Juliбn Carrillo 1875-1965", Inter-American Music Bulletin 55, September 1966.
Pikler, Andrew G. Measurement of the Octave Sense, unpublished paper, presented to the Eastern Psychologyical Association, 8 April 1961, Philadelphia.
Pikler, Andrew G. Measurement of the Musical Interval Sense, unpublished paper, presented to the Eastern Psychological Association, 15 April 1960, New York.
Pikler, Andrew G. and J.D. Harris. "Measurement of the Musical Interval Sense", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 23, 1961.
Pikler, Andrew G. "History of Experiments on the Musical Interval Sense", Journal of Music Theory vol. 10 no. 1, spring 1966, pp. 54-95.
Pikler, Andrew G. "Mels and musical intervals", Journal of Music Theory vol. 10, 1966, pp. 289 sqq.
Pikler, Andrew G. "Logarithmic Frequency Systems", Journ. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 72 no. 3, 1983, pp. 1023-1035.
Pinos, Alois. "Das Erbe von Alois Hбba. Mikrointervalle in der zeitgenцssischen tschechischen Musik", Gedanken zu Alois Hбba, Horst-Peter Hesse und Wolfgang Thies (eds.), Verlag Mьller-Speiser, Anif, 1996.
Pirro, A. Descartes et la musique. Paris, 1907. Reprint 1973.
Pisani, R.U. "An Electronic Device for the Reproduction of any Musical Scale", Acustica vol. 21, 1969, pp. 294-298.
Pizzati, Guiseppe Abbй. La scienza del suoni et dell armonia. S. Gatti, Venice, 1782.
Planck, Max. "Ein neues Harmonium in natьrlicher Stimmung nach dem System von C. Eitz", Berlin Physikalische Ges. Verhandlungen, 1893, pp. 8-9.
Planck, Max. "Die natьrliche Stimmung in der modernen Vokalmusik", Vierteljahrsschrift Musikwissenschaft vol. 9, 1893, p. 418.
Platt, John R. and Racine, Ronald. "Effect of frequency, timbre, experience, and feedback on musical tuning skills", Perception and psychophysics vol. 38 no. 6, December 1985, pp. 543-553.
Platz, Robert H.P. "More Than Just Notes: Psychoacoustics and Composition", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 5, 1995, pp. 25-28.
Pleyel and Dussek. Mйthode pour le Piano-Forte (comprenant 'Nouvelle maniиre d'accorder le Piano-Forte et le Clavecin inventйe par M. Kirnberger'). Pleyel, London, 1796.
Plomp, Renier and W.J.M. Levelt. "Tonal consonance and critical bandwidth", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 38, 1965, pp. 548-568.
Plomp, Renier. "Beats of mistuned consonances", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 42, 1967, pp. 442-474.
Plomp, Renier, W.A. Wagenaar and A.M. Mimpen. "Musical interval recognition with simultaneous tones", Acustica vol. 29, 1973, pp. 101-109.
Plomp, Renier. Experiments on tone perception. Institute for perception, Soesterberg, 1966, 167 pages. Second edition: Aspects of tone sensation: a psychological study, Academic Press, New York, 1976, 167 pages.
Podbielski, Jacek. "Znak tabulaturowy i dzwiek lutni w muzyce XVI wieku: Analiza relacji w aspekcie wysokosci", Muzyka vol. 33 no. 4, 1988, pp. 67-79.
Podnos, Theodor H. Bagpipes and Tunings. Detroit Monographs in musicology, Information Coordinators, Detroit MI, 1974, 125 pages.
Podnos, Theodor H. Intonation for strings, winds, and singers: a six-month course. Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, 1981, 195 pages.
Pцhlmann, E. Denkmдler Altgriechischer Musik. Sammlung, Ьbertragung und Erlдuterung aller Fragmente und Fдlschungen. Nьrnberg, 1970.
Poissenot, Marc. Ivan Wyschnegradsky: А la recherche du continuum sonore, йtapes de la pensйe et de l'oeuvre. Mйmoire de Maоtrise sous la direction de Yves Krier (Rennes II).
Pol, Balthasar van der. "Muziek en elementaire getallentheorie", Archives du Musйe Teyler vol. 9, Fasc. 5, 1942, pp. 507-540. English version "Music and elementary theory of numbers", The Music Review vol.7, 1946, pp. 1-25.
Polansky, Larry. "Notes on Piano Study No. 5 for JPR", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 4, p. 14.
Polansky, Larry. "Confessions of a Lousy Carpenter: Some thoughts on composing for standard instruments in just intonation", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 1, 1985, pp. 1, 10-14.
Polansky, Larry. "HMSL Intonation Environment", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 1, winter 1987, pp. 4-6, 10-12, 15.
Polansky, Larry. "Paratactical Tuning: An Agenda for the Use of Computers in Experimental Intonation", Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 1, spring 1987, pp. 61-68.
Polansky, Larry. "Guest Editorial", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 2, 1985, p. 2.
Polansky, Larry. "Canon for Flute (score)", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 2, 1990, p. 5.
Polansky, Larry. "Piano Study #5 (for JPR) for Just Fender Rhodes", Xenharmonikôn 6, 1978.
Polansky, Larry. "Movement for Lou Harrison for Two Violins", Xenharmonikôn 6, 1978.
Polansky, Larry and Richard Bassein. "Possible and Impossible Melody: Some Formal Aspects of Contour", Journal of Music Theory vol. 36 no. 2, fall 1992, pp. 259-284.
Polansky, Larry. "Morphological Metrics", Journal of Music Theory vol. 37, 1993.
Pole, W. "On the graphic method of representing musical intervals. With illustrations of the construction of the musical scale", Proceedings of the Musical Association vol. 2, London, 1876, pp. 16-29.
Pole, W. The Philosophy of Music. London, 1879, 1924, H. Hartridge (ed.)
Pollack, Irwin. "Ohm's Acoustical Law and Short-Term Auditory Memory", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 36 no. 12, 1969, pp. 2340-2345.
Pollard, J. Victor. Tuning and Temperament in Southern Germany to the End of the Seventeenth Century. PhD thesis, Musicology, University of Leeds, 1985.
Pollens, Stewart. "Early nineteenth-century German language works on piano maintenance: A review of published information concerning the stringing, tuning, and adjustment of the fortepiano", Early Keyboard Journal vol. 8, 1990, pp. 91-109.
Poole, L.M.G. "Further thoughts on piano tuning", Am. J. Phys vol. 47 no. 6, June 1979, p. 564.
Poole, Henry Ward. "An Essay on Perfect Intonation in the Organ", American Journal of Sciences and Arts, 2nd. series, vol. 9, 1850, pp. 68, 199.
Poole, Henry Ward. "On perfect harmony, the double diatonic scale, and an enharmonic key-board for organs, piano-fortes, etc.", American Journal of Science and Arts vol. 94 (2nd series 44) no. 130, July 1867, pp. 1-22.
Popley, Herbert Arthur. The music of India. Low Price Publications, New Delhi, 1921, 1990, 1993, 1996, 187 pages.
Pцppel, Ernst. "Unmusikalische Grenzьberschreitungen?", Musik in der Zeit, Helbing & Lichtenhahn, Basel, 1990.
Porter, William. "The meaning of mean-tone temperament", Diapason vol. 72 no. 12, December 1981, p. 19.
Porvenkov, Valerij. Nastrojka muzykal'nyh instrumentov. Legkaja industrija, Moscow, 1977, 125 pages.
Porvenkov, Valerij. Akustika i nastrojka muzykal'nyh instrumentov. Muzyka, Moscow, 1990, 192 pages.
Poulton, Diana. John Dowland - His Life and Works. University of California Press, 1972.
Pousseur, Henri. "Une expérience de musique microtonale: 19 V 8/4 pour violoncelle solo", Interface vol. 14 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 11-43.
Powers, Harold S. The background of the South-Indian raga-system. 3 vols., PhD diss., Music: Princeton University, 1958.
Powers, Harold S. "Review of M. Kolinski: 'The Origin of the Indian 22-Tone System'", Ethnomusicology vol. 6, 1962, pp. 222-228.
Powers, Harold S. "An historical and comparative approach to the classification of ragas (with an appendix on ancient Indian tunings)", University of California, Los Angeles, Institute of Ethnomusicology, Selected reports vol. 1 no. 3, 1970, 78 pages.
Powers, Harold et al. "Tonal types and modal categories in Renaissance polyphony", Journal of the American Musicological Association vol. 34, 1981, pp. 428-470.
Praetorius, Michael. Syntagmatis Musici Tomus Secundus: De organographia. Elias Holwein, Wolfenbьttel, 1618, 1619. Facsimile edition, Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1958. English translation by Harold Blumenfeld (ed.), Kassel, 1962, New York, 1986. Other English translation by David Z. Crookes, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1986.
Prelleur, Peter. The art of playing on the violin with a new scale shewing how to stop every note flat or sharp, exactly in tune and where the shifts of the hand should be made. To which is added a collection of the finest rigadoons, almands, sarabands, courants and opera airs extant. T. Cobb, London, 18th century.
Pressing, Jeff. "Tuning System Design", Interval vol. 2 no. 2+3, pp. I19-I22, I24.
Pressing, Jeff. "Cognitive Isomorphisms in Pitch and Rhythm in World Musics: West Africa, the Balkans, Thailand and Western Tonality, Studies in Music vol. 17, Nedlands, Australia, 1983, pp. 38-61.
Preyer, Wilhelm Thierry. Ьber die Grenzen der Tonwahrnehmung. Jena, 1876-77.
Prins, Evert. "Fokker en de 31-toonsstemming (letter)", Mens en Melodie vol. 51, nov/dec. 1996, p. 514.
Printz, Wolfgang Caspar. Musica modulatoria vocalis. 1678.
Printz, Wolfgang Caspar. Dritte musicalische Kunstьbung. 1678.
Printz, Wolfgang Caspar. Historische Beschreibung der edelen Sing- und Klingkunst, in welcher deroselben Ursprung und Erfindung, Fortgang, Verbesserung, unterschiedlicher Gebrauch, wunderbare Wьrckungen, mancherley Feinde und zugleich berьhmsteste Ausьber von Anfang der Welt bis auff unsere Zeit in mцglichster Kьrtze erzehlet und vorgestellet werden, aus denen vornehmsten Autoribus abgefasset und in Ordnung gebracht von Wolfgang Caspar Printzen von Waldthrun. J.Ch. Mieth, Dresden, 1690.
Printz, Wolfgang Caspar. Phrynis mitilenaeus. Dresden & Leipzig, 1696.
Prior, Glen. Notes for LP Moustache Blue. 1978.
Pritschet, Hans. Wahrnehmung des Grundtons von Dreiklдngen. Roderer, Regensburg, 1992.
Pronina, A. La musique en URSS avant et aprиs 1917, Catalogue de l'exposition Paris-Moscou, 1979, pp. 482-486.
Prooijen, Kees van. "A Theory of Equal-Tempered Scales", Interface vol. 7 no. 1, June 1978, pp. 45-56.
Prosdocimus de Beldemandis. Brevis summula proportionum quantum ad musicam pertinet ; and, Parvus tractatulus de modo monacordum dividendi = A short summary of ratios insofar as they pertain to music ; and, A little treatise on the method of dividing the monochord. Translated by Jan Herlinger, University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln, 1987, 182 pages.
Pruett, Lilian P. and Bonifazio Asioli. "Bonifazio Asioli and equal temperament", Early Keyboard Journal vol. 9, 1991, p. 51-69.
Pruvost, P. La musique rйnovйe selon la synthиse acoustique. Sociйtй franзaise d'йditions littйraires et techniques, Paris, 1931, 287 pages.
Ptolemaeus, Claudius. Klaudiou Ptolemaiou harmoniko vivlia iii Claudii Ptolemaei harmonicorum libri tres. John Wallis (ed.), Oxford, e theatro Scheldoniano, 1682. London, 1699. English translation The Harmonics by A. Barker in Greek Musical Writings vol. 2, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1989.
Puliot, Stephen. "Remembering Harry", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, 1994, p. 23.
Purdam, Andrew. Comparison of Temperaments, WWW.
- R -
Radice, Mark. Futurismo: Its Origins, Context, Repertory, and Influence. Musical Quarterly, 1989, pp. 1-17.
Raghavendra Rao, K.S.; Indira. "Experimental study of raga scales of Indian music - Sankarabharana raga", Journal of the Sangeet Natak Academy vol. 51, New Delhi, January-March 1979, pp. 15-23.
Rahn, Jay. "Some recurrent features of scales", In Theory Only vol. 1, 1977, p. 11.
Rahn, Jay. "Javanese Pelog Tunings Reconsidered", Yearbook of the International Folk Music Council vol. 10, 1978, pp. 69-82.
Rahn, Jay. "Asymmetrical Ostinatos in Sub-Saharan Music: Time, Pitch and Cycles Reconsidered", In Theory Only vol. 9 no. 7, 1987, pp. 23-37.
Rahn, Jay. "Coordination of interval sizes in seven-tone collections", Journal of Music Theory vol. 35 no. 1, 1991, pp. 33-60.
Rahn, Jay. "An Advance on *A Theory for All Musics*: At-Least-As Predicates for Pitch, Time, and Loudness", Perspectives of New Music vol. 30 no. 1, 1992, pp. 158-183.
Rahn, Jay. "Perceptual Aspects of Tuning in a Balinese Gamelan Angklung for North American Students", Canadian University Music Review vol. 16 no. 2, 1996, pp. 1-44.
Rahn, Jay. " Practical Aspects of Marchetto's Tuning", Music Theory Online vol. 4 no. 6, November 1998.
Railsback, O.L. "Scale Temperament as Applied to Piano Tuning", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 9, 1938, p. 274.
Rais, Mark. "The Microtonal System of Jaan Soonvald", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 1 no. 2, 1991.
Rakowski, Andrzej. "Tuning of isolated musical intervals", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 59 (suppl. 1).
Rakowski, Andrzej; Krystyna Mlodziejewska and Wieslaw Marucha. "Intonowanie izolowanych interwalow muzycznych", Z prac Katedry Akustyki Muzycznej, 1979, pp. 155-166.
Rakowski, Andrzej. "Intonation variants of musical intervals in isolation and in musical context", Psychology of Music vol. 18 no. 1, 1990, pp. 60-72.
Rakowski, Andrzej. "Context-dependent intonation variants of melodic intervals", in Music, Language, Speech and Brain, Johan Sundberg, Lennart Nord and Roald Carlson (eds.), MacMillan Press, 1991.
Ramanathan, S. "The Sruti Veena", Musical Scales: Report of Symposium Sangeet Natak Academy, New Delhi, Feb. 1973.
Ramanna, Raja. "The structure of Raga music", Current science vol. 68 no. 9, 1995, pp. 897-916.
Ramaswami Aiyar, M.S. "The Question of Grвmas", Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1936, pp. 629-639.
Rameau, Jean-Philippe. Traitй de l'Harmonie Reduite а ses Principes naturels. Jean-Baptiste-Christophe Ballard, Paris, 1722, 452 pages. Treatise on harmony, translated by Philip Gossett, Dover Publications, New York, 1971, 444 pages.
Rameau, Jean-Philippe. Nouveau Systкme de Musique thйorique, Oщ l'on dйcouvre le Principe de toutes les Regles necessaires а la Pratique, Pour servir d'Introduction au Traitй de l'Harmonie. Jean-Baptiste-Christophe Ballard, Paris, 1726, 120 pages.
Rameau, Jean-Philippe. Gйnйration Harmonique, ou Traitй de Musique thйorique et pratique. Prault fils, Paris, 1737, 244 pages. English translation, John Walsh, London, 1752. English translation by D. Hayes (ed.), diss. Stanford University, 1974.
Rameau, Jean-Philippe. Extrait d'une rйponse de M. Rameau а M. Euler sur l'identitй des octaves. Paris, 1753.
Rameau, Jean-Philippe. Dйmonstration du principe de l'harmonie. 1750.
Rameau, Jean-Philippe. Complete Theoretical Writings. E.R. Jacobi (ed.), American Institute of Musicology, 1966-1972, 6 vols.
Ramesh, Mahadevan. A gentle introduction to South Indian classical (Karnatic) music, WWW, 1996.
Ramis de Pareja, Bartolomei. Musica practica. Bologna, 1482. Reprint G. Vecchi (ed.), Forni, Bologna, 1969. Reprint Johannes Wolf, Beiheft 2 der Publikationen der Internationalen Musikgesellschaft.
Ramis de Pareja, Bartolomei. De Musica tractatus sive Musica Practica. Bologna, 1492.
Ranade, G.H. "Eternal paradox in Indian music - the shrutis", Aspects of Indian Music, Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Delhi, 1957, reprinted in 1960 and 1968, pp. 39-44.
Ranade, R.G. Hindustani Music: Its Physics and Aesthetics. Popular Prakashan, Bombay, 1971.
Raney, Carolyn. "A solution to a lute tablature of Isabella dei Medici (ca. 1540-76)", Ghisi Festschrift I, 1976, pp. 299-309.
Rankin, Mark. "Making Sense of Cents", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, fall-winter 1985, pp. 13-15.
Rankin, Mark. "Microtonal Templates for Guitar", Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1 no. 4, 1990, pp. 128-129.
Rankin, Mark. "Traditional European Musical Key and Interval Nomenclature". Self-published monograph.
Rao, Yu-an, Edward C. Carterette and Yu-kui Wu. "A comparison of the musical scales of the ancient Chinese bronze bell ensemble and the modern bamboo flute", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 41 no. 6, June 1987, pp. 547-562. Also in Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 81, Supplement 1, p. S84.
Rapoport, Paul. "Towards the Infinite Expansion of Tonal Resources", Tempo no. 144, March 1983, pp 7-11.
Rapoport, Paul. "About 31-tone equal temperament and six songs written in it. An essay with Songs of fruit and vegetables by Paul Rapoport" (with score), Corpus Microtonale vol. 23, Diapason Press, Utrecht, 1987, 93 pages.
Rapoport, Paul. "Some Temperaments are More Equal Than Others - and Decidedly More Temperamental", MusicWorks 43, 1989, pp. 8-12.
Rapoport, Paul. "Notes Toward Quasi-Triskaidekaphilia", Xenharmonikôn vol. 13, spring 1991, pp. 45-53.
Rapoport, Paul. "Too Many Signs of Too Few Temperaments", unpublished CUMS lecture, May 28, 1991.
Rapoport, Paul. "The Notation of Equal Temperaments", 1991, Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, 1995, pp. 61-84.
Rapoport, Paul. "Just Inton(ot)ation", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 1, September 1991, pp. 12-14.
Rapoport, Paul. "The Structural Relationships of Fifths and Thirds in Equal Temperaments", Journal of Music Theory vol. 37 no. 2, pp. 351-389, fall 1993.
Rapoport, Paul. CD review of Easley Blackwood's Microtonal Compositions on Cedille Records, Fanfare vol. 18 no. 1, Sept./Oct. 1994, pp. 146-147.
Rapoport, Paul. "Just Shape, Nothing Central", MusicWorks 60, fall 1994, pp. 42-49.
Rapoport, Paul. "Gimme Fives", MusicWorks 61, spring 1995, pp. 40-45.
Rapoport, Paul. "(K)no(w) More Notation", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 2, 1995, p. 4.
Rasch, Rudolf Alexander. "Wohltemperirt en gelijkzwevend", Mens en Melodie vol. 36 no. 9, Sept. 1981, pp. 264-273.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "Gelijkzwevend stemmen", Mens en Melodie vol. 37, 1982, pp. 14-30.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "Sorge's monochord", Mens en Melodie vol. 37, 1982, pp. 232-243.
Rasch, Rudolf A. Inventaris van het archief en documentatiecentrum van de Stichting Huygens-Fokker, Haarlem, 1983, 2/1985.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "Description of regular twelve-tone musical tunings", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 73 no. 3, March 1983, pp. 1023-1035.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "Perception of melodic and harmonic intonation of two-part musical fragments", Journ. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 74, 1983, S22. And in Music Perception vol. 2 no. 4, summer 1985, pp. 441-458.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "Theory of Helmholtz beat frequencies", Music Perception vol. 1 no. 3, 1984, pp. 308-322.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "Friedrich Suppig and his Labyrinthus musicus of 1722", The Organ Yearbook vol. 15, 1984, pp. 33-53.
Rasch, Rudolf A. and Vincent Heetvelt. "String inharmonicity and piano tuning", Music Perception vol. 3 no. 2, winter 1985, pp. 171-189. J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 76 no. 1 Suppl., 1984, p. 22.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "Relations between Multiple Divisions of the Octave and the Traditional Tonal System", Interface vol. 14 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 75-108.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "Does 'Well-tempered' mean 'Equal-tempered'?", in Williams (ed.), Bach, Hдndel, Scarlatti tercentenary Essays, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1985, pp. 293-310.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "Der Zusammenhang zwischen den verschiedenen Unterteilungen der Oktave und dem herkцmmlichen Tonsystem", Mikrotцne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 107-116.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "Integer Approximation of Musical Scale Frequencies", Interface vol. 15 no. 1, 1986, pp. 25-34.
Rasch, Rudolf A. (ed.) Corpus Microtonale, vol. 1: Adriaan Daniël Fokker - Selected Compositions, with introduction by Rudolf Rasch. Diapason Press, Utrecht, 1987, 217 pages.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "Eine neue, normierte Notation fьr mikrotonale Musik: Die Diapason-Notation", Mikrotцne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 41-51.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "The Theories of Adriaan Fokker, Part One", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 1, 1988, pp. 4-7, 14.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "The Theories of Adriaan Fokker, Part Two", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 2, 1988, pp. 6, 10-12.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "Analytische Bemerkungen zu einigen mikrotonalen Kompositionen Adriaan Fokkers", Mikrotцne III, Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
Rasch, Rudolf A. Just Notation, raw draft, September 1991.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "Review of Gardner Read, 20th-Century Microtonal Notation", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 1, 1992, pp. 258-262.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "The Greek tones in Pietro della Valle's Oratorio per la Festa della Santissima Purificatione (1640)", Huygens-Fokker Jaarboek 1994, Haarlem, pp. 124-138.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "The Musical Circle - from Alfonso to Beethoven", Tijdschrift voor Muziektheorie vol. 2 no. 1 (part I), vol. 2 no. 2 (part II), 1997.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "The Musical Circle III: Second thoughts and further additions", Tijdschrift voor Muziektheorie vol. 4 no. 1, February 1999.
Rasch, Rudolf A. "The Musical Circle IV: a general theory", Tijdschrift voor Muziektheorie vol. 4 no. 3, November 1999.
Raskin, Jef. "Recollections of Harry Partch", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, 1994, p. 24.
Rasmussen, Karl Aage. "Harry Partch en filosofisk musiker forfort af snedkervirksomhed", Dansk Musiktidskrift, Copenhagen, vol. 51 no. 1, 1977, pp. 8-11.
Ratanjankar, S.N. "Just intonation in Hindustani raga singing", in Commemoration volume in honour of Dr. S.N. Ratanjankar, K.G. Ginde, Bombay, 1961, pp. 186-191.
Ratanjankar, S.N. "Shruti as a unit of measurement of musical intervals", in Commemoration volume in honour of Dr. S.N. Ratanjankar, K.G. Ginde, Bombay, 1961, pp. 226-228.
Ratte, Franz-Josef. "Die Temperatur als Mittel der musikalischen Rhetorik am Beispiel des Orgelbьchleins von Johann Sebastian Bach", Die Sprache der Musik: Festschrift Klaus Wolfgang Niemцller zum 60. Geburtstag. Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1989, pp. 401-417.
Ratte, Franz-Josef. Die Temperatur der Clavierinstrumente: Quellenstudien zu den theoretischen Grundlagen und praktischen Anwendungen von der Antike bis ins 17. Jahrhundert. Winfried Schlepphorst (ed.), Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1991, 478 pages.
Ratte, Franz-Josef. "Temperierungspraktiken im Sьddeutschen Orgelbau, insbesondere zur Zeit Johann Nepomuk Holzheys", Acta Organologica vol. 24, 1995.
Ratte, Franz-Josef. "Temperatur", in: Das Bach Lexikon, Laaber Verlag, Laaber, 2000, pp. 506-514.
Raudonikas, Felix. "Essays of Pythagorean system. I: Primary concepts; II: Two- dimensional syntax; III: Three-dimensional syntax", FoMRHI quarterly no. 64, July 1991, pp. 44-54. No. 65, October 1991, pp. 25-40.
Raymond, G.M. Essai sur la dйtermination des bases physico-mathйmatiques de l'art musical. Paris, 1813.
Raymond, John. "Treatise on harpsichord tuning (review)", Galpin Society journal vol. 42, Aug. 1989, pp. 173-174.
Rayna, David. "Two Special Keyboard Projects", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 3, summer 1986, pp. 4-6,15.
Rayner, Clare G. "The enigmatic Cima: Meantone tuning and transpositions", Galpin Society Journal vol. 22, March 1969, pp. 23-34.
Rayner, Clare G. "Historically justified keyboard variations on equal tempered tuning", Galpin Society Journal vol. 28, April 1975, p. 129.
Read, Gardner. "Microtones", in Contemporary Instrumental Techniques. Schirmer Books, New York, 1976, pp. 103-111.
Read, Gardner. Source Book of Proposed Music Notation Reforms. Greenwood Press, Westport, Connecticut, 1987, pp. 12, 26, 47, 56, 66, 92, 138, 315-316.
Read, Gardner. 20th-Century Microtonal Notation. Greenwood Press, New York, 1990, 198 pages.
Reblitz, Arthur A. Piano servicing, tuning & rebuilding. The Vestal Press, New York, 1993.
Reckziegel, Walter. "Die Stimmung in Theorie und Praxis fьr Musiker und Musikfreunde (review)", Zeitschrift fьr Musikpдdagogik vol. 10 no. 29, 1985, p. 84.
Reddick, H.P. Johann Mattheson's Forty-eight Thorough-bass Text-pieces: Translation and Commentary. Diss. Univ. of Michigan, Michigan IL, 1956.
Ree Bernard, Nelly van. Stemmingen en stemmethoden beschreven in Spaanse teksten uit de 16e eeuw - Afinaciónes y maneras de afinar descritas en textos españoles del siglo XVI. Stichting voor Muziekhistorische Uitvoeringspraktijk, Utrecht, 1978, 165 pages bilingual.
Ree Bernard, Nelly van. "Recontrucciуn de tres salterios ibйricos: Canon entero, medio canon y ala entera, con un compendio sobre salterios en general y advertencias para adaptar al salterio melodias medievales", Anuario musical vol. 41, 1986, pp. 17-46.
Ree Bernard, Nelly van. "Una afinaciуn de Bermudo llevada a la practica en una reconstrucciуn hipotйtica de un monacordio del siglo XVI", Livro de homenagem a Macario Santiago Kastner, Fundaзгo Calouste Gulbenkian, Lisboa, 1992, pp. 35-49.
Reed, Thomas S. Six-six musical theory; an investigation of the theoretical suitability of the double whole-tone scale series as a basis for pitch calculation. Master of Arts dissertation, Music Education: Northeast Missouri State U., 1973, 162 pages.
Reed, Thomas S. "Microtonal Music, Notation, and Instruments", NACWPI Journal, fall 1979, pp. 9-14.
Reed, Thomas S. "The Future of Music", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, p. 4.
Reed, Thomas S. (ed.) First MNMA Conference Proceedings, 1988. Music Notation Modernization Association, Kirksville MO, 1991, 120 pages.
Reed, Thomas S. Second MNMA Conference Proceedings with "Test drive the new notation systems. (An exhibit of nine systems)". Music Notation Modernization Association, Kirksville MO, 1992, 26 pages.
Reed, Thomas S. Directory of Music Notation Proposals. Music Notation Modernization Association, Kirksville MO, 1997, 212 pages.
Regener, Eric Hamilton. "Layered music theoretic systems", Perspectives of New Music vol. 5, 1967, pp. 52-62.
Regener, Eric Hamilton. Pitch Notation and Equal Temperament: A Formal Study. PhD thesis, Princeton University, 1972, 2 vols. University of California Press, Berkeley, 1973, 229 pages.
Regener, Eric Hamilton. "The Number Seven in the Theory of Intonation", Journal of Music Theory vol. 19 no. 1, spring 1975, pp. 140-153.
Rehfeldt, Philip. New Directions for the Clarinet. University of California Press, 1994.
Rehm, G. "Einfьhrung in historische Temperatur-Systeme", Das Musikinstrument vol. 29, 1980, pp. 44-46.
Reichardt, Hermann. "Das 12stufige, gleichschwebendtemperierte Tonsystem", Das Musikinstrument vol. 18 no. 2, 1969, pp. 174-179, 182-183.
Reiche, Jens Peter. "Die theoretischen Grundlagen javanischer Gamelan-Musik und ihre Bedeutung fьr Claude Debussy", Zeitschrift fьr Musiktheorie vol. 3 no. 1, 1972, pp. 5-15.
Reilly, Edward R. and John Solum. "De Lusse, Buffardin, and an eighteenth-century quarter-tone piece", Historical performance vol. 5 no. 1, spring 1992, pp. 19-23.
Reinecke, Hans-Peter. "Zum Problem der musikalischen Temperatur in auЯereuropдischen Tonsystemen", Speculum musicae artis: Festgabe fьr Heinrich Husmann, Mьnchen, 1970, pp. 271-275.
Reiner, D.L. "Enumeration in music theory", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 92, 1985.
Reiner, Karel. "Matka, Opйra en quarts de ton de Alois Hбba", Polyphonie Premier Cahier, Paris, 1947-48, pp. 174-176.
Reinert, B. "Das Problem des Pythagorдischen Kommas in der Arabischen Musiktheorie", Asiatische Studien vol. 33 no. 2, 1979, pp. 199-217.
Reinhard, Andreas. Monochordum. Leipzig, 1604.
Reinhard, Johnny. "A Microtonal Sensibility", Ear Magazine East vols. 11-12 no. 1, 1982-1983, p. 3.
Reinhard, Johnny. The Microtonal Bassoon. Filmkunst Musikverlag, Mьnchen, 1986.
Reinhard, Johnny (ed.) Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1, no. 1, American Festival of Microtonal Music, 1986.
Reinhard, Johnny. "Let's Go Europe", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, spring 1986, pp. 25-27.
Reinhard, Johnny. "The Microtonal Bassoon", The Double Reed vol. 10 no. 2, 1987, pp. 39-42.
Reinhard, Johnny. "Rational/Irrational", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 3, summer 1987, pp. 6-7, 15.
Reinhard, Johnny (ed.) Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1, no. 2, American Festival of Microtonal Music, 1987.
Reinhard, Johnny. "Bibliography", Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1 no. 2, 1987, pp. 55-111.
Reinhard, Johnny. "Arnold Schцnberg's Conception of Tonality", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 3, summer 1989, pp. 4-7.
Reinhard, Johnny (ed.) Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1, no. 4, 1990. [vol. 3 is a cassette]
Reinhard, Johnny. "Who's who in microtonality", Pitch vol. 1 no. 4, 1990.
Reinhard, Johnny. "Maqam: Middle Eastern Tuning", Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1 no. 4, 1990, pp. 4-9.
Reinhard, Johnny. Phenomenology and its Application to Microtonality. Self-published.
Reinhard, Johnny. "The American Festival of Microtonal Music: Program Notes", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, pp. 30-31, 33.
Reinhard, Johnny. "The Microtonal Wave", Whole Earth, winter 1997.
Reinhard, Johnny. "Raison d'кtre, WWW, 1997.
Reinhard, Kurt and Ursula Reinhard. Turqui. Series: Les traditions musicales vol. 4, Buchet/Chastel, Paris, 1969, 274 pages.
German enlarged edition Musik der Tьrkei, Taschenbьcher zur Musikwissenschaft, Band 95, Heinrichhofen's Verlag, Wilhelmshaven, 1984, 2 vols., Band 1: Die Kunstmusik, 251 pages.
Reinisch, Frank. "Franzцsische Vierteltonmusik in der Mitte des 19. Jahrhunderts", Die Musikforschung vol. 37, 1984, pp. 117-122.
Reis, Helmut. Harmonie und Komplementaritдt. Harmonikale Interpretation des pythagoreischen Lehrsatzes. Orpheus, Band 33, Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1983, 272 pages.
Reis, Helmut. Der goldene Schnitt und seine Bedeutung fьr die Harmonik. Orpheus, Band 54, Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1990, 190 pages.
Reis, Helmut. Natur und Harmonik. Orpheus, Band 67, Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1993, 492 pages.
Rempp, Frieder. Die Kontrapunktstraktate Vincenzo Galilei. Kцln, 1980.
Rempp, Frieder. "Bemerkungen zum Selbstverstдndnis der italienischen Musiktheorie im 16. Jahrhundert", Musiktheorie vol. 4 no. 2, 1989, pp. 100-112.
Rempp, Frieder. "Zum Wandel der Tonbeziehungen in der italienischen Musiktheorie des 16. Jahrhunderts", Durr Festschrift, pp. 226-233.
Renold, Maria. Von Intervallen, Tonleitern, Tцnen und dem Kammerton c = 128 Hertz. Philosophisch-Anthroposophischer Verlag am Goetheanum, Dornach, 1992, 270 pages.
Rensch, Richard. Die Temperierung der Orgel, Einiges ьber die Grundlagen, ISO-Informationen. Lauffen/Neckar, Dezember 1971, Heft Nr. 7.
Rensch, Richard. The Kirnberger Temperament and its effect on organ sound. 1974.
Rensch, Richard. Zur Tonordnung bei Tasteninstrumenten. Pape Verlag, Berlin 1982, Beiheft fьr Pape Orgeldokumente 1003.
Rйvйsz, Gйza. Zur Grundlegung der Tonpsychologie. Feit, Leipzig, 1913.
Rйvйsz, Gйza. Einfьhrung in die Musikpsychologie. A. Francke, Bern, 1946. 314 pages. Dutch translation Inleiding tot de muziekpsychologie, Amsterdam, 1946, 324 pages.
Reynolds, Roger. "Par delа les dimensions connues", Le timbre, Bourgois, Paris, 1991, pp. 467-484.
Rhea, Thomas. The Evolution of Electronic Musical Instruments in the United States. PhD thesis. George Peabody College, Nashville, 1972.
Rhea, Thomas. "The History of Electronic Musical Instruments", The Art of Electronic Music, G. Armbruster (ed.), Quill, New York, 1984.
Rhea, Thomas. "Reynold Weidenaar: The Telharmonium: A History of the First Music Synthesizer, 1893-1918 (review)", Computer Music Journal vol. 12 no. 3, 1988, pp. 59-62.
Rhein, John von. "A trailblazer tunes in to a musical discovery", Chicago Tribune 20-7-1980.
Ribouillault, Danielle. "La guitare au XVIIIиme siиcle: Recherches sur les causes du dйclin de l'accord baroque", Instruments et musique instrumentale, CNRS, Paris, 1986, pp. 101-127.
Riccati, Giordano. Saggio sopra le leggi del contrapunto. G. Trento, Castelfranco, 1762.
Riccati, Giordano. Delle corde avvero fibre elastiche. Bologna, 1767.
Riccati, Giordano. Esame del sistema musico di M. Rameau. Dissertazione..., 1780.
Riccati, Giordano. Esame del sistema musico del Signor Giuseppe Tartini .... 1781.
Riccati, Giordano. Della divisione delle ragioni in un determinato numero di ragioni eguali. Treviso, 1781-1790.
Riccati, Giordano. Delle vibrazioni sonore dei cilindri. 1782.
Rich, Robert. "A Just Intonation Calculator", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 4, fall 1988, pp. 4-7.
Rich, Robert. "Just Intonation for MIDI Synthesizers", Electronic Musician vol. 2 no. 11, November 1986, pp. 32-45.
Rich, Robert. "Harmonic Scales for Guitar", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 1, winter 1987, pp. 13-14.
Rich, Robert. "Tuning and Transposition on the Prophet Five", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 4, 1985, p. 4 ff.
Rich, Robert. "The Ensoniq EPS: A New Toy in Town", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 3, summer 1988, pp. 2, 14.
Richard, P.J. La Gamme. Introduction а l'Йtude de la musique. Librarie Scientifique Hermann et cie, Paris, 1930, 231 pages.
Richards, Edwin Michael. Microtonal Systems for Clarinet: A Manual for Composers and Performers, University Microfilms, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1984.
Richardson, Louis Samuel. The Effect of Certain Harmonic Considerations upon Tuning Preferences for the Major Third. PhD thesis, Theory, Indiana University, 1963, 165 pages.
Riche, G.R. Baron de Prony. Instruction Elйmentaire sur les moyens de calculer les intervalles musicaux. Firmin Didot, Paris, 1832.
Richter, Elisabeth. Franz Richter Herf - Ekmelische Musik. Die Entwicklung der theoretischen Grundlagen und deren Anwendungen dargestellt an ausgewдhlten Kompositionen. Wien, 1993.
Richter, G. "Posouzeni chyb ladeni u akordeonovych dvojzvuku", Hudebni nastroje vol. 19 no. 5, October 1982, pp. 170-173.
Richter, G. "L vlivy hraciho tlaku na jakost ladeni akordeonu", Hudebni nastroje vol. 19 no. 6, December 1982, pp. 208-211.
Richter Herf, Franz. Die ekmelische Orgel. Sonderdruck des Instituts für musikalische Grundlagenforschung, Universitätsdruckerei Pustet, Salzburg, 1975.
Richter Herf, Franz. "Ekmelische Klдnge und deren natьrlicher Aufbau", Komponist, November 1978, Austria, pp. 15-19.
Richter Herf, Franz. Ekmelische Musik. Auffьhrungspraxis und Intonationsьbungen, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1979, 27 pages.
Richter Herf, Franz (ed.) Mikrotöne I. Bericht über das Internationale Symposium 'Mikrotonforschung, Musik mit Mikrotönen, Ekmelische Musik' 10.-12. Mai 1985 in Salzburg, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986.
Richter Herf, Franz. "Komposition und Auffьhrungspraxis ekmelischer Musik", Mikrotцne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 227-230.
Richter Herf, Franz (ed.) Mikrotöne II. Bericht über das 2. Internationale Symposium 'Mikrotonforschung, Musik mit Mikrotönen, Ekmelische Musik' 22.-24. Mai 1987 in Salzburg, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988.
Richter Herf, Franz. "Die Intonation ekmelischer Klangstrukturen", Mikrotцne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 173-183.
Rielander, Michael. "Zur Bedeutung der Intonation bei Pfeifen- und Elektronenorgeln", Das Musikinstrument vol. 25 no. 11, 1976, p. 1442.
Riemann, Hugo. Katechismus der Akustik. Hesse, Leipzig, 1891, 128 pages.
Riemann, Hugo. Popьlare Darstellung der Akustik. Berlin, 1896.
Riemann, Hugo. Geschichte der Musiktheorie im IX-XIX Jahrhundert. Hesse's Verlag, Leipzig, 1898, 529 pages. 2. Auflage, Berlin, 1921. Reprint Olms, Hildesheim, 1961, 550 pages.
Riemann, Hugo. "Das Problem des harmonischen Dualismus", Neue Zeitschrift fьr Musik vol. 72, 1905.
Riemann, Ludwig. Das Wesen des Klavierklanges. Leipzig, 1911.
Righini, Pietro. Le scale musicali - leggende pregiudizi realtа. G. Zanibon, Padova, 1971.
Righini, Pietro and Giuseppe Ugo Righini. Il suono, dalla fisica - all'uomo - alla musica alla macchina. Tamburini, Milano, 1974, 422 pages.
Righini, Pietro. Gli intervalli musicali e la musica: dai sistemi antichi ai nostri giorni. G. Zanibon, Padova, 1975.
Righini, Pietro. La musica greca. Analisi storico tecnica. G. Zanibon, Padova, 1976.
Righini, Pietro. "Problemi dell'accordatura degli strumenti invariabili nel tardo medio evo e nel rinascimento, con particolare riguardo alle accordature mesotonica e barocca", Heinrich Schьtz e il suo tempo, 1981, pp. 176-183.
Righini, Pietro. La musica araba nell'ambiente nella storia. G. Zanibon, Padova, 1983.
Righini, Pietro. Accordature e accordatori. Berben, Ancona.
Righini, Pietro. "Contributo per le ricerche sul linguaggio musicale originale dell'epoca monteverdiana", Claudio Monteverdi e il suo tempo, pp. 539-542.
Righter, Charles B. The Musical Comma. The University of Iowa Press, Iowa City, 1972.
Rigi di San Sepolcro, Francesco. Canon geometricus Organi Pythaulici ad quintam diminutam 2/7 commatis 81 ad 80 accomodatus. 1774.
Rijntjes, A.J. "Doormodderen met stemmingen. De kwadratuur van de kwintencirkel", Mens en Melodie vol. 38 no. 6, 1983, pp. 270-274.
Rimsky-Korsakov, Georgy. "Obosnovanie cetveritonovoj muzykal 'noj sistemy'" (Foundations of the quarter-tone system), Vremennik, 1925, pp. 52-78.
Rimsky-Korsakov, Georgy. "The Basis of the Quarter-Tone Musical System", De Musica vol. 1, Leningrad, 1925.
Rimsky-Korsakov, Georgy. "Theorie und Praxis der Reintonsysteme in Sowjetrußland" (Theory and practice of just tuning systems in Soviet Russia), Melos vol. 7, 1928, pp. 15-17.
Rippe, Volker. "Nicola Vicentino - sein Tonsystem und seine Instrumente. Versuch einer Erklдrung", Die Musikforschung vol. 34 no. 4, 1981, pp. 393-413.
Risinger, Karel. Intervalovэ mikrokosmos; hudebnee teoretickй zбklady novэch tуnoviэch systйmu. Editio Supraphon, Prague, 1971, 126 pages. Summary in German.
Risset, Jean-Claude. "Paradoxes de hauteurs", Proceedings of the 7th International Congress of Acoustics, Budapest, 1971.
Risset, Jean-Claude. "Hauteur et timbre", Revue d'Acoustique no. 42, 1977.
Risset, Jean-Claude. "Computer Music Experiments: 1964-...", Computer Music Journal vol. 9 no. 1, spring 1985, pp. 11-18.
Ritsma, R. "Frequencies dominant in the perception of the pitch of complex sounds", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 42 no. 1, 1967, pp. 191-198.
Roads, Curtis. "Interview with Max Mathews", Computer Music Journal vol. 4 no. 4, 1980, pp. 15-22.
Roads, Curtis. Editorial - Special Issue on Microtonality, Computer Music Journal vol. 11 no. 1, spring 1987.
Roberts, Arthur. "Some New Developments in Computer-Generated Music", Music by Computers, H. von Förster and J. Beauchamp (eds.), John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1969, pp. 63-68.
Roberts, Linda A. and Max Mathews. "Intonation Sensitivity in Traditional and Non-Traditional Chords", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 75 no. 3, March 1984, pp. 952-959.
Roberts, Linda A., Alyson Reeves, Max V. Mathews and John R. Pierce. A New Musical Scale: Theoretical and Experimental Exploration. AT&T Bell Laboratories and Stanford University monograph, 1984.
Roberts, Linda A. "Consonance judgements of musical chords by musicians and untrained listeners", Acustica vol. 62, 1986, pp. 163-171.
Robet-Maugin, J.C. Manuel du Luthier. Paris, 1834.
Robinson, Kenneth Girdwood. A critical study of Chu Tsai-yь's contribution to the theory of equal temperament in Chinese music. PhD thesis, University of Oxford, 1951. Sinologica coloniensia vol. 9, commentary by Erich F.W. Altwein; preface by Joseph Needham. Franz Steiner Verlag, Wiesbaden, 1980, 136 pages.
Robinson, Ray and Allen Winold. A Study of the Penderecki St. Luke Passion. Moeck Verlag, Celle, 128 pages.
Robison, J. "Temperament", Encyclopaedia Brittannica, Edinburgh, 1801.
Roche, Edouard. Notice sur les travaux de J.B. Romieu. Boehm et Fils, Montpellier, 1879.
Rockwell, John. "Music: Microtonal Forays Beyond the 12-Note Scale", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, p. 27.
Rodwell, Tom. "Harry Partch and the Sociology of Composition", Perfect Sound Forever, June 1999.
Rohwer, Jens. "Der Sonanzfaktor im Aufbau von Tonsystemen", Bericht ьber den siebenten internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen KongreЯ Kцln 1958, Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1959.
Romieu, Jean Baptiste. Nouvelle dйcouverte des sons harmonique graves. Martel, Montpellier, 1751.
Romieu, Jean Baptiste. Sur les recherches de Mr. Estиve de la Sociйtй Royale des sciences, concernant le meilleur systкme de musique et son meilleur tempйrament. 1756.
Romieu, Jean Baptiste. "Mйmoire thйorique et pratique sur les systиmes temperйs de musique", Histoires de l'Acadйmie royale des sciences, Montpellier, 1758. Paris, 1763. Mйmoires de mathйmatique, pp. 483-519.
Rondanina, Antonio. Breve trattato di musica tйorico pratica. Tipi del R.I. de'sordo-muti, Geneva, 1845.
Roon, Marjolein van. "From Bandung to Berlin: the correspondence between Jaap Kunst and Erich Moritz von Hornbostel, 1923 to 1936", Oideion, Wim van Zanten (ed.), Centre of Non-Western Studies Publications vol. 14, Leiden, 1993, pp. 19-36.
Rosati, Dante. Adventures in just intonation guitar, WWw, Feb. 1999.
Rosberger, Paul. The Theory of Total Consonance. Associated University Presses Inc., Cranbury NJ, 1970.
Rose, P. "On the cutting edge (performance of LaMonte Young's 'Vision')", American Recorder vol. 36, 1995, p. 27.
Rose, P. "New Directions: a report on Mathias Spahlinger's 'Nah, Getrennt' (for solo alto recorder)", American Recorder vol. 35, 1994, pp. 12-14.
Rosenboom, David. "In the Beginning : Etude I.", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 3, 1985, San Francisco.
Rosenthal, Henry. "Book Review: The Science of Musical Sound", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 2, 1985, p. 4.
Rossi, Lemme. Sistema musico, overo Musica speculativa. Perugia, 1666.
Rossing, Thomas D. and Robert Shepherd. "Acoustics of gamelan instruments", Percussive notes vol. 19 no. 3, fall 1982, pp. 73-83.
Rota, Fra' Luigi Maria. Regola per accordare il Cembalo. Rome, 1773.
Rothenberg, David. A Pattern Recognition Model Applied to the Perception of Pitch, technical report U.S. Air Force Office of Scientific Research: Grant 68-1596; 1969.
Rothenberg, David. The Construction and Musical Utilization of a Taxonomy of Timbre. Unpublished monograph, 1974.
Rothenberg, David. "A Mathematical Model for Perception Applied to the Perception of Pitch", Lecture Notes in Computer Science: Formal Aspects of the Cognitive Process, G. Goos and J. Harmanis (eds.), chapter 22, 1975, pp. 127-141.
Rothenberg, David. "A Model for Pattern Perception with Musical Applications. Part I: Pitch Structures as Order-Preserving Maps", Mathematical Systems Theory vol. 11, 1978, pp. 199-234.
Rothenberg, David. "A Model for Pattern Perception with Musical Applications Part II: The Information Content of Pitch structures", Mathematical Systems Theory vol. 11, 1978, pp. 353-372.
Rothenberg, David. "A Model for Pattern Perception with Musical Applications Part III: The Graph Embedding of Pitch Structures", Mathematical Systems Theory vol. 12, 1978, pp. 73-101.
Rothstein, Edward. "Concert: 'Microtonal' by Newband", Interval vol. 3 no. 4, pp. 26-27.
Rouget, Gilbert. "Sur les xylophones йquiheptaphoniques des Malinkй", Revue de musicologie vol. 55 no. 1, 1969, pp. 47-77.
Rouget, Gilbert. "Note sur l'accord des sanza d'Ebйzagui", Les fantaisies du voyageur: XXXIII variations Schaeffner, Revue de musicologie vol. 68, 1982, pp. 330-344.
Rouget, Gilbert. "Cithare et glissando. Nouvelles donnйes sur le chromatisme au Bйnin", Les fantaisies du voyageur: XXXIII variations Schaeffner, Revue de musicologie vol. 68, 1982, pp. 310-324.
Rouget, Gilbert. "Xylophones africains et systиmes musicaux", Almanach 1987, pp. 293-299.
Rousseau, Jean-Jacques. Dissertation sur la musique moderne. Quillau, Paris, 1743.
Rousseau, Jean-Jacques. Dictionnaire de Musique, article 'Partition' et 'Temperament'. Paris, 1767, Marc Michel Rey, Amsterdam, 1768, 1779.
Roussier, Pierre-Joseph. Traitй des accords et de leur succession, selon le systиme de la basse-fondementale, pour servir de principes d'harmonie а ceux qui йtudient la composition ou l'accompagnement du clavecin, avec une mйthode d'accompagnement. Duchesne, Paris, 1764. Ballard, Lyon, 1764.
Roussier, Pierre-Joseph. Observations sur diffйrens points d'harmonie. Genиve, 1765.
Roussier, Pierre-Joseph. Mйmoire sur la Musique des Anciens, Oщ l'on expose le Principe des Proportions authentiques, dites de Pythagore, & de divers Systкmes de Musique chez les Grecs, les Chinois & les Egyptiens. Avec un Parallиle entre le Systкme des Egyptiens & celui des Modernes. Lacombe, Paris, 1770, 252 pages.
Roussier, Pierre-Joseph. "Lettre touchant la division du zodiaque et l'institution de la semaine planйtaire, relativement а une progression gйomйtrique, d'oщ dйpendent les proportions musicales", Journal des Beaux Arts et des Sciences, 1770.
Rudhyar, Dane. "Resonance and the Natural Order In Music", Soundings vol. 10, 1976.
Rudhyar, Dane. The Rebirth of Hindu Music. Samuel Weiser, New York, 1979.
Ruй, Roberto. "Musical Alternative of the Equal Temperament Based on the Harmonic Scale", Interface vol. 19 no. 4, 1990.
Ruй, Roberto. Estructura y Percepciуn Musical. Cуrdoba, Argentina, 1992.
Ruй, Roberto. "Mнnima Acciуn, Simetrнa y Estabilidad Armуnica", Avances vol. 1, Centro de Investigaciones de la Universidad Nacional de Cуrdoba, Argentina, 1997, pp. 21-28.
Ruй, Roberto. "La Objetividad de las Propiedades Estйticas", Avances vol. 2, Centro de Investigaciones de la Universidad Nacional de Cуrdoba, Argentina, 1998, pp. 82-89.
Ruй, Roberto. "Un Modelo Estructural para la Organizaciуn de las Alturas Musicales", Vectores, Universidad Nacional de Cуrdoba, Argentina, 1999, pp. 25-36.
Ruй, Roberto. Armonнa Experimental. To be published, 2001.
Ruelle, Charles Smile. Emploi du quarts de ton. Impr. Receuil factice, Paris, 1863.
Ruhnke, Martin. "Lassos Chromatik und die Orgelstimmung", Boetticher Festschrift, 1974, pp. 291-308.
Ruiter, Wim de. Compositietechnieken in de twintigste eeuw. De Toorts, Haarlem, 1993.
Ruland, Heiner. "'Irrationale' Intonation in auЯereuropдischer Musik", KongreЯ-Bericht Berlin 1974, pp. 617-618.
Ruland, Heiner. Ein Weg zur Erweiterung des Tonerlebens, musikalische Tonkunde am Monochord. Die Pforte, Basel, 1981. English translation Expanding tonal awareness : a musical exploration of the evolution of consciousness guided by the monochord by John F. Logan, Rudolf Steiner Press, London, 1992, 187 pages.
Rumson, Gordon. The Well or Equal Tempered Clavier?, WWW, 1997.
Rusin, Dave. Mathematics and Music, WWW.
Russolo, Luigi. Enharmonic Notation for the Futurist Intonarumori. Self-published, 1 March 1914.
Russolo, Luigi. The Art of Noises. Translated from the Italian with an introduction by Barclay Brown. Pendragon Press, New York, 1986, Monographs in Musicology Series no. 6, 96 pages.
Rust, Ted. "Intonation and Temperament", Music for the Love of It vol. 7 no. 4, August 1994.
Ruttinger, Christina. Schuberts Klaviermusik in historischer Stimmung. self-published, 1993, 85 pages.
Rььtel, I. A study of pitch contours and the scale structure in Votic folk music. Academy of Sciences of the Estonian SSR, Tallinn, 1985, 34 pages.
Ryk, Janina. "Duration of tones required for satisfactory precision of pitch matching", Council for Research in Music Education bulletin vol. 91, spring 1987, pp. 38-44.
- S -
Saariaho, Kaija. "Shaping a composition network with computer", Proceedings of 1984 International Computer Music Conference, 1985.
Saariaho, Kaija. "Timbre et harmonie", Contemporary Music Review vol. 2 no. 1, 1987, reprint in: Le timbre, Bourgois, Paris, 1991, pp. 412-453.
Sabaino, Daniele. Un'enciclopedia musicale del secolo XVII : il manoscritto 'Musica' di Juan Caramuel Lobkowitz dell'Archivio Capitolare di Vivegano. Cremona, to be published.
Sabaneev, A.N. "The Possibility of Quarter-tone and Other New Scales", translated by S.W. Pring, The Musical Times, June 1929.
Sabaneev, Leonid Leonidovitch. "To Conquer New Tonal Regions", Modern Music vol. 4, 1927, pp. 15-19.
Sábat-Garibaldi, Eduardo. Principios de la Gama Dinámica, ARCA S.R.L., Montevideo, Uruguay, 1994, 238 pages.
Sabbatini, Galeazzo. Regola facile e breve per sonare sopra il basso continuo. Venice, 1628.
Sabbatini, Galeazzo. Regola secura per accordare a orechio conforme l'uso moderno, gl'organi, cembali, o altri simili instromenti da tasti. Pisa, 1657.
Sabbe, Herman & Kurt Stone & Gerald Warfield (eds.) Report of the International Conference on New Musical Notation, State University Ghent, 22-25 October 1974. Interface vol. 4 no. 1, 1975.
Sacchi, Giovenale. Della natura e perfezione della antica musica de' Greci... Milano, 1778.
Sacchi, Giovenale. Specimen theoriae musicae. Bologna, 1787.
Sachs, Curt. Vergleichende Musikwissenschaft in ihren Grundzьgen. Musikpдdagogische Bibliothek, Heft 8, Verlag von Quelle & Meyer, Leipzig, 1930, 87 pages.
Sachs, Curt. "KongreЯ der arabischen Musik zu Kairo 1932", Zeitschrift fьr Musikwissenschaft vol. 14, 1931/32.
Sachs, Curt. The Rise of Music in the Ancient World, East & West. W.W. Norton & Co., New York, 1943. J.M. Dent & Sons Ltd., 1944.
Sachs, K.J. Mensura fistularum: die Mensurierung der Orgelpfeifen im Mittelalter. Stuttgart, 1970.
Sachs, Melchior E. "Das temperierte 19-Tonsystem und eine dafьr passende Schrift", Report of the Fourth Congress of the International Musical Society, London, May 1911, pp. 279-281.
Sala, Oskar. "Experimentelle und theoretische Grundlagen des Trautoniums", Frequenz 2, 1948, pp. 315, Frequenz 3, 1949, p. 13.
Salinas, Francisco de. De musica. Mathias Gastius, Salamanca, 1577, 1592. Reprint M.S. Kastner (ed.), Documenta Musicologica I no. 13, Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1958.
Salmon, Thomas. A proposal to perform musick in perfect and mathematical proportions containing I. the state of musick in general, II. the principles of present practice ..., III. the tables of proportions, calculated for the viol. John Lawrence, London, 1688, 55 pages.
Salmon, Thomas. The theory of music. 1705.
Samadana. Ьber mitteltцnige Strukturen und ihre Ambivalenz als Fundament der menschlichen Freiheit und Wьrde, WWW, Bonn, 1997.
Samadana. Das pythagorдische "Moll"-System, WWW, Bonn, 1997.
Samadana. Das expansive Grundsystem musikalischer Skalen, WWW, Bonn, 1997.
Sambamoorthy, P. South Indian Music. Indian Music Publishing House, Madras, 1975, 6 vols. 7th edition, 1968.
Sambamoorthy, P. History of Indian music. Indian Music Publishing House, Madras, 1982.
Sбnchez Gonzбlez, Francisco Javier. "Beyond 12-Tone Temperament in Oriental Music", Mikrotцne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, Mьnchen, 1993.
Sandberg, Mordecai. Die Tondifferenzierung und ihre Bedeutung. Leipzig, 1930.
Sanderson, Albert E. "The mathematics of piano tuning", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 85 no. 1 Suppl., 1989, p. S65.
Sandoz, Renй. "Les problиmes posйs par les tempйraments", Revue Musicale de Suisse Romande vol. 35 no. 9, 1982.
Sankey, John and William A. Sethares. "A Consonance-Based Approach to the Harpsichord Tuning of Domenico Scarlatti", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 101 no. 4, April 1997, pp. 2332-2337.
Sankey, John. The Keyboard Tuning of Domenico Scarlatti, WWW, 1997.
Santa Marнa, T. de. Arte de taсer fantasia. Valladolid, 1565.
Sargent, George. "Temperament", 1968.
Sargent, George. "Eighteenth-century Tuning Directions", The Music Review vol. 30, Cambridge, 1969, p. 27.
Sato, Kohei. "Zoku onkai no riron-chotan senpo wasei ongaku to sono shuken", Ongaku gaku / Journal of the Japanese Musicological Society vol. 19 no. 3, November 1973, pp. 129-44.
Saunders, Michael. "Pitch, Scale and Tuning in 'Rusty': A Fuzzy Logic Approach to the Tuning Problem", Xenharmonikфn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 116-119.
Saunders, Michael. A Computer-based Notation for the Process of Musical Composition. Thesis in progress, WWW, 1998.
Sauveur, Joseph. Collected writings on musical acoustics (Paris 1700-1713), R.A. Rasch (ed.), Diapason Press, Utrecht, 1984.
Sauveur, Joseph. "Principes d'acoustique et de musique: ou, Systкme gйnйral des intervalles des sons, et son application а tous les systкmes et а tous les instruments de musique", Histoire de l'Acadйmie royale des sciences, 1701. Paris, 1704, Mйmoires, pp. 297-364. Reprint Minkoff Reprint, Genиve, 1973, 68 pages. English translation by Roy Whelden, Indiana University, 1976, includes 101 pages of the original.
Sauveur, Joseph. "Mйthode gйnйrale pour former les systиmes tempйrйs de musique, et du choix de celui qu'on doit suivre", Histoire de l'Acadйmie royale des sciences, 1707. Paris, 1708, Mйmoires, p. 203.
Sauveur, Joseph. Table gйnйrale des systиmes tempйrйs. Paris, 1711.
Sauveur, Joseph. Systиme gйnйral des intervalles et des sons et son application а tous les systкmes & а tous les instruments de musique. Paris, 1743.
Savage, David Allen. Voice & soul: intrinsic description of Harry Partch's keyboard and string instruments. PhD thesis, University of California, San Diego, 1994, 156 pages.
Savart, F. "Mйmoire sur la construction des instruments а cordes et а archet", Nouveau manuel du luthier, W. Maigne (ed.), Roret, Paris, 1894, 404 pages.
Scelsi, Giacinto. Musik-Konzepte. Die Reihe ьber Komponisten vol. 31, Heinz-Klaus Metzger (ed.), Edition Text + Kritik, Mьnchen, 1983.
Scelsi, Giacinto. Im Innern des Tons. Symposiumbericht Musikfest Hamburg '92, Wolke Verlag, Hofheim, 1993, 120 pages.
Schaeffer, Boguslaw. "Neue Bereiche der mikrotonalen Musik", Mikrotцne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 23-40.
Schaeffer, Boguslaw. "Mikrotonalitдt: Weitere Entwiklungsmцglichkeiten", Mikrotцne III, Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
Schafer, R. Murray. The tuning of the world. The soundscape : our sonic environment and the tuning of the world. Knopf, New York, 1977, 301 pages. Destiny Books, Rochester VT, 1993.
Schafer, Tillman H. and W.A. Piehl. "Musical Instruments in Nineteen-Tone Equal Temperament", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 19 no. 4, 1947, p. 730.
Schafer, Tillman H. The Music of Tomorrow: The Supra-Diatonic Scale, A New Concept of Timbre; The Electronic Musical Instrument. Unpublished honors thesis, Mills College, Oakland, 1941.
Schat, Peter. "Hollands dilettantisme", Algemeen Handelsblad 1-11-1963.
Schat, Peter. "Het Derde Klavier", in De Toonklok, Meulenhoff/Landshoff, Amsterdam, 1984.
Schat, Peter. "De chromatische gamelan", in De wereld chromatisch, Meulenhoff/Landshoff, Amsterdam, 1988, pp. 44-54.
Schechter, M. "Tempered scales and continued fractions", American Mathematical Monthly vol. 87, 1980, pp. 40-42.
Scheffer, Hend. Theoph. "Mathematis Jemforelse emellan thonernes naturliga forhallande emot hvarannan uti musiquen", Comptes rendus de l'Acadйmie des Sciences, Sweden, 1748.
Scheibler, Heinrich. Der physikalische und musikalische Tonmesser, welcher durch den Pendel die absoluten Vibrationen, sowie die Genauigkeit gleich-schwebender mathematischer Akkorde beweist. Essen, 1834.
Scheibler, Heinrich. Mйmoire explicatif de l'invention de Scheibler pour introduire une exactitude inconnue avant lui dans l'accord des instruments de musique par M. Lecompte. Danel, Lille, 1856.
Schellinx, Harold. "De bezem van Harry Partch" (The broom of Harry Partch). Raster vol. 37, De Bezige Bij, Amsterdam, 1986, pp. 88-116.
Scherchen, Hermann. The Nature of Music. Translated by William Mann, Henry Regnery, Chicago, 1950.
Schiassi, Filippo. Del temperamento per l'accordatura del gravicembalo et dell'organo recitata in latino nell'Accademia delle Scienze dell'Istituto di Bologna li XIII Gennaro dell'anno MDCCXXXII, Dall'Olmo e Tiocchi. Bologna, 1832.
Schiassi, Filippo. Lettera nella quale .... di uno nuovo metodo di accordaturadel gravicembalo e dell'organo....Al Canonico Professore Luigi Tagliavini, in Philippi Schiassi.... Bologna, 1834.
Schillinger, Joseph. The Mathematical Basis of the Arts. The Philosophical Library, 1948, 696 pages. Second edition, 1987, 665 pages.
Schlesinger, Kathleen. The Greek Aulos, a study of its mechanism and of its relation to the modal system of ancient Greek music. Followed by a survey of the Greek harmoniai in survival or rebirth in folk-music. Methuen & Co, London, 1939. Bouma's Boekhuis N.V., Groningen, 1970, 577 pages.
Schlesinger, Kathleen. "Further Notes on Aristoxenos and the Intervals of Greek Music", Classical Quarterly vol. 27, April 1933, pp. 88-96.
Schlesinger, Kathleen. Is European Musical Theory Indebted to the Arabs? Harold Reeves, London, 1925.
Schlick, Arnold. Spiegel der Orgelmacher und Organisten. Speyer, 1511. Monatshefte fьr Musikgeschichte, Heidelberg, 1869. Reprint 1959.
Schloezer, Boris de. "Rйflexions sur la musique en quarts de ton", La Revue Musicale, Novembre 1924, pp. 71-74.
Schmidt, Dцrte. "Das 'bemerkenswerte' Interesse an Alois Hбba. Anmerkungen zu Elliott Carters 'Harmony Book'", Mitteilungen der Paul Sacher Stiftung Nr. 6, Basel, 1993.
Schneegass, Cyriacus. Nova & excuisita monochordi dimensio. Erfurt, 1590.
Schneider, Albrecht. "Tonsystem und Intonation", Hamburger Jahrbuch fьr Musikwissenschaft vol. 9, 1986, pp. 153-199.
Schneider, Albrecht. "Psychological theory and comparative musicology", Comparative musicology and anthropology of music: Essays on the history of ethnomusicology. U. of Chicago, 1991, pp. 293-317.
Schneider, Albrecht. Tonhцhe Skala Klang: Akustische, tonmetrische und psychoakustische Studien auf vergleichender Grundlage. Band 89 der Orpheus-Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik, Orpheus Verlag, Bonn, 1997, 597 pages.
Schneider, Albrecht, Andreas E. Beurmann, in collab. with Gerhard Kubik and Mpijma Wamala. "'Okutuuss Amadinda': Zur Frage дquidistanter Tonsysteme und Stimmungen in Afrika", Musikkulturgeschichte: Festschrift fьr Constantin Floros zum 60. Geburtstag. Breitkopf und Hдrtel, Wiesbaden, 1990, pp. 493-526.
Schneider, James. An introduction to the quartertone guitar. self-published, Philadelphia, 1978, 92 pages.
Schneider, John. "A History of the Just Guitar", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 3, March 1992, pp. 11-15.
Schneider, John. "Bringing Back 'Barstow'", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, pp. 4-14, 1994
Schneider, Sigrun. Mikrotцne in der Musik des 20. Jahrhunderts. Untersuchungen zu Theorie und Gestaltungsprinzipien moderner Kompositionen mit Mikrotцnen. Orpheus, Band 15, Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1975, 317 pages.
Schnitzler, Gьnter (ed.) Musik und Zahl. Interdisziplinдre Beitrдge zum Grenzbereich zwischen Musik und Mathematik. Orpheus, Band 17, Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1976, 297 pages.
Schnorr, Klemens. "Anweisung zum Stimmen von Tasteninstrumenten in verschiedenen Temperaturen (review)", Musik und Kirche vol. 50 no. 2, 1980, pp. 84-85.
Scholtz, Kenneth P. " Algorithms for Mapping Diatonic Keyboard Tunings and Temperaments", Music Theory Online vol. 4 no. 4, September 1998.
Scholz, Carter. "Tuning accuracy in the Ensoniq EPS", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 4, pp. 4-5.
Scholz, Carter. "Do-It-Yourself-Software: Just Intonation", Keyboard, February 1986, pp. 49-143.
Scholz, Carter. "The E! Evaluation", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 4, fall 1987, pp. 2, 13-14.
Scholz, Carter. "A Program to Calculate Ratios", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 2, 1987, p. 2.
Scholz, Carter. Program notes for Epimores [private communication]
Scholz, Carter. "The MIDI Tuning Dump Standard (version 0.03)", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 3, summer 1989, pp. 8-9, 14.
Scholz, Carter. "A proposed extension to the MIDI specification concerning tuning", Computer music journal vol. 15 no. 1, spring 1991, pp. 49-54.
Scholz, Carter. "Notes on Lattice: one approach to dynamic tuning", Xenharmonikôn vol. 17, spring 1998, pp. 4-8.
Schott, Howard. "Treatise on harpsichord tuning (review)", Music & Letters vol. 69 no. 3, July 1988, pp. 374-375.
Schottstaedt, William. "PLA: A Composer's Idea of a Computer Language", Computer Music Journal vol. 7 no. 1.
Schouten, J.F. "The perception of subjective tones", Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch. vol. 41, Amsterdam, 1938, p. 1086.
Schouten, J.F. "The residue: a new component in subjective sound analysis", Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wetensch. vol. 43, Amsterdam, 1939, p. 356.
Schrammek, W. "Versuch ьber Johann Sebastian Bachs Vorstellung von Orgelbau, Orgeldisposition und Orgelregistrierung", Bach Studien vol. 7, 1982.
Schreurs, E. "K. Berger: Musica ficta. Theories of Accidental Inflections in Vocal Polyphony from Marchetto da Padova to Gioseffo Zarlino (review)", Musica Antiqua, 1994.
Schrцter, Christoph Gottlieb. Plan gйnйral d'un tempйrament conforme aux propositions de pythagore. 1738.
Schrцter, Christoph Gottlieb. Ein Sendschreiben ьber Temperatur-Berechnung. 1776.
Schrцter, Christoph Gottlieb. Letzte Beschaftigung...nebst sechr Temperatur planen. Nordhausen, 1782.
Schubert, Peter. "Andreas Werckmeister: Sein EinfluЯ auf die musikalische Temperatur aus heutiger Sicht", Bericht ьber das Werckmeister-Kolloquium, Kultur- und Forschungsstдtte Michaelstein, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1986, pp. 39-55.
Schulhoff, Erwin. "Wie spielt man auf dem Vierteltonklavier?", Der Auftakt no. 6, 1926, p. 106.
Schulter, Margo. " Pythagorean Tuning and Medieval Polyphony", WWW, June 1998.
Schulter, Margo. " Marchettus of Padua's tuning and Gothic cadential aesthetics", Mills College Tuning Digest no. 1580, topics 10 & 11, 1998.
Schulze, Werner. Zahl, Proportion, Analogie. Aschendorff, Mьnster/Westf., 1978.
Schulze-Kurz, Ekkehard. Die Laute und ihre Stimmungen in der ersten Hдlfte des 17. Jahrhunderts. PhD diss., Eberhard-Karl-Universitдt Tьbingen, 1989. Series: Arbeiten zur Musik- und Kulturgeschichte no. 1, Tre Fontane, Wilsingen, 1990, 467 pages.
Schьmann, Hans. Monozentrik: Eine Neue Musiktheorie. Carl Gruninger Nachf. Ernst Klett, Stuttgart, 1924.
Schьmann, Hans. "Vierteltцne und Monozentrik", Neue Musik-Zeitung vol. 45 no. 8, 1924, pp. 223-227.
Schьtz, Hartmut. 'Nothwendiger Unterricht in der musikalischen Temperatur': Ein AbriЯ der Stimmungsarten vom 15. bis zum 18. Jahrhundert. Kultur- und Forschungsstдtte Michaelstein, Eitelfriedrich Thom (ed.), Sonderbeitrag - Heft 3, Institut fьr Auffьhrungspraxis, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1988, 159 pages.
Schьtz, Hartmut. Tabularium: Ein kleines Tafelwerk zur musikalischen Temperatur. Kultur- und Forschungsstдtte Michaelstein, Sonderbeitrag - Heft 4, Eitelfriedrich Thom (ed.), Institut fьr Auffьhrungspraxis, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1988, 59 pages.
Schьtz, Iris. Mathematische Grundlagen des Baues und der Stimmung von Blasinstrumenten. 1984, 132 pages.
Schwab, William. "Quarter Tones for the Saxophone", The Saxophone Symposium vol. 1 no. 1, winter 1976, pp. 7-9.
Schwartz, Stephen. "Harry Partch in the Secret History of the Pacific Coast", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 4, p. 22, 1994.
Scott, Dana. "From Helmholtz to Computers", Musik und Mathematik, Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1985.
Secor, George. "New Scales: 17-Tone Well Temperament, Secor 19-Plus-3", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, 1978, pp. 4-6.
Secor, George. "Review of Tuning the Historical Temperaments by Ear, by Owen Jorgensen", Interval vol. 1 no. 1, pp. 10-12.
Secor, George. "The Generalized Keyboard Scalatron", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975.
Secor, George. "Unified Visualization and Notation of Xenharmonic Systems", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975.
Secor, George. "Notes and Comments", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976.
Secor, George. "The Trouble with Equal Temperament", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976.
Secor, George. "An Approach to the Construction of Microtonal Valved Brass Instruments - The French Horn", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976, pp. 1-3.
Segerman, Ephraim. "On Praetorius and English viol pitches", Chelys: The Journal of the Viola da Gamba Society vol. 17, 1988, pp. 24-27.
Seletsky, Harold. "Quartertone Fingerings for the Bцhm System Clarinet", Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1 no. 4, pp. 88-92.
Seletsky, Harold. "Why I speak in Quarter-Tones", Ear Magazine East vols. 11-12 no. 1, 1982-1983, p. 7.
Semmens, Richard T. "The early eighteenth-century discussion of musical acoustics by Etienne Louliй", Canadian university music review/Revue de musique des universitйs canadiennes vol. 2, 1981, pp. 177-206.
Semmens, Richard T. "Sauveur and the absolute frequency of pitch", Theoria: Historical aspects of music theory vol. 5, 1990-1991, pp. 1-41.
Sen, Wang and Zhou Haihong. "Scale-Tone Functions ans Melodic Structure in Chinese Folk Music", Computer Representations and Models in Music, Academic Press, London, 1992.
Serauky, Walter. "Andreas Werckmeister als Musiktheoretiker", Festschrift Max Schneider zum 60. Geburtstag ьberreicht, Halle, 1935, pp. 118-125.
Serly, Tibor. Modus lascivus : the road to enharmonicism : a new concept in composition. Modus Associates, Ann Arbor, 1975, 142 pages.
Serra, Paolo di Novi. Introduzione Armonica sopra la nuova serie de' suono modulati oggidi (...). P. Giunti, Roma, 1768.
Serre, Jean-Adam. Essais sur les Principes de l'Harmonie. Paris, 1753. English annotated translation by Russell W. Johnson, Florida State University, 1994, abstract in mto.95.1.4.dis.
Sethares, William A. "Tuning for 19-tone equal tempered guitar", Experimental musical instruments vol. 6 no. 6, April 1991, pp. 9-11.
Sethares, William A. and T. Staley. "Sounds of crystals", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 8 no. 2, Sept. 1992.
Sethares, William A. "Relating Timbre and Tuning", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 9 no. 4, December 1993, pp. 22-29.
Sethares, William A. Relating Tuning and Timbre. Revision of December 1993 article, WWW, 1997.
Sethares, William A. "Local consonance and the relationship between timbre and scale", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 94 no. 3, September 1993, pp. 1218-1228.
Sethares, William A. "Adaptive tunings for musical scales", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 96 no. 1, July 1994, pp. 10-19.
Sethares, William A. "Tunings for nonharmonic sounds", Synaesthetica ACAT, Canberra, Aug. 1994.
Sethares, William A. "Timbres for Tetrachordal Scales", University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1996. in press.
Sethares, William A. "Specifying spectra for musical scales", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, to appear, 1997.
Sethares, William A. Tuning, Timbre, Spectrum, Scale. Springer-Verlag, London, 1998, 345 pages. With CD.
Sethares, William A. "Consonance-Based Spectral Mappings", Computer Music Journal vol. 22 no. 1, spring 1998, pp. 56-72.
Sethares, William A. and Brian McLaren. "Memory and Context in the Calculation of Sensory Dissonance", draft paper, 1999.
Sevag, Reidar. "Neutral tones and the problem of mode in Norwegian folk music", Emsheimer Festschrift, 1974, pp. 207-213, 292.
Shackford, Charles Reeves. Intonation in Ensemble String Performance: An Objective Study. PhD thesis, Music, Harvard University, 1954, 269 pages.
Shankar, Vidya. The Art and Science of Carnatic Music. The Music Academy, Madras, 1983.
Sharma, Prem Lata. "The ancient grama system and its distortion in the medieval times", Journal of the Music Academy Madras vol. 32, 1961, pp. 99-110.
Sheldrick, Gillian (ed.) The accounts of Thomas Green: Music teacher and tuner of musical instruments, 1742-1790. Hertfordshire Record Society, Ware, 1992, 169 pages.
Shen, Sin-yan. "Zenghou Yi and I", Chinese Music vol. 12 no. 3, September 1989, pp. 43-45.
Shen, Sin-yan. "On the system of Chinese fiddles", Chinese Music vol. 13 no. 2, June 1990, pp. 24-28.
Shepard, Roger N. "Circularity in Judgements of Relative Pitch", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 36 no. 12, 1964, pp. 2346-2353.
Shepard, Roger N. The double helix of musical pitch. Paper presented at the Western Psychological Association Symposium, Cognitive structure of musical pitch, San Francisco, 1978.
Shepard, Roger N. and Daniel S. Jordan. "Auditory illusions demonstrating that tones are assimilated to an internalized musical scale", Science vol. 226, 14 December 1984, pp. 1333-1334.
Shiloah, Amnon. The theory of music in Arabic writings (900-1900). Descriptive catalogue of manuscripts in libraries of Europe and the USA. F. Heinle Verlag, Mьnchen, 1979.
Shimizu, Tetsuo. "Viol no chogen to fret ni tsuite", Tokaidaigaku kiyo vol. 1, 1971, pp. 23-39.
Shimoni, Uri. "Fractional Interpolation for Generation of Musical Scales", unpublished paper available from Uri Shimoni, Laboratory of Computer Music, Israel Institute of Technology, Haifa.
Shinn, Randall. "Ben Johnston's String Quartet no. 4", Perspectives of New Music vol. 15 no. 2, spring-summer 1977, pp. 145-173.
Shirlaw, M. The theory of harmony, an inquiry into the natural principles of harmony, with an examination of the chief systems of harmony from Rameau to the present day. Novello, London, 1917, 484 pages. Reprint Da Capo Press, New York, 1969.
Shirlaw, M. "The music and tone-systems of ancient Greece", Music and Letters vol. 32 no. 2, April 1951.
Siegel, J.A. and W. Siegel. "Categorical perception of tonal intervals: musicians can't tell sharp from flat", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 21, 1977, pp. 399-407.
Siegel, J.A. and W. Siegel. "Absolute identification of notes and intervals by musicians", Perception and Psychophysics vol. 21, 1977, pp. 143-144.
Siegel, R. Jules. "The Emancipation of the Higher Members of the Harmonic Series", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 2, 1990, pp. 1, 2, 4.
Siegel, R. Jules. "Emu Proteus for Just Intonation", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 2, 1990, pp. 14-15.
Siegel, R. Jules. "Algorithmic Tuning via MIDI", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 4, fall 1987, pp. 4-6.
Siegel, R. Jules. "Totally dynamic tuning using midi pitchbend", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 2, 1994, pp. 11, 15.
Sievers, Giacomo Fernando. Il Pianoforte - Guida pratica per Costruttori, Accordatori, Dilettanti e Possessori di Pianoforti. Ghio, Napoli, 1868.
Signell, Karl. Makam: modal practice in Turkish art music. PhD diss., Asian Music Publications, Series D, Monograph no. 4, Seattle, 1977. Reprint Da Capo Press, New York, 1986.
Silbiger, Alexander. "The theoretical and musical basis for Vicentino's enharmonicism", introduction to Vicentino's Four enharmonic madrigals, 1555. Corpus Microtonale CM 33, The Diapason Press, Utrecht, 1990, 24 pages.
Sillamy, Jean Claude. Histoire des modes musicaux : de sumer а l'Orient du XVIи siиcle. J.C. Sillamy, 1986, 75 pages.
Silverman, Adam B. "Styles of Consonance/Dissonance Control in the Music of Ben Johnston", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 3, 1996, p. 5.
Silverman, Adam B. "Transcriptions/Translations of the Music of Harry Partch (a catalog)", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 3, 1996, p. 14.
Simonton, T.E. "A New integral Ratio Chromatic Scale", 1953.
Simpson, Arthur Barwick. Why bells sound out of tune. Skeffington, London, 1897. Facsimile edition, Hannon, Oxford, 1976, 25 pages.
Sims, Ezra. "Microtones", in Harvard Dictionary of Music, 2nd ed., The Belknap Press, Cambridge MA, 1969, pp. 527-528.
Sims, Ezra. A Question of Microtonal Notation, Mimeographed. Cambridge MA, 1986.
Sims, Ezra. "Yet Another 72-Noter", Computer Music Journal vol. 12 no. 4, winter 1988, pp. 28-45.
Sims, Ezra. "A 72-Tone Just Computer System", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 1, winter 1989, pp. 1, 9-14.
Sims, Ezra. "Harmonic Ordering in Quintet (1987). A Use of Harmonics as Horizontal and Vertical Determinants", Mikrotцne III, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990, pp. 123-137.
Sims, Ezra. "Tonality in my harmonically based microtonality", lecture presented at the second Naturton-Symposion, Heidelberg, Oct. 1992, unpublished, 26 pages.
Sims, Ezra. "Reflections on This and That - Perhaps a Polemic", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 1, 1992, pp. 236-257. Mikrotцne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, Mьnchen, 1993.
Sindoesawarno, Ki. "An important factor in gamelan", Karawitan vol. 1, pp. 389-407.
Sinn, Christoph Albert. Die aus mathematischen Grьnden richtig gestellete musikalische Temperatura practica. Wernigrod, 1717.
Sinn, Christoph Albert; foreword by Calvor, Casparus (ed.), by Thom, Eitelfriedrich in collab. with Behrens, Michael. Temperatura practica: Grundrichtige Vergleichung der zwцlf Semitoniorum in der Octave. Series: Dokumentationen: Reprints no. 17, Institut fьr Auffьhrungspraxis der Musik des 18. Jahrhunderts, Blankenburg/Harz, 1988, 106 pages.
Slaymaker, F.H. "Chords from tones with stretched partials", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 47 no. 2, 1970, pp. 1569-1571.
Sloboda, John A. "The Musical Mind in Context: Culture and Biology", in The Musical Mind: the Cognitive Psychology of Music, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1985, 2nd ed., 1988, pp. 238-268.
Slonimsky, Nicholas. Thesaurus of Scales and Melodic Patterns. Coleman-Ross Co., New York, 1947, 243 pages. 2nd ed., Schirmer Books, New York, 1975.
Slonimsky, Nicholas. "Microtonality", in Music Since 1900, 4th ed. Scribner's, New York, 1971, pp. 1465-1467.
Sloper, Michael. "Aliquot Scales", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 1, winter 1988, San Francisco, pp. 2, 14.
Sloper, Michael. "CD Review: Newband: Microtonal Works 2", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 1, 1996, p. 17.
Smith, Charles Samuel. Leonhard Euler's Tentamen novae theoriae musicae: A Translation and Commentary. PhD diss., Theory, Indiana University, 1960, 365 pages.
Smith, Hermann. Art of Tuning the Piano. William Reeves Bookseller Ltd., London, 1901.
Smith, Hermann. Modern organ tuning; the how and why? clearly explaining the nature of the organ pipe and the system of equal temperament, together with an historic record of the evolution of the diatonic scale from the Greek tetrachord. London, 1902.
Smith, Jeff. "The Partch Reverberations: Notes on a Musical Rebel", The San Diego Reader vol. 9 no. 38, Sept. 25, 1980, Interval vol. 3 no. 1, fall 1980, p. 7.
Smith, Jeff. "The Partch Reverberations - Part 2", Interval vol. 3 no. 2, spring 1981, pp. 6-9.
Smith, Matthew. "The Sounds of Science", Los Angeles Times Magazine, June 28, 1987, pp. 24-29.
Smith, Patricia Ann. The Thirteenth Sound of Julián Carrillo: Translation and Study. MA thesis, University of California, San Diego, 1972, 109 pages.
Smith, Robert. Harmonics, or, the philosophy of musical sounds. T. and J. Merrill Booksellers, London, 1748. Cambridge, 1749. Reprint with intro by J. Murray Barbour: Da Capo, New York, 1966, 1973, 304 pages.
Smith, Robert. Dr. Robert Smith's comments on John Harrison's musical tuning ideas, in: Harmonics, 1749.
Smith, Robert. A postscript to Dr. Smiths upon the changeable harpsichord, a perfect instrument. London, 1762.
Smith, Stephen. "Conduit Marimbas and Glass Marimbas", Experimental Musical Instruments vol. 2 no. 1, June 1986, pp. 4-9.
Smith, Tim. "Book Review: The Grammar of South Indian (Karnatic) Music", by C. Subrahmanya Ayyar, 1/1 vol. 4 no. 2, 1988, p. 2.
Smith, Tim. "Record Review: UNESCO Collection: A Musical Anthology fo the Orient: INDIA III Dhrupad's Mohiuddin & Aminuddin Dagar Vocal", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 2, 1988, p. 2.
Smits, J.P.H.M. Plutarchus en de Griekse muziek. Series: Utrechtse bijdragen tot de muziekwetenschap, A.B. Creyghton, Bilthoven, 1970, 140 pages.
Smolka, Jaroslav. "Alois Hбba in Berlin - 1920 bis 1923. Das Mikrotonprojekt und seine Bedeutung fьr die spдtere Musik", Gedanken zu Alois Hбba, Horst-Peter Hesse und Wolfgang Thies (eds.), Verlag Mьller-Speiser, Anif, 1996.
Soderberg, Stephen. " White Note Fantasy", Music Theory Online vol. 4 no. 3, 1998.
Sohl, Norman, Stephen Smith and Jonathan Schever. "Microtonal Music", OP, 1983, Interval vol. 4 no. 3, pp. 11-12.
Sohl, Norman. "Mapping Tonality", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 4, autumn 1986, p. 1 ff.
Sohl, Norman. An Atlas of Consonance, WWW, 1997.
Soler, Antonio. Theorica y practica del temple para los organos y claves. 1762. Reprint, Sociedad Espaсola de Musicologнa, Madrid, 1983.
Song, Bang-song. The sanjo tradition of Korean komun'go music. Traditional Korean music no. 1, Jung Eum Sa, Seoul, 1986, 353 pages.
Sorge, Georg Andreas. Anweisung zur Stimmung und Temperatur in einem Gesprдch. Hamburg, 1744.
Sorge, Georg Andreas. Vorgemach der musicalischen Composition, oder: ausfьhrliche, ordentliche und vor heutige Praxin hinlдngliche Anweisung zum General-Bass, durch welche ein Studiosus musices zu einer grьndlichen Erkдnntniss aller in der Composition und Clavier vorkommenden con- und dissonirenden Grund-Sдtze, und wie mit denenselben Natur-Gehцr- und KunstmдЯig umzugehen, kommen, folglich nicht nur ein gutes Clavier als ein Compositor extemporaneus spielen lernen, sondern auch in der Composition selbst wichtige und gegrьndete profectus machen kan. Erster - dritter Theil. Sorge, Lobenstein, 1746.
Sorge, Georg Andreas. Verbesser musikalische Cirkel. Lobenstein, 1747.
Sorge, Georg Andreas. Gesprдch zwischen einem Musico theoretico und einem Studioso musices von der Prдtorianischen / Printzischen / Werckmeisterischen / Neidhardtischen und Silbermannischen Temperatur / Wie auch Von dem neuen Systemate Herrn Capellmeister Telemanns, Zu Befцrderung Reiner Harmonie entworffen. Sorge, Lobenstein, 1748, 85 pages.
Sorge, Georg Andreas. Ausfьhrliche und deutliche Anweisung zur Rational-Rechnung. Lobenstein, 1749.
Sorge, Georg Andreas. Grundliche Untersuchung ob die Schroeterischen Klaviertemperatur vor gleichschweben passieren kцnnen oder nicht. Lobenstein, 1754.
Sorge, Georg Andreas. Zuverlдssige Anweisung Claviere und Orgeln zu temperieren und zu stimmen. Lobenstein & Leipzig, 1758.
Sorge, Georg Andreas. Der in der Rechen- und MeЯkunst wohlerfahrene Orgelbaumeister. Lobenstein, 1773.
Southgate, T.L. "Communication on the Ancient Egyptian Scale", Proceedings of the Musical Association, 1890-1891.
Soyer, H.F. Observations sur la gamme mineure. Thomas et Cie, Nancy, 1837.
Soyka, Ulf-Diether. "Ekmelik - digital oder analog?", Mikrotцne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 9-16.
Spain, Henry. Equal Temperament in Theory and Practice. Novello and Co., London, 1907.
Sparr, Kenneth. "An unknown and unique broadside lute instruction", The Lute vol. 27, 1987, pp. 31-34.
Spataro, Giovanni. Errori de Franchino Gafurio da Lodi. Bologna, 1521.
Spataro, Giovanni. Tractato di musica. Bologna, 1531.
Spencer, Michael. "Harpsichord physics", Galpin Society Journal vol. 34, March 1981, pp. 2-20.
Stahnke, Manfred. "Gedanken zu Harry Partch", Neuland vol. 2, May 1982, pp. 243-251.
Stahnke, Manfred. "Ordnung und "Chaos" in komplexen musikalischen Stimmsystemen auf der Basis naturreiner Intervalle", Musikalische Gestaltung im Spannungsfeld von Ordnung und Chaos, Studien zur Wertungsforschung no. 23, Otto Kolleritsch (ed.), Universal, Wien, 1991, pp. 136-148.
Stahnke, Manfred. Den Ton finden - Schriften zur Musik. Stahnke-Verlag, Hamburg, 1998, 219 pages.
Stainer, J. A theory of harmony, founded on the tempered scale. Revingtons, London, 1871, 126 pages.
Stanhope, Charles. "Principles of the science of tuning instruments with fixed tones", Philosophical Magazine vol. 25, 1806, pp. 291-312. Also as offprint, 24 pages.
Starkhendon, Perceval V. Twentieth Century experiments in Microtonalism, Colorado Materials Publications Division, Denver, 1962.
Starrett, John. How to Convert Your Old Guitar to a Microtonal Instrument, WWW, 1997.
Stauffer, Donald W. Intonation Deficiencies of Wind Instruments in Ensemble. PhD thesis, Musicology, Catholic University of America, Washington DC, 1954, 191 pages.
Stayton, Jeff and B. McLaren. Liner notes for CD Xenharmonix. Copyright Jeff Stayton, 1992.
Steblin, Rita. A history of key characteristics in the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 1981. Reprint University of Rochester Press, Rochester NY, 1996, 396 pages.
Stedron, Milos. "Temperovane a ciste ladeni v evropske hudbe 19. a 20. stoleti (review)", Opus musicum vol. 3 no. 9-10, 1971, pp. 316-317.
Stefani, Gino; Luca Marconi and Franca Ferrari. Gli intervalli musicali dall'esperienza alla teoria. Bompiani, Milano, 1990, 253 pages.
Stein, Richard H. "Vierteltonmusik", Die Musik vol. 15, July 1923, p. 510 ff.
Stein, Richard H. "Das Vierteltonproblem, II", Die Musik vol. 15 no. 10, July 1923, pp. 741-746.
Steiner, Joachim. Grundzьge einer neuen Musiktheorie. Vienna, 1891.
Steiner, Joachim. "EinfluЯ der reinen Stimmung auf die Entwicklung der Musik", Bericht von III. KongreЯ der Internationalen Musikgesellschaft, Artaria and Co., Vienna, 1909, p. 387.
Stembridge, Christopher. "Music for the cimbalo cromatico and other split-keyed instruments in seventeenth-century Italy", Performance practice review vol. 5 no. 1, spring 1992, pp. 5-43.
Stephani, Hermann. "Das Vierteltonproblem", Die Musik vol. 15 no. 10, July 1923, pp. 738-741.
Stephani, Hermann. "Carl Eitz", Kassel & Basel, 1954.
Stevens, Floyd A. A complete course in electronic pianotuning. Nelson Hall Company, Chicago, 1974.
Stevens, S.S. and J. Volkmann. "The relation of pitch to frequency: A revised scale", American Journal of Psychology vol. 53, 1957, pp. 377-411.
Stevin, Simon. Vande Spiegheling der Singconst en Vande Molens, 1585. Ed. D. Bierens de Haan, Amsterdam, 1884.
Stevin, Simon. Vande Spiegheling der Singconst. On the Theory of the Art of Singing, 1585. Bilingual with introduction, A.D. Fokker (ed.), in The Principal Works of Simon Stevin vol. 5, R.J. Forbes; A.D. Fokker; A. Romein-Verschoor (eds.), Amsterdam, 1955-1966, pp. 413-464. Also as offprint.
Stieglitz, Robert R. "Minoan mathematics or music?", Bulletin of the American Society of Papyrologists vol. 40 no. 1-2, 1978, pp. 127-132.
Stiles, F.H.E. "An explanation of the modes or tones in the ancient Greek music", Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society vol. 51, 1760.
Stockhausen, Karlheinz. "Actualia", Die Reihe vol. 1, p. 50. Original German edition 1955, English edition 1958.
Stockhausen, Karlheinz. "Komposition 1953 no. 2", Technische Hausmitteilungen des Nordwestdeutschen Rundfunks vol. 6 nos. 1-2, 1954, p. 46.
Stockhausen, Karlheinz. Texte zur Musik (1977-1984): Komposition. DuMont, Kцln, 1989.
Stoddard, Chas. Microtonality & scale temperaments for Roland GS synths, WWW, 1993.
Stoess, Howard. History of Tuning and Temperament, annotated outline, WWW, 1999.
Stoffels, Ludwig. "Harmonik und Form in einem Bachschen Fugenmodell: Zu den Fugen C-Moll, BWV 847, und C-Dur, BWV 870 (WTK I, 1 und II, 1)", Vogel Festschrift, Gudrun Schrцder, Bad Honnef, 1988, pp. 183-212.
Stoianov, Stoian. ntonatsiia i muzikalen obraz. BAN, Sofia, 1973, 140 pages.
Stone, Kurt. Music notation in the twentieth century. 1980.
Stone, Reppard. Speculative, practical and historical. PhD dissertation Catholic U. of America, 1974, 108 pages.
Stone, Thomas. "The Evolutionary Music System", Xenharmonikôn vol. 2, fall 1974.
Stone, William Henry. The Scientific Basis of Music. Ewer & Co., London, 1878.
Stone, William Henry. "On temperament", Lecture to science teachers, London, 1879, pp. 157-182.
Stoney, William S. "Theoretical Possibilities for Equally Tempered Musical Systems", The Computer and Music, Harry B. Lincoln (ed.), Cornell University Press, Ithaca, 1970, pp. 163-171.
Stopper, Bernhard. "Das Duodezimsystem als den natьrlichen Teiltonverhдltnissen enstprechendes 12-Ton-System", Euro-piano 3/1988, Frankfurt, 1988.
Stopper, Bernhard. Systematisches Oktavstrecken in der Praxis des Klavierstimmens: gleichstufig temperierte Stimmung auf der Basis reiner Duodezimen (Stopper-Stimmung), WWW, 1998.
Stradner, Gerhard. "Zur Stimmtonhцhe der Blasinstrumente zur Zeit Joseph Haydns", In Joseph Haydn, Henle, Mьnchen, 1986, pp. 81-86.
Stradner, Gerhard. "Stimmtonhцhe, Tonarten- und Klangcharakter", Die Klangwelt Mozarts, Kunsthistorisches Museum, Wien, 1991, pp. 109-122.
Stradner, Gerhard. "Stellt Michael Pacher 1486 eine Stimmgabel dar?", Musik muЯ man machen. Festschrift Josef Mertin zum 90. Geburtstag, Vom Pasqualatihaus, Wien, 1994.
Strдhle, Daniel P. Nytt pafund, til at finna temperaturen, i stammingen fцr thonerne pa claveretock dylika instrumenter. 1743.
Strange, Paul. "The Logic of Rasa in Java", Indonesia vol. 38, 1984, p. 119.
Strawn, John. "Approximation and Syntactic Analysis of Amplitude and Frequency Functions for Digital Sound Synthesis", The Music machine, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1989.
Street, Donald. "The modes of limited transposition", Musical Times vol. 117 no. 1604, October 1976, London, pp. 819-823.
Streich, Rudolf. "Gedanken ьber das gebundene Clavichord", Acta organologica vol. 23, 1992, pp. 319-338. Summary in French and English.
Streich, Rudolf. "Ьber des Stimmen", Musiktherapeutische Umschau vol. 6 no. 4, 1985, pp. 297-311.
Streitberg, Bernd and Klaus Balzer. "The Sound of Mathematics", ICMC Proceedings, 1988, pp. 158-165.
Stroh, Wolfgang Martin. "'Mira' und die Stimmung des Bremer Gamelan", WWW, 1997.
Stryker, Mark. Sound judgment - Harry Partch, Detroit Free Press, 1998.
Stьber, Jutta. Die Intonation des Geigers. PhD diss., Musicology, Bonn, 1988. Orpheus, Band 52, Verlag fьr Systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn, 1989, 371 pages.
Stьber, Jutta. Mozarts Haydn-Quartette: Intonationsanalyse. Orpheus, Band 57, Verlag fьr Systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn, 1990, 531 pages.
Stьber, Jutta. Beethovens Rasumovsky-Quartette op. 59. Intonationsanalyse. Orpheus, Band 60, Verlag fьr Systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn, 369 pages.
Stьber, Jutta. Schuberts Quartett "Der Tod und das Mдdchen". Anleitung zur Intonationsanalyse. Orpheus, Band 68, Verlag fьr Systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn.
Stьber, Jutta. Anleitung zum Quartettspiel in reiner Stimmung. Orpheus, Verlag fьr Systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn, 1994, 325 pages.
Stumpf, Carl. Tonpsychologie. 2 volumes, Hirtzel Verlag, Leipzig, 1883, 427 pages, 1890, 582 pages. Frits A.M. Knuf en E.J. Bonset, Hilversum-Amsterdam, 1965.
Stumpf, Carl and Max Meyer. "MaaЯbestimmungen ьber die Reinheit consonanter Intervalle", Zeitschrift fьr Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane vol. 18, 1898, pp. 321-404.
Stumpf, Carl. "Konsonanz und Dissonanz", in: Beitrдge zur Akustik und Musikwissenschaft, no. 1. Leipzig, 1898.
Stumpf, Carl. "Differenztцne und Konzonanz", Zeitschrift fьr Psychologie und Physiologie der Sinnesorgane vol. 39, pp. 269-283. Reprint J.A. Barth, Leipzig, 1905.
Stumpf, Carl. "Konsonanz und Konkordanz", Festschrift Liliencron, Leipzig, 1910.
Stumpf, Carl. Die Anfдnge der Musik. Leipzig, 1911.
Stumpf, Carl. "Tonsystem und Musik der Siamesen", Beitrдge zur Akustik und Musikwissenschaft vol. 3, 1901, pp. 69-138. Reprint in Sammelbдnde fьr vergleichende Musikwissenschaft vol. 1, Mьnchen, 1922, pp. 129-177.
Sturt, John. The M.L. lute book. London, 1610-1640. Reprint Leslie Hewitt (ed.), Clarabricken, Clifden Co., Kilkenny, 1985.
Sullivan, Anita. The seventh dragon: The riddle of equal temperament. Metamorphous, Lake Oswebo OR, 1985, 78 pages.
Sulzer, Johann Georg. Allgemeine Theorie der Schцnen Kьnste, Artikel: Stimmung, System, Temperatur. Leipzig, 1773-1775.
Sumner, W.L. Bach Organ Temperament. Ed. Hinrichsen, 1966.
Sundaram, B.M. Palaiyazhi = Musical scales. Murali Ravali Art Centre, Madras, 1979.
Sundberg, Johan, and J. Lindqvist. "Musical octaves and pitch", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 54 no. 4, 1973, pp. 922-929.
Sundberg, Johan. Musikens Ljudlжra. Hur Tonen Alstra och Uppfattas. Proprius Fцrlag, Stockholm, 1978.
Sundberg, Johan. "Rent och fеlskt i klingande praxis", Var hцrsel och musiken, 1979, pp. 78-101.
Sundberg, Johan. "In tune or not? A study of fundamental frequency in music practise", Speech Transmission Laboratory: Quarterly progress and status report vol. 1982 no. 1, April 1982, pp. 49-78.
Sundberg, Johan (ed.) Harmony and Tonality, papers given at a seminar organized by the Music Acoustics Committee of the Royal Swedish Academy of Music, Publications of the R.S.A.M. no. 54, Stockholm, 1987, 99 pages.
Sundberg, Johan. The Science of Musical Sounds. Academic Press, San Diego, 1991.
Supper, Walter. "Eigenartige Pfeifenformen und Stimmvorrichtungen", Acta organologica vol. 13, 1979, pp. 251-258.
Suppig, Friedrich. Labyrinthus musicus Bestehend in einer Fantasia durch alle Tonos, nemlich: durch 12 duros und 12 molles (...) & Calculus musicus. Vom grossen C biss ins kleine C, alle Intervalla gerechnet, durchs gantze Clavier, welkes alle Subsemitonia hat (...) Dispositione et Denominatione allen Commatum des neuen fьnff-fachen Transponir-Claviers mit allen Circulus Musicis. Dresden, 1722.
Facsimile edition of the manuscripts, R.A. Rasch (ed.), The Diapason Press, Utrecht, 1990, 190 pages.
Suremain-Missery, Antoine De. Thйorie acoustico-musicale, ou De la doctrine des sons rapporteй aux principes de leur combinaison. Ouvrage analytique et philosophique. Firmin Didot, Paris, 1793, 404 pages.
Surjodiningrat, R.M. Wasisto; P.J. Sudarjana, and Adhi Susanto. Penjedilikan dalam pengukuran-nada gamelan-gamelan Djawa terkemuka di Jogjakarta dan Surakarta. Univ. Gadjah Mada, Jogjakarta, 1970. English re-edition Tone measurements of outstanding Javanese gamelan in Yogyakarta and Surakarta. Jogjakarta, 1972. Gadjah Mada University Press, 1993.
Suzuki, Hideo. "Effect of the inharmonicity of stiff strings on piano tuning", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 75 no. 1 Suppl., 1984, p. 10.
Swaffield, William Robert. The Effect of Certain Melodic Parameters upon the Ability to Make Fine Tuning Responses in Context. PhD thesis, Musicology, University of Washington, 1972, 124 pages.
Sweidel, Martin. "A Short History of Thirty-One Tones to the Octave", Xenharmonikôn vol. 7-8, 1979, pp. 1-8.
Swets, Wouter. Traditionele Turkse kunstmuziek. Samenvatting van 21 radiolezingen, van oktober 1981 tot februari 1982. KRO, Hilversum, 1983, 180 pages.
Swets, Wouter. "Hoe Turks is de cent?", Luister, July/August 1998, pp. 50-51.
Sydenham, Humphrey. The Wel-Tvned Cymball. Humphrey Robinson, London, 1637.
Szablonski, B. "Five-tone scales and civilization", Acta musicologica vol. 15, 1943.
Szanto, Jonathan. A Corporeal Group. Fifteen Years with the Harry Partch Ensemble, WWW, 1997.
Szanto, Jonathan. Old Brown Tapes, Shiny Silver Discs, WWW, 1998.
Szeider, Stefan H. "The Semantics of Musical Scores - an Approach to the Mechanical Composition of Microtonal Music", Interface vol. 19 no. 2-3, 1990.
- T -
Taddie, Daniel. A Conceptual History of the Term Scale. PhD thesis, University of Iowa.
Tagliavini, Luigi Fernando. Considerazioni sulle vicende storiche del corista. Patron Editore, 1974.
Tagliavini, Luigi Fernando. Note introduttive alla storia del temperamento in Italia. Patron Editore, Bologna, 1980.
Tagliavini, Luigi Fernando. L'armonico pratico al cimbalo. lettera critica. Olschki, Florence, 1981.
Tagore, Rвjah Sir Sourindro Mohun (ed.) Hindu music from various authors. Punchanun Mukherjea, Calcutta, 1875. I.C. Bose, Calcutta, 1882. Chowkhamba, Varanasi, 1965.
Tagore, Rвjah Sir Sourindro Mohun. The musical scales of the Hindus : with remarks on the applicability of harmony to Hindu music. Bengal Academy of Music, Calcutta, 1884. Reprint AMS Press, New York, 1979, 118 pages.
Tagore, Rвjah Sir Sourindro Mohun. "The twenty-two musical s'ruti's of the Hindus", Calcutta, 1886.
Tala'i, Dariush. Traditional Persian Art Music: The Radif of Mirza Abdollah. Bibliotheca Iranica: Performing Arts Series No. 3, Mazda Publishers, Costa Mesa CA, 1999, 597 pages plus 5 CDs.
Tamba, Akira. "La thйorie et l'esthйtique musicale japonaises", Publications Orientalistes de France, Paris, 1988.
Tanabe, Hisao. Japanese music. Kokusai Bunka Shinkokai, Tokyo, 1959.
Tanaka, Shohй. "Studien im Gebiete der reinen Stimmung", Vierteljahrsschrift fьr Musikwissenschaft vol. 6 no. 1, Friedrich Chrysander, Philipp Spitta, Guido Adler (eds.), Breitkopf und Hдrtel, Leipzig, 1890, pp. 1-90.
English translation of pages 8 to 18 by Daniel J. Wolf, "Studies in the Realm of Just Intonation", Xenharmonikôn vol. 16, autumn 1995, pp. 118-125.
Tannenberg, David. Ein Aufsatz von der Stimmung einer Orgel. Lititz, 1802. English translation Thomas McGeary "A Treatise on tuning an Organ", The Organ Yearbook vol. 16, 1985, pp. 83-85.
Tanner, Robert. "Le problиme des rapports simples - notion de psycharithme", in coll. intern. CNRS, Acoustique musicale, Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1959, pp. 83-101.
Tanner, Robert. "Le rфle de la fusion dans l'apprйciation de la justesse des accords", Acoustique Musicale, Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1959, pp. 49-59.
Tanner, Robert. La Musique Antique Grecque, expliquйe par une consйquence de la thйorie psycharithmйtique. Richard Massй, Paris, 1961.
Tanner, Robert. "Critique de la thйorie de 'la rйsonance'", in coll. inter. CNRS La rйsonance dans les йchelles musicales, E. Weber (ed.), Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1963, pp. 63-100.
Tanner, Robert. "La phenomиne d'identification par tolerance; le prйjuge de la gamme juste", Acustica vol. 25, 1971, p. 158.
Tanner, Robert. "Le problиme des 'deux tierces'", Acustica vol. 27, 1972, p. 335.
Tanner, Robert. La diffйrenciation qualitative des psycha-rithmes et des intervalles musicaux, Numйro speciale (no. 285) de La Revue Musicale, Edt. Richard-Masse, Paris, 1972, 93 pages.
Tanner, Robert. "Le problиme des 2 tierces (Pythagore et Zarlino) sa solution psycharithmйtique et expйrimentale", 1972.
Tanner, Robert. "La fonction et la justesse mйlodiques des intervalles", Acustica vol. 34 no. 5, 1976, pp. 259-268.
Tanner, Robert. "L'accord inйgal bien tempйrй appliquй а un Bцsendorfer", 1979.
Tappert, Wilhelm. "Das Wohltemperierte Klavier", Monatshefte fьr Musikgeschichte vol. 31, 1899, pp. 123-127.
Tartini, Giuseppe. Trattato di Musica secondo la vera Scienza dell' Armonia. Giovanni Manfrи, Padova, 1754, 175 pages. Deutsche Ьbersetzung Traktat ьber die Musik gemдЯ der wahren Wissenschaft von der Harmonie mit erlдuterung von Alfred Rubeli. Verlag der Gesellschaft zur Fцrderung der systematischen Musikwissenschaft, Dьsseldorf, 1966, 397 pages.
Tastet, Yves. Arithmйtique et musique, WWW.
Taylor, Charles Alfred. Exploring Music. The Science and Technology of Tones and Tunes. Institute of Physics Publishing, Bristol/Philadelphia, 1992, 255 pages.
Taylor, Sedley. Sound and music: an elementary treatise on the physical constitution of musical sounds and harmony, including the chief acoustical discoveries of professor Helmholtz. 2nd. ed., London, 1883.
Tempelhoff, Georg Friedrich von. Gedanken ьber die Temperatur des Herrn Kirnberger, nebst einer Anweisung, Orgeln, Claviere, Flьgel, ec. ec. auf eine leichte Art zu stimmen. George Jacob Decker, Berlin/Leipzig, 1775, 37 pages.
Tenney, James. "Sound Generation by Means of a Digital Computer", Journal of Music Theory vol. 7 no. 1, 1963, pp. 24-70.
Tenney, James. "Computer Music Experiments, 1961-1964", Electronic Music Reports vol. 1, 1969, pp. 23-60.
Tenney, James. "About Changes: Sixty Four Studies for Six Harps", Perspectives of New Music vol. 11, 1977.
Tenney, James. " John Cage and the Theory of Harmony", Soundings vol. 13, 1984, pp. 55-83.
Tenney, James. A History of 'Consonance' and 'Dissonance'. Excelsior Music Publishing Company, New York, 1988, 117 pages.
Tenney, James. "Ьber Probleme der Harmonik", MusikTexte vol. 37, Dec. 1990.
Tenzer, Michael. Balinese Music. Periplus, Berkeley, 1991.
Tenzer, Michael. Gamelan Gong Kebyar: The Art of Twentieth-Century Balinese Music. The university of Chicago Press, Chicago, 2000, 504 pages, 2 CDs.
Terhardt, Ernst. "Ьber ein Дquivalenzgesetz fьr Intervalle akustischer EmpfindungsgrцЯen", Kybernetik vol. 5, 1968, 127-133.
Terhardt, Ernst. "Frequency analysis and periodicity detection in the sensations of roughness and periodicity pitch", in: Frequency Analysis and Periodicity Detection in Hearing, R. Plomp, G.F. Smoorenburg (eds.), Sijthoff, Leiden, 1970, pp. 278-290.
Terhardt, Ernst. "Pitch shifts of harmonics, an explanation of the octave enlargement phenomenon", Proceedings of the 7th international congress on acoustics, Budapest, vol. 3, 1971, pp. 621-624.
Terhardt, Ernst. "Die Tonhцhe harmonischer Klдnge und das Oktavintervall", Acustica vol. 24, 1971, pp. 126-136.
Terhardt, Ernst. "Pitch, Consonance and Harmony", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 55 no. 5, May 1974, pp. 1061-1069.
Terhardt, Ernst and M. Zick. "Evaluation of the tempered tone scale in normal, stretched, and contracted intonation", Acustica vol. 32 no. 4, 1975, pp. 268-274.
Terhardt, Ernst. "Die Stimmung von Tasteninstrumenten", Instrumentenbau vol. 29, 1975, pp. 361-362.
Terhardt, Ernst. "Ein psychoakustisch begrьndetes Konzept der musikalischen Konsonanz", Acustica vol. 36, 1976, pp. 121-137.
Terhardt, Ernst. "The two-component theory of musical consonance", in: Psychophysics and Physiology of Hearing, E.F. Evans & J.P. Wilson (eds.), Academic Press, London, 1977, pp. 381-390.
Terhardt, Ernst. "The Concept of Musical Consonance: A Link between Music and Psychoacoustics", Music Perception vol. 1 no. 3, spring 1984, pp. 276-295.
Terhardt, Ernst, G. Stoll, R. Schermbach and Richard Parncutt. "Tonhцhenmehrdeutigkeit, Tonverwandtschaft und Identifikation von Sukzessivintervallen", Acustica vol. 61, 1986, pp. 57-66.
Terhardt, Ernst. "Intonation of tone scales: Psychoacoustic considerations", Archives of Acoustics vol. 13, 1988, pp. 147-156.
Ternstrцm, Sten and Johan Sundberg. "Acoustical factors related to pitch precision in choir singing", Speech Transmission Laboratory: Quarterly progress and status report vol. 1982/2-3, October 1982, pp. 76-90.
Terpstra, Siemen. "The Modular Keyboard: Novel Tuning for MIDI Synthesizers", Interval vol. 5 no. 2, spring 1986, pp. 1, 11-13.
revision "The Modular Keyboard: Novel tuning utilities software for MIDI-equipped digital synthesizers" & "Spectrum Keyboard Specifications", Huygens-Fokker Jaarboek 1994, Amsterdam, pp. 139-146.
Terpstra, Siemen. "Reflections on an improved notation system for 53-equal-temperament and Just Intonation", Interface vol. 14 no. 1-2, 1985, pp. 45-58.
Terpstra, Siemen. A Short Introduction to the Intonational Research of Siemen Terpstra. Self-published, 1985.
Terpstra, Siemen. "The Octave Law and Natural Resonances", 1/1 vol. 2 no. 2, spring 1986, pp. 4-5.
Terpstra, Siemen. "Polychord 1 and microtonal steel guitar fretboards", Experimental musical instruments vol. 3 no. 4, December 1987, pp. 3-5.
Terpstra, Siemen. "Means to Music", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 1, 1988, pp. 11-14.
Terpstra, Siemen. "Simplified just intonation tuning procedures for strings", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 3, summer 1988, pp. 6-11.
Terpstra, Siemen. "Concerning Five", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 2, December 1991, p. 2, 16.
Terpstra, Siemen. An Arithmetical Rubric attending the distribution of 'best' multiple-divisions, WWW, 1993.
Terpstra, Siemen. An abstract topology of Just Intonation Chromatic Scales. Self-published, 4 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. The Law of the Octave and natural Resonances. Self-published, 7 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. A Table of harmonic Ratios. Self-published, 13 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. A Glossary of terms relating to Harmonics. To be published.
Terpstra, Siemen. The Meantone series of Cyclical Temperaments: Introduction and comparative appraisal. Self-published, 83 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. The Matrix Model of musical harmony: the Set of Multiple (or Equal) Divisions. To be published, 150 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. The Laws of Harmonics. To be published.
Terpstra, Siemen. An abbreviated Dictionary of 53-et (and Just Intonation) harmonies. Self-published, 600 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. A study in Sets: The Complete Dictionary of harmonies for 5-et and 7-et. Self-published, 25 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. Irregular (Well) Temperaments and the division of the ditonic comma. Self-published, 1993, 168 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. "More Notes on Notation", 1/1 vol. 8 no. 3, 1994, p. 1.
Terpstra, Siemen. Tuning Practica: How to tune strings into just intervals through the use of string harmonics. Self-published, 41 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. Simplified JI tuning procedures for strings. Self-published, 11 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. Monochord procedures. Self-published, 26 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. A monochord primer. Self-published, 26 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. The Monochord Numbers Reference Material: 3-limit, 5-limit and 7-limit. Self-published, 67 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. Homage to Ptolemy: A systematic Generation of the n-limit Just Intonation Tetrachords. Self-published, 65 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. Means and Music: the Generation of consonant Ratios through the application of Means. Self-published, 20 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. A criticism of the article: Aspects of ancient Greek Music. Self-published, 17 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. The Meaning of the Tetractys: Musical symbolism in Pythagorean arithmology. Self-published, 33 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. Aristoxenus and equal temperament: a re-appraisal. Self-published, 29 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. Studies in the Transition from Medieval to Renaissance Tuning Paradigms. Self-published, 37 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. The extended Meantone style of Gesualdo. Self-published, 49 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. Toward a theory of Meantone (and 31-ET) Harmony. Self-published, 31 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. Notes on composition in 31-et and other Multiple-Divisions. Self-published, 57 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. 31-et Symmetry: A brief study (with commentary on the Euler-Fokker genera). Self-published, 69 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. An abbreviated Dictionary of 31-et harmonies. Self-published, 45 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. A Collection of 31-et fingering charts for the enharmonic guitar. Self-published, 100 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. The Complete Dictionary of Harmonic Functions for 12-et. Self-published, 704 pages.
Terpstra, Siemen. "A short history of the just intonation tuning culture", part 1: 1/1 vol. 10 no. 1, winter 1998, pp. 1, 10-19. part 2: 1/1 vol. 10 no. 2, fall 1999, pp. 9-18.
Terpstra, Siemen. An integrated colour-code for microtonal guitar fret-boards, 1998.
Terpstra, Siemen. A List of the writings of Siemen Terpstra, WWW, May 1998.
Terry, K. "LaMonte Young: Avant-Garde Visionary Composer and Pianist", Contemporary Keyboard vol. 6 no. 8, 1980, p. 12 ff.
Tessmer, M. "Wie war Bachs Wohltemperiertes Clavier gestimmt?", Acta Organologica vol. 25, 1997.
Texier, Marc. Les tempйraments, йchelles sonores, micro-intervalles : Une nouvelle frontiиre de la musique. Texte de prйsentation d'un colloque tenu а l'abbaye de Royaumont, septembre 1996.
Thiemer, Hannelore. Der EinfluЯ der Phryger auf die altgriechische Musik. Orpheus, Band 29, Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn/Bad Godesberg, 178 pages.
Thies, Wolfgang. "Intonationsmessungen an Mikrotonmusik", Ton 4/96-1/97, IGNM, Wien, 1997.
Thimus, Albert Freiherr von. Die harmonikale Symbolik des Altertums. (Kцln 1868/1876). Olms, Hildesheim, 1988.
Thom, Eitelfriedrich (ed.) "Bericht ьber das 3. Symposium zu Fragen der Streichinstrumente, Saiten und Stimmungen", Beiheft zu den Studien zur Auffьhrungspraxis und Interpretation von Instrumentalmusik des 18. Jahrhunderts no. 3. Kultur- und Forschungsstдtte, Institut fьr Auffьhrungspraxis, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1983.
Thomas, Michael. "The Development of the Tuning and Tone Colour of an Instrument made in Venice about 1500", October 1975.
Thomas, Phillip Eugene. Music for one or more alternately tuned acoustic pianos, 1920-1993: trends in melody, harmony, and technique. PhD thesis, Music History, University of Cincinnati, 1996, 144 pages. University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, 1996.
Thomas W.R. and J.J.K. Rhodes. "Schlick, Praetorius and the History of Organ-Pitch", 1970.
Thompson, John. John Thompson's scale-speller: covering all major and minor scales and key signatures and complete table of intervals. Allan, Melbourne, 1947, 32 pages.
Thompson, John. Guqin, WWW.
Thompson, Thomas Perronet. On the Principles and Practice of Just Intonation, London, 1859/1860/1861/1862/1863/1865/1866/1867/1868.
Thon, Christian Friedrich Gottlieb. Abhandlung ьber Klavier-Saiten-Instrumente insonderheit der Forte-Pianos und Flьgel, deren Ankauf, Beurtheilung, Behandlung, Erhaltung und Stimmung. 1817, 1843.
Tiby, Ottavio. La musica byzantina. Fratelli Bocia Editori, Milan, 1938.
Tiella, Marco. "The Archicembalo of Nicola Vicentino", The Harpsichord Magazine vol. 1 no. 5, 1975, pp. 134-144.
Tiella, Marco. "La ricostruzione dell'Archicembalo di Nicola Vicentino (1555) - Primi risultati della spйrimentazione di uno strumento cromatico enarmonico", 1980.
Tiella, Marco. "Progetti storici di strumenti a tastiera con corde pizzicate", 1983.
Tiensuu, Jukka. "A Composer's Thoughts", Finnish Music Quarterly 3/1989.
Tille, Martin. A performer's guide through historical keyboard tunings. Rev. ed., Anderson, Ann Arbor, 1987, 80 pages.
Timmermans, Paul. One Octave in Thirty-One Steps, P-ART Journal vol. 26, WWW.
Tinctoris, Johannes. Liber de natura et proprietate tonorum. 15th century. E. de Coussemaker (ed.), Durand, Paris, 1864-1876. English translation Concerning the Nature and Propriety of Tones by Albert Seay, Colorado College Music Press, Colorado Springs, 1976.
Tiozzo, Loris. Gioseffo Zarlino : teorico musicale. Veneta, Conselve PD, 1992, 135 pages.
Tipple, Esther. A Graphic Introduction to the Mercator Musical Cycle. Cambridge MA, 1946.
Tipple, Esther. "Mercator Tuning Fork Experimentation with 'Harmonic Union Creation'", Darshana: An International Quarter of Philosophy, Psychology, Psychical Research, Religion, Mysticism & Sociology vol. 1 no. 3, August 1961, Moradabad, India, pp. 81-85.
Tittle, Martin B. "A Performer's Guide through Historical Keyboard Tunings", The Diapason vol. 834, May 1979, pp. 8-16.
Tittle, Martin B. A Performer's Guide through Historical Keyboard Tunings. Rev. ed. Anderson Press, Ann Arbor MI, 1987, 80 pages.
Titus, Barbara. "Renй Descartes? Compendium Musicae", Tijdschrift voor Muziektheorie vol. 2 no. 3, 1997.
Toch, Ernst. "The Expanding Harmonic Universe", in The Shaping Forces in Music, Criterion Music Corporation, New York, 1943, pp. 42-58.
Tokawa, Seiichi. "Yogo chou wo megutte", Hattori Festschrift, Ongakunotomo, Tokyo, 1986, pp. 495-517.
Tokita, A.M. "Mode and scale, modulation and tuning in Japanese shamisen music: the case of the Kiyomoto narrative", Ethnomusicology vol. 40, 1996, pp. 1-33.
Tomes, Ray. Automatic Just Intonation, WWW, 1996.
Toncitch, Voya. "Dodйcaphonie et systиme de 24 et 31 tons", Revue Musicale de Suisse vol. 113 no. 5, Septembre-Octobre 1973, pp. 274-278.
Toop, Richard. "Stockhausen's Electronic Works: Sketches and Work-Sheets from 1952-1967", Interface vol. 10 no. 3-4, 1981, pp. 149-197.
Toop, Richard. "Sulle Scale Della Fenice", Perspectives of New Music vol. 29 no. 2, 1991, pp. 72-92.
Toschi, A. "Un modello geometrico del sistema tonale", Nuova Rivista Musicale Italiana vol. 3, 1985, pp. 458-470.
Tosone, Jim. "'Tuning in' to vihuela music", Guitar review no. 85, spring 1991, pp. 16-17.
Toth, Andrew. "Representation of Balinese Gamelan Tunings", paper read at the 88th Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association, 1980, Montrйal, Canada.
Touma, Habib Hassan. Die Musik der Araber. Heinrichshofen's Verlag, Wilhelmshaven, 1975, 192 pages. English translation by Laurie Schwartz The music of the Arabs, Amadeus Press, Portland, 1996, 238 pages.
Touma, Habib Hassan. "World History of Music - History of Arabian Music: A Study", the world of music vol. 22 no. 3, 1980, pp. 66-75.
Touma, Habib Hassan. "Basics of Ratio in Arab Music. The schismatic Permutation of Safiyyuddin al-Urmawi", Lux Oriente. Festschrift Robert Gьnther zum 65. Geburtstag, Gustav Bosse-Verlag, Kassel, 1995.
Tournatoris. L'art musical relatif а l'accord du piano...et l'art de faire la conquкte des belles. Aubry, Paris, 1810.
Tozian, Gregory. "Harry Partch: The Dreamer Whose Instruments Still Remain", Organica, summer 1989.
Tracey, Andrew. "The tuning of mbira reeds: a contribution to the craft of mbira making", African Music Society Journal vol. 4 no. 3, 1969, pp. 96-100.
Tracey, Andrew. "The original African Mbira ?", African Music Society Journal vol. 5 no. 2, 1972, pp. 85-104.
Tracey, Hugh. "Measuring African Scales", African Music Society Journal vol. 4 no. 3, 1969, pp. 73-77.
Tracey, Hugh. "The mbira class of instruments in Rhodesia (1932)", African Music Society Journal vol. 4 no. 3, 1969, pp. 78-95.
Traficante, Frank. "Lyra viol tunings: 'All ways have been tryed to do it'", Acta musicologica vol. 42 no. 3-4, 1970, pp. 183-205.
Tran van Khк. "Is the pentatonic scale universal?", the world of music vol. 19 no. 3/4, 1977, pp. 62-86.
Trehorning, Pдr. "Digitеlt eller 'riktiga pipor'? Det finns plats fцr bдda!", Kyrkomusikernas tidning vol. 54, 1988, pp. 291-293.
Troeger, Richard. "Flexibility in well-tempered tuning", Diapason vol. 73 no. 6, June 1982, pp. 6-7.
Trost, Joh. Caspar senior. Parergon 7: Ausrechnung des Clavecymbal-Claviers Joh. Alberti Ban. 1677.
Trost, Joh. Caspar senior. Ausfьhrliche Beschreibung deЯ Neuen Orgelwercks auf der Augustus-Burg zu WeiЯenfels. Nьrnberg, 1677.
Trotschel, Heinrich R. "Zur Wiedergabe des Continuo in Johann Sebastian Bachs Kantaten", Musik und Kirche vol. 51 no. 1, 1981, pp. 19-28.
Trotter, J.R. "The psychophysics of melodic interval: Definitions, techniques, theory and problems", Austrian Journal of Psychology vol. 19, 1967, pp. 13-25.
Truax, Barry. "Organizational Techniques for c:m Ratios in Frequency Modulation", Foundations of Computer Music, MIT Press, Cambridge/Mass., 1985.
Truesdell, Clifford. "Joseph Sauveur", MacMillan, London, 1980.
Trьnstedt, Wolf-Dieter. "Das Teilton-Feld, auch Lambdoma genannt, unter besonderer Berьcksichtigung des Terzenfeldes", Harmonik und Glasperlenspiel, Beitrдge 1994, Verlag Peter Neubдcker, Mьnchen, 1995.
Tsuda, Michiko. "Jiuta shamisen tuning: a study of its history and development", Toyo ongaku kenkyu vol. 34-37, Oct. 1971, pp. 84-124.
Tsuge Gen'ichi. "Notation in Persian Music", the world of music vol. 20 no. 2, 1978, pp. 119-120.
Tucker, Tui St. George. "Composing with Quarter-tones for Recorder", Ear Magazine East vol. 6 no. 3, April-May 1981, pp. 6-7.
Tucker, Tui St. George. "Composing with Quarter-tones and Chart", Pitch: For the International Microtonalist vol. 1 no. 4, 1990, pp. 26-28.
Tucker, Tui St. George. "Alto Recorder Finger Chart Showing Quarter Tones", published with: Sonata and Romanza for Solo Recorder by Tui St. George Tucker, Anfor Editions, New York, 1970.
Tunks, Thomas W. "Defining tuning errors for simultaneous tones", Psychomusicology: A Journal of Research in Music Cognition vol. 2 no. 1, 1982, pp. 14-20.
Tunley, David. "Tunings and transpositions in the early 17th-century French lute air", Early Music vol. 21, 1993, pp. 203-212.
Tura, Yalзin. Tьrk Musikоsinin Meseleleri (Problems of Turkish music). Pan Yay., Istanbul, 1988.
Tьrk, Daniel Gottlob. Clavierschule oder Anweisung zum Klavierspielen. Leipzig/Halle, 1802. Reprint 1967.
Tьrk, Daniel Gottlob. Anleitung zu Temperaturberechnungen. Halle, 1808.
Tyler, James, Charles Dobson and Ephraim Segerman. "The tunings of the four-course French cittern and of the four- course guitar in the sixteenth century", Lute Society journal vol. 16, 1974, Great Britain, pp. 17-23.
- U -
Ugolino Urbevetanis. Tractatus monochordi. Rome, 15th century.
- V -
Vail, Mark. "The Fairlight CMI - Trailblazing Megabuck Sampler", Keyboard vol. 18 no. 8, August 1992, pp. 136-137.
Valentini, Pier Francesco. Il leuto anatomizzato.... Rome, c. 1642-1645.
Valentini, Pier Francesco. Come l'Autore.... e la constituzione con toni, semitoni e con tutti gli altri intervalli eguali e qual'ordine habbia tenuti. Rome, c. 1642-1645.
Valentini, Pier Francesco. Monochordo et nova costitutione di musica et accordatura di cimbali, d'arpa, d'organo e simili istrumenti.... Rome, c. 1642-1645.
Valenzuela, Pedro Michaca. "La Heterofonía Basada en la Escala 7a de la Serie de los Armónicos Naturales", Heterofonía vol. 5 no. 29, 1973, pp. 5-11.
Vallotti, Francesco Antonio. Letter to F.M. Preti. Padova, Bibl. Antoniana 6 January 1735.
Vallotti, Francesco Antonio. Trattato delle musica moderna. 1670.
Vallotti, Francesco Antonio. Della Scienza Teoretica e Prattica della Moderna Musica. Padua, 1779, 1950.
Vandenheede, Jan. "Jonathan Harvey's Ritual Melodies", Interface vol. 21 no. 2, 1992, pp. 149-183.
Vandermonde, Alexandre-Theophile. Second mйmoire sur un nouveau systкme d'harmonie applicable а l'йtat actuel de la musique. Paris, 1780.
Varella, Domingo de S. Josй. Compendio de musica....melhores methodos d'affinar Organo, Cravo &c... Porto, 1806.
Vaughn, Kathryn. Perceptual and cognitive implications of the tambura drone: Figure-ground interaction with ten North Indian scale types. PhD diss., U. of California, Los Angeles, 1991, 262 pages.
Vaughn, Kathryn and Edward C. Carterette. "Mode and mood in North Indian rвga", Proceedings of the 3rd International Conference on Music Perception & Cognition, European Society for the Cognitive Sciences of Music, Liиge, pp. 111-113.
Veale, Peter et al. The Techniques of Oboe Playing: A Compendium with Additional Remarks on the Oboe d'Amore and the Cor Anglais. Bдrenreiter, 1995.
Veer, Ram Avtar. Theory of Indian Music. Pankaj Publications, New Delhi, 1980.
Velasco-Urda, J. Juliбn Carrillo: Su vida y su obra. Mexico City, 1945.
Vendome, Richard. "The calculation and evaluation of keyboard temperaments by computer", Informatique et musique, pp. 227-242.
Vereerthbrugghen, L. "'Juistheid' en het gebruik van ongelijk zwevende stemmingen in het samenspel met oude instrumenten, in het bijzonder in bezettingen met blokfluiten", Musica Antiqua, 1984.
(anon.) Verhandeling, over de Muziek; Waer in men tracht, de zelve tot meerder klaerheit te brengen, van het overtollige te zuiveren, ze gemakkelyker in de beoeffening te maeken en eenen grooteren trap van volkoomenheit te doen bereiken; ten welken einde, Het rechte gebruik der Nooten, Sleutels, Maet- en andere Tekenen wordt opgegeeven, ...als mede Hoe men de Klawier instrumenten tot volkoomenheit kan brengen, met eene beschryving van een nieuw uitgevonden Klavesimbel, waer op alle moogelyke klanken zuiver zyn. Jan Abraham Bouvink, 's Gravenhage, 1777, 379 pages.
Verheyen, Wim. Alternate intonations, WWW, 1997.
Vermeij, Koen. Tuning and Maintenance of the Clavichord. British Clavichord Society, Sidcup, England.
Vermeulen, Ernst. "Lamento Pacis van Ton de Leeuw", Sonorum Speculum no. 39, Amsterdam, 1969, pp. 23-32.
Vermeulen, Greta. "Pitch Problems of a Performer", Interface vol. 14 no. 1-2, 1985.
Vermeulen, R. "Musical Scales", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 20 no. 4, July 1948, pp. 545-549.
Vйroli di, Claudio. Unequal temperaments and their role in the performance of Early Music. Artes Grбficas Farro, Buenos Aires, 1978.
Vetter, Manfred. "Alois Hбba zu Besuch in der DDR. Anregungen zu einem neuen Musikverstдndnis", Gedanken zu Alois Hбba, Horst-Peter Hesse und Wolfgang Thies (eds.), Verlag Mьller-Speiser, Anif, 1996.
Vetter, Roger. "Flexibility in the performance practice of central Javanese Music", Ethnomusicology vol. 25, May 1981.
Vetter, Roger. "A retrospect on a century of gamelan tone measurements", Ethnomusicology: Journal of the Society for Ethnomusicology vol. 33 no. 2, spring-summer 1989, pp. 217-228.
Vicentino, Nicola. L'antica musica ridotta alla moderna prattica. Rome, 1555, 1557. Facsimile edition by E. Lowinsky (ed.), Documenta Musicologica, 1st ser., Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1959. English translation Ancient music adapted to modern practice by Maria Rika Maniates (ed.), Claude V. Palisca (ed.), Yale University Press, New Haven CT, 1996, 487 pages.
Vicentino, Nicola. Descrizione dell'arciorgano. Venice.
Vichney, Dimitri. "Notes sur l'йvangile rouge de Ivan Wyschnegradsky", Les Cahiers du CIREM no. 14-15, PUT, Tours, 1990, pp. 186-223.
Vicol, Adrian. "Contributii la cercetarea monografica a tambalului", Revista de etnografie si folclor vol. 15 no. 5, Rumania, 1970, pp. 355-374.
Vidyasankar, S. "The Theory of 22 Srutis"", WWW, 1994.
Vier, Peter. "Bachs Tonsprache und die mitteltцnige Orgel", Ars organi vol. 33 no. 1, 1985, pp. 3-12.
Vier, Peter. "Die Orgelstimmung Gottfried Silbermanns nach Georg Andreas Sorge", Ars organi vol. 34 no. 1, 1986, pp. 14-21.
Vier, Peter. "Zur Frage der Rekonstruktion historischer Stimmungen", Acta organologica vol. 19, 1987, pp. 216-238.
Vier, Peter. "Die Stimmweise der alten Meister", Acta organologica vol. 21, 1990, pp. 103-120.
Videgdorchik, Isaak. "New ideas in plate tuning", Journal of the Violin Society of America vol. 8 no. 3, 1987, pp. 76-109.
Villard, Jean Albert and J.M. Bourot. "Le tempйrament mйsotonique et la partition de Dom Bйdos de Celles", Paris, Sept. 1965.
Villoteau, Guillaume Andrй. Mйmoire sur la possibilitй et l'utilitй d'une thйorie exacte des principes naturels de la musique. l'Imprimerie impйriale, Paris, 1807.
Virdung, Sebastian. Musica getutscht und ausgezogen. Michael Furter, Basel, 1511. Reprint Leo Schrade, Kassel, 1931. Facsimile reprint Klaus Wolfgang Niemцller (ed.), Documenta musicologica 1st ser., XXXI, Bдrenreiter, Kassel, 1970. English translation by Beth Bullard, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1993.
Viret, Jacques. "Music, numbers, space: Some 'Pythagorean' meditations : Musique, nombres, cosmos: Quelques rйflexions 'Pythagoriciennes'", International review of the aesthetics and sociology of music vol. 17 no. 2, December 1986, Croatia, pp. 147-161.
Vitali, Alexandre J.H. "Regola per accordare clavicembalo o spinetta, Lugo di Romagna", 2nd half 18th cent.
Vogel, Martin. Zahl 7 in der Spekulativen Musiktheorie. unpublished PhD thesis, 1955.
Vogel, Martin. "Die Musikschriften Leonhard Euler", in the preface to Euleri opera omnia, series III, vols. 11-12, Zьrich, 1960.
Vogel, Martin. Die Intonation der Blechblдser. Neue Wege im Metallblasinstrumentenbau. Orpheus Schriftenreihe zur Grundfragen der Musik, Band 1, Dьsseldorf, 1961, 104 pages.
Vogel, Martin. Die Enharmonik der Griechen. Teil 1: Tonsystem und Notation, 152 pages. Teil 2: Der Ursprung der Enharmonik, 189 pages. Orpheus Schriftenreihe zur Grundfragen der Musik, Band 3 & 4, Dьsseldorf, 1963.
Vogel, Martin. "An den Grenzen des Tonsystem" (At the frontier of tone system), Musica vol. 17, 1963, pp. 155-158.
Vogel, Martin. "Arthur von Oettingen und der harmonische Dualismus", in Beitrдge zur Musiktheorie des 19. Jahrhunderts, Regensburg, 1966, p. 103.
Vogel, Martin. Apollinisch und Dionysisch. Gustav Bosse Verlag, Regensburg, 1966.
Vogel, Martin. Die Kirnberger Stimmung vor und nach Kirnberger. Beethovenhaus, Bonn, 1967.
Vogel, Martin. Die Zukunft der Musik. Band 8 der Orpheus-Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik. (Volume 8 in the Orpheus library of fundamental questions in music.) Gesellschaft zur Forderung der systematischen Musikwissenschaft, Dьsseldorf, 1968, 231 pages.
Vogel, Martin. "LaЯt sich die Reine Stimmung verwirklichen?", Bericht ьber den internationalen musikwissenschaftlichen KongreЯ, Leipzig 1966, 1972, pp. 397-406.
Vogel, Martin. "Schцnberg und die Obertцne", KongreЯ-Bericht Berlin 1974, pp. 562-567.
Vogel, Martin. "Ton und Zahl", Vortrag a.d. Tagung 'Mathematik und Musik', Darmstadt, 1975.
Vogel, Martin. Die Lehre von den Tonbeziehungen. Orpheus, Band 16, Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1975, 480 pages.
On the Relations of Tone, translated from German by Vincent Jean Kisselbach and edited by Carl A. Poldy, Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1993.
Vogel, Martin. "Reine Stimmung und Temperierung", Musik und Zahl, Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1976, pp. 265-292.
Vogel, Martin. Musiktheater I, Die Krise des Theaters und ihre Ьberwindung. Orpheus: Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik vol. 30, Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn, 1980, 460 pages.
Vogel, Martin. Musiktheater II, Lehrstьcke. Bonn, 1981, 464 pages.
Vogel, Martin. Anleitung zur harmonischen Analyse und zu reiner Intonation. Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1984, 209 pages.
Vogel, Martin. "Mikrotцne im Rahmen der reinen Stimmung", Mikrotцne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 127-150.
Vogel, Martin. Denkschrift zum Bau von Tasteninstrumenten in reiner Stimmung. Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1986, 20 pages.
Vogel, Martin. "Der Bau von Tasteninstrumenten in reiner Stimmung", Das Orchester vol. 34 no. 6, 1986, pp. 631-639.
Vogel, Martin. Die enharmonische Gitarre. Orpheus-Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik no. 45. Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1986, 264 pages.
Vogel, Martin. "North German organ building of the late seventeenth century: Registration and tuning", J.S. Bach as organist: His instruments, music, and performance practices. Translated by Lynn Edwards and Edward Pepe, Indiana U., Bloomington, 1986, pp. 31-40.
Vogel, Martin. "Erfahrungen mit Bunden bei der Geige", Hamburger Jahrbuch fьr Musikwissenschaft vol. 9, 1986, pp. 201-208.
Vogel, Martin. "Die Berechnung emmelischer und ekmelischer Mehrklдnge", Mikrotцne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 65-72.
Vogel, Martin. Musiktheater V: Stьcke fьr Salzburg. Orpheus-Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik no. 50, Verlag fьr Systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn, 1988, 478 pages.
Vogel, Martin. "Mitteltцnig--Wohltemperiert: Der Wandel der Stimmungsдsthetik im norddeutschen Orgelbau und Orgelrepertoire des 17. und 18. Jahrhunderts", Jahrbuch alte Musik vol. 1, 1989, pp. 119-151.
Vogel, Martin. "Vierteltцne bei den Griechen", Mikrotцne III, Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
Vogel, Martin. Die Naturseptime. Ihre Geschichte und ihre Anwendung. Orpheus, Band 61, Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1991, 510 pages.
Vogel, Martin. "Ausfьhrbare Vierteltцne", Mikrotцne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, Mьnchen, 1993.
Vogel, C.J. de. Pythagoras and early Pythagoreanism. Assen, 1966.
Vogel, A. von. "Ьber den Zusammenhang zwischen Rauhigkeit und Modulationsgrad", Acustica vol. 32, 1975, pp. 300-306.
Voigt, Wolfgang. Dissonanz und Klangfarbe. Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1985.
Voisin, Frйdйric. "La modelisation des systиmes d'accord des xylophones centrafricains", Analyse musicale no. 23, April 1991, pp. 42-46.
Voisin, Frйdйric. "Musical scales in Central Africa and Java: Modeling by synthesis", Leonardo Music Journal vol. 4, 1994, pp. 85-90.
Vorreiter, Leopold. "Bau und Stimmung der antiken Syringe (Pan-Flцten und Pan- Pfeifen)", Archiv fьr Musikorganologie vol. 1 no. 1, December 1976, pp. 16-33.
Vos, Joos. "The perception of pure and mistuned musical fifths and major thirds: Thresholds for discrimination, beats and identification", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 32, 1982, pp. 297-313.
Vos, Joos. "Spectral Effects in the perception of pure and tempered intervals: Discrimination and beats", Perception & Psychophysics vol. 35, 1984, pp. 173-185.
Vos, Joos. "Purity ratings of tempered fifths and major thirds", Music Perception vol. 3 no. 3, spring 1986, pp. 221-257.
Vos, Joos. "Subjective acceptability of various regular twelve-tone tuning systems in two-part musical fragments", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 83 no. 6, 1988, pp. 2383-2392.
Vos, Joos and Ben G. van Vianen. "Thresholds for discrimination between pure and tempered intervals: the relevance of nearly coinciding harmonics", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 77, 1985, pp. 176-187.
Vries, Leo de. "Pleidooi voor een nieuwe indeling van het klavier. Een nieuw notatiesysteem", Mens en Melodie vol. 35 no. 9, Sept. 1980, pp. 425-431.
Vries, Leo de. "Het chromatisch klavier en het voortekenloos notatiesysteem", Mens en Melodie vol. 36 no. 9, Sept. 1981, pp. 424-429.
Vries, Leo de. "Het is tijd voor een fijnere toonindeling", Mens en Melodie vol. 38 no. 8, Aug. 1983, pp. 322-324.
Vries, Leo de. "Een tonale ordening in de kwarttoonsmuziek", Mens en Melodie vol. 38 no. 11, Nov. 1983, pp. 474-480.
Vries, Leo de. "Continue tonaliteit met doortransponerende toongeslachten" (through-transposing tonalities), Huygens-Fokker Jaarboek 1991, Haarlem.
Vries, Leo de. "Some more 18 note scales in the 72 note system", Huygens-Fokker Jaarboek 1994, Haarlem, pp. 152-154.
Vries, Leo de. "Een tonale ordening in de kwarttoonsmuziek", in Zuiver muzikaal, programmatoelichting van het microtonaal festival ter gelegenheid van 50 jaar Huygens-Fokker, Haarlem, 6-13 oktober 1996, pp. 34-40.
Vries, Leo de. "A solution to the microtone-keyboard problem", Music Notation News vol. 8 no. 4, MNMA, 1998, pp. 4-7.
Vuylsteke, H.A. "Notre Gamme Musicale Occidentale", Journal des Ingenieurs de L.H.T.B. no. 3, April 1952, pp. 15-17.
Vyslouzil, Jirн. "Alois Hбba als Kompositionslehrer", Sbornik praci filosoficke fakulty Brnenskи University vol. 14, Brno, 1965, pp. 379-387.
Vyslouzil, Jirн. "K habovu postaveni ve vyvoji ceskи a evropske moderni hudby", HV vol. 3, 1965, p. 567.
Vyslouzil, Jirн. "Prvni ctvrttonovи sklaby Aloise Hбby", Hudebni Veda Acadйmie Tchиque Ved. 4, Prague, 1966, pp. 607-622.
Vyslouzil, Jirн. "Zu Hбba's Symphonischer Phantasie Op. 8", Sbornik praci filosofickи fakulty Brnenskи University vol. 17, Brno, 1968, pp 75-85.
Vyslouzil, Jirн. "L'origine, l'apparition et la fonction du quart de ton dans l'oeuvre de Georges Enesco", Studii de muzicologie vol. 4, Bucarest, 1968, pp. 253-259.
Vyslouzil, Jirн. "Ivan Vyschnegradskij, kapitolaze zapomenutych hudenich avantgard", Opus Musicum I, Brno, 1969, pp. 30-40.
Vyslouzil, Jirн. Alois Hбba. Brno, 1970.
Vyslouzil, Jirн. "A note on Alois Hбba", Musical Times vol. 114, Jan. 1973, pp. 591-592.
Vyslouzil, Jirн. and J. Pauer. "Rozlouceni s Aloisem Hбbou", HRo vol. 26, 1973, p. 530.
Vyslouzil, Jirн. "Alois Hбba : muz hudebniho a positickиho pokroku", OM vol. 6, 1974, p. 2.
Vyslouzil, Jirн. "Svoboda, struktura a forma v hudbe Aloise Hбby", Opus musicum vol. 23 no. 3, 1991, pp. 81-84.
Vyslouzil, Jirн. Alois Hába (1893 - 1973). Sborník k zivotu a dílu skladatele. Nakladatelství "Lipa", Vizovice, 1993.
Vyslouzil, Jirн. "Alois Hába und das moderne Wien", Цsterreichische Musikzeitschrift 1993, pp. 476-477.
Vyslouzil, Jirн. "Alois Hбba in der Musikentwicklung des 20. Jahrhunderts", Gedanken zu Alois Hбba, Horst-Peter Hesse und Wolfgang Thies (eds.), Verlag Mьller-Speiser, Anif, 1996.
Vyslouzil, Jirн. "Alois Hбba heute", Gedanken zu Alois Hбba, Horst-Peter Hesse und Wolfgang Thies (eds.), Verlag Mьller-Speiser, Anif, 1996.
- W -
Waage, Harold M. "The Intelligent Keyboard", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 4, 1985, pp. 1, 12-13.
Waage, Harold M. "Keyboard Controlled Just Intonation Computer", Interval vol. 2 no. 1, p. 6.
Waage, Harold M. "Anomalies in Chords Derived from Chains of Thirds", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 3, summer 1988, pp. 1, 14.
Waage, Harold M. "Approximation By Proportional Addition: A Method of Deriving Various Microtonal Scales", Interval vol. 5 no. 1, pp. 7-9.
Waage, Harold M. "Liberation for the Scale-Bound Consonance", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 3, March 1992, pp. 1, 6-10.
Waage, Harold M. "Harold Waage replies", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 4, 1992, p. 16.
Waage, Harold M. "A Keyboard Game of 'Expansion-Contraction'", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 3, 1996, p. 4.
Wachsmann, K. "An equal-stepped tuning in a Ganda harp", Nature vol. 165, London, 1950, p. 40.
Waerden, B.L. van der. "Die Harmonielehre der Pythagoreer", Hermes vol. 78, 1943, pp. 163-199.
Waerden, B.L. van der. Science awakening. Groningen, 1954.
Waerden, B.L. van der. Die Pythagoreer. Zьrich, 1979.
Wager-Schneider, John. "The Microtonal Guitar", Guitar & Lute vol. 16, January 1981, pp. 42-45; vol. 17, April 1981, pp. 32-34; vol. 19, October 1981, pp. 28-31; vol. 20, January 1982, pp. 20-22; vol. 21, March 1982, pp. 33-34.
Wagner, C. "Der Klangtrinker", Neue Zeitschrift fьr Musik vol. 3, 1999, pp. 16-19.
Waitzman, Mimi S. "Mean-tone temperament in theory and practice", In theory only vol. 5 no. 4, May 1981, pp. 3-15.
Walcker-Mayer, Werner. Die rцmische Orgel von Aquincum. Mw. Verlag, Ludwigsburg, 1970, 118 pages.
Walker, David Pickering. 17th Century scientists' view on intonation and the nature of consonance. 1977.
Walker, David Pickering. Studies in musical science in the late Renaissance. Series: Warburg Institute studies vol. 37, Warburg Institute, London, 1978, 174 pages.
Walker, Douglas. "The Golden Net (score)", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976.
Walker, Douglas. The Roots of Meaningfulness: An Investigation into Harry Partch's Treatment of Speech in his Music. Unpublished manuscript, 1977.
Walker, Douglas. "Three Short Preludes: The Dayspring, Music for 19-tone Clavichord", Xenharmonikôn vol. 6, 1978.
Walker, D.P. Studies in Musical Science in the Late Renaissance. Warburg, 1978.
Walker, Jonathan. " Intonational Injustice: A Defense of Just Intonation in the Performance of Renaissance Polyphony", Music Theory Online vol. 2 no. 6, September 1996.
Walker, Robert. Musical Beliefs: Psychoacoustic, Mythical and Educational Perspectives. Teachers College Press, Columbia University, New York, 1990.
Waller, St. Die Grundtheorie des Vierteltonsystems. Edition Fichtner, Budapest, 1936.
Wallis, John. Claudii Ptolemaei harmonicorum libri tres. Greek text with Latin translation and commentary, Oxford, 1682.
Wallis, John. "A Letter of Dr. John Wallis to Samuel Pepys Esquire, Relating to some Supposed Imperfections in an organ", Philosophical Transactions no. 242, 1698, p. 249.
Walliser, Konrad. "Ьber die Spreizung von empfundenen Intervallen gegenьber mathematisch harmonischen Intervallen bei Sinustonen", Frequenz vol. 23 no. 5, May 1969, pp. 139-143.
Wallot, J. "Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von J. Wьrschmidt ьber logarithmische und graphische Darstellung der musikalischen Intervalle", Zeitschrift fьr Physik vol. 4, 1921, p. 157.
Walthinsen, Karen A. The Violin Scordatura: Its History, Development and Repertoire from 1600 to 1850. PhD thesis, Musicology, Utrecht University.
Walton, Susan Pratt. Mode in Javanese music. Ohio University, Center for International Studies, Athens OH, 1987, 253 pages.
Wandel and Golterman (eds.) Ein Beitrag zur musikalischen Temperatur der Musikinstrumente von Mittelalter bis zur Gegenwart.
Wang, Di. "Questions Concerning the Temperament System of Guqin Music" (colloquy with comrade Chen Yingshi), Music Study, 1991, no. 4, pp. 37-41, in Chinese.
Wantzloeben, Sigfrid. Das Monochord als Instrument und als System. Halle, 1911.
Ward, J.M. The Vihuela da Mano and its Music (1536-1576). Diss. New York Univ., 1953.
Ward, W. Dixon. "Subjective Musical Pitch", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 25, 1954, pp. 369-380.
Ward, W. Dixon. The Subjective Octave and the Pitch of Pure Tones. Unpublished PhD dissertation, Harvard University.
Ward, W. Dixon and W. Martin. "Psychophysical comparison of just tuning and equal temperament in sequences of interval tones", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 33 no. 5, May 1961, pp. 586-588.
Warfield, Gerald. "The Notation of Quarter-Tones", Contemporary Music Newsletter vol. 7 no. 5, 1973, pp. 3-5.
Warnke, Krista. Experimentelle Untersuchung zur Tonhцhenwahrnehmung. Verцffentlichung der Staatlichen Instituts fьr Musikforschung Preussische Kulturbesitz Berlin vol. 8, Arno Volk, Kцln, 1976, 102 pages.
Warren, Ambrose. The Tonometer: Explaining and Demonstrating, by an easie Method, in Numbers and Proportion, All the 32 distinct and different Notes, Adjuncts or Suppliments Contained in Each of Four Octaves inclusive, of the Gamut, or Common Scale of Musick. With their exact Difference and Distance. Whereby the Practitioner on any Key'd, or Fretted Instrument, may easily know how to Tune the same. And also, with great exactness, how to Transpose any Musick fom one Key to another, Sharp or Flat, Higher or Lower, With proper Sharps and Flats thereto. J. Cluer and Alex. Campbell, London, 1725, 24 pages.
Warren, Richard M. "Helmholtz and His Continuing Influence", Music Perception vol. 1 no. 3, spring 1984, pp. 253-275.
Watanabe, Kimiko. Gamelan no onritsu. Master of Arts dissertation, Musicology: Tokyo U. of Fine Arts and Music, 1975, 83 pages.
Waters, Paul. A method of fretting the viol in 31 note equal temperament. Including performance of music composed by Nicola Vicentino. Project completed as part of B.Sc., LGU, May 1997.
Wathen, Michael J. "Greek Number and Music Theory", Piano Technicians Journal, April 1994.
Watkins, Anthony. "Scale, key, and contour in the discrimination of tunes and mistuned approximations to melody", Perception and psychophysics vol. 27 no. 4, April 1985, pp. 275-285.
Wauchope, Ken. "Just Intonation from Leaky Keyboards", Interval vol. 1 no. 4+5, spring-summer 1979, pp. 8-9.
Wead, Charles Kasson. "Contributions to the History of Musical Scales", Report of the U.S. National Museum 1900, Washington DC, 1902, pp. 421-462.
Weber, E. (ed.) La rйsonance dans les йchelles musicales. Edt. CNRS, Paris, 1963, 402 pages.
Wedgewood, R.B. The music theories of Camille Durutte, a contribution to the study of nineteenth century French music theory. PhD thesis, University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1976, 260 pages. Ann Arbor University Microfilms.
Wegschneider, Kristian. "Temperierungsprobleme in der Praxis des heutigen Orgelbauers am Beispiel der groЯen Silbermannorgel im Freiberger Dom: Einige Gedanken zu den 5 Werckmeistertemperaturen von 1691", Bericht ьber das Werckmeister-Kolloquium, Kultur- und Forschungsstдtte Michaelstein, Michaelstein/Blankenburg, 1986, pp. 56-76.
Wegschneider, Kristian and Hartmut Schьtz. "Orgeltemperatur: Ein Beitrag zum Problem der Rekonstruktion historischer Stimmungsarten bei Orgelrestaurierungen", Kultur- und Forschungsstдtte Michaelstein vol. 5, Eitelfriedrich Thom (ed.), Kultur- und Forschungsstдtte Michaelstein, Blankenburg/Harz, 1988, 148 pages.
Weidenaar, Reynold Henry. The Telharmonium: A History of the First Music Synthesizer, 1893-1918. PhD thesis, New York University, 1988.
Magic Music from the Telharmonium, based on the thesis, The Scarecrow Press, Inc., 418 pages.
Weidenaar, Reynold Henry. "The alternators of the Telharmonium, 1906", ICMC Proceedings Montreal, 1991, McGill University, Montrйal, pp. 311-314.
Weigel, Erhard. Tetractys, summum tum arithmeticae tum philosophiae discursive compendium. Jena, 1673.
Weinreich, Gabriel. "Coupled piano strings", J. Acoust. Soc. Amer. vol. 62, 1977, pp. 1474-1484.
Weinreich, Gabriel. "The coupled motions of piano strings", Scientific American, Jan. 1996, pp. 94-102.
Weinreich, Gabriel. "Comment vibrent les cordes d'un piano?", Sons et musique, 1980, pp. 40-48.
Weinstein, David. "Bohemiola: Tuning Specifications for the Piano", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, pp. 26-27.
Weisse, Fritz. "Der Bekanntheitsgrad der Lieder des EKG - Eine Frage ihrer Intervallstruktur?", Musik und Kirche vol. 48 no. 2, 1978, pp. 65-70.
Weisstein, Eric W. Eric's Treasure Trove of Music, WWW, 1999.
Weitbrecht, W. "Ьber den EinfluЯ nichtlinearer Verzerrungen auf die Hцrbarkeit von Verstimmungen musikalischer Intervalle", Fernmeldetechn. Zeitschrift vol. 3, 1950, pp. 336-345.
Welch, Graham. "A schema theory of how children learn to sing in tune", Psychology of Music vol. 13 no. 1, 1985, pp. 3-18.
Wellek, Albert. "Viertelton und Fortschritt", Zeitschrift fьr Musik vol. 92, 1925, p. 352 ss. English translation "Quarter-Tones and Progress" by Theodore Baker, Musical Quarterly vol. 2, 1926, pp. 231-237.
Wellek, Albert. "Die Aufspaltung der 'Tonhцhe' in der Hornbostelschen Gehцrpsychologie und die Konsonanztheorie von Hornbostel und Krueger", Zeitschrift fьr Musikwissenschaft vol. 16, 1934, p. 481 ff, 537 ff.
Wellek, Albert. "Die Mehrseitigkeit der Tonhцhe als Schlьssel zur Systematik der musikalischen Erscheinungen", Zeitschrift fьr Psychologie vol. 134, 1935.
Wellek, Albert. "Gehцrphysiologie", Die Musik in Geschichte und Gegenwart Band 4, Friedrich Blume, Kassel/Basel, 1955.
Werbeck-Svдrdstrцm, Valborg. Die Schule der Stimmenthьllung. Goetheanum Verlag.
Werckmeister, Andreas. Orgel-Probe. Frankfurt a.M./Leipzig, 1681.
Werckmeister, Andreas. Musicae mathematicae hodegus curiosus. Quedlinburg, 1686, Frankfurt/Leipzig, 1687. Reprint 1972.
Werckmeister, Andreas. Musicalische Temperatur, Oder deutlicher und warer Mathematischer Unterricht / Wie man durch Anweisung des Monochordi ein Clavier / sonderlich die Orgelwerke / Positive, Regale, Spinetten / und dergleichen wol temperirt stimen kцnne / damit nach heutiger manier alle Modificti in einer angenehm- und ertrдglichen Harmonia mцgen genommen werden / Mit vorhergehender Abhandlung ... der Musicalischen Zahlen / ... Welche bey Einrichtung der Temperaturen wohl in acht zu nehmen sind, Quedlinburg, 1691. Reprint R.A. Rasch (ed.), Diapason Press, Utrecht, 1983. Other reprint Rьdiger Pfeiffer (ed.), Die Blaue Eule, Essen, 1996, 138 pages.
Werckmeister, Andreas. Hypomnemata musica, oder musicalisches Memorial, welches besteht in kurtzer Erinnerung dessen, so bisshero unter guten Freunden discursweise, insonderheit von der Composition und Temperatur mцchte vorgangen seyn. Zu eigener Nachricht auffgesezzet, und denen musical-Lernend- und Liebenden zum besten, den Druck ьbergeben. Quedlinburg, 1697, 50 pages. Reprint, 1970.
Werckmeister, Andreas. Die nothwendigsten Anmerckungen und Regeln, wie der Bassus continuus oder General-Bass wol kцnne tractiret werden. Aschersleben, 1698, 1715.
Werckmeister, Andreas. Erweiterte und verbesserte Orgel-Probe. Quedlinburg, 1698. Aschersleben, 1716. Leipzig, 1754. Augsburg, 1783. Reprint Bдrenreiter, 1927, 1970. Olms, 1972. English translation by G. Krapf, 1976. Dutch translation Orgelproef by Jacob Lustig, Amsterdam, 1755. Re-edition A. Bouman, Baarn, 1968.
Werckmeister, Andreas (ed.) Agostino Steffani...Sendschreiben...ins Hoch-deutschen befцrdert (translation with comments of Quanta certezza habbia da suoi principii la musica by Steffani, Amsterdam, 1694). Quedlinburg/Aschersleben, 1699.
Werckmeister, Andreas. Cribrum Musicum. Quedlinburg/Leipzig, 1700. Reprint, 1970.
Werckmeister, Andreas. Harmonologia musica oder kurtze Anleitung zur musicalischen Composition, wie man vermittels der Regeln und Anmerckungen bey den General-Bass einen Contrapunctum simplicem mit sonderbahrem Vortheil durch drey Sдtze oder Griffe componiren und ex tempore spielen: auch dadurch im Clavier und Componisten weiter zu schreiten und zu variiren Gelegenheit nehmen kцnne: benebst einem Unterricht, wie man einen gedoppelten Contrapunct und mancherley canones oder fugas ligatas, durch sonderbahre Griffe und Vortheile setzen und einrichten mцge, aus denen mathemathischen und musicalischen Grьnden aufgesetzet und zum Drucke heraus gegeben durch Andream Werekmeistern. Quedlinburg, 1702. Theodor Philipp Calvisius, Frankfurt und Leipzig, 1702, 142 pages. Olms, 1972.
Werckmeister, Andreas. Organum Gruningense redivivum. Quedlinburg/Aschersleben, 1705.
Werckmeister, Andreas. Musicalische Paradoxal-Discourse. Quedlinburg, 1707, 120 pages. Olms, 1972.
Werker, Gerard (pseudonym of Wouter Paap). "Een nieuw instrument voor 31-toonsmuziek", Mens en Melodie vol. 26 no. 1, 1971, pp. 9-11.
Werner, Heinz. "Ьber Mikromelodik und Mikroharmonik", Zeitschrift fьr Psychologie vol. 98, 1925, pp. 74-89.
Werner, Heinz. "Musical 'Micro-Scales' and 'Micro-Melodies'", Journal of Psychology vol. 10, 1940, pp. 149-156.
Werner-Jensen, Karin. "Mathematik und zeitgenцssische Komposition - eine Umfrage", Musik und Mathematik, Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1985.
Werntz, Julia. " Ezra Sims at Seventy", Sonneck Society for American Music Bulletin vol. 24 no. 1, spring 1998.
Wesley, William and Jonathan Glasier. Interview on KPFK program Genesis of a Music, April 1992.
West, M.L. Ancient Greek Music. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1992.
Westbrook, Peter. "Guitar with Interchangeable Fingerboards", Xenharmonikôn vol. 6, 1978.
Westman, Johan. Naturtonskala och sдlgflцjt, WWW, 1998.
Westphal, Rudolf. Die Musik der griechischen Altertums. Leipzig, 1883.
Westphal, Rudolf. Griechische Harmonik und Melopцie. Leipzig, 1886.
Westphal, Rudolf. Aristoxenos von Tarent, Melik und Rhythmus des klassischen Hellentums. Vol. 1, Leipzig, 1883. Vol. 2, Leipzig, 1893.
Weyer, R.D. Tune Frequency Structure in the Attack Transients of Piano and Harpsichord Sounds. 1976.
Whaley, David Robert. The Microtonal Capability of the Horn. D.M.A. thesis, University of Illinois, 1975, 154 pages. University Microfilms, Ann Arbor MI, 1975.
White, William Braid. Theory and practice of piano construction, with a detailed, practical method for tuning. 1906. Reprint Dover, New York, 1975, 160 pages.
White, William Braid. "Mean-Tone Temperament: the Classical System of Instrumental Tuning", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 15 no. 1, July 1943, pp. 12-16.
White, William Braid. Piano tuning and allied arts. Tuners Supply Company, Boston MA, 1946, 1977, 295 pages.
Whitman, George. "Alois Hбba: Seminal Works of Quarter-Tone Music", Tempo vol. 80, 1967, pp. 11-15.
Whitman, George. Introduction to Microtonal Music: for composers and instrumentalists in conventional and electronic media. British and Continental Music Agencies Ltd., London, 1970, 16 pages.
Wibberley, Roger. "Josquin's 'Ave Maria': Musica Ficta versus Mode", Music Theory Online vol. 2 no. 5, 1996.
Wichmann, Lothar. "Natьrliche Tonsysteme", Neue Musik-Zeitung vol. 11, 1914, Carl Grьninger Verlag, Stuttgart.
Widmer, Kurt. "Musikalische Perzeption und stimmliche Umsetzproblematik", Musik in der Zeit. Helbling & Lichtenhahn, Basel, 1990.
Wiering, Frans. " De geest van Pythagoras", Utrecht, 1997.
Wiese, Christian Ludwig Gustav von. Ptolemaeus und Zarlino, oder wahrer Gesichtskreis der... Elementar-Tonlehre. Dresden, 1791.
Wiese, Christian Ludwig Gustav von. Formularisches Handbuch fьr die ausьbenden Stimmer der Tasteninstrumente. Dresden, 1792.
Wiese, Christian Ludwig Gustav von. Der populairen Gemeinnьtzigkeit gewidmeter neu umgeformter formularischer Versuch ьber die logisch- mathematische Klangeintheilungs-Stimmungs-und Temperaturlehre. Gerlach, Dresden-Friedrichstadt, 1793.
Wiese, Christian Ludwig Gustav von. Discours analitique sur la cohйrence imperturbable de trois premiиres parties intйgrantes de la thйorie musicale. Walther, Dresden, 1795.
Wightman, Frederick L. "The pattern-transformation model of pitch", Journal of the Acoustical Society of America vol. 54, p. 407, 1973.
Wightman, Frederick L., and David M. Green. "The Perception of Pitch", American Scientist vol. 62, 1974, pp. 208-215.
Wijmenga, Gjalt. "A reason for a change", Music Notation News vol. 8 no. 4, MNMA, 1998, pp. 8-16.
Wilding-White, R. "Tonality and scale theory", Journal of Music Theory vol. 5, 1961, pp. 275-286.
Wilkinson, Scott R. Tuning In: Microtones in Electronic Music; A Basic Guide to Alternate Scales, Temperaments and Microtuning Using Synthesizers, Hal Leonard Books, Milwaukee, 1988, 120 pages.
Will, Rodney H. A Proposed Graphic Notation for Harry Partch's "Monophony". Mimeographed. Washington DC, 1983.
Willard, N. Augustus. A treatise upon the music of Hindoostan, comprising a detail of the ancient theory and modern practice. Baptist Mission Press, Calcutta, 1834, 8 vols. Reprint in W. Jones & N.A. Willard, Music of India, Susil Gupta, Calcutta, 1962; S.M. Tagore (ed.), Hindu Music from Various Authors, Chowkhamba, Varanasi, 1965, pp. 1-122.
Wille, Rudolf. "Ansдtze einer mathematischen Musiktheorie", Vortrag a.d. Tagung 'Mathematik un Musik', Darmstadt, 1975.
Wille, Rudolf. "Mathematik und Musiktheorie", Musik und Zahl, Verlag fьr systematische Musikwissenschaft, Bonn-Bad Godesberg, 1976, pp. 233-264.
Wille, Rudolf. Mathematische Sprache in der Musiktheorie. Feedback Papers vol. 24, Feedback Studio Verlag, Kцln, 1981, pp. 6-10.
Wille, Rudolf. "Musiktheorie und Mathematik", Musik und Mathematik, Heinz Gцtze and Rudolf Wille (eds.), Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, 1985, pp. 4-31.
Willey, Bob. Dynamic tuning systems for traditional 7/5 keyboard. PhD thesis.
Williams, Peter. "Equal Temperament and the English Organ 1675-1825", Acta musicologica vol. 40, 1968, p. 53.
Williams, Peter F. "J.S. Bach's Well-tempered Clavier: A New Approach 1", Early Music vol. 11, January 1983, pp. 46-52.
Williams, Peter F. "J.S. Bach's Well-tempered Clavier: A New Approach 2", Early Music vol. 11, July 1983, pp. 332-339.
Williams, Peter F. "Was Johann Sebastian Bach an Organ Expert or an Acquisitive Reader of Andreas Werckmeister?", Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society vol. 11, 1985.
Williams, Peter F. "Acustica accordatura e temperamento nell'Illuminismo Veneto & Amici dell'Organo (reviews)", The Organ Yearbook vol. 20, 1989, p. 130.
Williams III, Wheat. "Exploring East Indian Microtonality", Electronic Musician, March 1989, pp. 53-54.
Williamson, Charles. "A Just Intonation Organ", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 11, 1939, p. 216.
Williamson, Charles. "A Keyboard Instrument In Just Intonation", J. Acoust. Soc. Am. vol. 15 no. 1, January 1944, pp. 173-175.
Williamson, R.C. "Measurement of Traditional Tuning Frequencies of a Burmese Harp", Selected Reports vol. 1 no. 2, Los Angeles, 1968, pp. 73-76.
Wilson, Ervin M. "The Bosanquetian 7-rank Keyboard After Poole and Brown", Xenharmonikôn vol. 1 no. 1, 1974, 9 pages.
Wilson, Ervin M. "Bosanquet - A bridge - A doorway to dialog", Xenharmonikôn vol. 1 no. 2, 1974, 7 pages.
Wilson, Ervin M. "A Classification of Tonal Systems and a Proposed Standardization of Signatures", Xenharmonikôn vol. 1 no. 2, fall 1974.
Wilson, Ervin M. "On Linear Notations and the Bosanquet Keyboard", Xenharmonikôn vol. 2 no. 1, 1975, 13 pages.
Wilson, Ervin M. "On the Development of Intonational Systems by Extended Linear Mapping", Xenharmonikôn vol. 3, 1975, 13 pages.
Wilson, Ervin M. "The Pitches of Meantone Assigned to the 19-Tone Generalized Keyboard", Xenharmonikôn vol. 5, spring 1976.
Wilson, Ervin M. "19-tone scale for the Clavichord-19", Xenharmonikôn vol. 6, 1977.
Wilson, Ervin M. "Partchian Twin Star Eikosany", Interval, spring-summer 1979, p. 46.
Wilson, Ervin M. "Pythagorean Intervals", Interval vol. 1 no. 3, 1979, p. 26 ff.
Wilson, Ervin M. "Some Basic Patterns Underlying 12 & 17", 1980, 1981, 1983.
Wilson, Ervin M. "Wilson's Pythagorean and Just Modulations", Interval vol. 4 no. 2, p. 34.
Wilson, Ervin M. "22-Tone Musical Instrument", Interval vol. 4 no. 4, spring 1984, p. 32.
Wilson, Ervin M. "Partch's Scale on the Bosanquet Generalized Keyboard", 1/1 vol. 1 no. 4, 1985, p. 10.
Wilson, Ervin M. "The Generalized Marimba Keyboard", Interval vol. 5 no. 3, winter 1986-1987, pp. 8-9, 21-22.
Wilson, Ervin M. "The Marwa Permutations", Xenharmonikôn vol. 9, 1985.
Wilson, Ervin M. "The Purvi Modulations", Xenharmonikôn vol. 10, 1986.
Wilson, Ervin M. "D'Alessandro: Like a Hurricane", Xenharmonikôn vol. 12, 1989, pp. 1-39.
Wilson, Ervin M. "Hebdomekontany Notes". [Personal communication]
Wilson, Ervin M., Stephen Smith and Kraig Grady. "Notes on a New Marimba, its Tuning, and its Music", Xenharmonikôn vol. 11, 1989, pp. 46-60.
Wilson, Ervin M. Letter to John Chalmers pertaining to Moments of Symmetry/Tanabe Cycle.
Wilson, Ervin M. Scale-Tree (Peirce Sequence), 1994.
Wilson, Ervin M. Og Viggo Brun's Euclidian Algorithm, 1995.
Wilson, Ervin M. The 64 Horagrams of the Scale Tree, 1997.
Wilson, Ervin M. Treasure Chest - an array of small gems, 2000.
Winckel, Fritz. "Influence des facteurs psycho-physiologiques sur la sensation de consonance dissonance", C.N.R.S., Paris, 1959, pp. 61-74.
Winckel, Fritz. Phдnomene des Musikalischen Hцrens, 1960. English translation Music, sound and sensation, Dover, New York, 1967.
Winckel, Fritz. "Organische und anorganische Musik", Musikalische Zeitfragen Bd. 10. Bдrenreiter-Verlag, Kassel/Basel, 1962, p. 45 ff.
Winking, John. "Functional intonation and clarinet fingering", NACWPI Journal vol. 29 no. 2, December 1980, pp. 4-6.
Winkler, Ernesto Solis. Mъsicos microtonalistas, WWW.
Winkler, K. "Stimmung und Stimmgerдte", Das Orchester vol. 43, Nov. 1995, pp. 24-28.
Winkler, Michael. "Geometrisonics", Interval vol. 1 no. 4, fall 1979, p. 33.
Winnington-Ingram, Reginald Pepys. "The Spondeion Scale", Classical Quarterly vol. 22, 1928, pp. 83-91.
Winnington-Ingram, R.P. "Aristoxenos and the intervals of Greek music", Classical Quarterly vol. 20, 1932, pp. 195-208.
Winnington-Ingram, R.P. Mode in ancient Greek music. Cambridge University Press, London, 1936. Reprint Adolf M. Hakkert, Amsterdam, 1968, 90 pages.
Winnington-Ingram, R.P. "The pentatonic tuning of the Greek Lyre: a theory examined", Classical Quarterly new series vol. 6, 1956.
Winnington-Ingram, R.P. (ed.) Aristides Quintiliani De musica libri tres. Leipzig, 1963.
Winograd, Terry. An analysis of the properties of 'deep scales' in a T-tone system. Unpublished paper.
Wiora, Walter. "Der tonale Logos. Zu J. Handschins Buch 'Der Toncharakter'", Die Musikforschung vol. 4, 1951, pp. 1-35, 153-175.
Wittstein, Theodor. Grundzьge der mathematische-physikalischen Theorie der Musik. Hahn'sche Buchhandlung, Hannover, 1888.
Wixner, Richard. "Alternative Keyboard Design", Polyphony, April 1984, pp. 30-33.
Wogram, Klaus and Jьrgen Meyer. "Ьber den spieltechnischen Ausgleich von Intonationsfehlern bei Blockflцten", Tibia vol. 10 no. 2, 1985, pp. 322-335.
Wogram, Klaus. "Zeitstrukturen bei Klavierklдngen", Das Instrumentalspiel: Beitrдge zur Akustik der Musikinstrumente, Medizinische und Psychologische Aspekte des Musizierens, Doblinger, Wien, 1989, pp. 199-213.
Wohlfahrt, Heinrich. Der angehende Klavierstimmer. Carl Merseburger, 1925.
Wohlgemuth, Gerhard. "Zeitgenцssische Musik und ihre Notation", Musik und Gesellschaft vol. 25 no. 4, 1975, pp. 198-204.
Wold, Erling. "Music of Love and Beyond", 1/1 vol. 4 no. 4, fall 1988, pp. 10-13.
Wold, Erling. "It was In the Summer That I First Noticed Your Hair, Your Face, Your Eyelids (score)", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 4, 1990, p. 1.
Wold, Erling. "Report: American Festival of Microtonal Music", 1/1 vol. 7 no. 1, September 1991, p. 2, 15.
Wolf, Albrecht. Graphic representation and functional systematics of historic musican temperaments. 1980.
Wolf, Daniel James. "La Monte Young: Living and Listening in Real Time", Interval vol. 3, 1982.
Wolf, Daniel James. "What is 'The Well-Tuned Piano'?", Liner notes to the Grammavision recording of the work by La Monte Young.
Wolf, Daniel James. "Dan Wolf: Microtonal Composer", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, fall 1983, pp. 14-15.
Wolf, Daniel James. "Living and Listening in Real Time: Notes around the Music of LaMonte Young", Interval vol. 4 no. 1, fall 1983, pp. 14-15, part 2, Interval vol. 4 no. 2, pp. 27-28.
Wolf, Daniel James. "Speculum Pelogi", Xenharmonikфn vol. 11, 1989.
Wolf, Daniel James. "Four Tunings for Sound Environments", 1/1 vol. 6 no. 3, 1990, p. 12.
Wolf, Daniel James. "Alternativen zur Harmonie. Die Bedeutung von "Harmony" in der neueren amerikanische Musik", MusikTexte vol. 37, Dec. 1990.
Wolf, Daniel James. "Book Review - The Music of Lou Harrison by Heidi Von Gunden", 1/1 vol. 9 no. 3, 1996.
Wood, Alexander. The physics of music. Halsted, New York, 1975, 250 pages.
Wood, James. "Microtonality: Aesthetics and practicality", Musical Times vol. 127 no. 1719, June 1986, pp. 328-330.
Wood, James (ed.) Microtonality Manual. Centre for Microtonal Music and the Society for the Promotion of New Music, London, July 1991.
Woodbury, Arthur. "Harry Partch: Corporeality and Monophony", Source, music of the avant garde vol. 1 no. 2, July 1967, Larry Austin (ed.), pp. 91-93.
Woolhouse, Wesley Stoker Barker. Essay on Musical Intervals, Harmonics and the Temperament of the Musical Scale. J. Souter, London, 1835.
Woolhouse, Wesley Stoker Barker. Treatise on Musical Intervals, Temperament and the Elementary Principles of Music. Charles Woolhouse, London, 1888.
Wraight, Denzil. The Stringing of Italian Keyboard Instruments c. 1500-c. 1650. PhD thesis, Musicology, Queen's University, Belfast, 1997, 3 vols., 792 pages.
Wright, Owen. The Modal System of Arab and Persian Music A.D. 1250-1300. London Oriental Series vol. 28, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1978, 302 pages.
Würschmidt, Joseph. "Logarithmische und graphische Darstellung der musikalischen Intervalle", Zeitschrift fьr Physik vol. 3, 1920, p. 89.
Würschmidt, Joseph. "Viertel- und Sechsteltonmusik, eine kritische Studie", Neue Musik-Zeitung vol. 42, 1921, p. 183.
Würschmidt, Joseph. "Ьber die neunzehnstufige Temperatur", Neue Musikzeitung vol. 42, 1921, p. 215.
Würschmidt, Joseph. "Buchstabentonschrift und Von Oettingensches Tongewebe", Zeitschrift fьr Physik vol. 5, 1922, p. 111.
Würschmidt, Joseph. "Die rationellen Tonsysteme in Quinten-Terzengewebe", Zeitschrift fьr Physik vol. 46, January 1928, p. 527.
Würschmidt, Joseph. "Tonleitern, Tonarten und Tonsysteme. Eine historisch-theoretische Untersuchung", Sitzungsberichte der Physikalisch-medizinischen Sozietдt zu Erlangen, Band 63, 1931, pp. 133-238.
Würschmidt, Joseph. "Die neunzehn-stufige Skala; eine natьrliche Erweiterung unseres Tonsystems" (The 19-tone scale; a natural expansion of our tonal system), Neue Musik-Zeitung vol. 14 no. 4, 1921, pp. 215-216.
Wuthmann, L. "Vierteltцne. Gegenerlдuterungen", Neue Zeitschrift fьr Musik vol. 84, 1971, p. 81.
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. "La musique а quarts de ton", La Revue Musicale vol. 1, October 1924, Paris, p. 231.
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. "Quartertonal music, its possibilities and organic sources", Pro Musica Quarterly, New York, October 1927, pp. 19-31.
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. Manuel d'harmonie а quarts de ton, La Sirиne musicale, Paris, 1932, 24 pages. Manual of Quartertone Harmony, translated with foreword by Ivor Darreg, 1985.
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. "La musique а quarts de ton et sa rйalisation pratique", La Revue Musicale vol. 171, Jan. 1937, pp. 26-33. Reprint in Premier Cahier Wyschnegradsky pp. 67-76.
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. "L'Ultrachromatisme et les espaces non-octaviants", La Revue Musicale vol. 290-291, Paris, 1972, pp. 73-130.
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. "Liberation of sound" (in Russian). Nakanouniй, Berlin, 7 January 1923. Reissued in L'Acadйmie Musicale vol. 2, Moscow, 1992, Elena Poldiaeva (ed.)
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. "Liberation of rhythm" (in Russian). Nakanouniй, Berlin, 18 and 25 March 1923. Reissued in L'Acadйmie Musicale vol. 2, Moscow, 1992, Elena Poldiaeva (ed.)
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. "Quelques considйrations sur l'emploi des quarts de ton en musique", Le monde musical vol. 6, Paris, 30 June 1927.
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. "Musique et pansonoritй", La Revue Musicale vol. 9, Paris, December 1927, pp. 143. Reprint in Premier Cahier Wyschnegradsky, Paris, 1985, pp. 41-52.
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. "Йtude sur l'harmonie par quartes superposйes (I)", Le Mйnestrel vol. 15, 12 June 1935, pp. 125-126.
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. "Йtude sur l'harmonie par quartes superposйes (II)", Le Mйnestrel vol. 16, 19 April 1935, pp. 133-135.
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. "L'йnigme de la musique moderne", La Revue d'esthйtique, Janvier-mars 1949, pp. 67-85 et avril-juin 1949, pp. 181-205.
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. "Prйface а un traitй d'harmonie par quartes superposйes", Polyphonie 3, 1949, p. 56.
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. "Problèmes d'ultrachromatisme", Polyphonie 9-10, 1954, pp. 129-142. Reprint in Premier Cahier Wyschnegradsky pp. 23-40.
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. "II. La pansonoritй", La Revue d'esthйtique vol. 5, 1949, pp. 181-205.
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. "Continuum йlectronique et suppression de l'interprиte", Cahiers d'йtudes de Radio Tйlйvision, Paris, April 1958, pp. 43-53. Reprint in Premier Cahier Wyschnegradsky pp. 53-66.
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. "Les pianos de J. Carrillo", Guide du concert et du disque, Paris, 19 January 1959.
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. Fragments inйdits, Premier Cahier Ivan Wyschnegradsky, l'Association Wyschnegradsky, March 1985.
Wyschnegradsky, Ivan. La loi de la pansonorité. Paris, 1946. Edited by Franck Jedrzejewski, Йditions Contrechamps, Genиve, 1996, 331 pages.
- X -
Xenakis, Iannis. Formalized Music. Thought and Mathematics in Music. Revised edition, Sharon Kanach (ed.), Pendragon Press, Stuyvesant NY, 1992, 387 pages. Original Musiques Formelles, Editions Richard-Masse, Paris, 1963.
- Y -
Yadzinski, Edward. "Tuning Devices", Germaniums for the Clarinet and Saxophone, 3rd edition, 1999.
Yang, Yinliu. Musical Instruments. No. 1 of Yinyue yanjiu nos. 1-6 (Musicological research), Yinye Chubanshe, Beijing, 1959 (in Chinese). German translation by Gerd Schцnfelder in Beitrдge zur Musikwissenschaft vol. 2, 1965, p. 123 ff.
Yasser, Joseph. "The Supra-Diatonic Scale as the Organic Basis of the Music of the Future", Pro Musica Quarterly vol. 2, 1929, pp. 8-34.
Yasser, Joseph. "Tonality and Atonality as Synthesized by Supra-Tonality", Modern Music, November 1930, p. 347.
Yasser, Joseph. "The Future of Tonality", Modern Music vol. 8 no. 1, 1930, Supplement pp. 1-24.
Yasser, Joseph. "A Revised Conception of Tonality", Music Teachers National Association Journal, 1935, p. 100.
Yasser, Joseph. "The Highways and Byways of Tonal Evolution", Journal of the American Musicological Society vol. 11, September 1948, pp. 100-121.
Yasser, Joseph. "A Letter from Arnold Schцnberg", Journal of the American Musicological Society, 1953, p. 60.
Yasser, Joseph. A Theory of Evolving Tonality. American Library of Musicology, New York, 1932. Reprint: Da Capo Press, New York, 1975, 381 pages.
Yates, Peter. Liner notes for Nonesuch LP H-71224, John Cage & Lejaren Hiller: HPSCHD - Ben Johnston: String Quartet no. 2, 1969.
Yates, Peter. "Genesis of a Music", High Fidelity, July 1963, pp. 35-38.
Yates, Peter. "Just Intonation", Arts and Architecture vol. 12, 1964, pp. 8-9.
Yates, Peter. "Microtones", American Society of University Composers Proceedings, 1967, pp. 79-88.
Yates, Peter. Tuning and Temperament. Thames & Hudson, London, 1974.
Yekta, Rauf. La Musique turque. Encyclopйdie de la Musique et Dictionnaires du Conservatoire. Premiиre Partie vol. 5, Librairie Delagrave, Paris, 1922, pp. 2945-3064.
Yekta, Rauf. Tьrk Musikisi (Turkish Music). Pan Yay., Istanbul, 1986.
Yoder, Joella. Unrolling Time. Christiaan Huygens and the mathematization of nature. Cambridge, 1988.
Young, Gayle. "The Pitch Organization of Harmonium for James Tenney", Perspectives of New Music vol. 26 no. 2, summer 1988, pp. 204-212.
Young, Gayle. "Pitch Probe: Musical Instruments for Unusual Tuning Systems (Columbine and Amaranth instruments)", Contemporary Music Review vol. 7 part 1, 1992, pp. 51-64.
Young, James O. "Key, temperament and musical expression", The Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism vol. 49 no. 3, summer 1991, pp. 235-242.
Young, LaMonte. "The Melodic Version of the Second Dream of the High-Tension Line Stepdown Transformer from 'The Four Dreams of China', (1962), Notes by the Composer", Xenharmonikôn vol. 9, 1985.
Young, LaMonte. "Notes on The Well-Tuned Piano", 1/1 vol. 3 no. 3, 1987, p. 1 ff.
Young, LaMonte. "The Romantic Symmetry (over a 60 cycle base) in Prime Time from 112 to 144 with 119", 1/1 vol. 5 no. 4, 1989, pp. 6-8, 15.
Young, R.W. and O.H. Schrick. "Observations on the vibrations of Piano String", June 1943.
Young, Thomas. "Of the Temperament of musical Intervals", in A Course of Lectures on Natural Philosophy and the Mechanical Arts 2, Joseph Johnson, London, 1807, pp. 607-612.
Young, William Lyman. Report to the Swedish Royal Academy of music on the discovery of two classical scales and their natural keyboards. Privately printed, 1961.
Yunik, M. and G.W. Swift. "Tempered Music Scales for Sound Synthesis", Computer Music Journal vol. 4 no. 4, winter 1980, pp. 60-65.
Yunik, M. and G.W. Swift. "On Choosing an Equal-Tempered Scale", Interval vol. 2 no. 2+3, fall 1979, pp. I6-I8.
Yunik, M. and G.W. Swift. "Modifying a Trumpet to Play 19-Tone Music", Interval vol. 2 no. 2+3, fall 1979, p. I8.
- Z -
Zacher, Gerd. "Komponierte Formanten", Musik-Konzepte no. 65, 1989, pp. 69-75.
Zaminer, Friedrich (ed.) Hцren, Messen und Rechnen in der frьhen Neuzeit. Geschichte der Musiktheorie vol. 6. Issued under the auspices of the Staatliches Institut fьr Musikforschung, Preussischer Kulturbesitz Berlin. Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, Darmstadt, 1987, 402 pages.
Zaminer, Friedrich. Die Musik und die musikalischen Instrumente in ihrer Beziehung zu den Gesetzen der Akustik. GieЯen, 1855.
Zannos, Ioannis. Ichos und Makam : vergleichende Untersuchungen zum Tonsystem der griechisch-orthodoxen Kirchenmusik und der tьrkischen Kunstmusik. Orpheus-Schriftenreihe zu Grundfragen der Musik vol. 74, Orpheus-Verlag, Bonn, 1994, 552 pages.
Zanoncelli, Luisa. La manualistica musicale greca: (Euclide), Cleonide, Nicomaco, Excerpta Nicomachi, Bacchio il Vecchio, Gaudenzio, Alipio, Excerpta Neapolitana. Guerini, Milano, 1990, 508 pages.
Zantedeschi, Francesco. "Delle dottrine del terzo suono, ossia della coindidenza delle vibrazioni sonore...", Vienna, 1857.
Zantedeschi, Francesco. "Della unita di misura dei suoni musicali (...)", Vienna, 1857.
Zanten, Wim van. "The equidistant heptatonic scale of the Asena in Malawi", African music vol. 6 no. 1, 1980, pp. 107-25.
Zanten, Wim van. "The tone material of the Kacapi in Tembang Sunda in West Java", Ethnomusicology vol. 30 no. 1, pp. 84-112.
Zaragoza, J. Fabrica, y uso de varios instrumentos mathemбticos. Madrid, 1674.
Zarlino, Gioseffo. Istitutioni harmoniche. Pietro da Fino, Venezia, 1558, 1562, 1573, 1589. Reprint of 1573 edition, Ridgewood, 1966. Part 4 On the modes translated by Vered Cohen, Claude V. Palisca (ed.), Yale University Press, New Haven CT, 1983, 120 pages. The CD-Rom of Thesaurus Musicarum Italicarum gives the editions of 1558 and 1589.
Zarlino, Gioseffo. Dimostrationi harmoniche, Ragionamento Quinto, Definitione prima. Francesco Senese, Venezia, 1571, 1573, 312 pages. Second edition, Venice, 1588. Reprint Gregg Press, Ridgewood NJ, 1966.
Zarlino, Gioseffo. Sopplementi musicali del Rev. M. Gioseffo Zarlino da Chioggia, Maestro di Cappella della Sereniss. Signoria di Venetia. Francesco de' Franceschi, Venezia, 1588. Reprint Broude Brothers, New York, c. 1980. And on CD-Rom of Thesaurus Musicarum Italicarum.
Zarlino, Gioseffo. Tutte l'opere del R.M. Gioseffo Zarlino. 1589.
Zarlino, Gioseffo. The Art of Counterpoint. Translated by Guy A. Marco and Claude V. Palisca, Yale University Press, New Haven, 1968.
Zarlino, Gioseffo. Facsimile and multimedial transcription of Gioseffo Zarlino's music treatises. TMI vol. 1 (CD-ROM), 1997.
Zavarsky, Ernest. "Die temperierte Stimmung, Bachs Klangideal der Orgel und die Entwicklungstendenzen der Zeit", Bericht ьber die wissenschaftliche Konferenz zum III. Internationalen Bach-Fest der DDR, Werner Felix et al. (eds.), 1977, pp. 141-145.
Zeller, Hans Rudolf. "Komposition und Instrumentarium", Mikrotцne III, Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
Zeller, Hans Rudolf. "Alois Hбbas Entwurf einer von allen Tonsystemen 'a priori' befreiten Musik", Mikrotцne III, Helbling, Innsbruck, 1990.
Zemp, Hugo. "Melanesian solo polyphonic panpipe music", Ethnomusicology vol. 25 no. 3, September 1981, pp. 383-418.
Zenk, Hermann. "Zarlinos Istitutione harmoniche als Quelle zur Musikanschauung der italienischen Renaissance", Zeitschrift fьr Musikwissenschaft vol. 12, 1930.
Zenkl, Ludek. Temperovane a ciste ladeni v evropske hudbe 19. a 20. stoleti. Acta Universitatis Palackianae Olomoucensis: Facultatis philosophica, Poland, vol. 17, Statni pedagogicke nakladatelstvi, Praha, 1971, 200 pages.
Zenkl, Ludek. "Beitrag zur Theorie der temperierten und reinen Stimmung", Colloquium Musica Bohemica et Europaea Brno 1970, 1974, pp. 443-447.
Zenkl, Ludek. "Soustavy hudebnho laden. I-VI", Hudebni nastroje, vol. 12 no. 1-6, Jan.-Dec. 1975, Czechoslovakia.
Zenkl, Ludek. "Hбbas Vierteltonmusik und die Wissenschaft vom Hцren", Gedanken zu Alois Hбba, Horst-Peter Hesse und Wolfgang Thies (eds.), Verlag Mьller-Speiser, Anif, 1996.
Zillhardt, Rainer. "Zur Problematik einer historisch Ьbergeordneten Strukturanalyse der Tonhцhen", Mikrotцne I, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1986, pp. 69-106.
Zillhardt, Rainer. "Chroma als Beziehungsqualitдt und als Fundamental-eigenschaft. Fragen zur Prдzisierung und Abgrenzung beider Begriffe", Mikrotцne II, Edition Helbling, Innsbruck, 1988, pp. 125-140.
Zillhardt, Rainer. "Ьberlegungen zu den дuЯeren und inneren Bedingungen mikrotonaler Strukturen anhand von Luigi Nonos Orchesterstьck 'A Carlo Scarpa...'", Mikrotцne IV, Filmkunst-Musikverlag, Mьnchen, 1993.
Zimmermann, Bernd Alois. Intervalle und Zeit. Christof Bitter.
Zipp, Friedrich. Vom Wesen der Musik. Grundlagen musikalischer Schaffens und Erlebens. Mьller, Heidelberg, 1974, 91 pages.
Zomorodi, Ali. Persian Classical Music, WWW, 1996.
Zonis, Ella. "Classical Persian Music Today", Iran Faces the Seventies, Ehsan Yar Shater (ed.), Praeger Publishers, New York, 1971.
Zonis, Ella. Classical Persian Music: An Introduction. Harvard University Press, Cambridge MA, 1973.
Zwang, Gйrard. "Querelle de Diapasons", Paris, 1982.
Zweifel, Paul F. "Just Tuning and the Unavoidable Discrepancies", Indiana Theory Review vol. 15 no. 2, 1994, pp. 89-120.
Zweifel, Paul F. "Generalized Diatonic and Pentatonic Scales: A Group-Theoretic Approach", Perspectives of New Music vol. 39 no. 1, 1996, pp. 140-161.
Zwicker, E. "On a psychoacoustical equivalent of tuning curves", in: Facts and Models in Hearing, E. Zwicker and E. Terhardt (eds.), Springer, Berlin, 1974, pp. 132-141.
Zwicker, E. and H. Fastl. Psychoacoustics: Facts and Models. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1990.
Zwolle, Henri-Arnaut de (Arnout van). Les traitйs de Henri-Arnaut de Zwolle et de divers anonymes (Ms. B.N. Latin 7295) editйs et commentйs par G. Le Cerf avec la collaboration de E.-R. Labande. Picard, Paris, 1932.

Publishers

Alamire Muziekuitgeverij
Association of American University Presses
Bдrenreiter-Verlag
Cambridge University Press
Diapason Press - rudolf.a.rasch@let.uu.nl
Donemus
Elsevier
Feedback Studio Verlag
Frog Peak Music
Galpin Society
Greenwood Press
Inner Traditions International
Just Intonation Network
KNAW, Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen
Knopf
Material Press
MIT Press
Music Notation Modernization Association
Musikmuseet
Oxford University Press
Schott Musik International
Society for Music Theory
Springer Verlag
Swets and Zeitlinger

Related periodicals

1/1
Acta organologica
Basler Jahrbuch fьr Historische Musikpraxis
Computer Music Journal
Early Keyboard Journal
Experimental Musical Instruments
Galpin Society Journal
Interval
Journal of Musicology
Journal of New Music Research (formerly Interface)
Journal of the Acoustical Society of America
Journal of the American Musical Instrument Society
Journal of the Audio Engineering Society
Juxtaposition Ezine
Keyboard
Leonardo Music Journal
Mathematical Systems Theory
MikroPolyphonie - The Online Contemporary Music Journal
Music Perception
Music Theory Online
Music Theory Spectrum
Musica Antiqua
MusicWorks Magazine
Muziek en Wetenschap
Neue Zeitschrift fьr Musik
P-ART Journal
Perspectives of New Music
Pitch for the International Microtonalist
Revue de musicologie
the world of music
Tijdschrift voor Muziektheorie
Xenharmonikôn

Tuning & temperament bibliography

Publishers

Related periodicals

Related links